Thread 31.
John F. Winston
A few years back, when Rev. Plume was alive I went of to see
him to be healed by ps-chic healing. I got good results. About
14 of my friends when over to have a healing by him in Redwood City,
Calif. Those who thought they could be healed were healed. Those
you were convinced they couldn't be healed weren't. Joe Pine the
famous radio talk show host once made a trip all the way over to
the Phillipines to investigate psy-hic healing. He went into the
waiting room but He refused to go inside the healing room and
interview the healers. He said it was all a hoax. He died a few
years after that, at a rather young age. I will grant you that
whenever you have the real healer like Dr. Tony of the Phillipines
doing healing and getting paid for it you will have the fakes doing
what looks like the real thing by using tricks. I've known one of
my personal friends who went over there to be healed and she later
died shortly after coming back. Here is some information on the
subject.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: E
Subject: Psychi- Surgery - Magic or Science?
http://www.hindustantimes.com/news/181_33405,00110001.htm
Veena Minocha
Bigger Picture
The 2nd to the 4th of August 2002 marked an extraordinary time for
Delhi as it witnessed the world renowned Psy-hic Surgeon, the
Re-erend Alex Orbito, of the Philippines, perform his miraculous
bare-hand surgeries, on over a hundred patients!
Putting all strong scepticism under their belts, and opening up to
try and understand this major -sychic phenomenon, the me-aphysical
peoples of Delhi got together to witness this amazing showcase of
other dimensional physical laws, not yet within the conceptual or
physical reality of mere humans.
Watching this rare showcasing of spi-itual surgery were well known
mainstream medical doctors, who seemed to be quite convinced of this
'magic' way of performing operations!
Mr Jaime Licauco, in his book called 'The Magicians of G-d', says,
"When I asked one famous Filipino faith healer what he thought of
the old charge made by some observers that our healers are nothing
more than magicians, he replied with a smile, 'Yes, we are magicians,
but we are Magicians of Go-!'"
Defying all currently accepted laws of physics and the material
world, these operational procedures come from a well-spring of highly
developed ps-chic energies, emanating from the higher,
multidimensional realities.
The perfect definition of ps-chic surgery is a very simple one.
These healers open up a patient with their bare hands, without using
any form of anaesthetic, remove all diseased, or negative
solidifications in the human body, and then, just as easily close
the incision without any trace of surgical procedure, and hardly
any loss of blood!
They have been called oc-ult physicians, miracle doctors,
sp-ritual healers, and sometimes even 'fake healers'! Yet there are
countless testimonies from people who have been miraculously healed
through them, from all over the world!
The Re-erend Alex Orbito claims to have performed at least a
million surgeries, since the time he was fourteen years old (he is
almost sixty two years old today)!
The German nuclear scientist, Dr. Andreas Fruend has this to
say - "What we need is another type of science to see and understand
these phenomena, a kind of meta-science, corresponding to the
term meta-physics. This, however, needs another structure of
thinking and feeling together at the same time!"
As more and more open-minded scientists and physicians turn inwards
to the depths of their souls, to grasp the power of spir-tual
healing, through raising the vibration of the human body into a more
refined energy, the stigma once attached to 'fa-th healing' will
gradually disappear.
Dr. Norman Shealy, neurosurgeon and Director of the Pain
Rehabilitation Centre in La Crosse, Wisconsin, claims that a good
psychic can be 96% accurate in making a medical diagnosis, much
better than an average physician, and finds the assistance of
p-ychics invaluable in his work!
Long ridiculed and ostracised by the world, these fa-th healers
and psyc-ic surgeons are once again proving the maxim that George
Bernard Shaw propounded,
"All great truths started out as blasphemies"!
'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'
Paranormal_Research - With It's Roots Into The Scientific Realm
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Paranormal_Research
Subscribe:......... Paranormal_Res...@yahoogroups.com
digest emails:..... Paranormal_Re...@yahoogroups.com
Individual emails:. Paranormal_Re...@yahoogroups.com
To Post:........... Paranorma...@yahoogroups.com
' You are receiving this email because you elected to subscribe '
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107,
any copyrighted work in this message is distributed under fair use
without profit or payment to those who have expressed a prior
interest in receiving the included information for non-profit
research and educational purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
In the past I have done a lot of reading of the books put out by
Ruth Norman. Ruth is a person who believes in alien space people
and she did a lot of funny things when she was alive.
She claimed to be an archangel. During the time she was in
operation she conducted some past life readings on a person called
Vaughn, otherwise known as Charles Spiegel. In one of these past
lives he was a person called Satan. After finding out the things
he did that were bad he decided to work for the forces of light.
Here is some information about him that is not very complementary
but it at least tells some of the facts about him.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: SPACE CADETS: THE UNARIUS SOCIETY
http://www.forteantimes.com/articles/158_unarius.shtml
The Unarius movement believe that angels and aliens are guiding our
destiny, and that various historical figures have reincarnated to
help us along. Their founder, Ruth Norman, repeatedly prophesied a
millennial mass-landing of UFOs, but never lived to see the day. Dean
Bertram finds the Unariuns in good heart and recalls his encounters
with Charles Spiegel, Norman's successor, shortly before Spiegel
died.
In 22 December 1999, Charles Louis Spiegel made his transition to
the Spir-tual worlds. Up until his death at the age of 78, Spiegel
had been the director of one of the most famous and long-lived UFO
contactee cu-ts, the Unarius Academy of Science. Known to his fellow
Unariuns (as they call themselves) by the "spir-tual name" of
Antares, Spiegel had taken up the reins when the c-lt's co-founder,
Ruth Norman, died in 1993. Spiegel served as her "sub-channel" since
the early 1970s. Drawing upon Norman's psy-hic energies Spiegel
would become the vessel for various extraterrestrial and spi-itual
entities. The conversations that followed between Norman and the
channelled beings would be recorded on tape for their later
transcription and publication.
Spiegel began consolidating his position within the cult during
Norman's final days, nipping one potential coup in the bud and
dismissing the objections of emerging apostates. Such decisive
leadership abilities did not surprise those Unariuns versed in
Spiegel's sp-ritual autobiography, The Confessions of I, Bonaparte,
(JW Charles sent me a free copy of this book and I found it rather
interesting.) which details several of his previous lives,
including the despotic leaders Napoleon, Pontius Pilate and
Tyrantus (an aptly-named extraterrestrial emperor from the Orion
star system).
According to the book, Spiegel had even once incarnated as the
archfiend Satan - an exotic pedigree for a J-wish boy from Toronto!
My own encounters with Spiegel revealed a figure who, while kinder
and gentler than his previous incarnations might suggest, sometimes
seemed equally crafty. I first met him at the Unarius headquarters
in El Cajon, California. He was presiding over the Friday night
meet-and-greet for The 16th Interplanetary Conclave of Light
Symposium - this was their annual festival, spanning the weekend
of the 15, & 17 October 1999.
Fifty or more individuals, mostly conservative in appearance, sat
in a large semi-circle listening to a piano recital Spiegel had
encouraged me to attend.
Running late from a previous interview, I crept into Unarius
headquarters and in whispered motions picked up my registration kit.
Recognisable by the wispy white hair encircling his bald cranium,
Spiegel sat to the left of the registration desk; a dreamy smile on
his lips suggested he was lost in the music.
I introduced myself to Spiegel at the end of the evening's
proceedings and he seemed genuinely pleased that I was in attendance.
Academics and journalists who had visited the cul- previously hadn't
done a good job, he lamented:
They didn't understand the Unariun teachings. - No matter, he
knew I could do better. In a show of good faith, and to get me
started along the path to enlightenment, Spiegel took me for a tour
of the Unarius literature stacked around the room, and within a
few minutes Spiegel was weighed down with a sizeable collection.
Calculating the bill in my mind, I began working up the courage to
tell him that such an extensive library was beyond my meager
finances. However, I soon realized that he was making a rather
generous donation of a couple of hundred dollars - worth of Unarius
materials and even offered to drive me back to my hotel.
Despite my suspicions, I was beginning to like Spiegel. Not only
because of the free books and ride courtesies that are eagerly
accepted by the struggling student but rather because of his
obvious frailties; as we walked to his four-wheel drive, Spiegel
tripped over his own feet and almost fell to the ground; later,
driving towards my hotel, he nearly collided with oncoming traffic.
These geriatric frailties, while potentially lethal, were comical
and endearing.
While we sat in his car outside my motel room, Spiegel spent the
next hour summarizing the complexities of reincarnation and the
benefits of Unariun past-life therapy. Although interesting in
itself, much of what Spiegel explained was only of secondary
significance to my research; I was far more interested in the
Unarius interpretation of the UFO phenomenon. That night however, I
patiently listened to his spiel, safe in the knowledge that he had
agreed to an interview later that weekend.
Saturday was filled with lectures concerning underground Martian
cities and video presentations about Nicola Tesla (the deceased
inventor who is revered by Unarius as the last earthly incarnation
of the Archangel Michiel). Another video contained footage of
past-life therapy sessions which, theatrically, require Unarius
members, dressed in historical garb, to act out their previous
incarnations. Unariuns believe that nearly all an individual's
fears and problems in this life are due to unresolved conflicts
from a prior existence. The cathartic process of reliving certain
events, Unarius claims, frees the individual from their residual
negative energies.
Performing a musical interlude, the Unarius choir crooned altered
renditions of popular songs. Bette Midler's From a Distance
underwent a change in lyrics from "G-d is watching us" to "They are
watching us" a hymn to the omniscient Space Brothers.
Sunday's events took place on a Unariun-owned property in the
nearby hills, and everybody was assigned to a car for the journey
from headquarters. At the last moment, Spiegel decided that he
wanted the vehicles to drive in convoy, with his own four-wheel
drive taking the lead. He also made an impromptu change to the
planned route, opting for a longer - but more scenic route with
his own four-wheel drive taking the lead.
A few of the Unariuns rolled their eyes at each other when these
changes were announced; no doubt similar ocular gesticulation took
place shortly afterwards, when Spiegel made a wrong turn into a
shopping mall's parking lot, taking the whole snaking procession
with him.
Recovering from this accidental detour, the convoy headed into
Southern California's scenic hills. We eventually came to a sign
that spanned the roadway - "Welcome Space Brothers 2001. The
occupants of each vehicle handed over their special boarding passes
to be stamped by an attractive Unariun gatekeeper. Her outfit was a
mix of those worn by space hostesses in Kubrik's 2001: A Space
Odyssey and the cartoon futurism of The Jetsons. We had arrived at
the Landing Site, a tract of land purchased by Ruth Norman to
accommodate the arrival of an extraterrestrial space armada.
Later that day, I followed a Unariun-built nature path that wound
down the other side of the dry slope. Small bronze plaques dotted
the trail, inscribed with words of wisdom from such spiritual and
philosophical greats as J--us, Socrates, Plato and, of course,
Ernest and Ruth Norman. Even a past utterance by Spiegel had won a
plaque. Halfway down the path I was joined by the man himself; he
insisted that I take photos of the engraved quotations and asked
me to read him some of their wisdom before we rested with several
others under a tree.
Sanctuary from the sun was short-lived; apparently the
Interplanetary Banner Procession was about to take place. Several
Unariuns, using the tone usually reserved for senile but obstinate
grandparents, made a futile attempted to persuade Spiegel to don
a hat. A Cadillac led the parade, its roof adorned with a model
flying saucer. Goose-stepping behind the saucer mobile were four
trumpet-carrying heralds, all dressed in the same science fiction
garb as the gatekeeper. Last came the 33 banner carriers, acting as
surrogates for extraterrestrial leaders and the planets over which
they preside. A white tuxedoed MC announced each of the living
effigies as they lined up before the audience: Hello, Namir from
Serrena. Welcome, Tal from Rallium. Denios from Planet Ray, welcome
One banner stood out from the spacey litany; Welcome, Ruth Norman
of Planet Earth. Finally, as the four Jetson clones mimed blowing
their horns to the blaring PA system, 33 white doves were released
from a scaled-down replica of a flying saucer.
The day was filled with treats such as I was an Orion Space Ship
Commander, a lecture explaining how so-called alien abductions are
really just past life memories of torture and brainwashing suffered
in the Orion Empire.
Several hours later, after a large buffet dinner, the Unariuns
and I sat patiently in a tent awaiting the arrival of Spiegel. With
lights dimmed and the earlier chattering silenced (we had been told
to settle down), the only sensory stimulants were the sound of
wind sporadically whipping the tent's canvas and the Mex-can
caterers yelling at each other in Spanish as they cleared an
adjoining tent. The day's long program and the heat of the sun
had obviously taken its toll on some of the older Unariuns; a
senior gent sitting opposite me snored, his head lolling over the
back of his chair.
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
On one occasion Charles Speigel sent me a free copy of a Video
he had made for a group of people in Japan. After looking at it
several times, I stored the tape in my garage and will probably
never find it again.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
After half an hour, Spiegel entered, now in a three-piece suit.
Taking the stage, he lowered himself into a chair, removed his
shoes, loosened his tie, closed his eyes and began channelling. Now
Unariun channelling in no way resembles the spasm-inducing,
eye-rolling, creepy-talking variety that I had come to associate
with the concept. Spiegel just sat there calmly and, in his regular
voice, delivered an hour-long Unariun homily. It was rather
disappointing as, a couple of times, I'm pretty sure that he
repeated, verbatim, entire sentences that I had heard him utter that
weekend during non-channelled speeches and conversations. All that
differentiated Spiegel's channelling from his usual speech was that
occasionally, mid-sentence or indeed in mid-word, he would suddenly
pause, as if there were a short break in transmission.
Channelling done, Spiegel took questions. Only one woman piped up,
asking the identity of the channelled entity. Oops. Spiegel had
neglected to mention that we had been listening to Lycenius from the
planet Vixall. With no other queries forthcoming, he sternly
informed his obviously exhausted audience that they had better darn
well think of some questions in the weeks and months to come.
I approached Spiegel. On reflection, it was not, perhaps, the most
opportune time. Could we still do the interview? Haven't I said
enough?, was the violent retort. I was a bit taken aback, but
remained calm and suggested that maybe we could talk tomorrow. He
told me to phone him, and I gave him some space.
On the phone the following evening, still trying for the interview,
the rhetorical question erupted again: Haven't I said enough? When
I tried to explain that I had specific questions about the UFO
phenomenon, he hurled another question of his own: Have you ever
had an experience yourself? I told him that no, I had never had
contact with any extraterrestrial or paranormal entity, if that was
what he meant.
Then how do you suppose to write about those who haven't had any
sightings. Any remaining chance for an interview was rapidly
evaporating, along with the last of my charm.
Listen, Antares, I replied, I'm an historian. I didn't fight in the
Civil War either, but I'm still considered competent enough to write
about it.
But how can you judge people who have had experiences if you
haven't had one yourself?
Suddenly it dawned on me: to him, I was just another cynical hack
having fun at Unarius' expense. The words of a journalist that I had
conversed with that weekend rang in my ears: You and I are the same.
We come here, befriend these people, learn their secrets, but in the
end we inevitably betray them. Ignoring the unavoidable truth of
those words, I tried to reassure Spiegel: I donbt I intend to judge
Unarius or any other group that I speak to this trip.
My plan is simply to record different interpretations of the UFO
phenomenon, not to prove whether they are right or wrong. There was
silence. Then he said: Oh, that's alright then.
Still, it seemed clear that Spiegel had lost all desire to give an
interview. In the background, some other Unariuns could be heard
arriving. He had to go. So did I. Time and budget restraints would
not let me hang around in El Cajon for yet another day, just on the
off-chance that Spiegel would decide to see me. Well, maybe I'll
come back and get that interview sometime in the future.
I heard myself say. The weekend's earlier cheerfulness returned to
Spiegel's voice: Certainly, Dean, please do keep in touch.
Of course, now I'm never going to get that interview. Not unless
I take up channelling.
The annals of kookdom seem set to record Charles Louis Spiegel as
the last leader of Unarius. The cu-t's board of directors basically
16 of the more senior members have, since his death, decided to
share this responsibility amongst themselves. No fuss, no power
struggle, just a simple agreement for leadership by committee.
Perhaps, as Alex Heard suggested 4, surveying possible successors
back in 1994, nobody with leadership potential remained in Unarius.
Part of the reason could also originate with Unarius doctrine;
apparently any member can cha-nel entities from the Unariun
Brotherhood and such messages seem, automatically, to receive the
stamp of validity.
Max Weber, grandaddy of reli-ious so-iology, pointed out that as
rel-gions develop, there is usually a transition from a prophetic
to priestly stage.
Basically, the prophet is endowed with some type of divine
charisma and acts as a conduit for the g-d by delivering sacred
laws, holy messages etc. When the prophet dies, a priestly class
usually takes over, formalising the existing messages into doctrine
rather than receiving any additional insight.
The Ftherius (JW Sp.) Society a UFO contactee cu-t formed in the
1950s seems to have followed this traditional pattern. With the
death of founder George King in 1997, the F-therius canon has been
forever closed; though some members still claim to ch-nnel higher
entities, these are not recognized as official transmissions.
Legitimate communication has now become a one-way affair Ftherians
can send messages to their Cosmic Masters, but are unable to receive
any in return. 6
With Unarius, however, every member has the potential to become a
prophet or, perhaps more accurately, a shaman. 7 When an elder dies,
they remain accessible to the surviving members through spir-tual
communiqu's. Indeed, in the days following Spiegel's death, many
Unariun students experienced mental contact with Antares through
ps-chisms, dreams and inner attunement.
One member, a Canadian resident who had previously chann-lled James
Dean and Edgar Rice Burroughs, had received two transmission from
Antares.8
On reflection, I may have learned as much about Spiegel by not
interviewing him, especially now that I know he only survived my
visit by two months. At the time, I perceived him to be a crafty old
cu-t leader dodging my probing questions: now, I realize he was
probably just tired. organizing the weekend, channelling in public
for the last time and explaining reincarnation outside my motel until
midnight had probably all taken their toll.
As I glance at the thick Unarius tomes on my bookshelf, listen
to the recording of that final channelling, and recall the
spi-itual jargon with which I was politely bombarded in a motel
parking lot, I finally realize the truth of the rhetorical question
Spiegel twice posed to me. Rest well, Antares, in whatever spiritual
realm you now inhabit...
WHAT IS UNARIUS?
Unarius is one of the oldest and most-successful UFO con-actee
groups. Strictly speaking, the Unarius Academy of Science is a
tax-exempt, non-profit educational foundation centred in El Cajon,
California. The word Unarius is an acronym for Universal Articulate
Interdimensional Understanding of Science. Members call themselves
Unariuns.
What do they believe?
Unarius teaches that humankind is being prepared for a momentous
change in consciousness, at which point Earth will be invited to
join the Interplanetary Federation as the 33rd planet. Earth, it
seems, is a prison planet where beings who have done terrible things
in previous lives on other planets are incarnated. Unariuns are
encouraged to confess their past-life si-s often in costumed
pageants in order to advance themselves spi-itually. To aid them,
the Unarius leaders have cha-nelled teachings from advanced beings
(ascended masters, rulers of higher planets, archangels and
interdimensional scientists) explaining consciousness, the origin
of life and our connection with galactic intelligence.
Since its founding in 1954, Unarius has evolved into a rambling
and complex belief-system encompassing intelligent life on other
worlds and in other dimensions, angelic beings, mental and physical
super-sciences, intergalactic travel by huge flying saucers,
chann-lling, reincarnation and redemption.
The Unariuns believe that once an individual becomes aware of his
past lives (and some Unariuns claim to have been evil personalities)
he can with help from the Space Brothers heal the damage done to
himself and others.
Ernest Norman claimed to have been both Je--s of Nazareth (he
supposedly had the crucifixion scars to prove it) and Osiris. Ruth
Norman is said to have lived 55 lives on Earth, including the
Buddha, Socrates, King Arthur, Confucius, and King Poseid of
Atlantis. Charles Spiegel, the last director, claims to have been
Napoleon (JW Unfortunantly a lot of people claim to be Napoleon and
a lot of women think they were Cleopatra.) and Pontius Pilate.
To Unariuns, death is the next step in personal evolution,
possibly leading to a higher incarnation on another planet.
How and when did it start?
The early 1950s was the heyday of the flying saucer cont-ctee
movement and Ernest Norman ( With Ruth), an electronics engineer,
poet and clairvoyant, began hearing interplanetary voices and
astral-travelling to Mars and Venus.
While attending a Los Angeles psychics convention in 1954, to
lecture on Inner Contact from the Higher Beings, he met Ruth
Marian. They married that same year and laid the foundations of
what was to become Unarius.
JW One of the things that struck me as funny is the way that
Ruth would always have a number of very nice looking young men
around her wearing clothing that looked a lot like alien swim
suits.
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I remember that my friend, Don Showen, once told me that he went
down to El Cajon to checked out Ruth Norman for himself. While
talking to her personally he pointed out something that she had
said about reincarnation that was not true. She turned a light
shade of blue and nearly burst a blood vessel, then left him. He
asked one of the attendants what was wrong and he said, "You don't
argue with a Archangel. Don thought it was pretty funny at the
time.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Over the next 17 years, they promoted Unarius at UFO and
sp-ritualist conventions and wrote more than 20 books. Ernest (known
to Unariuns as the Archangel Raphiel) had been the main channel for
messages from the Space Brothers. After his death in 1971, Ruth
emerged as a charismatic and flamboyant leader and embraced the main
ch-nnelling duties (as the Archangel Uriel), although others were
also encouraged to become cosmic mouthpieces.
Ruth moved their headquarters to El Cajon, near San Diego, in
1972, where they can be found today. By the time of her death in
1996 (aged 93), she had published about 80 books, helped create
almost 100 videos and films, and established dozens of Unarius
centers in other states and countries. Ruth predilection for evening
gowns, glitzy tiaras and magic wands attracted media attention. This
campy fashion was matched by her sensational claim that an armada of
flying saucers were due to land in 1974. (JW On one occasion she
was so convinced that the space people were going to land that she
bet thousands of dollars with a well know company betting that the
space people would land at a certain time. They didn't land and she
had to pay up.)
After her death, Charles Spiegel (aka Antares) became director. A
Unarius student and teacher since 1960, Spiegel has authored or
co-authored more than 30 books for the Academy. He died in December
1999, aged 78 and has already been ch-nnelled by Unariuns.
At its peak in the late 1980s, Unarius claimed an international
membership of more than 10,000. Since the mass suicide of the
Heavenb's Gate group in 1997, media attention has been significantly
more hostile, despite Unarius' declaration that it has absolutely
no plans for mass suicide. In fact, Unarius emphasises the need to
be alive when the Pleiadeans eventually arrive, to take part in
building the era of peace and universal education.
The mass landing
Ruth Norman's first great prophecy looked forward to a massed
landing in 1974 of flying saucers from the Pleiades. At this time,
emissaries of the Space Brothers would induct the people of Earth
into an alignment of 33 planets forming an Interplanetary
Confederation for the sp-ritual renaissance of humankind. She bought
land near Jamul, California, to build Star Center One, a
landing-site for the off-world visitors.
When Ruth's Space Brothers missed their deadline, she simply
claimed they would be coming later. The expected landing was
rescheduled many times until it settled on the (then) conveniently
distant 2001. While the world worried about the imminent Y2K
catastrophe, the Unarians were looking forward to 2001 as the
beginning of an era of universal peace.
This appointment, too, was cancelled. In a ch-nnelled message, the
Muons from Myton said: There is not a [new] date. We have to feel
the waters out and make an individual contact with the mili-ary and
the country leaders.
Unarius currently maintain that a single Pleiadean space craft is
already here, waiting invisibly. When the time is right, it will
land on a Caribbean island a rising portion of Atlantis in the
area of the Bermuda Triangle carrying 1,000 scientists from planet
Myton. This craft will be the harbinger of a further 32 flying
saucers that will land, one on top of the other, to form a gigantic
interplanetary learning center at Star Center One.
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving
the included information for non-profit research and educational
purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com
(JW So it would be my advice that you be careful in what you
believe in regards to any specific landing date of the alien space
people. They have a tendency do things when, and if they want to.
This even includes the information sent out by Sheldan Nidle.
Part 3 of 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
A person on the Internet suggested that I might know something
about "The Spear Of Destiny". Here is some information that has
come my way about it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Subject: Hitler and The Spear of Destiny
----------------------------------------------------
Both Guernica and the 1934 drawing conceal references to a mystical
battle between Picasso and Hitler in connection with the Spear of
Destiny. This hidden pictorial narrative, set in the context of
Wagner's opera Parsifal, reveals some uncanny associations with
events in Hitler's life and with his quest to dominate Europe.
Vienna 1909-1913
According to the account of Dr Walter Stein, the young Hitler
whilst living as a down and out in Vienna undertook a penetrating
study of the Occult meanings underlying Wolfram Von Eschenbach's
Thirteenth Century Grail Romance, 'Parsival'. Stein through various
contacts with Hitler became convinced that he was deeply involved
with the Occult and had an experienced spi-itual mentor, possibly
linked to the infamous 'Blood Lodge of Guido Von Liszt.
Hitler later claimed in Mein Kampf, that these had been the most
vital years of his life in which he learned all he needed to know
to lead the Nazi Party.
Stein got to know Hitler because of their mutual interest in the
Spear of Destiny - a relic on display in the Hapsburg's treasury
at the Hofmuseum in Vienna.
The relic was said to have phenomenal talismanic power having
once been used at the Crucifixion to wound the side of Ch-ist.
According to legend, possession of the Spear would bring its owner
the power to conquer the world, but losing it would bring immediate
death. The relic had been owned by a succession of powerful European
rulers down through the centuries and eventually came to be in the
possession of the Hapsberg Dynasty.
Hitler confided to Stein that the first time he saw the Spear he
had witnessed extraordinary visions of his own destiny unfolding
before him.
In 1923, on his deathbed, Hitler's mentor Dietrich Eckart, a
dedicated Satanist and central figure in the Occult Thule Society
and a founder member of 'Follow Hitler! He will dance, but it is
I who have called the tune !'
'I have initiated him into the 'Secret Doctrine', opened his
centers in vision and given him the means to communicate with the
Powers.'
'Do not mourn for me: I shall have influenced history more than
any other German.'
On 12th March 1938, the day Hitler annexed Austria, he arrived in
Vienna a conquering hero. He first port of call was to the Hofmuseum
where he took possession of the Spear which he immediately sent to
Nuremberg, the sp-ritual capital of Nazi Germany.
At 2.10 on 30th April, 1945, during the final days of the war,
after considerable bombing of Nuremberg, the Spear fell into the
hands of the American 7th Army under General Patton. Later that
day, in fulfilment of the legend, Hitler committed suicide.
) Mark Harris 1996
Further Reading: The Spear of Destiny, by Trevor Ravenscroft,
Published by Neville Spearman, London, 1974.
--------------------------------------------------------
Symbolism in the 1934 Drawing
a.. Picasso's Harlequin
b.. Oedipus
c.. Wagner and Picasso
d.. Hitler and The Spear of Destiny
c.. Wagner and Picasso
d.. Hitler and The Spear of Destiny
e.. Parsifal
f.. Frankenstein
g.. A Hidden Picasso Bestiary
Next Section: Alchemical Contexts
-------------------------------------------------------
) Mark Harris 1996 (content), Simon Banton 1996 (design)
In general copyright of works by Pablo Picasso are the property of
the heirs to the Pablo Picasso estate
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
A lot has been shown in the movies about the Jinn. Here is some
information about them from Lady K. This is channeled material so
be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: August 25, 2002
Items Included:
* Crabwood Farm House Crop Formation of August 15, 2002 - Alien or
Hoax?
* Who are the Jinn?
* Recent Quakes caused by gov-rnment technologies?
* Reactivation of Elder Energies, Shape Shifting
* Implications of Being Born Deaf
Wayne: On August 15, 2002, a crop formation was reported at
Crabwood Farm House, near Winchester, Hampshire
(http://cropcircleconnector.com/2002/Crabwood/crabwood2002a.html).
This shows the face of an obvious ET "Grey" together with what
appears to be a circular disc that seems to be made of a spiraling
code of digital sequences, similar to a pattern for the creation of
an image or sound (like a player piano disk). Could this be an
image of the digital or thought form that created this image? Can
you tell us what or who created this formation, if it is an actual
portrayal of the being(s) that created it, and what is the circular
part of the image attempting to tell us? Is this a sophisticated
hoax done by someone on the Earth plane? Note what appear to be 3
or 4 planets or space ships in the background (portrayed as in the
SOHO photos)
Initial interpretations at:
http://www.earthfiles.com/news/news.cfm?ID=381&category=Environment
http://www.rumormillnews.net/cgi-bin/config.pl?read=22227
Good morning; Captain Torqualino here. It has been some time
since I have spoken with you. And at that time we commented that
we are quite capable of utilizing those technologies that you have
set in place for our own purposes - that we do what you would call
"an override." We can redirect your microwaves and we can even
convert them to a more benevolent action. The purpose of this
particular crop formation, while it is true that it was done
through human technologies, it was done in cooperation with us,
wherein it may have begun as a covert action, we did an override
to let the people of the world know that we are here and ready to
be of assistance.
We used the symbol for the Greys because they are the best known
to the people of the planet. And the disc is a type of harmonic
chording of certain frequencies. There is a certain similarity to
the type of intonements done in the movie, "Close Encounters of the
Third Kind."
The frequencies of the tones within that movie played upon the
inner frequencies of the humans that had gathered, so they were not
afraid to get on board the ship - it summoned them. There are three
planetary types of ships denoted in this crop formation. They are
part of our recycled planet activity - planets that have gone dead
and have been recycled and refurbished.
This particular crop formation is intended both as a summons,
wherein souls will respond, and also is intended as visual stimuli.
The encodements within the circle will transmit a certain frequency
pitch to those souls that have certain types of DNA activity at
this time and will be of assistance in calling them forth - they
will respond. We would also like to tell you that there are more
and more suncruisers that are gathering, and your SOHO is picking up
many images of this great gathering. We will not allow Planet Earth
to be destroyed. We will not allow those of the dark agenda to take
over and promote their ways of being.
Wayne: There are heavy markings that appear under the disk. Can
you explain their significance?
The part of the image under the disc is a portrayal of the Grey's
hand, as though it is holding the disc not only as a projection of
energy frequencies, but as a shield of protection, indicating that it
will not be controlled by those of the darker agendas. And you can
also see its chest and breastbone.
Wayne: What can you tell us about the nature, origin, and purpose
of those beings known as "The Jinn?"
(http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/invjinn.htm).
This is Lady Kadjina. Concerning the Jinns, there are amongst the
humans those who seem to go looking for the worst possible scenario,
and they have not yet taught themselves to seek out the higher
aspects of situations. The Jinn are one of many groups who live in
parallel dimensions and they have learned to locate the portals that
exist between the many dimensions.
The Jinn consider earthlings to be of a lesser species in much the
same way that you consider animals to be of a lesser species. And
you have animals to do your bidding, and your bidding is not always
of an evil purpose. And you do not consider your herding of cattle
to be a form of enslavement, and those dogs that work for you, like
Sheepdogs and Shepherds and Huskies, often love their masters. This
is one factor to be considered where the Jinn are concerned.
Another factor - and we have mentioned this before - is that there
are many forms of energetic beings upon the Earth plane at this time
that appear to be human but are not of human origin. And those
humans that are kidnapped actually have gathered certain information
for the Jinn - they are of the Jinn or a group working for them who
have incarnated and thereby have certain types of human DNA
encodements within them, and so they are purportedly kidnapped so
that the Jinn can gather information. In actuality, there were
agreements made between these various beings that this work would
be done.
Wayne: On 8/19/02, there was a series of large earthquakes in the
Fiji Islands region (2 at 7.7 and many aftershocks). A suggestion
has been made that these and other major quakes fall along what is
known as the Becker-Hagen grid lines
(http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/fijiquks.htm).
In addition, it is suggested that these specific quakes may be
induced by Tesla-like technology from the "antipode" in desolate
Tanezrouft Desert area of Algeria. Can you verify any of this
information?
The g-vernments of the world are indeed experimenting with creating
earthquakes. If they can learn to manipulate this energy, they can
direct an earthquake to a particular place in the "enemy's"
territory.
The go-ernments are manipulating weather patterns and are
responsible for droughts in many areas. They are involved in germ
w-rfare. However, in the case of the Fiji quakes mentioned, these
were emitted under our jurisdiction, if you would. They are
extremely deep and therefore not a threat, yet a considerable amount
of energy was released in a safe way. The gov-rnments of the world
will be allowed to take their technologies and agendas only so far
and no further. There is an absolute line of demarcation that they
will not be allowed to cross.
Wayne: Many are aware of the process of reactivation of ancient
energies and sp-ritual connections with ancient cultures and
civilizations now ongoing. Much of this is occurring with the
children now being born and many people in general are also
reconnecting. Could you comment specifically on the reactivation of
the Elder energies?
For the past century and in particular the past 40-50 years, the
emphasis has been placed upon the younger generations and upon the
sensuality and s-xuality and virility of the individuals under the
age of 35 or so. Your senior citizens have had to more or less
fend for themselves. They are not considered important and worth
listening to.
There is a movement now across the land to involve your seniors
in grandparent programs, but of the group that you have specifically
asked about, there are the wise Indian chieftains, the shamans, the
priestess groups, the crones, and also many elder groups who are
taking a good hard look at their lives and what it is that they are
able to contribute from out of the information that they have
gathered in their lifetimes.
Many elders are lecturing, writing and are involved in many
community activities. As a result, elders are being sought out
and are beginning to be considered community resources once again,
as they should be.
There are several groups - the Aborigines, the Hopi, the Mayan,
and others as well, who are incarnated at this time to bring forth
the ancient wisdom and to help shift the consciousness of humanity.
These souls are shapeshifters - that's who they are. There is a
book entitled "Shape Shifting" and it speaks of several forms of
shapeshifting - shaping and shifting consciousness as within
politics, education, and medicine; shapeshifting of thoughtforms
that allow, for instance, the flying of airplanes or the driving of
cars "on empty;" the shapeshifting and reformation of clouds; and
the shapeshifting and neutralizing of chemtrails and HAARP waves
and microwaves - all of this is a part and a process of
shapeshifting.
So these particular groups of elders are here to not only help
shift, but also teach how to shift the various shapes of certain
agendas that no longer serve the highest good of humanity.
(A link to the Shape Shifting book and author is at
www.ethoschannel.com/personalgrowth/adventure/
j-perkins/1_j-perkins.html)
From a reader: I am interested to hear what Lady K has to say
about deaf people--the absence of hearing. I have always had this
perspective: "You don't miss what you never had in the first place,"
and I don't feel deafness for myself is a lack thereof, and I am 22
and a new university grad, and I sure don't lack in anything. People
feel or think I am Indigo or something like that, but I didn't want
to take that label for some reason. I feel like I have the spirit
of justice. Most of all, I feel that I vibe most with what they
call "those that walk between the worlds."
There is no accident when an individual is born either blind or
deaf. Physical hearing is part of the third dimensional reality.
When a person is born deaf, they are gifted with other senses. We
have said before that in the constitutional makeup of the human
there are basically five different bodies - the spir-tual, mental,
emotional, etheric, and physical. And each of these bodies has
all of the component parts that make up what you normally consider
a body. The human body, in actuality, has 349 senses, much more
than your basic 5.
.....
JW So one might say that gin is an intoxicating drink. A gin is
where a person processes cotton and it contains a lot of moving
machinery. A Jinn is a different type of being that we are.
Part 1.
John Winston. joh...@mlolde.com
John F. Winston
Here is the last part of a posting I started on Aug. 14, 2002.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
f.. Conditions Benefited By Magnetic Field Therapy
Treatment can last from just a few minutes to overnight and
depending upon the situation and severity, may be applied several
times a day, or for days or weeks at a time. Sometimes, though,
the results of magnetic therapy can be quite dramatic, as in a case
cited by Dr. Ludwig. A forty-six year old man had suffered for
years from severe heart flutter, diarrhea, and nausea. No treatment
seemed to help, but when a magnetic applicator with less than one
gauss of energy was placed upon his solar plexus for only three
minutes, his symptoms immediately ceased. Two years later, he had
experienced no relapse.
In a case described by Dr. Philpott, a seventy-year old man who
had undergone coronary bypass surgery continued to suffer from
heart pain. His walk was reduced to a shuffle, his speech was
slurred, and he lived in a state of chronic depression. He decided
to try magnetic therapy and a plastiform magnet was placed over his
heart. Within ten minutes, the pain disappeared. Magnets were
applied to the crown of his head while he slept, and within a month,
his depression was gone, his speech was clear, and his walking
returned to normal.
In other cases cited by Dr. Philpott, magnets have helped to
eliminate toothaches, eliminate periodontal disease, and eradicate
fungal infections like candidiasis. Kidney stones and calcium
deposits in inflamed tissues have also been known to dissolve.
Magnetic therapy has been shown to be particularly effective in
reducing swelling and edema. According to Dr. Philpott, "Symptoms
of cardiac atherosclerosis and brain atherosclerosis have been
observed to disappear after six to eight weeks of nightly exposure
to a negative static magnetic field."
g.. Stress and Depression
A negative magnetic field applied to the top of the head has a
calming and sleep-inducing effect on brain and body functions, due
to the stimulation of the production of the hormone melatonin,
according to Dr. Philpott. Melatonin has been shown to be
anti-stressful, anti-aging, anti-infectious, anticancerous, and to
have control over respiration and the production of free radicals.
A free radical is a highly destructive molecule that is missing an
electrn, and readily reacts with other molecules. This can lead
to the aging of cells, the hardening of muscle tissue, the wrinkling
of skin, and in general, a decreased efficiency of protein synthesis.
As there are literally hundreds of diseases that are related to
stress, infections, and aging, magnetic field therapy could be
considered an important adjunct in their treatment and researchers
are currently studying its contributions.
h.. Bacterial, Fungal, and Viral Infections
"A negative magnetic field can function like an antibiotic in
helping to destroy acterial, fungal, and viral infections," says Dr.
Philpott, "by promoting oxygenation and lowering the body's
acidity." Both these factors are beneficial to normal bodily
functions but harmful to pathogenic (disease-causing)
microorganisms, which do not survive in a well oxygenated, alkaline
environment. Dr. Philpott theorizes that the biological value of
oxygen is increased by the influence of a negative electromagnetic
field, and that the field causes negatively charged DNA
(deoxyribonucleic acid) to "pull" oxygen out of the bloodstream and
into the cell. The negative electromagnetic field keeps the cellular
buffer system (pH or acid-based balance) intact so that the cells
remain alkaline. The low acid balance also helps maintain the
presence of oxygen in the body.
i.. Pain Relief
A negative magnetic field normalizes the disturbed metabolic
functions that cause painful conditions such as cellular edema
(swelling of the cells), cellular acidosis (excessive acidity of
the cells), lack of oxygen to the cells, and function. Dr. Philpott
cites the case of a women in her seventies who had experienced pain
and weakness in her left leg for thirty-three years stemming from a
blood clot in the groin area, and could not climb stairs, without
stopping several times due to pain. After twelve months of sleeping
on a negative magneto-electro pad, the woman found that she could
walk a long flight of stairs without any pain or weakness in her leg.
A negative magnetic field cannot take the place of local anesthetics
and analgesics, however. A positive magnetic field, on the other
hand, can increase pain due to its interference with normal
metabolic function.
.. Central Nervous System Disorders
"When a negative magnetic field is placed directly over an area of
electrical activity in the brain, the electrical excitement can be
reduced," says Dr. Philpott. It can stop such symptoms as
hallucinations, delusions, seizures, or panic without disrupting the
patient's mental alertness and orientation. Small disc magnets
(made form ceramic neodymium or iron oxide) can be placed around the
head to alleviate these kinds of symptoms. Dr. Philpott has
pioneered the use of magnetic therapy for numerous psychiatric
disorders, and he believes that in the future subtle uses of magnets
will be used to control a variety of symptoms and central nervous
systems disturbances. A woman who had a benign tumor removed from
her spine could not walk without dragging her feet.
When Dr. Philpott placed a positive magnetic pole over the area
where the tumor had been removed, she could walk perfectly. With
practice, and with help of both a positive and negative magnetic
field, the neuronal function returned.
The positive field stimulated the nonfunctioning neurons and
produced (as a reaction to stress) endorphins (natural opiates
produced in the brain), while the negative field prevented the
neurons from becoming overly excited.
Because of the potential dangers relating to positive magnetic
fields, the period or exposure was quite brief.
Caution: The body's subtle electromagnetic fields can be affected
by even the weakest of magnets. For some patients, magnetic field
therapy can cause pain, while others may have symptomatic reactions
to various medications they are taking. nbsp Toxins may also be
released into the body, causing severe reactions. Dr. Philpott
adds the following precautions: Don't use magnets on the abdomen
during pregnancy. Don't use a magnetic bed for more than eight
to ten hours. Wait sixty to ninety minutes after meals before
applying magnetic therapy to the abdomen. To prevent interference
with peristalsis (wavelike contractions of the smooth muscles of
the digestive tract). Do not apply the positive magnetic pole
unless under medical supervision. It can produce seizures,
hallucinations, insomnia, hyperactivity, stimulate the growth of
tumors and microorganisms, and promote addictive behavior.
k.. The Future of Magnetic Field Therapy
With the rising popularity of magnetic field diagnostic techniques
such as MRI (magnetic resonance imaging), magnets and electrical
devices are beginning to gain mainstream medical acceptance as human
diagnostic and treatment tools.
According to Dr. Philpott the application of magnets provides the
most predictable results of any treatment he has observed. "It is not
only valuable as a medical supervised technique, but for many self
help problems such as insomnia, chronic pain, and tension." Because
magnets do not introduce any foreign substance into the body this
will, Dr. Philpott believes, make them safer over the long term
than aspirin or other over-the-counter medications.
l.. A small company came up with a novel concept which makes a
great deal of sense. Erectile dysfunction is primarily due to
decreased blood flow to the pe-is (the basis of Viagra). It has
been clinically established that magnetic therapy increases blood
flow. They produce a jock strap with appropriately placed magnets.
I ordered two today! (hey, I'm over 60 and it doesn't works like it
once did sigh). Stay tuned.... I will spare you any sordid details
if it turns me into a World Class Swordsman! (snort!)
m.. Recent studies at The Baylor College of Medicine and Columbia
University provide proof that magnetic therapy is much more than
wi-chcraft. For some problems it is a simple, inexpensive, non
invasive way to treat them.
n.. Magnetic therapy appears to be a real, "Heads you win, tails
you break even" situation. Before you spend your money be advised:
1. Ignore what the hypsters claim about their magnets being unique.
Magnet strength is measured in "gauss" Don't be fooled......gauss
is gauss regardless of the material from which the magnet is made.
The strength will depend on the thickness for a given material.
2. Promoters sell small discs, the size of an M&M, for 5-20
dollars! Exactly the same magnet is sold for .50 to 1.00 without
all they hype and hokus-pokus. The best source I have found is
here. If you find a better one please advise.
3. Amway has launched a magnetic therapy product line. They are
coining this launch "as one of the greatest Amway product
introductions." Their product line consists of the following:
Magna Bloc Neuromagnet Discs (3)............ $---.00
Neoprene Head Wrap.......................... $ --.00
Terrycloth Elbow Wrap....................... $ --.00
Terrycloth Wrist Bands...................... $ --.00
Terrycloth Knee Bands....................... $ --.00
Neoprene Back Belt.......................... $---.00
Compare this with the prices on the above URL. Only a 300-1,000%
markup!
For a more extensive discussion see this site.
Please advise me of any results (good or bad) you have or have
had with magnetic therapy.
Email Dr. Brooks
Send to Alternative Medicine menu.
Health_and_Healing - PULSE ON WORLD HEALTH CONSPIRACIES! '*
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Health_and_Healing
Subscribe:......... Health_and_Hea...@yahoogroups.com
Digest emails:..... Health_and_H...@yahoogroups.com
Individual emails:. Health_and_H...@yahoogroups.com
To Post:........... Health_an...@yahoogroups.com
*COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Many years ago I went over the be treated by a very young man
by the name of Dr. David Kamister. I had heard about him before and
he did help me to better health. Although it's called many names the
process that he used was muscle testing. Hear is some infomation
about it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Muscle Testing--Your Key To Unlock The Mysteries of Your
Sub-Conscious
Glynda Chambliss
Have You Wondered?
Am I allergic to this food? Should I take this Vitamin, Mineral
or Herb? What about this new Phyto-Chemical? What's causing me to
gain or stay over-weight?
Why do I keep sabotaging my success?
Would you like a safe, effective way to ask your sub-conscious
mind all these questions and more?
If you answered "Yes!", then Muscle Testing is for you! It's Fun,
Fast, Easy,
Safe and Effective. So natural, anyone can do it.
Something sure seems strange when you are first introduced to
muscle testing.
The very idea that anything in our environment, even inanimate
objects could have any effect on our strength is almost
incomprehensible to some people. The idea that our thoughts &
feelings affect our strength is even more foreign to most.
We are a nation who depends more on what can be seen, heard or
felt rather than on intangibles. This being the case, let me tell
you about your body's energy flows. Today, we still have to call
this a theory because the A-A does not currently accept this
theory as scientifically valid. Most people in the alternative
health field have no doubt that these patterns exist. It will
probably be another 30 or 40 years, before they finally decide to
pursue the research already began and to allow publishing of these
findings.
In the meantime, there's no reason we can't enjoy the benefits of
knowing this special talent.
Experiment with This
This works best with two people, one to test and the other to be
tested. The one to be tested holds arm straight out to side of body,
as illustrated. The tester places the fingertips of one hand on the
wrist of the one tested. A steady, firm pressure from both should
keep the arm about even.
Now, the one being tested should simply think of something hateful
or disgusting. The same pressure should then be applied to the wrist.
If all is right with this person, their arm will fall as if someone
were standing on it.
This is because the test is not truly of the muscle itself but of
the frequency of the energy to work the muscle. Negative thoughts
create energy short-circuits which weaken the body and the mind.
One more thing, the one being tested should now think of someone
or something loved. The arm should now be strong and solid. How can
this be?
Energy Pathways
The Chinese use empirical evidence (meaning they've tried it and
it works) to prove that energy flows through meridians (or specific
pathways). There are several excellent therapies currently in use
such as Acupuncture and Touch for Health, used by Chiropractors,
which depend on these meridians.
Some of the latest research has found a fine duct-like tubule
system approximately= to 1 microns in diameter which corresponds to
the path of the classical acupuncture meridians. This research
suggests that the whole energy system is much more complex than
originally understood by the Chinese.
Zapping the Myths Of Muscle Testing
Myth 1: It's voodoo, magic or witchcraft.
TRUTH 1: As with anything new, the first possibility is something
magical or otherworldly. The resistance to change seems to be as
integral a part of our makeup as our determination to foment
changes. Just consider Galeleo's trials and tribulations while
trying to prove the earth revolved around the sun and Columbus'
problems proving the world was round.
However, now that machines are being invented like the
Superconducting Quantum Interference Detector (SQUID) for
determining minute magnetic fields especially in living organisms
and Kirlian Photography which shows the presence of magnetic fields
emanating from the body, there is absolute proof of the existence of
frequencies not visible to the human eye.
As most of you already know, the body and particularly, the brain,
run on an electro-chemical basis. But, what does this really mean?
It means that every thought, word and action has an electro-magnetic
frequency. This is why you can actually communicate with your
unconscious thoughts, beliefs and actions--they, too, are
translated into frequencies.
To tell the truth, we really don't "muscle test," we're testing
the frequencies by means of the muscles. Since we are testing
frequencies, the foods and supplements we usually test are actually
being tested as a frequency. Thus there is nothing magical about it.
Myth 2: Surrogate testing proves it's hocus-pocus at best or fake at
the worst.
TRUTH 2: Surrogate testing, using a third person to test for someone
too young or too sick to be tested personally is simple and
accurate. The third person simply holds one arm out (as illustrated
before) while touching the person (such as a child) needing to be
tested. The tester then pushes on the "surrogate" arm.
The reason surrogate testing works is simple: when two or more
electrically charged beings touch, they become linked. If
electricity surges through one, the other(s) will immediately feel
it. In fact, if someone is electrocuted, the second person will get
a higher charge than the first. Therefore, if a thought or substance
weakens one person's frequency or even goes so far as to
short-circuit it, then the others in that electrical circuit will
respond accordingly.
Thus the mystery of surrogate testing is laid to rest.
Myth 3: You can't depend on the results-they change too frequently.
TRUTH 3: Muscle testing is a very exacting test this has lead some
to believe the test is not accurate. If your energy system is
operating in reverse, called "switching", then the test is totally
inaccurate. If the response seems wrong, like testing strong for
sugar or saccharine, then a couple of simple checks can provide a
solution and then accuracy can be restored.
Also, if you change the question you asked, or make adjustments
to your magnetic field (say by taking an herb or vitamin or
adjusting the spine), the answer will be different.
For instance, if you think of something you hate, as in the
experiment, then ask if you can resolve that hate, let's say the
answer is "no". Now, suppose I ask if resolution is possible on
the hate and the answer is "yes". Did it contradict itself? No,
because, even though the questions are similar, their meaning is
very different.
Remember, when you're asking questions of your sub-conscious, the
old saying "be careful what you ask for" takes on a whole new
meaning.
Myth 4: It's totally unproven and therefore useless.
TRUTH 4: With enough motivation, anything can be scientifically
proven. Look how many drugs are "proven" safe yet years later
people develop serious complications, even to the point of dying.
Being in the Alternative Health Field, I am often confronted with
the obsession for "proof". For years we quoted Dr. Jensen's
famous "Death begins in the colon" and recommended high fiber and
regular bowel movements. We were mocked by modern medicine. Now the
buzz-word is that a high-fiber diet lowers the chances of several
types of ca-cer, including colon can-er.
Therefore, being scientifically unproven does not concern me
overmuch. Much research is being done in the field of bio-magnetics
and of electromagnetic frequencies. The proof will be here soon
enough. I have enclosed a few scientific sources to make it more
clear.
References:
Brodeur, Paul. Currents of Death: Power Lines, Computer Terminals
& the Attempt to Cover Up their Threat to Your Health. Simon &
Schuster Publishers: New York, 1989
The Magnetic Blueprint of Life. Davis, AR & Rawls, W.
The Magnetic Effect. Davis, AR & Rawls, W.
The Anatomy of Biomagnetism.Davis, AR
Bioelectronics According to Vincent and the Acid-Base Balance in
Theory and Practice.Elmau, H
Vibrations, Healing Through Color, Homeopathy and Radionics.
MacIvor, Virginia and Laforest, Sandra.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I was recently listening to the FM radio station in Twain-Harte,
Calif., called "The Cabin" and they are suggesting that we turn our
car headlights on during Sept. 11, 2002. I also got an e-mail from
my friend that states the same thing. Here is the information.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
To: "John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com>
Subject: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
----- Original Message -----
From: Judst...@aol.com
To: a1_ly...@hotmail.com ; Park...@aol.com ; Robst...@cs.com ;
Othe...@aol.com ; Jenn...@aol.com ; RENE...@aol.com ;
MSRO...@aol.com ; WtrS...@aol.com
Sent: Wednesday, September 04, 2002 8:09 PM
Subject: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
In a message dated 8/25/02 2:44:39 PM Mountain Daylight Time,
bari...@ix.netcom.com writes:
Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
Date:8/25/02 2:44:39 PM Mountain Daylight Time
From: bari...@ix.netcom.com (Brian & Allyne Ricker)
To: CMsta...@aol.com (Machelle Stanley), laur...@msn.com
(Laura Serrano), samr...@aol.com (Sam Ricker), debr...@aol.com
(Debbie Ricker), twrich...@hotmail.com (terica Richardson),
Judst...@aol.com (Judy E Preston), w...@izap.com (Bill O'Grady),
ma...@outbackequipment.com (Maria Moreland), moosey...@Yahoo.com
(Maxted, Stacey), monkey...@hotmail.com (Danielle R Kasabian),
fes...@attbi.com (Fuller, Sarah), dcel...@ix.netcom.com (Sue and
John Fillion), Doe...@aol.com (Doreen),
Deidre....@twmetals.com (Deidre Cabrera), heap...@aol.com
(Carol Bemis)
-----Original Message-----
From: Roxann Valenzuela <Rvale...@usprint.com>
To: 'Jewe...@aol.com' <Jewe...@aol.com>; 'mar...@aol.com'
<mar...@aol.com>; 'JVale...@ikon.com' <JVale...@ikon.com>
Date: Thursday, August 15, 2002 9:01 AM
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
-----Original Message-----
From: Sandi Ross
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:54 AM
To: u.s.print staff
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
-----Original Message-----
From: Lisa A. Ross [mailto:LAR...@ousleyinc.com]
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:46 AM
To: Dana Lopez; 'emer...@llnl.gov'; 'marygar...@hotmail.com';
'Mike...@aol.com'; 'sr...@usprint.com'; 'Wink, Amy'
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
-----Original Message-----
(JW I will now skip about 60 names and e-mail addresses.)
From: Marcia Greeson [mailto:MGr...@rossmoor.com]
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:46 AM
To: BethB...@aol.com; DMD...@aol.com; RSth...@aol.com;
Sgo...@aol.com; BlUI...@HOTMAIL.COM; lorrie...@HOTMAIL.COM;
LAR...@ousleyinc.com; Alecia Saville; Clarissa Hogan; Judith V. Wood;
Mary Ann Gannon-Benevides; Marie Gray; Tess Haskett;
Rebecca.H...@UNIFORM.ARAMARK.com; sdo...@visa.com;
ss11...@yahoo.com
Subject: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
Please join us on 9/11. We have over a month to get
the word out all across this great land we love and call
the United States of America.
On Wednesday, September 11, 2002
everyone in the USA who will be driving a
motor vehicle is asked to drive with their
headlights on during daylight hours.
Though no explanation is needed as to
why we are commemorating September 11..................
we hope, more importantly, to pay respect to
the victims of that day, show our nation's solidarity and show
support for our men and women of the Armed Forces.
You can help by sending this e-mail on to others!
Remember......................9/11 LIGHTS ON!
Date: Sun, 25 Aug 2002 13:33:17 -0700
From: Brian & Allyne Ricker <bari...@ix.netcom.com>
To: Machelle Stanley <CMsta...@aol.com>, Laura Serrano
<laur...@msn.com>,
Sam Ricker <samr...@aol.com>, Debbie Ricker <debr...@aol.com>,
terica Richardson <twrich...@hotmail.com>, Judy E Preston
<Judst...@aol.com>, Bill O'Grady <w...@izap.com>, Maria Moreland
<ma...@outbackequipment.com>, "Maxted, Stacey"
<moosey...@Yahoo.com>, Danielle R Kasabian
<monkey...@hotmail.com>, "Fuller, Sarah" <fes...@attbi.com>,
Sue and John Fillion <dcel...@ix.netcom.com>,
Doreen <Doe...@aol.com>, Deidre Cabrera <Deidre.
Cab...@twmetals.com>, Carol Bemis <heap...@aol.com>
Subject: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
From: Roxann Valenzuela <Rvale...@usprint.com>
To: 'Jewe...@aol.com' <Jewe...@aol.com>; 'mar...@aol.com'
<mar...@aol.com>; 'JVale...@ikon.com' <JVale...@ikon.com>
Date: Thursday, August 15, 2002 9:01 AM
<mar...@aol.com>; 'JVale...@ikon.com' <JVale...@ikon.com>
Date: Thursday, August 15, 2002 9:01 AM
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
-----Original Message-----
From: Sandi Ross
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:54 AM
To: u.s.print staff
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
----Original Message-----
From: Lisa A. Ross [mailto:LAR...@ousleyinc.com]
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:46 AM
From: Lisa A. Ross [mailto:LAR...@ousleyinc.com]
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:46 AM
To: Dana Lopez; 'emer...@llnl.gov'; 'marygar...@hotmail.com';
'Mike...@aol.com'; 'sr...@usprint.com'; 'Wink, Amy'
Subject: FW: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
--Original Message-----
From: Marcia Greeson [mailto:MGr...@rossmoor.com]
Sent: Tuesday, August 13, 2002 9:46 AM
To: BethB...@aol.com; DMD...@aol.com; RSth...@aol.com;
Sgo...@aol.com; BlUI...@HOTMAIL.COM; lorrie...@HOTMAIL.COM;
LAR...@ousleyinc.com; Alecia Saville; Clarissa Hogan;
Judith V. Wood; Mary Ann Gannon-Benevides; Marie Gray;
Tess Haskett;
Rebecca.H...@UNIFORM.ARAMARK.com; sdo...@visa.com;
ss11...@yahoo.com
Subject: Subject: HEADLIGHTS ON SEPTEMBER 11
Please join us on 9/11. We have over a month to get the word out
all across this great land we love and call the United States
of America.
On Wednesday, September 11, 2002 everyone in the USA who will
be driving a motor vehicle is asked to drive with their
headlights on during daylight hours.
Though no explanation is needed as to why we are commemorating
September 11..................we hope, more importantly, to pay
respect to the victims of that day, show our nation's
solidarity and show support for our men and women of the Armed
Forces.
You can help by sending this e-mail on to others!
Remember......................9/11 LIGHTS ON!
(JW So please pass this on to everybody you know.)
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
In the past I have planted some redwood trees. I have 3 of the
Giant Sequoia tress planted. They are the largest trees on Earth
and grow to be about 300 feet tall. They are know for their large
trunk base and have been big enough in the past to let a car pass
through them. My trees were about 18 inches tall when I planted
them about 6 years ago and now they are about 7 feet tall. I also
have some coastal redwood trees which are the tallest trees in
the world and they get to be about 320 feet tall. I love these
trees and they put out a nice vibration. Now I'll put down some
information that is channeled from the Redwood trees so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: S
Subject: Wake-Up Call from the Redwood Trees - July 12, 2002
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
This message holds even more impact I feel, due to the fact that
these wonderful Sequoia trees are at possible risk of being burnt
from the continuous fires that are ravaging the US.
Love
S
-------------------------------------------------
Your Underground Crew - July 12, 2002
We are the "Giants", the remnants of a very ancient civilization
that most of you have long forgotten. The millennia have come and
gone, and we are still here, in gradually decreasing numbers, at
the hand of rapacious loggers whose only consideration for us is
the amount of money they can rake from reducing our population day
by day.
As a species of collective Devic Intelligence, our presence has
graced this planet for millions of years, way back to the time of
the magical Land of Pan. For millions of years, the people of this
planet have held the greatest awe and respect for the beauty and
wisdom we hold and for the deep sense of peace and harmony we
radiate far and wide from the surroundings where we abide.
Those who have the ability to communicate and interact with us
consciously receive our gifts and the knowledge we possess. Unknown
to most of you, we have much knowledge and wisdom to share.
Someday, you will wake up to this reality, and wish you had been
more conscious of who we are and the important contributions we
have made on your planet.
We lived and thrived on the ancient continent of Lemuria, far
beyond this western shore. At one time, our Spirit and physical
form were spread nearly everywhere on this planet. At this time, we
are the only survivors on the surface of this planet of the glory
and the beauty that once was. We are the historians and your
connecting link to your ancestors, of your roots and your
past-selves of the Lemurian civilization and beyond. People have
complained again and again that Lemuria was lost without any trace.
And we tell you that we are here, unacknowledged. We are the Ones
who have survived the cataclysmic changes that occurred twelve
thousand years ago, and we have stayed here on your Pacific Coast
for your benefit. Why have you not recognized us and appreciate
the great service that we, as a species, have offered to your
planet for so very long and the great service we have continued to
provide to you to this very day on your coast, in spite of the
gradual and constant destruction of our species by your present
unconscious civilization?
In the millions of years of our service to this planet, no
civilization has ever sought to eliminate us so heartlessly and
callously as the twentieth century American people have, at the hand
of your industrial giants, and with the full support of your
go-ernment. Gove-nments are responsible to support the long-term
benefit of the whole, as well as the short-term benefits, not only
the short-term benefits of the lobbying exploiters. For the sake
of a few dollars in the hands of the few, you are eliminating your
ancient heritage and destroying the Beings who are protecting you.
What you are doing, as an analogy, is the equivalent of a bi-lical
story you all know, of the one who traded all the wondrous gifts
and wealth of his birthright for a bowl of lentils. It can also be
compared to the dogs that bite the hands that feed and love them.
Always, in all regions and eras, we have been honored and loved
for all the gifts from the Earth we were able to freely distribute
to all. Very few people would ever consider destroying us the way it
is done today in this country, as it would have been considered an
outrage and a raping of one of Earth's most precious treasures. The
West coast of the United States is now what is left of ancient
Lemuria's last treasures, and up until about 60 years ago, thousands
upon thousands of acres graced and blessed the West Coast of this
country. Now there are only a few meager strips of us left here and
there "for show". All the beauty of the past is about gone in the
name of a false sense of "progress", and replaced with much ugliness.
You are so far removed in your awareness of true beauty and values
that few of you have even noticed.
Where have you invested your values?
Although most of us, as a species, have been destroyed by your
modern technology and because of your lack of awareness and
consideration for the treasures of this Earth, our Spirit continues
to live. Every time one of us perishes from the mechanical saws of
the lumbermen, the Spirit of the dying tree moves on to another
dimension for a new incarnation where we are loved, honored and
appreciated. Our species, as a collective Devic Intelligence, also
live in many higher dimensions on this planet and beyond, where we
thrive and where the inhabitants cherish our presence and our
gifts. We live in great numbers inside the Earth, in the Inner
Earth, the Middle Earth and the subterranean cities of this planet
where we grace the lives of the loving and wise beings who reside
in those wondrous places.
You have so much more to learn, my friends, of the "real values"
of Life!
If our words seem harsh to you, take them as a wake-up call, a plea
of compassion for all other Life forms on this planet that are
receiving equivalent treatments from humanity that we do. Ultimately,
when you have reached a state of evolution high enough to understand
the Eternals Laws of Oneness with all life, you will know that the
love and compassion you accord to another, no matter form it takes,
you are doing it for you own benefit as well.
As you trash the Earth and its many kingdoms, ultimately, those
energies will return to you. You will become, in your subsequent
incarnations, the recipients of your own trashing. These are the
immutable cosmic Laws of the One, which the whole of Creation is
based on.
In all enlightened societies, no one ever cuts our bodies in the
form of giant trees for their personal uses (and never for profit)
until our incarnation in this form is complete and we have departed
our Spirit from that form. It is only then that the wood is cut
with great respect and skill, and used for multiple purposes. The
wonderful wood we provide is also part of the many gifts we endow
this planet with. As a gift to you all from our Spirit, we were
never meant to be monopolized by a few profiteers to be sold by
multi-million industrial corporations who hold no love or connection
with Nature and Devic Evolution. We belong to all, no one has any
right to "own us" and "dispose" of us as they please. Neither can
you ever claim to own a piece of land. By Divine Rights, all land
belongs to the body of your beloved Earth Mother. She is sovereign.
If you think you own a piece of land or rights to some land, "at
best", you are only temporary stewards of that land, and you are
totally ac-countable to Higher Councils of what you do with it.
Stewardship of land and animals are major evolutionary initiations
on the Path of Life. In all inlightened societies, because wood is
used wisely and judiciously, there is plenty for everyone to supply
all their needs without any ration or scarcity.
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Part 2 of 2.
...............
Have you ever noticed the difference in hurricane and tornado
activity between the East coast and the West coast? Have you ever
wondered why the West coast has not received the same amount of
yearly cataclysms as it occurs so frequently on the East coast? It
is our desire to tell you that the West coast has been spared so
many potential calamities each year because of "Our Presence". We
are not "just trees" as you have been led to believe in your lack
of spi-itual conscious-ness, we are much more than that. Our tree
form is just an outer shell, housing our Great S-irit. Although our
Spir=t is incarnated in the form of giant trees, our collective
Sp-rit is vast, powerful, all encompassing and wise; beyond your
present limited understanding and evolutionary awareness.
We, the Redwood Trees, are the Guardians and Devas of the West
Coast, and because of our presence there, our love and our great
protective powers, this country has been spared many calamities
from Nature. Please be reminded that disasters from Nature are
always caused by energetic imbalances in Earth's energy grids coming
from vortexes of discordant energies created and accumulated by
humanity's misuse of creative energies, negative thinking and lack
of the quality of Love towards each other and towards all other Life
Forms. We are the harmonizers of Nature where we live, and our
influence radiates far and wide. Over the centuries, we have been
able to absorb in our giant bodies much of your discordant
energies, thus, sparing the western hemisphere of the consequences of
many natural disasters.
When we were in greater numbers near your shore and on your coast,
we were much more effective in warding off potential mishaps or
cataclysms coming to your shore from the Pacific Ocean or elsewhere.
Now, with our numbers being reduced so drastically and daily by the
false pretension of "progress", without any thought or consideration
for who we are, what is our role in this area of your country, and
without receiving any gratitude for the great protection we have
offered to your coast for so very long, this is our warning.
Our number has now been reduced to the point that it is
increasingly becoming more and more difficult for us to continue to
provide the West coast with the protection we have been able to
offer until now, and the much greater protection you will actually
need in a very near future.
We would like to add that by the steady reduction of our numbers
by the day, as you have been executing for the last several decades,
you are seriously putting your shores, the western land of the U.S.
and its inhabitants at a much greater risk of severe cataclysmic
disasters. You are carelessly, without further thoughts, destroying
daily "The Guardians, the Divine Beings" who have been protecting
you, your shores and your land for eons of time.
Once we become extinct from the axes and saws of those who regard
us simply as dollar signs, we are not coming back to this dimension.
We are going elsewhere to continue to serve, bless and radiate our
purposes. The rest of us will join the millions of our species who
have already departed. We are immortals in our souls, just like
you are. The death of our bodies will be "your great loss" in this
country as you will soon find out, and a loss for the third
dimension of this planet. If we cannot continue to do what we are
here to do, we will move on to greener pastures where love, light
and honor reigns and where we will be appreciated.
We are grateful to Aurelia Louise for taking the time to hear
our call deep from within the recess of her heart and soul, and
for taking note of the urgent message we have been longing to
share with mankind for so very long, before it is too late.
We have cradled you with our protection, love, wisdom, our peace,
harmony, beauty, wood and oxygen; we have adorned your landscape for
millions of years in each of your many incarnations. You know us as
we know you. Because of your fall into such great density of
consciousness, and unconsciousness as you find yourself in this
important time of Earth's transition, you have forgotten your roots
and your ancestry, and you have forgotten who you truly are. You no
longer acknowledge the Earth as your Mother, an awesome Celestial
Living, Breathing Being of the highest order and intelligence, a
Being that is loved, cherished and honored throughout all the
planets of this solar system, the many galaxies of this universe
and all other universes far beyond this one.
She is the One who has sponsored your personal evolution on Her
body with such the many galaxies of this universe and all other
universes far beyond this one.
She is the One who has sponsored your personal evolution on Her
body with such great Love, abundance and nurturing, for so very long,
totally unconditionally, no matter what you have done to Her body.
She has allowed you to damage, poison and destroy parts of Her
body countless number of times in order to assist you in forging
your evolutionary pathway. You have r-ped Her resources, drained Her
blood represented by the oils inside Her body, and killed and
mutilated Her children.
Many of you are recklessly destroying large segments of land and
habitat of the many kingdoms that She also hosts on this planet
besides evolving humanity. You have been brutal to Her innocent
ones from the animal kingdom and you have been brutal with each
other. She considers all beings of Her many kingdoms as Her children,
no matter what form they take. She loves all equally.
You have forgotten that all kingdoms evolving on this planet, known
or unknown to you have equal rights to live here and share this
planet, no matter what form they have. Mankind was never given
dominion on this planet as a passport to abuse and destroy other
kingdoms, including us. The dominion mankind was given was a
passport to learn dominion over his own "lower nature", in order to
return to his original divinity and innocence.
We are sending you an "SOS" call today through this channel. Do
what you may to preserve what is left of us. The time is getting
very short. You are now so very close to a time where you will need
our protection more than ever before. If there is no longer enough
of us to provide the protection you will be in need of during the
Earth changes that are almost over your head at this time, you will
then have to ward off the consequences of your karmic creations
without the added benefit of our protection. And then, you will know,
and we repeat, you will know!!! You will be calling on us in your
soul, and it will be too late. Our Sp-rit will be living somewhere
else, in the Lands of Love and Appreciation.
We are the Spirit of Redwood Trees, we are the loyal friends who
have loved and cherished all of you for so very long. We are the
Wise Giants who have cradled and nurtured all civilizations on your
planet from the very beginning. We are Devas who hold Great Powers,
and we are also part of the Protection Team for this planet. We are
the faithful servants of your blessed Earth Mother.
-----------------------------------------------------
This message is copyrighted, but feel free to pass it along on the
Internet, as long as you do not change it, as long as you keep the
information at the bottom intact and allow proper credit.
Thank you!
For tapes or more information regarding the Lemurian Connection,
Contact Aurelia Louise Jones
At Mt. Shasta Light Publishing or The Lemurian Connection,
P.O. Box 1509, Mt Shasta, CA 96067
Phone: 530-926-4599 Fax: 530-926-4159
E-mail: aur...@mslpublishing.com
For information about the wondrous city of Telos beneath Mt.
Shasta, and The Lemurian Connection
Channelings from Adama, the high priest of Telos and several
others,
Books oriented to various aspects of spiritual advancement
Visit our Web Page At: http://www.mslpublishing.com
-------------------------------------------------------
2002 The Ground Crew. Permission must be granted for any use
other than personal.
Or send an email to: Global_Rumblin...@topica.com
T O P I C A -- Register now to manage your mail!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/register
==================================================
JW I've had the pleasure of meeting Louise personally when she
lived over in the town of Lake Shastina. At the time i suggested
that she write a book about cats and she stated that she was
in the process of doing that.
John F. Winston
About a year ago I went to see the movie called "The Skulls".
It was about a club that has been at Yale University for many
years. This club had many famous members. I was wondering about
this group this morning when I got up and then I received the
following information by e-mail. This pretty gross information.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: a
Subject: Exc article on Skull&Bones Soc.
http://www.msnbc.com/news/802773.asp?cp1=1
THE LEGEND OF SKULL AND BONES. Sometime in the early 1830s, a Yale
student named William H. Ru-sell-the future valedictorian of the
class of 1833- traveled to Germany to study for a year. Ru-sell
came from an inordinately wealthy family that ran one of America's
most despicable business organizations of the nineteenth century:
Rus-ell and Company, an opium empire. Russe-l would later become a
member of the Connecticut state legislature, a general in the
Connecticut National Guard, and the founder of the Coll-giate and
Com-ercial Institute in New Haven. While in Germany, R-ssell
befriended the leader of an insidious German sec-et society that
hailed the death's head as its logo. Russell soon became caught up
in this group, itself a sinister outgrowth of the notorious
eighteenth-century society the Illu-inati. When Russe-l returned
to the United States, he found an atmosphere so Anti-Ma-onic that
given his beloved Phi Beta Kappa, the honor society, had been
unceremoniously stripped of its secrecy. Incensed, Rus-ell
rounded up a group of the most promising students in his
class-including Alphonso T-ft, the future secretary of w-r,
attorney general, minister to Austria, ambassador to Russia, and
father of future president William Howard Ta-t-and out of
vengeance constructed the most powerful sec-et society the United
St-tes has ever known.
Yale's secret society exposed September 4, 2002 - Journalist
and author Alexandra Rob-ins discusses her book "Secrets of the
Tomb: Skull and Bones, the Ivy League, and the Hidden Paths of
Power" with "Today's" Ann Cu-rry.
The men called their organization the Brotherhood of Death,
or, more informally, the Order of Skull and Bones. They adopted
the numerological symbol 322 because their group was the second
chapter of the German organization and founded in 1832. They
worshiped the g-ddess Eulogia, celebrated pirates, and plotted
an underground consp-racy to dominate the world. Fast-forward
170 years. Skull and Bones has curled its tentacles into every
corner of American society. This tiny club has set up networks
that have thrust three members into the most powerful political
position in the world.
And the group's influence is only increasing-the 2004
presidential election might showcase the first time each ticket
has been led by a Bonesman. The secret society is now, as one
historian admonishes, " 'an international ma-ia'. . .
unregulated and all but unknown." In its quest to create a New
W-orld Order that restricts individual freedoms and places
ultimate power solely in the hands of a small cult of wealthy,
prominent families, Skull and Bones has already succeeded in
infiltrating nearly every major research, policy, financial,
media, and gov-rnment institution in the country. Skull and
Bones, in fact, has been running the United S-ates for years.
Skull and Bones cultivates its talent by selecting members
from the junior class at Yale University, a school known for
its strange, Gothic el-tism and its rigid devotion to the past.
The society screens its candidates carefully, favoring
Pro-estants and, now, wh-te Cat-olics, with special affection
for the children of wealthy East Coast Skull and Bones members.
Skull and Bones has been dominated by about two dozen of the
country's most prominent families-B--h, B-ndy, Ha-riman, Lo-d,
Ph-lps, Ro-kefeller, T-ft, and Whi-ney among them-who are
encouraged by the society to intermarry so that its power is
consolidated. In fact, Skull and Bones forces members to confess
their entire s-xual histories so that the club, as a eugenics
overlord, can determine whether a new Bonesman will be fit to mingle
with the bloodlines of the powerful Skull and Bones dynasties. A
rebel will not make Skull and Bones; nor will anyone whose
background in any way indicates that he will not sacrifice for the
greater good of the larger organization. As soon as initiates
are allowed into the "tomb," a dark, windowless crypt in New
Haven with a roof that serves as a landing pad for the society's
private helicopter, they are sworn to silence and told they must
forever deny that they are members of this organization.
During initiation, which involves ritualistic psychological
conditioning, the juniors wrestle in mud and are physically
beaten-this stage of the ceremony represents their "death" to the
world as they have known it. They then lie naked in coffins,
mast-rbate, and reveal to the society their innermost se-ual
secrets. After this cleansing, the Bonesmen give the initiates
robes to represent their new identities as individuals with a
higher purpose. The society anoints the initiate with a new name,
symbolizing his rebirth and rechristening as Knight X, a member
of the Order. It is during this initiation that the new members
are introduced to the artifacts in the tomb, among them Nazi
memorabilia-including a set of Hitler's silverware-dozens of
skulls, and an assortment of decorative tchotchkes: coffins,
skeletons, and in-ards.
They are also introduced to "the Bones wh-re," the tomb's only
full-time resident, who helps to ensure that the Bonesmen leave the
tomb more mature than when they entered.
Members of Skull and Bones must make some sacrifices to the
society-and they are threatened with blackmail so that they remain
loyal-but they are remunerated with honors and rewards, including a
graduation gift of $15,000 and a wedding gift of a tall
grandfather clock. Though they must tithe their estates to the
society, each member is guaranteed financial security for life; in
this way, Bones can ensure that no member will feel the need to
sell the secrets of the society in order to make a living. And it
works: No one has publicly breathed a word about his Skull and
Bones membership, ever. Bonesmen are automatically offered jobs at
the many investment banks and law firms dominated by their secret
society brothers. They are also given exclusive access to the
Skull and Bones island, a lush retreat built for millionaires,
with a lavish mansion and a bevy of w-men at the members'
disposal. The influence of the c-bal begins at Yale, where Skull
and Bones has appropriated university funds for its own use, leaving
the school virtually impoverished. Skull and Bones' corporate shell,
the Ru-sell Trust Association, owns nearly all of the university's
real estate, as well as most of the land in Connecticut. Skull and
Bones has controlled Yale's faculty and campus publications so
that students cannot speak openly about it. "Year by year," the
campus's only anti-society publication stated during its brief
tenure in 1873, "the deadly evil is growing." The year in the
tomb at Yale instills within members an unwavering loyalty to
Skull and Bones. Members have been known to stab their Skull and
Bones pins into their skin to keep them in place during swimming
or bathing. The knights (as the student members are called)
learn quickly that their allegiance to the society must supersede all
else: family, friendships, country, Go-. They are taught that once
they get out into the world, they are expected to reach positions of
prominence so that they can further elevate the society's status and
help promote the standing of their fellow Bonesmen.
This purpose has driven Bonesmen to ascend to the top levels of
so many fields that, as one historian observes, "at any one time
The Order can call on members in any area of American society to do
what has to be done." Several Bonesmen have been senators,
congressmen, Supreme Court justices, and Cabinet officials. There is
a Bones cell in the C-A, which uses the society as a recruiting
ground because the members are so obviously adept at keeping sec-ets.
Society members dominate financial institutions such as J. P. Mo-gan,
Morg-n Stanley Dean Wi-ter, and Brown Brothers Ha-riman, where at
one time more than a third of the partners were Bonesmen. Through
these companies, Skull and Bones provided Brothers Ha-riman, where
at one time more than a third of the partners were Bonesmen. Through
these companies, Skull and Bones provided financial backing to
Adolf Hitler because the society then followed a Nazi-and now
follows a neo-Nazi-doctrine. At least a dozen Bonesmen have been
linked to the Federal Res-ve, including the first chairman of the
New York Federal R-serve. Skull and Bones members control the wealth
of the Roc-efeller, Car-egie, and Fo-d families. Skull and Bones
has also taken steps to control the American media. Two of its
members founded the law firm that represents the New York T-mes.
Plans for both Ti-e and New-week magazines were hatched in the
Skull and Bones tomb. The society has controlled publishing houses
such as F-rrar, St-aus & Gir-ux. In the 1880s, Skull and Bones
created the American Histo-ical Association, the American
Psych-logical Association, and the American Eco-omic Association
so that the society could ensure that history would be written
under its terms and promote its objectives.
John F. Winston
Have you ever felt that don't belong here on Earth? Some people
I know would like to go back to their home planet. Here's something
about that subject.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: p
Subject: Strangers in A Strange Land
by Peter Farley
The 'gift of seeing' is not simply a matter of one day not being
able to see and then the next day waking up and seeing. Famed
psychic, John Edwards, appeared on The Larry King Live television
show recently to explain the various processes involved with 'seeing'
into what other people would call 'the other side.' So too has it
been a journey of discovery and a gradual unfoldment of the seeing
process for myself.
Before proceeding with this subject, however, it must first be
explained that (as many people will attest) that beyond the 'gift of
seeing' comes the 'art of knowing.' When one learns to trust ones
inner guidance beyond all shadow of a doubt, or has simply
surrendered their will to the Higher Will, then 'seeing' becomes
'knowing' in more instances than not.
The higher dimensional 'gift of seeing', as Edwards agrees, is
combined with and also dependent upon 'hearing' at a higher
dimensional level as well. Both are dependent upon an understanding
of the spiritual language of metaphors. What a spi-itual 'se-r'
often is shown is a metaphorical image--a picture which in fact
represents a thousand words.
The reason for the pain in a man's back the other day which had
avoided all cures by every conventional alternative healing method
was 'shown' to my co-worker, Susan, as an image of a bobsled. To me
this then triggered the word 'Rosebud', from the movie Citizen Kane
where these were the aging patriarch;s last words before dying, a
rememberance of a time long ago when he was happy and simple with his
bobsled. Having just passed in my travels the Rosebud Indian
reservation in North Dakota and nearby the site of Custer's massacre
at the Little Big Horn, a vision of this man as a scout for the
infamous general and his troops arose in my inner vision like I was
watching the scene through a fish-eye camera lens. The words and
images had acted like a set of keys to unlock those specific events
both in time and in this man's dimensional genetic memory.
The cause for the man's long-held back pain then became clear, it
was a large Indian war lance still there in this man's energy field
from that past lifetime which had staked this man to the ground
causing him not to die instantly, but to suffer a rather slow death
watching those around him be slaughtered. The words which came
through to aid the man in 'letting go' of this lesson from the past
were, "You need to return to Rosebud and to the site of Custer's
massacre, and there you need to shed the tears never cried for all
those who perished on that day."
Like my own experience of a few years back where I too had needed
to resolve the past life lessons of forgiveness as an Anasazi shaman
(see Anasazi: A Lesson in Forgiveness at my website), this man too
had unresolved issues of guilt and sadness relating to the fact that
his sp-rit felt it had betrayed his own kind by leading Custer
against them.
The removal of the lance's energy skewering his energetic field was
only the first step to his healing. The tears Susan saw him crying in
her dream state also helped wash away the past and allowed this man
to wake without the pain, to begin a new life, a new day, without the
deep-seated guilt and feelings of remorse that had for so long held
him back from his true purpose here in this very important lifetime.
With every new client, with every new experience in fulfilling my
own particular mission here on the planet at this time, comes a
greater clarity of 'seeing' and of understanding what it is that I am
seeing; also how it fits into the bigger picture I am trying to
present to the world through the articles and books I write and
through the talks I give. Even though my book Where Were You Before
The Tree of Life? is four volumes, there is still so much more to the
complex nature of the situation in which we are currently living here
on Planet Earth.
The first thought which came to mind when beginning this particular
series of articles was "Stranger in a Strange Land." For so many
people, Robert A. Heinlein's 1961 cult-classic novel was an
expression of their innermost feelings at being thrust down here on
Earth with no relevance or understanding of their place in what they
saw going on around them.
It struck close to home too as my own sp-ritual 'gifts' have
opened up and been put into use. In Heinlein's novel, an earthling,
born and educated on Mars, arrives on our planet with superhuman
powers and a total ignorance of the mores of men. Treated as a
freak, a media commodity, a scam artist, a searcher, a s-xual
pioneer, and finally as a martyr and a messiah, the hero's struggle
to come to grips with his 'strangeness in a strange land' resonated
with all the Lightworkers being born as part of the post-war
babyboom.
This theme was also reprised in the movie of a decade or so ago,
Phenomenon, with John Travolta. In it, a slow-witted country mechanic
is 'gifted' with extraordinary presence of mind that allows him to
remarkable feats, but which eventually only leads to his own
excommunication from normal society and to be seen as a threat to
the status quo and to the inherent powers-that-be.
So to do so many people I work with see themselves and their
spi-itual 'gifts' as a curse that sets them aside from the world
around them, making them feel like strangers in a strange land.
Particularly do they feel most out of place when they try to fit
their higher dimensional understandings of life as it should be,
here into a 3rd-dimensional life in the illusory Matrix in place of
planet Earth. Lightworkers sent here to be of service were never
supposed to have bought into and invested themselves so heavily
into believing in this illusory Matrix. This has been the difficulty
with getting them triggered, awake, and up and running on their own
particular missions--they have bought themselves into what can only
be termed the great lie. The greatest lie of all is the one they
have spent the most time trying to figure out-- how to fit their
'round-peg' idea of an all-powerful yet all-loving Creator Being who
does not judge us and who cannot even see darkness because IT is
so much infinite Light and Sound, into the 'square-peg" of re-igion
where everything mankind does is wrong and where we are all eternally
separated from All That Is.
The understanding of who they are and what they are here to do is,
perhaps, the greatest tool for healing that we can give to people
lost in a lost world, and especially to those Lightworkers who are
our particular mission in helping them to awaken. To let them know
that it is exactly those things which have set them apart which are
their greatest strengths and the gifts they brought along to share
with the planet, changes their focus away from the 'me' and into what
it should be, the 'we."
Understanding that EVERYTHING in the Matrix is a lie, helps one
stop going crazy by trying to justify this part or that part of the
Matrix as being true while everything else around it seems to be so
much a lie. The whole barrel is rotten. There is no system here to
be fixed, but only a system that will in the natural course of
things be destroyed as it once was in Atlantis, offering up a new
opportunity to build life anew--the coming planetary ascencion
process.
To aid people to an understanding that they are heart-oriented
Pleiadeans, mind-oriented Sirians or Orions, rebel leaders, star-
childs, star warriors, reptilians, or one of the countless other
kinds of Being existing here currently on the planet to help it
resolve its karmic imbalances, is to allow them the freedom to be
who they are and have always known they were at the deepest core
levels of their Being.
To share with them and assist them in understanding that as well as
being interdimensional, inter-planetary Beings here on a mission,
that they are also individual sparks of a divine Creator, free to
rise above their most recent planetary dimensional affiliations, is
to give them a vision of their own potential present and future
progress in the never-ending evolution of Soul and of Creation in
and of Itself.
Peter Farley is reachable through his website at
http://4truthseekers.com/treeoflife
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving
the included information for non-profit research and educational
purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
Para-Discuss...@yahoogroups.com
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
In the past I had a friend who didn't believe in UFOs. He
made fun of me and said that if I would read the novel called,
"Strangers In A Strange Land", then he would read any book that
I considered to the the truth about Flying Saucers. I read the
book then loaned him one of my books but I found out later he
didn't read it. Here is some information about the book I read
that was loaned to me by my friend.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: p
Subject: Strangers in a Strange Land
Strangers in a Strange Land -- Alien-Nation # 2
by Peter Farley 9/11/02
The following was sent to me by the head of Irish Ufology,
THE ALIEN PRESENCE EXPANDS
IS THE MO-MON CH-RCH INVOLVED WITH ALIENS?
(What's Going On Beneath Salt Lake City?)
QUESTION:
In a letter from this entity in Utah, J.R., he writes about
something and I'd like to ask if this information is true. He writes:
"You most likely have heard of the Mo-mon Ch-rch, L-S, Ch-rch of
J-sus Ch-ist of L-tter D-y Sa-nts, here in Utah, of which they
control the total state in all fields and phases of human endeavors.
They have built temples in 100 countries. The missionaries in all
these countries, including the U-A work with the C-A. As the
missionaries can get into countries where the CI- cannot, they
collect information on the people and everything of any and all
nature, the country's go-ernment and all their activities. All
this world-wide information is shared with the -IA and it is fed
into three of the largest computers in the world, ch-rch-owned,
here in Salt Lake City. This ch-rch is one of the most powerful
and richest organizations in the world today. It has one of the
largest and most s-cret pol-ce fo-ces in the world. I have collected
this kind of information for 45 years. The above is not all they are
into. A high official of this ch-rch was recently kicked out of the
c-urch as he got too snoopy and asked too many questions. He came
to me a few months ago and told me what happened.
He said that his life had been threatened if he told anyone of
what he had found out. So he told me that if anything happened to
him, to release the information he gave me. This information concerns
a giant cavern beneath Salt Lake City and the Wa-satch mountain
range. It goes north to Idaho and south clear down past the Arizona
line, with offshoots west into Nevada and east into Colorado. This
cavern has been common knowledge for over 120 years. Many cases
over the years has appeared in the newspapers of people and groups
of people going into the cavern, but never coming out. Several did
find their way out, were hopelessly insane. At least that's what
the newspaper said about them. At present, the Archae-logical Dept.
of Utah are down in southeastern Utah looking for a certain entrance
into this cavern that a fellow by the name of John Br-wer of Ma-ti,
Utah, discovered around 30 years ago. He brought out of the cavern
quite a few ancient plates of an unknown language. Some of the
plates were gold, some silver, brass copper and clay. He also saw
many strange things he won't talk about, such as what he thought
were weapons of crystal. His son was tort-red and ki-led by some
unknown person or persons trying to force the se-rets out of him.
The ch-rch wanted the plates in the worst way -- they still do. . .
Like he told me, "After all, where on earth would be a better
contact point for the aliens than Utah, with thousands of miles of
deserts and places not even on the present-day maps. Plus a large
and powerful organization with hospitals, schools and universities
where aliens could undergo physical changes, educated in our
languages and customs, using research labs, some of the best in the
United S-ates. A lot of genetic experiments and research is also
going on here in different laboratories. Thousands of children and
adults have va-ished with out a trace of most of them, here in Utah.
The fellow who is giving me this information also mentioned that
for years now, the Chu-ch has been working on a vault-like repository
in the mountains behind Salt Lake (East) part of the upper cavern
to put all the chu-ch records, s-cret documents, and other valuables
for safe keeping. He said for over a period of time he helped on
this detail. Several times he said he spotted several small
humanoids with extra-large eyes watching them from a distance. He
said there was a lot of building going on in a lower portion of the
cavern. He heard motor dynamos, the high whine of generators and
voices. All this he said has been going on for over 15 years that
he knew of. He said his curiosity got the best of him one day, he
slipped away from the work gang he was in and went down to a lower
part of the cavern. He came to some buildings with lots of rooms.
There was a lot of building and other activity going on. There
were many men and women working on work benches with computers, and
building electronic units of some kind. Among these workers were
more of these small humanoids with big black eyes. When he started
back, two security officers caught him and escorted him back to the
repository vault, where they reported his actions and wanderings
into the off limits area, to his superiors. They in turn put him
on a truck and sent him back to town. He was warned to keep his
mouth shut about what he saw. They told him what was going on down
there was a U.-. go-ernment operation and was Top S-cret. If he
talked about it to any one, he would get 20 years in a Federal
prison or worse. He kept asking questions to different members he
thought were friends.
Someone reported him. In turn he was apostated from the Chu-ch,
with a death threat. This is the third time in the last 20 years I
have heard about this activity from different friends of mine who
are members of this c-urch. I didn't pay too much attention to it
until I received the info on "The Web of Con-piracy" and Du-ce,
New Mexico which your organization sent out to me. I think its high
time to put this info out to the public. Most people are so
brainwashed by the ch-rch here, and by television, that most people
won't believe any of it anyway. But I believe there are people in
this land of ours who will believe. Those are the ones who need all
the information of this nature they can receive. At least they
will be aware of the existing situation and won't be so easily
trapped. They in turn can help others.
If you receive this letter, let me know.
Sincerely, J.
It sounds far-out in terms of what a human being normally sees or
is presented with. However, like the old cult-movie They Live! where
a man wearing certain glasses is able to see 'people' for what they
truly are, one of the most affrming aspects of an increased ability
to 'see', is the confirmation of what Zecharia Sitchin, David Icke,
myself, and many other authors have been presenting to the world in
recent years -- that is, that planet Earth is in fact a prison
planet, and that those of alien origins who helped make it that
way, never left, but are in fact still here as the ruling power
el-te who have controlled the planet and its knowlegde of history
for as much as the past 100,000 years.
A recent trip to a resort location in the mountains of Idaho was
only further confirmation to me of this fact. There at the posh
hotel where the backbone of corporate America and the world come to
meet, I found myself surrounded by reptilians and other
'alien-intruders' in humanoid form, accompanied as they were by
their human reptilian-wannabe lackeys much as portrayed in another
cult TV-series of the early 80s, 'V'. Well-known author, Barbara
Cl-w, says in her work that the mini-series 'V' was actually made by
arrogant reptilians to show the world the way things really were.
Like the popular movie 'Independence Day', however, 'V' also
portrayed the implausible ending of human beings rising up to
overthrow their alien masters, much as if to keep the viewers
placated in their mind-numbing state of lethargy.
Here among this heavy concentration of reptilians and sundry
other overlords in human form, it was easier to accept the statistic
given to me by my guidance that there are as many as 25 milllion
reptilians in human form here in the United St-tes alone--one in
ten 'people'.
This also helps to make the whole scenario of what is taking
place here on planet earth more understandable --the mind control,
the ritual child abuse, the abductions, the poli-ical maneuvering
and posturing, the control of the bankers and the s-cret societies---
everything all of a sudden becomes far more believable --especially
if one has the 'eyes to see' and the 'ears to hear'.
John F. Winston
A friend of mine told me about a web site that contains my
postings. This is the web site:
http://www.think-aboutit.com/ufo/john_winston.htm
The postings are from 1993. Here are the postings:
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
* Re: UFOs and Newa-e
* Space People Zap Hubble Telescope.
* Time Travel.
* Swami Johnny.
* Ear Candles. Part 2.
* The UFO And The Balloon Race In Italy.
* The US Has 30 UFOs.
* They Are Not Tuning In Mars.
* Past Lives On Other Planets.
* Mt. Shasta.
* The Good Guys.
* Radio Show About UFOs.
* Scallion, Earth Changes and UFOs.
______________________________________
UFOs and New-ge
(Mon, 22 Mar 93
John_-_...@cup.portal.com
Subject: Atlantis, What Was It Like? Part 2.
This is a continuation of our first information about Atlantis.
Remember that when we speak of Atlantis being very advanced it is
a good thing for us because some of us lived there and in Lemuria
during past lives. So in a way we are talking about ourselves.
We now continue with the information;....According to the Edgar
Cayce readings and Plato the Atlanteans seemed to have used metals
extensively, such as the fabled metal orichaic, whose name
translates from the Greek as mountain copper. It may have been a
native form of copper, or as some feel, it could have been an alloy
containing copper and iron or copper and gold.
Cayce spoke of two different types of alloys that contained copper
which possessed special properties. One of these alloys was used
in the construction of the capstone for the Great Pyramid of Giza.
He described it as, "the apex that has been long since removed by
the sons of Heth, the crown or apex was made of metal that was to be
indestructible being of copper, brass and gold with other alloys
that were prepared by those of that period." Presumably, these
Atlantean alloys were forged in a direct current electric arc.
Cayce also described alloys that were used for the braces of their
airships," the metals that were used as the braces were the
combinations of what is now the lost art of tempered brass, the
temperament of that as becomes between aluminum and that of uranium,
with those of the fluxes that are from those of the combined
elements of the iron, that is carbonized with those of other fluxes.
These made for lightness of structure, nonconductors or conductors
of the electrical forces used for the impelling of same, rather
than the gases which were used as the lifting."
(JW Anyway Atlantis was quite a place.)
The End.
Source of Information: UNICUS, THE MAGAZINE OF EARTHBOUND
EXTRATERRESTRIALS. VOL.2, NO.1 1992. PAGE 18. 1142 MANHATTAN AVE.
SUITE 43, MANHATTAN BEACH, CA
90266.
John Winston.
Space People Zap Hubble Telescope.
(Tue, 23 Mar 93 06:18:08 PST)
John_-_...@cup.portal.com:
Subject: Space People Zap Hubble Telescope.
I have been holding some information for quite a while about the
Hubble Telescope. Maybe it is time to put out the information, so
here goes;.... - secret NA-A report reveals it wasn't human error
that wrecked the orbiting Hubble Telescope. It was most likely the
result of sabotage by CAMERA-SHY ALIENS!
President B--h has been made aware of the shocking revelation, but
space agency officials have convinced him not to make the details
public for fear of causing a panic.
Sources inside N-SA say the $1.5 billion space observatory was
probably attacked by an alien craft to prevent it from photographing
se-ret mi-itary installations operated by an alien civilization in
a distant galaxy.
Officially, they blame the problem on engineering mistakes and a
"flawed mirror." But a highly placed inside source says that's
poppycock. "The Hubble is a showcase satellite - the most expensive
ever built," the official explained. "I can assure you that its
mirrors were repeatedly tested by the most capable scientists in
the world and found to operate perfectly. If there'd been a flaw,
you can bet we'd have fixed it before we sent it aloft.
"N-SA officials are just trying to put the best face on this
astounding development to stop alarm spreading among the public.
"The overwhelming evidence points to a mysterious alien force
that zapped our satellite and rendered its lens inoperable."
Top UFOlogist Hayden Foster confirmed: "I've been told by a
highly placed source inside NA-A that an alien attack is the most
likely explanation.
President Bu-- has been made aware of this. Nothing is being said
publicly because of White House fears that it may cause panic.
"These aliens undoubtedly use our celestial surveillance as a
first step toward invasion and occupation of their domain. They'd
determined to nip it in the bud.
JW It seems like I remember my Guru telling me something about
another telescope being zapped before also.
Source of Information: July 24. 1990 EXAMINER PAGE 3.
John Winston.
John_-_...@cup.portal.com:
Time Travel.[m (Fri, 26 Mar 93 06:23:49 PST)
Subject: Time Travel.
If I may be so bold, I would like to, at this time, tell you a
little bit about Time Travel. Here is how the information goes;...
Amazing psychic Janet Hattaway astounded a skeptical scientist by
proving she can mentally travel back in time - and return with
facts about long-dead civilizations "The implications are
staggering," said German anthropologist and archaeologist Dr. E.
Wilhelm Escher, who originally scoffed at Mrs. Hattaway's claims
that she could transport herself into the past.
At a demonstration sponsored by Weekly W-rld News, the
scientist's skepticism was shattered when Mrs. Hattaway proved she
could journey back in time by concentrating on ancient artifacts
- artifacts only Dr. Escher knew the origin of. "This is very
important," Dr. Escher said after the four-hour session "If I
hadn't seen it for myself, I would never have believed it possible.
What a great contribution she can make in the field of history."
Dr. Escher, 65, has traveled extensively in the Middle East and
South America searching for clues to man's early existence. He is
best know for his participation in the 1960 archaeological discovery
of Masada, the 2,000-year - old fortress-palace of King Herod near
Bethlehem.
After Dr. Escher gave Mrs. Hattaway a jar of soil taken from the
Masada site, the psychic described in great detail "a mass grave of
960 men, women and children, and a place where scrolls are buried."
Dr. Escher called her description amazing.
"The Masada site was the burial ground of 960 J-ws who committed
mass suicide in 73 A.D. rather than face total slaughter by
conquering Roman legions," he said. "Scrolls written in the 2nd
century B.C. were unearthed later."
Mrs. Hattaway's accuracy in the next experiment was
"mind-boggling," the scientist said. Handed an ancient bone fragment
from a manatee, or sea cow, the psychic said, "I pick up vibrations
of an ocean, a water animal - this is manatee bone!"
Several Mayan stone fragments were handed to Mrs. Hattaway. "I
feel a hole in my ear, something being done to my ear," she said.
"I see long, long boats for long-distance travel. I see a symbolic
bird and fish."
"This is astonishing," Dr. Escher said. "She couldn't possibly have
known the stones are from a Mayan dig. She picked up on their
seagoing canoes, their tradition of ear piercing - and the fish-bird
artifact she mentioned is a image of their g-d Kukukan!"
Later, the once-scoffing scientist said he's absolutely convinced
Mrs. Hattaway has the eerie ability to transport herself through
time.
"It defies scientific explanation," Dr. Escher said. "But there is
no doubt in my mind that his woman can do it."
(JW I have a friend who can do this sort of thing.)
Source of Material: Weekly Wor-d News March 30. 1993. page 35.
John Winston
Swami Johnny. (Sun, 28 Mar 93 08:17:01 PST)
John_-_...@cup.portal.com:
Subject: The Fire Swami.
In my search for truth sometimes people come up to me and tell me
about things that are more far out that what I talk about. The other
day a friend of mine by the name of Michael or Mike (no relation to
the angel) told me the following story;......Boy, John I ran across
the most amazing person last week. A friend of mine, who is a
respected scientist with all sorts of education asked me if I would
like to go hear a Swami play music on an electronic instrument. I
said that I would, so we went to see him. The music was good and
was said to have the ability to alter you mind in a good way.
After the music the swami went around in the audience and started
passing out rings and things to the people. He would just open up
his hand and the objects appeared. I thought this was quite a trick.
Later I went to a special meeting at a person's home and I found
out that it wasn't a trick. He rolled up his sleeves and opened his
hands and these things appeared. I even videoed all of this. The
swami didn't want the people to chap their hands or this and said
it wasn't magic or for show, this was not Las Vegas also.
This man's helpers who were traveling with him said that about
once a year this man would go into a certain frame of mind and they
would build a big fire in a furnace till it got so hot that you
couldn't come to within 5 feet of the furnace. The swami would
then get into the flames of the furnace and start manifesting
things even with his clothes still on.
They also said that at times they would have a special gathering
at their temple in India to help the orphans. The temple was set up
to feed 300 people but about 5,000 to 10,000 would show up. The
swami or other ones like him would touch the food and it would
multiply so that they would have enough food to feed the 10,000
people up until the last person and then they would run out of
food. The swami said he didn't like to do this very often because
it made the people lazy.
JW I am going to investigate this further and try to get
permission to use the 7 hours of video that my fried shot of
this swami.
John Winston.
Ugly Bob
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.102091...@shell.mlode.com...
> Subject: My Postings From A Web Site. Sept. 16, 2002
<snip>
> Space People Zap Hubble Telescope.
> (Tue, 23 Mar 93 06:18:08 PST)
> John_-_...@cup.portal.com:
> Subject: Space People Zap Hubble Telescope.
> I have been holding some information for quite a while about the
> Hubble Telescope. Maybe it is time to put out the information, so
> here goes;.... - secret NA-A report reveals it wasn't human error
> that wrecked the orbiting Hubble Telescope.
<snip>
Um, John? Here's where the HST is:
http://liftoff.msfc.nasa.gov/RealTime/JTrack/Spacecraft.html
And here's what it's doing:
http://oposite.stsci.edu/pubinfo/PR/2002/18/index.html
-Ugly Bob
John F. Winston
This part tells how to clean out your ears by the use of ear
candles.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ear Candles. Part 2. (Sat, 27 Mar 93 18:03:58 PST)
After talking about ear candles I had a person in Russia who
showed a lot of interest in them and was going to make some of his
own because he couldn't find a place to buy them over there. Now a
chiropractor friend of mine has given me some more information from
a different source. I will omit part of the words that are not good
about doc-ors because I do have a great respect to doc-ors and they
have saved me a few times. So here we go with the information;....
.....
If you have come to the end of the road with candida yeast or
fungus infestations, or ear infections, ear pains, or hearing loss,
and if nutritional approaches are not helping like they should,
this is a breakthrough for you. (JW This comes from The Newsletter
of Advanced Natural Therapies.)
This month, we feature a hearing technique that's been around for
thousands of years, but is almost unknown today. You could take a
health food store full of vitamins, and still not accomplish the
cures this one technique can produce. This is something you can do
with a friend or mate, in your own home. The cost is insignificant
and the benefits are BIG. In this issue, we present an exclusive
interview with a person who has been practicing this technique since
he 1960s. To protect him from persecution from the --- and the
------- --------, we will be concealing his identity. BISER. (The
editor of the Newsletter.) What is this basic technique?
ANSWER. It involves the use of a hollow candle which looks like a
straw coated with wax. You gently place the candle on the edge of
a person's ear and light the other end. The flame creates a
relative vacuum in the ear and sucks out poisons, old wax and
fungus. If it weren't for this technique, which we call, "Candling
the ears," this junk would remain impacted in you until you die.
Residues of past infections will likewise remain until you draw them
out.
BISER. Where did the technique come from?
ANSWER. It originated with the Egyptians (who used reeds), and the
Chinese have also used this method for centuries. So did the
Greeks. It's been around a long time. I talked to a lady from
Guatemala who said they wound up newspapers real tight and did ear
candling that way.
I had an old woman come to me at a show in Pasadena and she said,
"When I was a young girl, my grandmother cleaned our ears every
spring with this same method." And she was an old lady.
BISER; This is wax you can't go in with your fingertip and reach?
Yes. This gets heavy, impacted stuff, and people who have candida
and yeast. The yeast is manufactured in the ear and in the appendix.
(JW I doubt that statement.) You can get a lot of this out. The
procedure removes that yeast, that fungus from the ear. If you
crush the material and put it under the microscope, it is living,
it's active.
If people have candida, it's a real boon to them, to get it out of
there. The yeast goes everywhere, but it goes to the ears and also
in the appendix, (JW I doubt that), at the end of the small
intestines. Ear candles can be obtained by writing the following;
Bobalee Originals, 85767 Coachman Way, West Jordon, Utah 84088.
JW I may try to make some of those things. I have had my ears
cleaned by Ear Candleing before with good results. We got a lot
of wax and other material out of my ears.
John Winston.
The UFO And The Balloon Race In Italy.
(Sun, 28 Mar 93 07:28:15 PST)
Subject: UFOs Enter Balloon Race In Italy.
In an effort to become more global in my discussions of UFOs, I
will now tell you about something that happened in Italy. So on with
the story;........
.....
Hundreds of stunned spectators watched in amazement as a giant
UFO appeared in broad daylight and disrupted what had been a
peaceful balloon race! The saucer-shaped craft zipped in and out
amongst the colorful hot-air balloons, causing the pilots to veer
wildly while trying to get away from the extraterrestrial entrant.
No one was hurt, but several of the balloons suffered damage
when they plunged to the ground to get out of the path of the UFO.
"The race had barely begun when we heard a high-pitched whining
sound overhead," says Domenic Rosasi, who was among the crowd
gathered on the ground. "Then I heard someone yell and we all looked
to the east where this UFO was zooming toward the racers. We thought
the aliens were going to shoot down the balloons, so everyone
started shouting up at the pilots.
"The UFO headed straight for the nearest balloon, but swerved at
the last moment and then began to weave back and forth around the
racers like a skier would do to flags on a slope. It seemed to be
having fun." The game of sky chicken (JW Don't ask me why this
computer in underlining everything all of a sudden, but we shall
continue with the information), which lasted nearly 10 minutes,
was captured on film by Tony Marsuccio.
Tony's hands were shaking as he aimed his camera skyward and
clicked off several sensational shots of the encounter. "The
action was so fast that it was tough to get a good shot of the
UFO," says the 28-year-old photographer.
"But every so often the saucer would suddenly stop and hover in
midair before zooming away in another directions. It appeared that
the ship was simply curious about the balloons. It was scooping
them out as it raced around." The UFO was gone by the time
authorities reached the scene outside Arezzo, Italy.
The race has been rescheduled, but many of the pilots say they'll
skip the event. "I don't ever want to come face to face with a
UFO again," says one of the jittery pilots, Luciano Faccioli.
"I'm willing to leave this piece of sky to the aliens. There's
plenty more places to race balloons."
JW So there you have it folks. Could this be?
Source of Information: March 9, 1993-SUN-33.
John Winston.
...
The US Has 30 UFOs. (Sun, 28 Mar 93 07:50:11 PST)
Subject: Mr. Lear And UFOs.
An educated man who has a lot to say about UFOs is a person called
Mr. Lear.
Let me tell you about him;......One of America's top aviators is
convinced that the gove-nment has captured at least 30 UFOs.
And, he says, many have been test-flown by Amer-can pilots!
John Lear, the son of Lear jet inventor William Lear, is a
renowned airline captain who has flown more than 150 different types
of aircraft over the years. One craft he has not flown, however, is
a flying saucer.
But other pilots have, Lear states - as a result of a top se-ret
gov-rnment program called Project Redlight.
According to Lear, who says he has contacts within the g-vernment
intellig-nce community, more than 30 UFOs have been acquired by
fed-ral agents since 1947.
And not all of the craft were captured following a crash.
"The US gove-nment has been in business with little gray
extraterrestrials for about 20 years," Lear states. "In exchange
for technology we promised to ignore their abduction of humans
and mutilation of cattle."
The space aliens snatch people, Lear explains, because their
digestive systems have started to die, and they need human hormones
and enzymes in order for their race to survive.
The ETs process human and animal parts in giant,
chemical-filled vats located in underground alien bases around the
world.
Three of these bases, states Lear, are believed to be located in
New Mexico. "We are in deep, serious trouble, and the public needs
to know about it now," He warns.
JW Some people think John Lear is a disinformation agent for our
go-ernment. I hope he is not.
Source of Information: Dec 19, 1989 EXAMINER PAGE 34.
John Winston.
............
They Are Not Tuning In Mars. (Sun, 4 Apr 93 16:34:58 PDT)
Subject: Ear Candles. Part 3.
If you should go around on Earth today you will probably see a
strange phenomenon going on. People are going around with their
finger in their ears if they are going to screw something or tune in
Mars. These are not space people but just Earth people trying to
adjust their miracle ear hearing aids. The miracle is how the
salesman sold them the device for so much money in the first place.
I am now going to explain some more about ear candles because I
believe many people could get over their hearing problem by using
them.
This is very gross information, so if you have a weak stomach
please don't read the following information;.......
.....
In regards to yeast infections in the ear Mr. BISER asked the
following question; Does yeast actually build up in he ear?
ANSWER: Yes. It breeds in the ear. Its dark and moist and it's
close to food sources.
BISER: Where would be the food sources?
ANSWER: It's close to the blood supply that comes up into the head.
There are three things you get out. You get fat globules, wax, and
you get fungus. It's flaky white. Now the candles leaves a residue
on things too.
Sometimes when you get white things out, you will think it's
fungus, but it's actually small pieces of wax.
I remember I had candida when I came back from Australia. And
when I had my ears candled, it was so painful. Because the fungus
fought to not get out, not be removed. It was like a living
whirlwind in my head. It just literally FOUGHT to NOT come out of
my head.
I got a bowlful of material out of one of the ears of my
brother-in-law, and even saw spiral worms coming out. (JW Is the
gross or what?)
BISER: What's the most you ever got out of anybody?
ANSWER; My brother-in-law who was up on the farm in Othello,
Washington was having a terrible time with his ears, he couldn't
even hear. We started candling his ears and it totally filled the
candle, totally filled it. "The flame wouldn't even flicker. There
was no air in the candle anymore. So we tapped it out, and cleaned
it out and it literally filled that bowl.
My brother-in-law got in here late at night, and we used seven
candles in each ear, and we still couldn't get it all out. His
wife said he could hear better, but he didn't want to admit it.
Part 3.
JW Please don't ask where part 1 is because it would be hard to
find.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is the latest that has come my way from Lady Kadjina. This
is mostly channeled information so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: A
Subject: Lady Kadjina speaks
Dear Ones,
Please enjoy the latest message from Kay Simmons/Lady Kadjina.
As always with interesting topics.
Love,
A
...
Lady Kadjina Speaks, September 14, 2002
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html
Items covered:
Rods And Communication Devices for DNA Cleansing
Weeping Statue of a Virgin Mary Statue in Australia - Potential Wa-
"Trigger Time" for Humanity
Many Questions Regarding Personal Spi-itual Awakening
Ray Colors in Relationship to Chakras and Planets
Discerning Truth in Cha-neled Information
Wayne: A reader in Michigan photographed this from near her home
and it was sent to me on September 6, 2002. Can you tell us what
this is and what is its purpose here?
Good morning; this is Lady Kadjina. These are real; they are not
imaginary, nor are they "bloopers" on the film. These are energetic
higher vibration communication devices that, in this instance, are
being sent directly to this reader. Please understand that those
of you who are taking these types of photographs are picking up
direct communications to you specifically. This is not always true,
but in most instances it is. This reader is an individual who
basically either believes in this phenomenon or has the capabilities
of believing when exposed.
In this particular photograph, what we have is something like a
clearing device, and it is in motion. It is something like a probe
that can be sent up and down the DNA corridors that traverse up and
down the spine via the Chi or Kundalini energy system. They are
not seeking information in a "none of your business" sort of
fashion, but rather they are doing link-up clearing. These
mechanisms are being sent her way because of a pre-incarnation
contract. And this is the way of the contract underwriters saying
to this particular reader, "We are here and we are keeping our
commitment to you and we want you to know that we are with you."
Additionally we would say that many of her other photographs are
messages not only to her, but to humanity as a whole, to find and
link up those individuals of similar consciousness, the purpose
essentially being to put across the messages of the realities of
these energetics, to open individuals to greater possibilities, and
to enable them to understand and make the realization that there
are powerful systems of energy making themselves available to the
people of Planet Earth at this time; that even though Earth
conditions are very dire at this time, you do not walk through this
darkness alone, and that those of you who have the capabilities of
linking up to those of the higher vibratory rates will be protected
during this transitory time. Think in terms of your leaving the
dock at point A and are adrift on high turbulent seas on your way to
point B. But your compass has broken, the skies are overcast and
you are somewhat lost, but you know a couple of things: you know
that point B is a reality-it exists-and you know that the seas will
calm, that the skies will clear, and the stars will appear and give
you clues as to which way to go, even though your compass is broken.
Just remember always that you do not travel alone.
The pre-incarnation contract that we mentioned above in relation
to these particular phenomenon was to let her know that she is not
alone, to assist people in the realities of this phenomenon, and
to do certain types of clearing work. Some of these rod-like
devices are something like drills-boring devices. They can travel
through the tubes of DNA spirals and if there is a block they can
clear it. It works something like the fluoroscopic devices that
medical surgeons use to unclog the tubular arteries and veins in the
human body. The larger devices are like your upper chakra portal or
nadial connecting point clearing devices. Also, within these
devices are communication modules. In other words, you can speak to
and communicate with these devices. You can ask them to come
closer; you can ask them what their purpose is; you can ask what
you can do to be of assistance in that purpose. The very small
ones you can invite in to your personal system to help clear. And
in this matter we suggest to experiment and set up real contact with
them, rather than simply taking the pictures.
She should be able to sense their presence. If she were to have a
panoramic type of camera that has a window that you can see what it
is that you are photographing, it may be possible to spot these
devices and know that they are present even when you are not able to
visibly see their presence.
Wayne: A reader in Australia has sent in an article from The World
Today for Monday, September 9, 2002, that reports on a weeping
statue of the Virgin Ma-y, as follows: "A manifestation of this
confusion and apparent fear amongst Australians can perhaps be seen
in the Perth suburb of Rockingham.
Over the past few days thousands of people have flocked to a small
Cat-olic ch-rch by the seaside to view a statue of the Virgin M-ry
that has reputedly been weeping tears of rose-scented oil. The
fibreglass statue, owned by a local parishioner, is now being
displayed at Our Lady of Lourdes Ch-rch for two hours every Sunday
afternoon, and has been described by Perth Arc-bishop Barry Hickey
as a "truly remarkable phenomenon," if not a miracle. As Tanya Nolan
reports, others within the Ca-holic Ch-rch acknowledge there may be
a timely connection with things going on in our country and
abroad." We have read of similar occurrences at other times in
various places around the world. Can you shed some light on what is
happening with this phenomenon?
This phenomenon is real. There are instances where individuals
have emotional bodies so in connection with their mental bodies,
that they themselves can manifest these things. But in this case,
the parishioner's love for Mar-, who is also known as the world's
Mother, is such that she is in communication with this great being's
energy field. There are many sp-rit beings, -ary among them, who
are very concerned about world events and the possibility of some
rather dire events transpiring. Mother M-ry has very strong
connections and ties to Lady Gaia and Mother Earth. Very much they
desire to have peace come about, but it's quite possible that Earth
conditions will worsen before they get better.
We would say this to all of you, that if there were to be an
outbreak of another w-r, it will be short-lived. There are two
countries that, unbeknownst to the United S-ates, have se-ret
weapons buried far beneath the surface of the ground. One could
possibly drop a bomb on the United Sta-es' soil and the other would
then come to the rescue of the United Stat-s and bring the wa- to
a swift halt, much in the same way that United S-ates, by dropping
a bomb, brought WWII to a swift halt. If this were to transpire,
the current administration of the United St-tes would lose face very
quickly. If you hit at another country, you can expect to be hit
back.
Do you remember how prior to WWII, the United Sta-es was sending
tin and scrap metal to Ja-an, which were then converted into
materials to make bombs that sank Ame-ican ships? Once more, the
United St-tes has made an alliance with one who will eventually
betray her trust. And because of all of this, the statue of the
Vir-in truly weeps. She weeps for her children that will suffer if
these conditions become a reality.
In addition to this, there are many incredible manifestations of
the V-rgin Mother. There are those transpiring in Florida and also
in Texas, as well as in places in Europe. See the following links:
http://www.catholic-center.rutgers.edu/FrAlCaprio/Apparitions.html
http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Academy/6002/links.html
Wayne: A reader would like Lady Kadjina to comment on the
introduction on the website, Master-the-Matrix.com titled "Return of
the G-ds" relating to this being a "trigger time" for the many.
We encourage this reader to continue his investigation. Those
that we think of as the Elohim were those that were the construction
team, the workers that built Planet Earth according to the designs
of those great beings that carried the vision or the blueprints
for Planet Earth. But in this matter it is simply a use of wordage
that is not worth quibbling over, because in the big picture, this
reader is quite correct in his information, especially concerning
Thoth.
Thoth was a light-being and a Priest-King of Atlantis. For many
millennia, he was the ruler-guardian of Atlantis. He did indeed
go to Egypt and was greeted by a cannibal-type of race of beings
and he stayed with them and taught them, and the Egyptians
considered Thoth a g-d. And it was Thoth who construction the Great
Pyramid, and not Cheops or Khufu. It was also Thoth and his people
who left behind for future generations inscriptions upon the wall of
the north rim of the Grand Canyon in Arizona. In reality, those
inscriptions are not Egyptian in origin as some have surmised, but
are in actuality Atlantean in origin.
This is a pivotal time in the evolution of humanity. There are
many trigger points being reactivated. There are many great beings
returning. The master Chiron is another who is returning from the
Alpha Centaurian complex.
Lilith is another great energy, along with Vulcan. These are all
beings from old Atlantis and prior to that Pangaea and Lemuria.
Thoth, for those who might be wondering, is a very great and
wonderful being of light. Many beings with Atlantean background
have incarnated upon Planet Earth at this time to fulfill their
contracts to stabilize Planet Earth, because they have learned much
during the time of their sojourn and many interactions upon her.
Many of the Atlanteans have transformed themselves from a darker,
denser, energy being into more harmonious beings of greater light.
For this reason, Thoth is in the process of returning in the
fullness of his being.
He is more than Enoch and others. Thoth is returning in the
fullness of who he is, just as the Ch-ist is greater than the
personage, Je--s. The return of Jes-- is one energetic expression,
while the return of the Ch-ist is another greater expression. The
same is true of Thoth and Enoch. Those humans who say that they
are Thoth are his expressions or emissaries, but are not in
themselves the fullness of who he is.
Ugly Bob
<snip>
http://www.opendb.com/sol/morerods.htm
-Ugly Bob
John F. Winston
This part completes our discussion of Ear Candles.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
I analyzed some of that material. He had chaff, he had spiral
worms, and hey were REAL. I discovered them because I could see
things moving around in the water, and I poked the wax aside and
saw the worms. He had a living garden, literally, in his ears. I
saw those screw worms from my brother-in-law ears, and they were
real. Up in Pocatello, Idaho, another therapist saw worms come out
of another patients ears.
BISER; Was he a farmer?
ANSWER: Yes, He had been out with the pesticides and all of the
debris. I had to literally clean that candle out seven times before
we could continue. It was filling up so solidly that it was just
blocking the whole candle.
BISER: How did all that stuff fit in his ears?
BISER: It had accumulated and impacted in there over the years.
You have a lot of impacted material down into the crevices. The
inside of your ear is like a flower. And on the tops of the curves
of inside of the petals is where the hair follicles grow. There
are all those little groves in there where material gets in.
BISER: A normal ear do-tor wouldn't necessarily see this?
ANSWER: Right, they don't see it. If a d-ctor is looking at your
ears, unless you have some stuff just sitting there in the channel,
he thinks your ears are clean. In fact, I could look at my husband's
ears and I couldn't see it and yet I pulled a chunk of wax out of
his ears that was one inch long and square. It filled the candle so
I had to stop the candle and pull it out with tweezers. The
ceruminous glands of the ear are constantly secreting wax, so that's
where it comes from.
BISER: How come this technique has been around for years, but I
never heard about it?
ANSWER: The reason is that as soon as you start shouting about it,
you have the --- and the ---- on your back, so I really lie low. I
don't even talk to my neighbors about this.
This procedure can eliminate chronic ear infections in children
and adults.
BISER: Does this work on children?
ANSWER: Yes, there is a doc-or up in Alaska that uses them
specifically on children for earaches.
I can give you some testimony of my own grandchildren. My
grandchildren were having all kinds of problems with ear infections
when they had colds and flu's. My one little grandson had his
eardrum burst, they didn't know he had fluid in his inner ear. They
took him to the do-tor and the doct-r put him on medication.
Well, the next day, he was having trouble with his other ear,
reaching the lobe and pulling on it, and his mother got suspicious,
and she asked a friend who was a male nurse, who live next to her.
He brought his scope and found out that he other ear was about ready
to go.
In the meantime, grandma is saying, "Clean his ear." But he is
running all this pus, and the mother says, "I'm afraid that we'll
harm his ear if we clean it out. "Clean his ear," says the
grandmother. "Get the infection out of there."
They were having so much trouble with the child all night. He was
crying and carrying on, so in the morning, her husband said, "For
heavens sake, try it. We don't have anything to lose. That other
ear is going to burst."
They were sure he was going to lose his hearing. So they cleaned
the ear out that was running and oozing and they cleaned out the
one that was ready to burst. It not only pulled the wax, it pulled
the infection that was oozing. Three days later, they took him
to do-tor and the doc-or couldn't believe it. He said, "Your boy
will not have any scar whatsoever on that ear."
JW That's most of the information. You can get ear candles at some
metaphysical bookstores and the following address; Bobalee
Originals, 8577 Coachman Way, West Jordan, Utah 84088. The say
also to put garlic oil in your ears to get rid of the infection and
yeast, but don't tell anybody.
The End.
John Winston.
.............
Past Lives On Other Planets. (Mon, 5 Apr 93 08:37:39 PDT)
In the past I have investigated 14 of my previous lives and one
of these may have been Venus which was probably in the 4th
dimension or higher. It is my opinion that practically everybody
has lived on other planet and dimension before coming here. Here
is some information about previous lives;.....Out of the mouths
of babes come some incredible tales of past lives - and their
vivid recollections are amazing proof of reincarnation!
That's the conclusion of Harrison, who says hundreds of parents
around the world have written to her describing their children's
strange memories of lives lived decades or even centuries before.
"It's clear evidence of reincarnation," she said, describing
chilling case histories from her files.
"Every time a 2-year-old girl named Angie and her mother passed a
certain bank on their way to town, the little girl said, "That's
where I used to be a nurse," Mrs. Harrison revealed.
"Angie said she wore long dresses with funny hats - not like
nurses wear now."
When her mother checked at the library, she found the bank had
been a hospital 200 years ago. And the dress and hat that Angie
described were exactly what nurses wore in those days.
"In another case, a 2-year-old boy named Carl told his mother, 'I
was killed when my plane crashed in the last w-r.' Carl said he was
a German bomber pilot who died when he could not eject from his
plane." Hrs. Harrison said.
"Carl told his mother about the controls and cockpit of planes. He
even drew a swastika and said it was on his uniform.
"He also said he wore black leather boots, gray trousers and a
black jacket when he flew. An expert in wartime uniforms said Carl's
description of a World War II German bomber pilot's dress was
completely accurate."
Historian and writer Ian Wilson has studied reincarnation and says
the stories of children like these are by far the strongest evidence
of reincarnation the world has ever seen.
Source of Information: WEEKLY WO-LD NEWS FEBRUARY 23, 1993 PAGE 7.
JW. How about that? Who were you before?
John Winston.
......
(Mon, 5 Apr 93 08:39:25 PDT)
Subject: Mt. Shasta.
One of the books that I would highly recommend reading if you want
to learn something about Mt. Shasta is called A Dweller of Two
Planets. It can be found in most county libraries and is a classic
in literature. It talks about a person who once lived on Atlantis
and finally went to Mt. Shasta. A part of it talks about a strange
building that maybe even today can be found on the top of one of the
peaks in Wyoming. Here is some of the information about it from the
book;......From the city of Tolta, on the shore of Miti, our vailx
arose and sped away north, across the lake Ui (Great Salt Lake) to
its northwestern shore, hundreds of miles distant. On this far shore
arose lofty peaks, covered with snow, the Pitachi Ui, from which
the lake at their feet took its name. On the tallest of these had
stood, perhaps for five centuries, a building made of heavy slabs
of granite. It had originally been erected for the double purpose
of w-rship of Incal (the Sun, or G-d) and astronomical calculations,
but was used in my day as a monastery. There was no path up the
peak, and the sole menas of access was by vailx."
Then, in a break in the story, Frederick Spencer Oliver alleges
that such massive, granite slab-walls were discovered in 1866 by a
Professor Hayden, allegedly the first person to climb Grand Teton.
Says the text, "In the neighborhood of twenty years ago, more or
less, counting from 1886, an intrepid American explorer....went as
far west as the Three Tetons. These mountain triplets were the
Pitachi Ui, of Atl.
Professor Hayden, having arrived at the base of these lofty peaks,
succeeded after indefatigable toil, in reaching the top of the
greater peak, and made the first ascent know to modern times. On
its top he found a roofless structure of granite slabs within
which he said, that 'the granite detritus was of a depth indication
that for eleven thousand years it had been undisturbed.' His
inference was that this period had elapsed since the construction
of the granite walls. Well, the professor was right, as I happen
to know. He was examining a structure made by Poseid hands one
hundred and twenty-seven and a half thousand years ago, and it
was because Professor Hayden was once a Poseida and held a position
under the Atlan Go-ernment, as an attachi of the gov-rnment body of
scientists stationed at Pitachi Ui, that he was karmically attracted
to return to the scene of his labors long ago. Perhaps knowledge of
this fact would have increased the interest he felt in the Three
Tetons."
Source of Information: LOST CITIES OF NORTH & CENTRAL AMERICA.
BY DAVID HATCHER CHILDRESS. PAGE 488.
JW So there you have it folks. It would be nice to go there and
check it out.
I think if I go I'll go by helicopter.
John Winston.
......
The Good Guys. (Mon, 5 Apr 93 14:24:22 PDT)
Dear Seekers: In the past people have asked me how a person can get
information about the good type space people. You can write the
following address and they will send you a free UFO picture and tell
you how you can obtain more information about the good type space
people. This includes information about the people from the Pleiades.
It is from Wendelle C. Stevens a person who Don Showen had worked
with. Here Here's the address to write to; UFO PHOTO ARCHIVES P.O.
BOX 17206 TUCSON, ARIZONA 85710.
John Winston.
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I was listening to the Art Bell show a couple of days ago and heard
a person talking about what J--us was doing during the time of his
life between 12 and 30 years old. This person also said the he
believed what Billy Meirs said about contacting the space people was
true. It just so happened that I received the following information
about Billy while this program was being aired. The first part of
this information shows the pros and cons of the story but when
we get to part 2 and from then on it actually records the facts.
Here we go.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: Billy Meier
Compiled FROM:
http://www.michaelhesemann.com/
One of the most tragic chapters life can ever write is about the
divorce from a previously beloved partner. Not only has the couple
grown apart but what was once a passionate love affair has now
grown cold. Both parties realize they will have to continue the
remainder of their lives on separate paths, without the other-and
more often than not the divorce also signifies disillusionment.
Suddenly one partner views the other, to whom he or she previously
offered love and understanding for so long, in a different light,
from a negative angle. Or else, one partner wishes to see only the
negative side of the other.
More often than not, divorce is also a time when "dirty linens"
are aired. And the more passionate the love once was, the fiercer
the ensuing "War of The Roses" becomes. The divorced individual
loses all objectivity, all respect for the partner, and frequently
even self-respect. The divorced partner embarks on levels from where
he or she accuses the ex-partner of everything under the sun and, at
the same time, pitches lightning, stones, and often rubbish. All of
this is paired with a hefty amount of self-righteousness, for every
divorced person wants to present to others an image of being the
pathetic, innocent victim of a brute. And with every possible means
the individual secretly attempts to destroy the former partner on
the grounds of feeling profoundly disappointed and abandoned by
the partner. The motto is: 'If he won't be happy with me, I'll see
to it that he won't be happy with anyone else either.'
It is unfair and the lowest of shoddy tabloid journalism to judge
a man based on statements made by his divorced wife or, by the
same token, judge a woman by her ex-husband's accounts. Were one to
do so, the entire world of divorced partners would almost
exclusively consist of "criminals" and "tramps." Would you trust
Mia Farrow to write a somewhat unbiased biography of Woody Allen?
My point precisely!
But tactfulness and restraint do not count in the dark world of
UFO agitation, which some people believe is "research." Yet, this
is how a Swiss couple's divorce battle entered the UFO gazettes,
and some "naivelings" do exist who actually take the word of the
ex-wife about her ex-husband as the gospel truth. Quo vadis,
ufology? Until now we only expected such things from Bildzeitung
[a German blood-and-guts tabloid]...
The couple to whom we refer bears the name Meier. He, Eduard
"Billy" Meier, is a well-known contactee, i.e., he claims having
had contacts since his childhood with inhabitants from the Pleiades.
And there is much evidence for this claim. In 1975 and 1976 Meier
took more than one thousand excellent color UFO photographs whose
authenticity was examined and validated by top experts from N-SA
and the US A-r Force. He recorded UFO whirring sounds and produced
effects whose duplication would have required an entire recording
studio, so say Hollywood sound engineers. He brought back metal
fragments which, according to an IBM chemistry expert, were produced
through a "cold fusion" process unknown on Earth. As well, more
than 40 eyewitnesses accompanied him to his contacts, where they
observed the arrivals and departures of the glowing, flying objects.
In 1966 Meier married a young Greek girl, Kalliope Zafiriou,
whom he had met and fallen in love with on one of his world travels.
The young woman found it difficult to feel at home in her unfamiliar
Swiss surroundings. In 1975, when Meier exposed to the public that
he was having contacts, her ordeal began that was to last 20 years:
The ridicule by her neighbors in this rural region who had already
been suspiciously eyeing this "exotic" female, the onslaught of
curious visitors who, when they could not gain access to Meier
himself, then expected answers to all mysteries of the universe at
least from this totally overtaxed Greek woman-and all the while she
was simply playing "second fiddle," a mere shadow figure beside her
suddenly world famous husband who had captured everyone's interest.
Against her will she was thrown into the public limelight, and yet
she remained a mere appendage of her husband, about whose
experiences everyone wanted to hear.
And Meier was like a man possessed. He worked day and night in
order to transcribe, with his one intact arm, his reports about the
contact conversations and the extraterrestrial revelations. During
the night he would attend his contacts from which he returned early
in the morning, completely exhausted and then unable to work; some
supporters invited him to settle into a rural community, where he
has lived now since 1978/79 in a form of countryside commune called
the "Semjase-Silver-Star-Center." Family life, privacy, and the
"very normal marriage" she had hoped for no longer existed for
Kalliope Meier.
Everyone who was introduced to Mrs. Meier at the
Semjase-Silver-Star-Center, myself included, could sense that this
woman was profoundly unhappy in her role. Her facial features
hardened and her love grew cold. Mrs. Meier left the rural community
in March '94, but when her jump-start into independence proved
unsuccessful, she returned to the Center in November '94. With the
help of friends, Billy freed her from her debts by paying off CHF
30,000 she owed.
However, her return was short-lived. Within 6 months Kalliope Meier
moved out for good and launched divorce proceedings in the spring of
1995. The marriage has now ended in divorce. But the controversy,
the Meiers' "War of the Roses," rages on.
= = = = = = = = =
Not even in the midst of the divorce proceedings did Mrs. Meier
hesitate to arm herself for a tremendous campaign of vengeance
against her husband. She found her battle companion in a young Swiss
UFO journalist who was inexpert about the Meier case. Under a
headline worthy of tabloid journalism-Kalliope Meier Breaks Her
Silence-Mrs. Meier hypocritically claimed: "I have absolutely nothing
against the person Billy Meier. I am not stating that he is a bad
human being . . . I don't want to destroy him." But a few lines later
she declares in a fierce attack against him, "His contact
experiences are lies and deceit from start to finish."
Her proof is proportionately weaker:
She alleges having "rescued photo negatives from the fire on which,
beyond any doubt, (UFO) models are depicted."
No one denies this fact. However, the photographs were taken under
the direction of UFO researcher Lt. Col. W.C. Stevens, to serve as
comparisons that would determine whether or not Meier's photos
could be successfully duplicated with the aid of a model UFO.
She is puzzled that "Billy's contact experiences usually took
place at night, at least those when eyewitnesses were present, and
during the contact he was never with the rest of us."
Well, would it not be rather impossible for Meier to be with his
wife while he was having a contact at the same time?
The lid of a barrel from the Community's paraphernalia allegedly
has "a startlingly close resemblance to several of the saucers Billy
has photographed."
This (actually quite remote) resemblance is said to exist between
the lid and the "wedding cake ship," which was photographed in 1981.
A coincidence?
Meier and his witnesses swear that the lid of the barrel was not
available to the marketplace until several years later. And it is
conceivable that its designer was, consciously or unconsciously,
were instired by the Meier photographs published in the Swiss
press. However: We have previously discussed the possibility that
the Meier case was "contaminated" (Geheimsache UFO, Neuwied 1995).
But in no way does this alter the authenticity of the contact
experiences from 1975 and 1976.
"Several of the motherships Billy photographed are obviously
pictures of the lantern on our house taken with the lens wide
open." With "motherships" Mrs. Meier obviously refers to the
"energy ships" photographed in 1979 whose diameter was approximately
3-4 meters/yards. Mrs. Meier was not the originator of the
"house-lantern-hypothesis," but Rolf-Dieter Klein was, a dubious
computer fr-ak from Munich, Germany, whose alleged retrocalculation
applies only to a single photo, just one of the entire series of
pictures-thus making this accusation completely worthless.
The "extraterrestrial female" photographed by Meier in 1977 is
allegedly an acquaintance of Meier, wrapped in tanning foil.
absolutely no evidence whatsoever supports this claim.
One photo from the "time travel to San Francisco's destruction"
purportedly was photographed from the newspaper Blick and
supposedly depicts a victitious scenario.
In contrast to these claims are the 36 photographs Meier brought
back with him from his alleged time travel, of which only one
picture remotely resembles the Blick drawing. And even this is
+somewhat understandable, considering the photograph depicts the
same city. Ignore not the fact, however, that the Meier series of
photographs was deliberately "contaminated" by external sources.
More about this later.
This is it. Pretty meager for the mind of a neutral observer. Not
a single piece of evidence from the years 1975/76 was questioned,
nor was even one conclusion discredited from the investigation held
in 1978-80, under the direction of Lt. Col. W.C. Stevens. Keep in
mind that only one of Mrs. Meier's listed points represents genuine
"insider knowledge." It seems that she read the remainder of her
contentions in the written material of the Meier foes.
John F. Winston
At the end of this part we have the interview with Billy Meier.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
"Much ado about nothing," one is tempted to conclude, or in Latin:
Parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus [The mountain labors and a
ridiculous mouse is born]. Does this mean that the Meier case has
been disproven, unmasked, revealed? Certainly not. Instead, Mrs.
Meier's "revelations" raise questions about the integrity of those
lurid authors who puff up her banal "disclosures" and hypocritical
protestations into a grand "revelation," in an obvious attempt to
apologize for never having found it necessary to examine the case on
location and with a completely unbiased perspective. It is true
that evidence in the Meier case was contaminated.
Photographs were indeed falsified and pictures were manipulated-but
not by Meier. Additionally: 40 eyewitnesses can attest to Meier's
encounters.
Nobody has ever been able to question their experiences...
We, however, are forced to reopen the case once again. If Meier
were a fraud he would not have one genuine photograph, not one
genuine experience, and his witnesses would be victims of
manipulations and sleight-of-hand-trickery. Even if he had only had
one genuine contact it would make him the instrument of
extraterrestrial intelligences, regardless of their modus operandi.
How easy it always is to generalize-and how superficial. MAGAZIN
2000plus is resolved to having a "hearing of the evidence." In
issue No. 100 we previously reported about the analyses of the
photos, metal samples, landing tracks, and the whirring sound
recordings.
You may also read about the case in Hesemann's reference book
Geheimsache UFO, where we deal with the testimony of the
eyewitnesses, the "defendant's" confrontation with the accusations
of his foes, and an examination of the "prosecution's" arguments.
Furthermore, we must now investigate the possible motives behind the
anti-Meier-campaign. The verdict in the Meier case is still out...
MAGAZIN 2000plus, which has repeatedly reported on the Meier case,
decided to again get to the bottom of the "Meier Case" because the
UFO press was massively belaboring the renewed controversy in the
past few months.
Together with Jaime Maussan from Televisa, a Mexican Broadcasting
station, the 2000plus editor-in-chief Michael Hesemann has repeatedly
visited the controversial contactee in February and again in March
1998 and has spent several days taping an interview with 16 of
Meier's over 40 eyewitnesses in front of a running camera. This
alone signified a small sensation since Meier, who lives an extremely
withdrawn lifestyle, has not given a TV interview for the past 15
years. At this time Meier also agreed to permit Hesemann access to
evidence never before shown in public. Among the items was Meier's
sensational 1980 video film of a "beamship," which he published
in the series UFOs: The Movie Footage, and which, according to the
opinion of an entire string of international experts, definitively
shows a large object.
MAGAZIN 2000plus provides the following exclusive interview with
"Billy" Eduard Albert Meier, who comments here also for the first
time about the recent attacks directed at him. Furthermore, since
Meier, due to a sense of decorum, did not wish to discuss his wife's
personal attacks against him, we also offer an interview with their
son, Methusalem Meier, and 16 of Billy's eyewitness reports.
= = = = = = = = =
Methusalem, your parents are divorced, and your mother is
inflaming public opinions against your father. What persuaded you
to take sides in this "War of the Roses?"
Actually I am of the opinion that the divorce is purely a
personal matter between my parents and is none of my business, and I
should not interfere.
After all, my relationship with both parents is not affected by
the divorce. But when I read Luc B|rgin's interview with my mother,
I was extremely upset and was forced to change my mind in this
regard. Once again my mother is up to her old foul play. She is
telling B|rgin things for which I have proof that they are not
true. She is lying when she says my father has been cheating people
for years and that she has helped him in the process. I can testify
to the fact that she, too, had numerous sightings at different
times of the day and night.
Cross your heart-what do you think today of your father's UFO
contacts, now that you have moved out of your parents' home? And:
Did you ever have your own doubts?
My opinion of my father's contacts has never wavered over the
years. I am just as convinced now as I ever was that his contacts
are real, and this is a logical consequence resulting from my own
experiences. After all, even as a small child I already had
opportunities to attend sightings, at which my mother and
occasionally also my brother and sister were present. These
sightings have always stayed in my memory because they were so
impressive for us all. I actually never had any doubts although
I have extensively and intensively pondered Papi's contacts,
which seems to me only natural. After all, I had to associate
everything I experienced and heard with my surroundings, and for
this reason I inevitably probed everything I was experiencing
and hearing.
Were you ever witness to UFO sightings or any unusual incidents
which convinced you that your father was actually having contacts
with extraterrestrials?
In an earlier answer I already mentioned that I had various
opportunities to witness sightings, even as a small child. Several
of these sightings are still very clear in my mind. They have
imbedded themselves indelibly in my memory because of the
surrounding circumstances. As far as unusual incidents and the like
are concerned from which one could conclude that my father actually
maintained contacts with extraterrestrials-I have plenty.
The earliest experience I can still vaguely remember was a
sighting in June of 1976, when I was not even three years old. We
were with my mother, my brother and sister, Hans Schutzbach, and
Amata Stetter in a nature reserve in Hinwil. I can still recall
that it was a sunny, warm day and that Hans Schutzbach began
running around very excitedly when a large silver disk was
departing. He photographed it nervously, but by then it was already
quite far away. We watched with great interest for a long time as
the disk flew off.
In the summer of 1980 I was present in the Sddelegg when we were
given an opportunity to record the whirring sounds of Semjase's
beamship. I was standing next to Mami, in view of my father, when
the whirring sounds began.
They were so loud that even neighbors who lived about 4 kilometers
[2.4 miles] away came to see what was going on. Mami was with her
recorder in such an advantageous position to the source of the
sounds that she was able to make the best recordings of all.
One year later in early August, together with several others, I
observed at night a formation of six light objects on the horizon
above the B|hl in the Tvss Valley. Based on their unusual flight
maneuvers, there was no way they could have been regular airplanes.
The "show" lasted for more than half an hour and in addition to
my mother, my father, my brother Atlantis and sister Gilgamesha,
several other people observed the display too. The ships performed
various formation flights and very unusual flight movements before
some of them simply disappeared; we could still watch the others
until they blended into the darkness.
Later on, in September 1982, when I was barely nine years old, I
was standing next to my father when a small foot bridge was being
cemented across a drainage ditch at the driveway of the shed. As
soon as the work was completed we left the construction site to
bring material for cordoning off the area to protect the freshly
cemented foot bridge. Silvano, who had gone ahead of us, suddenly
came dashing around the corner of the shed and called out to my
father, because in the meantime someone had actually stepped into
the fresh cement. Papi griped and ran to the construction site
where we noticed, only at second glance, that the imprint of the
shoe was exceedingly large, namely more than 42 centimeters
[16.5 inches] long.
Have you ever experienced or seen anything that would indicate
that you father wanted to deceive others?
No. I have neither experienced anything like this nor were there
indications that he had faked something. It is not his nature to
fabricate anything for other people or to cheat them. I am certain
that my father is telling the truth in regard to his contacts, and
this also coincides with my own experiences.
What do you personally tell those people who accuse your father
of being a fraud?
There is an old saying-one can learn how to lie from hearsay.
This applies to most of those people who call my father a fraud.
Very few of them have ever convinced themselves of the situation
by going to the actual locations or delving seriously into these
matters. And if they have actually done so, they often showed their
jealousy because they couldn't handle the fact that another person
can experience something that didn't happen to them.
My father withdrew from the public eye over the years partially
because of my mother [Kalliope Meier] but also to give her a chance
at playing top fiddle. By letting her have her way in this manner,
he was able to satisfy her urge to be "top dog." In keeping with
his character, he certainly didn't mind this at all, because by
doing so he could avoid some people fawning over him since they
looked on him as the great master, a guru or something special.
However, he finds such idolization repugnant and extremely
unwelcome. For this reason he continues his life withdrawn from
the public.
Thank you, Methusalem
= = = = = = = = =
JW Now we have the words of Billy Meier.
.......
When and how did your contacts with the extraterrestrials begin?
My contacts with extraterrestrial human entities began in the 1940s
when I was still a very young boy. My first contact person was an
old man named Sfath, who spoke in the somewhat broad Swiss-German
B|lach dialect of my village.
It all began on a beautiful, sunny, summer morning when I was
standing with my father next to a large walnut tree behind our
house. Suddenly an inner urge beckoned me to turn my eyes toward
Mount Eschenmoser, and in the azure sky above it I saw a silver
flash shooting in the direction of the church steeple . . .
John F. Winston
Subject: The Art Bell Show And Billy Meier. Part 3. Sept. 25, 2002.
This part explains why some of the space people are here.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
After a split second the silver flash shot past us above our heads
and disappeared above the forest, approximately 5 km [3 miles] from
us. I saw that the object was a huge, round, metallic disk. When I
asked my father what he thought this thing was, he replied that it
was probably Hitler's latest secret weapon. Somehow I couldn't
believe him and from this moment onward I constantly scoured the
sky, where I observed at night "moving stars" traveling high in the
firmament-they were not airplanes.
"It was my task to trigger a worldwide UFO controversy"
One day I felt an inner impulse and I heard some type of a voice
which, from that point onward, began to speak to me. One day the
voice summoned me to walk to Langenzinggen in the Hvragen forest
and told me to wait there for things to happen, namely, that a pear
shaped flying object would be visiting me. I did as I was told and
went to the designated location. Shortly after my arrival a silver,
pear shaped flying object descended and landed on the ground before
me. A very old man disembarked and addressed me in a friendly
voice. He said his name was Sfath and explained he came from an
alien planet and had many things to discuss with me and to teach me.
This was my initial contact with an extraterrestrial human being
which was followed by many others with Sfath. The contacts ended
in 1953, only to be continued again until 1964 by a woman called
Asket. When Sfath visited me, his point of origin was the
Pleiades/Plejares; Asket, on the other hand, came from the DAL
Universe, a parallel universe to ours-a twin universe. No further
contacts took place until their resumption on January 28, 1975, by a
young woman from Erra in the Pleiades/Plejares system which, by the
way, is not identical to the Pleiades constellation we are familiar
with. This new contact person was Semjase, and contacts with her
continued into the early 1980s. Additionally, I was visited by
Semjase's sister, Pleja, their father Ptaah, and commander Quetzal.
Since then two young women, Talida and Menara, among others, have
also become my contact partners.
The official contacts with me ended in the early morning hours of
February 3, 1995. But this didn't signify the end of the contacts;
only the official contacts ceased, since the Pleiadians/Plejarans
had by this time completed their task on Earth. Private and
unofficial interpersonal contacts are continuing without interruption
and will do so until I expire and pass from this life.
Where do the extraterrestrial intelligence's come from and why do
they visit us?
The extraterrestrials with whom I maintain contact come from the
Pleiades/Plejares constellation. However, this constellation, as I
have mentioned, is not identical to the Pleiades we observe from
Earth in our own space-and-time-configuration at a distance of
420 light years. They are only approximately 62 million years old
and as hot, blue suns, the Pleiades are absolutely incapable of
supporting any form of life, either purely spi-itual or material
forms...
The Pleiadians/Plejarans are visiting us on Earth because they
are directly associated with a particular terrestrial group who
originally came to Earth from the Lyra-Vega systems-which also
exists in another space-and-time-configuration shift from the
Lyra-Vega constellations we know.
While on Earth, these original Lyrians-Vegans invoked a great
deal of havoc among the terrestrial population in those early days,
and because of them the Earth's human population lost their
sp-ritual teachings and a life in accord with Creation. Other
factors came into play during this period but they cannot be
attributed to the Lyrians-Vegans. Instead, they result from other
extraterrestrials who genetically manipulated human entities. These
humans later came to Earth and interbred with other terrestrial
inhabitants to the point where the entire terrestrial human
population was ultimately affected genetically by this repeated
process of heredity. In order to remedy this damage and misguidance,
the Pleiadians/Plejarans felt an obligation to, once again,
transmit the necessary teachings and essential information to the
current terrestrial humans, so as to remedy the damage caused by
both their direct ancestors and the damage generated by other
intelligence's.
Could you describe to us what transpires during one of your
contacts?
During my early contact years I frequently had to drive around on
my moped for many miles before I would be telepathically led to
an extremely remote site or to a lonely forest clearing, where
the contact person normally was either waiting for me in the landed
beamship, or else, was arriving within a few minutes. Occasionally
several hours would elapse before an actual contact did take place
because people were milling around the site or because I was being
pursued-in the daytime as well as at night.
Once in awhile I was permitted to bring other people to the
rendezvous site, but they always had to wait at a distance of at
least 500 meters/yards from the site. They were, however, often
able to observe the beamships during their landing approaches or
departures, and occasionally they witnessed flight or
energy-burning flare demonstrations.
Later on, once we moved to the Semjase-Silver-Star-Center, I was
rarely summoned into the forests for a contact. Instead, I was
usually simply beamed into a spaceship, which meant that at times
I was actually beamed up as I stood in the midst of a group of
people. Several people can attest to such an event-as well as to the
fact that on various occasions some group members viewed the
beamships, their flight demonstrations, and even the
extraterrestrials themselves.
In 1982 I suffered a very severe breakdown which damaged my overall
health.
The recuperation from this adversity proved very difficult for me
and it took a lot out of me. As a result, in the years between 1982
and 1989, while I was closer to death than to life, the
Pleiadians/Plejarans visited me directly by beaming themselves into
my office or wherever I happened to be when I was alone outdoors.
How long does it take the Pleiadians/Plejarans to travel through
space from their home worlds to Earth? And how is it possible for
them to span the astronomic distance of approximately 500 light
years?
During their initial contact period the trip to our planet took
them about 7 hours from their "shifted" space-and-time-configuration
in the dimension beyond the Pleiades visible from Earth. Over time,
and with their technology continually advancing, the trip was
shortened to 7 minutes. Using their latest mode of transportation,
which incorporates transmitters, they are able to traverse any
designated distance throughout the entire universe instantly,
without any loss of time whatsoever.
In the early contact years the extraterrestrials used beam,
tachyon, and anti-matter propulsion systems, whereby they were able
to reach multiples of the hyperspeed of light by using the latter
two systems which enabled them to quickly conquer the immense
distances. Though they continue to retain these technologies, they
have added their latest mode of propulsion, which utilizes
transmitters. The transmitters allow the Pleiadians/ Plejarans to
program the coordinates of their final destination virtually to the
last meter, thus allowing the travelers to reach their destination
without any loss of time.
Why do the extraterrestrials not land in full view of the public,
for instance in front of the United Nations Palais in Geneva, the
UN Headquarter in New York, or on the White House lawn in
Washington?
The rationale for this vary. But one significant reason is that
the Pleiadians/Plejarans are governed by a directive, which states
that they are neither allowed to reveal themselves to terrestrials
nor are they authorized to interfere in any manner, shape or form
with the events of any planet's human population who is not yet
capable of significant space travel, and who has not achieved a
state of congenial peacefulness, humanness, and cosmic
interconnectedness with all life forms in an ethical, humanistic
way.
Therefore, the extraterrestrials from the Pleiades/Plejares have
not been permitted to openly and freely move about or reveal
themselves to terrestrials.
How was it possible for you to take such sharp photographs and
movie footage of the extraterrestrial "beamships" and their flight
maneuvers?
Their rationale was to designate me as the one who would produce
the sharpest and best photographs and movie film footage the world
has yet seen of extraterrestrial flying objects, which we
terrestrials usually call UFOs.
The material I produced would then serve to provoke a worldwide
UFO controversy and, ultimately, as a wake-up call to Earth humans
in matters pertaining to extraterrestrial life. And, as a logical
consequence, the intent was to also force gov-rnmental agencies and
the mi-itary into revealing their sec-et findings and research in
UFO matters to the public, and to make the information accessible
to everyone, including the facts regarding UFO crashes and their
crews. The Pleiadians/Plejarans were convinced that this
controversy would transpire and their objectives would be fulfilled
only when I disseminated the film and photo material throughout
the globe, thereby automatically triggering an equally worldwide
conflict between the proponents and opponents of my material,
statements, and the contact dialogues. This actually did happen, and
even my opponents were unable to prevent the ever-growing number of
additional proponents of my story and the contacts. Indeed, their
ranks increasingly swelled the harder some antagonists tried to
brand me a swindler and a fraud. Everything has unfolded as planned
just as the Pleiadians/Plejarans predicted-namely, that more and
more people will recognize the truth of my statements the harder
the opposition insults and defames me.
What other material do you possess as evidence?
The Pleiadians/Plejarans gave me a sampling of various metal pieces
from several stages of the production which were later analyzed in
America. The metallurgist who analyzed the fragments reached the
conclusion they must have been produced by a cold fusion process,
which even today remains impossible to duplicate here on Earth. Such
a technological advancement may not even be feasible for another
150 years. At a later date I was given some crystals, synthetic
materials, and alloys made of copper, nickel, and silver, as well
as pure silver which, by the way, came from our sister universe,
the DAL Universe.
I have additional evidence in form of recorded whirring sounds
from the beamships that could not be duplicated even by a dozen
synthesizers in scientific laboratories. Furthermore, I was
permitted to photograph a laser pistol with which I shot a hole
through the trunk of a dying apple tree that miraculously began to
bloom a short time later and bear fruit again ever since, something
it had not done for years.
We must also take into account as evidence the various witnesses
who frequently accompanied me and who were allowed to enter the
vicinity of the contact sites. They, too, witnessed several
beamship flight demonstrations; indeed, they themselves could
even film or photograph them.
We should probably also include the extraterrestrials' countless
predictions about political, mil-tary and human events that would
take place on Earth.
With frightening accuracy and great detail they also predicted
natural catastrophes and the like-all of which were recorded in my
writings and have been distributed worldwide.
In spite of this evidence you continue to be accused of merely
having photographed small models, creating double exposures, and
taking pictures off the television set. What have you to say
about such claims?
That they are beyond the absurd. There are plenty of witnesses
who themselves have had the opportunity to view and photograph
the beamships and even the extraterrestrials. They can verify
that I never built or took along models of UFOs when together
we drove, for instance, to the contact sites.
And I could never have pulled off something like this secretly
because my wife would never have stood for it. Therefore, I do
not need to justify myself and I can only laugh about my
defamers' jealous stu-idity. Any further comments are
superfluous.
How do you defend yourself against these attacks?
I know about the truthfulness of my contacts and that's all I
need for my defense-should I elect to take this stance. Because
my contacts with the Pleiadians/Plejarans are real and true, I
see no need to defend or justify myself in any manner, shape or
form.
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
.......
Subject: Possible Good News. Sept. 26, 2002.
Here is some news from a person who winds up insulting people in
high places. I don't know if it is the truth or not but I thought
it might proved wise to keep it in mind.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: NESARA Cancels War
From: "Dove_of_O" <dove...@fourwinds10.com>
Hello Dear Friends and White Knights,
You can forget about that tw-rp B-sh Jr.'s rantings about the
so-called 'unlimited war'. I'm told Bu-h Jr. is receiving reports
tonight that the Forces are REMOVING ALL the mil-tary groups in and
around the Iraq area TONIGHT and also all their weapons.
I'm told the Forces are leaving concrete monuments with large
letters in each place from which they are removing mi-itary groups;
the monuments say that the m-litary groups "will be returned" after
the true NESARA law is announced and the Bus- regime is removed from
power. I'm told only White Knight mil-tary will be allowed to stay
anywhere near these areas.
You will not see this reported on C-N or any other station
probably, until after the true NESARA law is announced. Any pictures
you see on television of the alleged 100,000 U.S. mi-itary troops in
the Iraq area will be OLD pictures taken before this removal
operation tonight. By the way, I'm told the -ush regime has used
OLD films and video clips of previous mil-tary operations ELEVEN
times in the last year and has claimed these film and video clips
were of "CURRENT" military operations. There is very little coming
out of the Bu-h regime that is "truth".
To subscribe to the Dove egroup, please send an email to my
address:
dove...@fourwinds10.com with the "Subject: SUBSCRIBE" and I will
manually add you to the Dove egroup. If you miss seeing the Dove
Report within 72 hours of your request, send your SUBSCRIBE email to
me again.
If you miss receiving the Dove Report, you may read it at the
following websites:
http://www.fourwinds10.com (also has Dove Voice Reports)
http://members.tripod.com/white_knights911/index.html
Please allow up to 72 hours for processing of subscribe or
unsubscribe requests.
Someone in the SouthEAST part of the U.S. informed me months ago
about a RADIO STATION on which a certain talk show host discussed
the true NESARA law. Other people also told me about radio
stations in the SouthWEST part of the U.S. where guests spoke
about the true NESARA law. Would those of you who know about these
things please send me an email with Subject:
"NESARA on Talk Radio".
Please give me a brief description of what you heard on these
talk radio shows and a phone number where you may be reached. I
believe these shows took place in the last 18 months. Thank you.
Blessings and Love,
Dove of Oneness
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
http://www.msnbc.com/news/802773.asp
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
.......
Subject: More Good News. Sept. 26, 2002.
I will now point what I consider to be good news in the following
information. This is channeled material from Sheldan. If you
hate channeled material and detest Sheldon, I would suggest that you
not read this material.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: News Update by Sheldan Nidle 9-24-2002
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the
Galactic Federation
6 Ik, 0 Tzotz, 11 Ik
-----------------------------------------
Greetings! We come again with more interesting things to tell you.
Now, is the magic moment that we have longed for awaits you. It is
important, then, that we give you a more detailed look at what we
intend to do. For us, your first contact has been a very
long-drawn-out process, which He-ven requires to prepare you and
your global society for our coming. During the past few years, first
contact has become heavily entwined with the many changes that your
global gove-nments are to announce. These broadcasts will reorder
your world immensely and allow us to complete the final stages of
first contact. To that end, we have arranged for our liaison teams
to follow your gove-nmental announcements, after a day or two, with
a series of our own. As part of these programs, you will have your
first direct contact with the ruling council of the former Anunnaki
(now the Annanuki of the Light) (JW That sounds good to me in
case it is really true. The Anunnaki was the space people who have
been giving us a hard time for a long, so maybe they have seen the
light and changed). Moreover, the ruling councils of Inner Earth
will present you with a timely message concerning your true history
and your glorious future. Then, our ships will finally dance freely
in your beautiful blue skies.
This being done, spaceship Nibiru can alter its present course and
begin its slow transformation into your solar system's outermost
planet. The solar Elohim will lovingly carry out this task. Jupiter
will take on a new glow, as will Venus and Mars. Venus will begin to
rid itself of its present hot, acrid atmosphere and re-form the one
it dearly loved. It was, after all, more than a million years ago
that an outrageous act of w-r turned Venus into a parched and
near-lifeless wasteland. Heav-n will joyfully reverse this most
senseless and appalling act. Gradually, a new solar system will
appear that eventually will become your primary responsibility.
Together with the cetaceans and the Planetary and Solar
Hierarchies, you will serve as caretakers of this reality.
You, dear Hearts, are here to bring in this realm's full potential.
You have come to use this beautiful piece of physicality as your
base and your home.
From here, you will venture out into the cosmos and, fortified
by your knowledge and wisdom, transform and unfold its glorious
potential. You bring so much to this endeavor, and we shall rejoice
when your magnificent abilities are linked, once again, to our own.
Once these tasks have been completed, you will embark on a truly
wondrous task - that is, the alteration of the present state of your
reality. You will be given technologies that spring from several
sources. First will be those that your former rulers either
suppressed or kept secret. They will range from pollution-ending
devices and formulas, to energy generators and new ways to transport
goods, materials and, most importantly, you. You will discover new
systems for communications and food preparation. Next, we will show
you technologies that will bolster your efforts and end your need
to use animal and plant products as food sources. Instead, you will
learn a way to convert energy directly into the things you love to
eat and the clothes that you most wish to wear. You will also see
a revolution in environmentally friendly housing: your communities
will transform as they are constructed overnight. You will become
aware of the way your new intentions assist Mother Earth, enabling
you to create more livable societies and, most significantly, more
joyful places in which to live.
The Moon and its advanced laboratories will be opened to you. We
have created a most extraordinary environment in which you can
appreciate the true workings of physicality. We plan to use these
places as locales where you will gain knowledge of the operation of
planets, stars and even galaxies. These wondrous aspects of Creation
are alive, and need our help to exist at their fullest potential.
The entire universe is a living aspect of the Creator. You need
only to have the operator's manual explained to you. Thus equipped,
you will discover how to symbiotically interact with your
home-worlds and with their sun. You will realize that you truly
are physical An-els and that your great work relates to He-ven's
endeavors throughout physical Creation. We have carefully put this
procedure in place. Through it, you will understand how sentient
physical Beings can copy the natural action of Creation, and become
aware of your own infinite potential.
Yet another facet of these events will involve your further
realization of the monumental changes occurring within you. You,
dear Ones, are mutating into a new human - a galactic human. This
human has broken through the limiting consciousness that has long
shackled you to a dark world. This human will enlarge its focus to
include the cosmos, and will learn its true connection to the
Creator and, indeed, to all of life. This Being will not limit
itself and is capable of knowing what is needed to unfold Creation,
according to the divine plan. This Being is also connected to
He-ven and to the infinite Life-streams that formed its soul
force eons ago. This Being understands that it came to this world
to learn about limitation and about darkness. Now, it will
understand how, with the aid of Heav-n, it can return to full
consciousness. The veil drawn long ago by the dark ones on your
world is vanishing. This knowledge ultimately will become public,
and will prepare you to accept your glorious future.
You will also discover the interrelationship between your own
mutations into a new species, and Mother Earth. Your changes are the
catalyst she needs to create a newer and even more beautiful
world. She recognizes that she needs to alter her surface and her
electrical, magnetic and gravitational fields at a shift will
affect her. At last, the guardian triumvirate that she needs will be
complete. You will become caretakers of her Lands. Land, water and
air will feel free to transform and a new Earth will be born! Its
surface will little resemble that which you know now, and its
interior will also change. Its crystal core will glow with joy, its
atmosphere will complete its life-saving crystal firmaments, and
its waters will flow, ice-free, from pole to pole.
Your Sun and her hyperactivity are another sign of what you are
encountering. Your reality is imploding on every level. That
collapse, in turn, is spawning a new and multi-dimensional reality.
Rather than being limited to three dimensions, it encompasses
realities beyond your knowledge. You will form a nexus that will
take you to 5th, 6th, and even 8th dimensional realities.
They will merge into your own. With this immense integration,
stars, galaxies and even aspects of physical Creation unknown to you
will become an integral part of your existence. Hea-en and its
glorious Beings, and even its multitudes of grand Councils, will
also be an important part of your daily life. From this, you will
produce a unique and vibrant galactic society that will invite all
of Creation to its doors. Envision all of what you will truly
accomplish!
You, dear Hearts, are amazing Beings of Light whose potential is
infinite in scope. The coming events will unleash this vast reservoir
and allow you to achieve your present life goals. These lofty
aims were imprinted in you by your life contracts, and by the
divine grace and dispensations of H-aven and the Creator. Your
future will unite physicality with He-ven. Regard your new resources
as merely the means to expand yourselves and to carry out what you
came here to achieve. Thus, first contact is simply one of the many
events that enable you to step forward on the galactic center stage
and make a significant impact. This process is reaching a point at
which you can end your mass denial and connect with each other on a
truly global scale. Use this approaching time to recognize your
potential and build your galactic society. Embrace the excitement!
Today, we have examined what lies ahead for you and for us. We
look forward eagerly to events that are now unfolding. Soon, we
shall formally contact you and initiate the final stages of your
homecoming. We, your spi-itual and space families, ask you merely
to remain focused and fully committed to your success. Remember
that, together, we shall be victorious! We now take our leave.
Blessings! Remember in your Heart of Hearts that the countless
Abundance and Prosperity of He-ven is yours! So Be It! Selamat
Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! Be in Joy!)
-----------------------------------------------
Planetary Activation Organization | Mailing Address: P. O. Box
880151, Pukalani, Maui, HI 96788-0151 U.S.A.
Voicemail: (808) 243-0728 | Fax: (808) 573-2867 | E-mail:
p...@hawaii.rr.com |
Website address: www.paoweb.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is some information that I received lately. It's pretty
far-out and will be hard to believe. It's from the space people and
is probably channeled so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: - An Afternoon With Mother Sekhmet
Lord Ari Home | Back to Fourwinds
(The following is a transcribed telephone conversation held on
Sunday, September 15, 2002)
Those speaking are:
Sekhmet: Mother Sekhmet
Ava: Lady Master Ava
LMMS: Lady Master Morning Star
Commander: Four Winds Webmaster
PART ONE
Sekhmet, Ava, LMMS: Greetings. Mother in the Light of the most
radiant one in the office of the Ch-ist and only in the office of
the C-rist, we invoke the loving energies of St. Germain and the
Violet flame.
Ava: We ask at this time for the ascended Hosts to come. Fill
all of our rooms with as many beings as we can imagine there are
and especially to call forth now the records that St. Germain has
held for all time, for this moment of time, when freedom bells can
ring, when the H-ly Flame, the Violet Flame can create a divine
grace across the mantle of this planet and in the hearts of all,
that peace, and love and simplicity be the task that we tread upon
and that we may learn how this is, right now. Mother help us, we
need your help!
Sekhmet: Yeah! (laughter)
LMMS: Mother, what message do you have for the children of the
Earth right now on this day as we are stepping into the moment where
the announcement will come, the announcement of NESARA and what
message do you have for us that we need to know now?
Sekhmet: On this day it is interesting that we are on the eve of
Yam Kippour, which is, shall we say, where (mmmmmm), it is time that
the Book of Life will be opened unto the Ascended Masters and many
Space Commanders. And we would just say that the Book of Life is
open and that we would ask for all of our children to come back to
Love and balance and the healing, and even though we had a little
scenario today where we had to have a little dinner on the side of
the road. (mmmmmm). It seems as though the world is stepping into
a place of more balance and harmony even though on the wires you
hear the winds of w-r from every direction. It is simply the
(mmmmmm) those ones, that you could say, are tooting their horns
because they know the gig is up and it is time for them to go back
to King Dracos where they will stand trial for their crimes against
the Universe. (mmmmmm)
We know that this is going out across many areas, times and spaces
and places.
We would just say that the message to the Children of Light this
time is to remember to pay it forward, to come to that place of
balance and healing inside of each one of ourselves where we hold
the neutral place that neutrality brings in the frequencies of the
Mighty I Am Presence and the Violet Flame, where you do not choose
sides but you stand, as Lord Sananda or as Lord Michael or Medatron,
where you simply radiate Love, when we remove folks like the
M.I.B's [Men In Black] like we did today. The Violet Flame is
simply the concentrated energy of Love - that is all it is. And
when you have enough Love in the cells, it is, (mmmmmm) shall we
say, a very org-mic experience. (mmmmmm)
LMMS: That today of all days we should remember Love and we should
remember balance.
Sekhmet: Yes. In all of our dealings because right now there is
many C-bals, as our friend Sheldon calls them, these Ca-als simply
are tooting their horns because they want to be heard. They have
not received enough Love. Deep in the well of soul matrix they
need love. That is why they are crying out like an angry child.
And we are here to bring them back to that frequency of Love even if
we have to remove them and turn them back into Cosmic Soup and then
reconstitute them with Medatron's help. (mmmmmmm)
And concerning your little Shrub character today, we would just
say that he is an angry greedy little child that needs to (mmmmmm),
shall we say, learn a few lessons about how to give in a way that is
unconditional Love, and we know that many of the dark agenda have
been programmed up the wazoo to know how to do only darkness and not
Love. Many of these intergalactic inter-universal ra-es are
technologically and scientifically advanced, but they understand
Love only as a frequency, a sound vibration. They are yet and
still learning even over 450 billion years that it has taken them
to this day to still and yet learn about Love. Now they are getting
that understanding of what frequency of Love is, even if it has to be
that tough Love where we step in and say, "This is the line in the
sand and if you cross it (mmmmmm) you're on my plate - baking
potatoes and salad!. (ahhhhh!) (Laughter)
Commander: Yeah.
Ava: [Webmaster] you can talk to Mother, she's really a cool lady.
(laughter)
Commander: Yeah! I'm kind of shy Go ahead.
Ava: It's ok.
Sekhmet: It's ok. We are not just some angry lion lady.
Ava: She's not going to eat you, is that right?
Commander: What I meant----a few days ago you reported that the
ones in power over here and the ones in power over in Iraq were
removed under the guidance of Sananda. Can you explain or expand on
that a little bit more and also have other controllers like B--h
Sr., Putin, and the Qu-en of England, have they been removed also?
Sekhmet: We would say that what is happening with these Forces of
Light and the White Knights on this planet is that we are stepping
into your third dimension where we walk physically on the planet
here, and they see us and they know us and they are scared sh-tless
of us in the sense where they know their time in reality is up and
they simply have to step aside, but they are going kicking and
screaming. We have to say yet and still - what is going on here
is a gigantic holo-deck program. The Que-n is still here on the
planet. Putin is still here. (mmmmmm)
Ava: They're not..Putin is a clone already, too.
Sekhmet: Yes----
Ava: The Q-een - is she a clone?
Sekhmet: The Qu-en is still the dark agenda reptilian that she
is, - that David Icke speaks of. And we would say that very quickly
now these ones are going to be removed from this planet.
Ava: Clones or not.
Sekhmet: Clones or not, the holodeck program will be shut down
and then we will revamp the holodeck imaging projector! (mmmmmm)
Ava: As of this morning you got to talk to the Nameless Ones.
Sekhmet: Nameless Ones - we will just tell you, the nameless ones
are friends of ours that, if you remember a certain date that
occurred on this planet, August 31, 1997.
Ava: Paris, France
Sekhmet: You remember what happened on that day do you not,
Commander?
Commander: Yes.
Ava: You know who the nameless ones are.
Commander: I have an idea.
Sekhmet: Yes, we are speaking of them.
Ava: In other words they are still in this dimension and there
were some of those things that begin with the letter C that the
White Knights made that went bye-bye on that day.
Sekhmet: Yes, and our friend, the King of Egypt is directly
related to who they are.
Ava: Yes. He's Mr. LMMS's daddy.
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Commander: O.K.
Ava: O.K.
Sekhmet: And we speak to him all the time as well. He is the
Wh-te Knight that walks with the King of Swords and all of us at
this time.
Ava: He also has another role, does he not, Mother? He has
another name----
Sekhmet: Yeah. He is called Annubis, and he is the
jackal-headed g-d that stands on this river Styx on the banks and
he helps the souls pass across the river Styx where Osiris stands
on the other side with the scale and we weigh the scale and the
soul, shall we say, to see if it shall enter the Kingdom of
Everlasting Love and Light. Metaphorically speaking, Annubus is a
Pashat warrior like us. (mmmmm)
Ava: That's his title right now.
Sekhmet: Yeah. He has had to play the role of Annubus and there
are many things that he has done in this lifetime he is not proud of,
with many of the folks across this planet, but it has been to bring
a balance, to, shall we say, these power structures so that we
could come to this day of atonement where we bring back the G-d of
One Solar Disk, ATON in here now. (mmmmmm)
Ava: Within.
Sekhmet: Yeah.
Ava: This morning they [the nameless ones] told [Lord Ari], that
they had begun the final movement, that Sananda was physically on
the ground, and that this final movement was to permanently remove
these characters - everyone that you mentioned and then some. And
I understand that it will be a simul-cast, is that not right?
Sekhmet: Yes!
LMMS: What do you mean by a simul-cast?
Sekhmet: Simultaneously as the Whi-e Knights send the Forces, step
in, we will de-cloak in your atmosphere and we will show up with our
green beams of Light and we will remove the dark ones from this
planet. We will also land and there are many Pashat warriors that
will show up in the physical. These are 12 to 15 feet tall Lion
People. There are also (mmmmmm) many other folks that are of the
Galactic Forces - there are Arcturians and Antarian people. These
are the ones that look like praying-mantis people. Then we know
that many of the folks on the planet are not yet ready to meet all
of us because we look a little funny, but this is one of the biggest
issues that has come about on this planet where Galactic contact,
the first contact made to come right here into full disclosure
like Steven Greer has said, "Full disclosure has begun." And if I
am sitting next to you in a bar and I want to buy you a b-er, and
because I have a lion head and a tail are you going to ask the
bartender to throw me out because I have a tail and a lion head?
No, we are going to join and drink our be-r together and pay homage
and toast to great Alcyone, All That Is.
Ava: From a Pleiadian champagne, Mother. (laughter)
LMMS: That's because we are all children, your children, Mother.
Ava: Forget the bee-.
Sekhmet: We like Killian Irish Red (laughter) It's that Irish
in us. (ahhhh!)
Ava: I see.
John F. Winston
This part tells the full name of Lucifer.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sekhmet: But we would just say that one of the big issues here is
prejudice, and if the bla-ks and the browns and the blues and the
greens and the wh-tes cannot get along with each other, how can we
as Inter-galactic beings come and land and you have a funny attitude
about us? This is why there has been so much se-recy brought about
for the last, how many eons of time, where the people of the planet
have not been told the truth - they have been lied to, they have
been stolen from and they have been coerced and twisted their DNA
codes down to 2 instead of 12 strands, and it is high time that
they get to interact with their Galactic brothers and sisters, and
if they want to have Pleiadian champagne or Killian's, they can
have both. (mmmmmm)
Commander: Hollywood has done their job real well.
Ava: What was that? I didn't hear you.
Commander: Hollywood has done their job real well.
Ava: Who?
Commander: The Hollywood movie studios.
Ava: Hollywood! Ohhhhh!
Sekhmet: Yes. Hollywood has created a bit of a drama with the
different magical characters and how they have filmed us. Many of
the stories are true, but they have twisted the dramas to make it
look that we are not so nice and that we are not here for your
highest good and that is not the case.
Ava: What is that movie about Ra?
Sekhmet: Oh, "Stargate".
Ava: (Mmmmmm), Yeah, it isn't true that Ra was a bad guy.
Sekhmet: Ra was our father, metaphorically speaking.
LMMS: Yes, that was all a-s-backwards, pardon my French.
Sekhmet: Yes.
LMMS: And they did the same thing with "Independence Day". That
was all-..
Sekhmet: Little angry grey people trying to kill the people of
the earth. That is not exactly what time it is. Yet and still the
Greys did come here and they did make agreements because long, long
ago in the galaxy not so far, far away their planet was destroyed
because of that being known as the J-man, my son, Yavah, when he
played his Jeh-vah role in the Cosmic Passion Play, he removed
them. They had a nuclear accident on their planet. They had to go
inside the planet and they were without light, without water,
without air. They had to survive by (mmmmmm) photosynthesis. The
rocks within their planet themselves radiated a phosphorescence
energy that they could literally receive nutrients and they mutated
to the result of only being only two or three feet tall, where they
used to be human. But in the future, your future, which is an
interesting moment in time, as we are telling this Cosmic story, we
are Galactic travelers in time. We come from your future which is
our past. We have come back in time to bring a message of peace and
joy and enlightenment to all of you that you get to make it, and
you do get to go into the future. Earth does not go through a
nuclear holocaust and get destroyed, but we cannot tell you how to
go from A to B. That would violate the Prime Directive, and we
cannot do that.
Ava: But now you can intervene because they're playing nuclear
w-r-games.
Sekhmet: Yes.
Ava: That's the code.
Sekhmet: Yeah, we can intervene on that note because the nuclear
scenario has come in where they have violated the Laws of G-d and
man. (mmmmmm)
LMMS: That's why you can show up now.
Ava: With your tail, please, Mother.
Sekhmet: Yeah! (laughter)
Ava: Hurry! Hurry!
LMMS: We like your tail and we want to see you 12 feet tall. That
would be great.
Sekhmet: Yeahhhhhhh!
Ava: Whip that tail around those bad boys.
PART TWO
Commander: Can you explain, a little bit, the differences or a
little bit about the entities that you are fighting the Reptilians,
the dark Draconians, and Annukani. Are they all referring to the
same ra-e.
Sekhmet: Oh, I'm not.
Commander: Or not, or?
Sekhmet: We would say that what is going on here is that many of
these people originally came from our planet called Niburu. And
when they came to this matter universe they decided that they wanted
to re-write their history, and started from Dracos and moved forward
in terms of conquering the Milky Way Galaxy, and so on, and that is
not the case. And that is why we have had so many different
skirmishes and little (mmmmmm) wa-s, you might say, out in the
galaxy. Not that the Orion W-r was a little skirmish. It lasted
5,000 years and it was no pretty picture. We would say at this time
that these ones have been cut off from their forces that are out in
the galaxy that are trying to come in, and they are trying to
activate certain "Stargates" along with the dark agenda on this
planet. There are many vortexes on your planet that are Stargates,
like in the movie Stargate. And they are opened to sound
frequencies, and they have been playing with this on many levels.
And they can and do try to use the Stargates, and at this point in
time the Stargates have been shut down. They have been cut off from
their, (mmmmmm) shall we say, contingency forces that are out in
the galaxy. And Lord Michael, Medatron, myself, and Mitraya, have
physically drawn a line in the sand across the galaxy and they will
not cross that line. And meanwhile down on this planet they are
trying to desperately grasp at straws and still keep a strangle-hold
on all of you with the petty laws that they initiate in Congress
and in the House and Senate that is ya-de-ya-da. It is.
Ava: Home Security.
Sekhmet: (mmmmmm) Home Security (Paackk-Taaach!!) (laughter)
Ava: That was a swear word in Poex Law.
Sekhmet: Yes! They all (Paackk-Taaaaach!!) That is Klingon on
for traitors.
Ava: Yes, that is right, Mother.
Sekhmet: We would simply just say that what is going on here is
that these ones, they know their time is up. It has taken eons of
time to come to this moment, where so many Lightworkers are waking
up and seeing the writing on the wall or the spray paint, if you
will. And they seem to know, but yet, they have to wipe the fog
from their mind. It is sometimes difficult because of the
mind-control games that they use with the chemicals in the air
called chem-trails and HAARP and (mmmmmm) ELF frequencies and UFL
frequencies and A, B, C, D, E, F, G. And we would say that as
people come into balance, the true people of this planet, all
144,000 of you times 10 hundred thousand, times 10 hundred
thousand; you are waking up and reclaiming your power with Love in
balance. This is the thing they have done. They have used power
without Love.
And it is a very unique way they control the people where they
separate the mind from the heart. This is what Luciafera [Lucifer's
full name] is best at.
And this is why it has come to such a level in which one hand does
not know what the other hand is doing. And we might be going off
on a tangent, here.
Ava: You'e doing very good, Mother.
Sekhmet: But we would say that the Reptilians and these dark
agenda controllers know there is very small amount of time left
for them to come back to wholeness. Otherwise we will come in with
a Cosmic vacuum cleaner and remove them. And this is already
being mobilized, both on your planet and in your (mmmmmm) orbit.
One of the reasons there are so many mass coronal ejections going on
and solar flares is that the sun has been transformed back to helium
rather than hydrogen. We know you guys talked about this yesterday,
that (mmmmmm) the helium sun is, in result, bringing a higher
frequency back to your planet, where you will not be able to
detonate any nuclear weapons, they will simply push buttons and they
will fizzle and fry out the circuit boards.
Billions and trillions of dollars down the drain. Bye, bye,
Joshua! AHHHH! (laughter)
Sekhmet: And we would just say that these ones, they know that
their day in the sun is over and the sun; and the sun has set on
the Qu-en's place where they will rise up, take their chains off and
let my people go.... NOW!!! [spoken in a loud cat growl]
Ava: All right!
Commander: Mmm-mmmm! Can you let us know or explain a few of the
major things that yet need to be done before NESARA is announced?
Sekhmet: What needs to happen is we need to remove these (mmmmmm)
liz-rd s-um (excuse my French) but we love all beings but they have
not been nice. We would say these Reptilian controllers that have
been in Was-ington and all the other capitols on your planet, they
have held a stranglehold on keeping the Truth from the people where
(mmmmmm) the true teachings of what our founding fathers brought
forth on this planet in the time when they declared their freedom
and (mmmmmm) brought forth a new nation under Go-. All of these
ones called George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, John Adams, Ben
Franklin, and James Madison. They were all overshadowed by all of
us to bring in the true teachings of the (mmmmm) shall we say, the
teachings of Sohth, who was Kathumi but the philosophy of life. As
NESARA gets announced, all of the true teachings are brought back
for the people. The 45 books of the Bi-le that have never been
written about but are sitting getting dusty on the Potula and in
the monasteries of the Seven Rays in Lake Titikaka. It is time to
bring all the old books out and let the people read the truth. And
your dark agenda controllers, reptilian sl-me, have allowed eons of
time to continue where the Truth, day after day, gets hidden. And
they spit more lies up from Dan Ra-her and Peter Jen-ings and Tom,
and we don't want to bad-mouth the humans. They are simply doing
their jobs because--.
Ava: Mother, I just want you to hone yourself now and just have
A, B, C, D. of how many minutes are we away from, and what's being
mobilized right now to actualize NESARA now on screen.
Sekhmet: Right now.
Ava: Twenty four hours would be nice.
Part 2.
John Winston. johnfwin@mlode.
..........
Subject: Cosmic Soup. Part 3. Sept. 30, 2002.
This part mentions how many alien space crafts are in our solar
system to help us out.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sekhmet: Right now there are two hundred million mother ships in
orbit around your planet that are at least 5000 miles in diameter if
not more, besides all the billions of Inter-Universal Forces that
have come in. These ships are so large they have to park them
beyond the orbit of Jupiter because these ships upset the
gravitational pull of a planet. If they were to come in and create
an orbit around the stationary planet, we would (mmmmmm) shall we
say, cause axial excursion and polar shifting of the planet so, we
have to park (mmmmmm) beyond the confines of Pluto and come in
shuttle craft. The shuttle craft are 100 miles in diameter or more.
Right now all of this is coming to pass. At the same time the Wh-te
Knights are mobilized. Whi-e Knights are mobilized with
intergalactic communication technology where they can instantly
interact with all of us. They are using the Intergalactic
Federation shuttle craft like the Whit- Bird speaks of, and we would
also just say that the ones that are the Reptilian controllers, they
know their moment in the time is over.
We take a moment to drink some water.
Commander: O.K.
Ava: Let's get more down to 3rd dimension, now, Mother because----.
Commander: Yes.
Ava: We need to have that.
Sekhmet: What you want to know is when NESARA will be announced.
Ava: Well, what are the movements on 3rd dimension? Now we have
already been told a number of those things.
Sekhmet: The movements that are being done on the planet is that
the -hite Knights are stepping into, shall we say, where they will
have the technology with the Forces where they can walk in and
take the stations that they need to take and---
Ava: Take them over.
Sekhmet: Shall we say, (mmmmmm) there is the word that we would
describe (mmmmmm) Give us a moment to think of it---(mmmmmm) but it
is---we would take command of the situation where, let's say,
Roc-efeller Plaza to Studio 3-B, W-ite Knights would beam with the
Galactic Forces on the roofs. They have pha-ers in hand along
with phas-r rifles. This is reality. [Lord Ari] met someone who
is a Wh-te Knight tow-truck driver in Santa Fe, who helped him out
one day and pulled a phaser from out from under his seat, and he
said, "I am a Whi-e Knight, I listen to you on 94 Rock all the
time--but back to story--the Whi-e Knights are in the place where
when the moment the Admiral Sananda Kumara gives the word along with
the rest of the Inter-Universal Forces, and the Word will be given.
The Whit- Knights are mobilized. They will take that Word, they will
instantly take control of all of the satellite communications. We
will help in that process of how that is done, where instantly we
can do this if it is wished. The point here, in time, is that we
would wish the humans do it rather than us so that it is a learning,
growing process for the HU-man, so that they can get to that level
where they claim their power with Love and the balance there where
they can stand in their power and not be afraid of looking into
the face of a Reptilian soldier and they can look at him at radiate
Love and not Hate. That is the biggest test here, where we can
look at our fellow beings with each other and radiate only Love and
not hate and w-r and de-th.
Because that IS how we come back to a balance of enlightenment.
Right now the biggest thing the humans need to get is that they have
to get over their anger.
Yes, we know 15,000 people died.
Ava: Was that 9/11?
LMMS: Not 3,000, 15,000.
Sekhmet: That is correct, and we were there instantly to beam them
up out of that building as they were jumping out of those buildings.
That is why when certain websites right after the day of 9/11, like
on Jafferen and Cybercpace Orbit and Rumor Mill, you could see
shuttle craft right next to the building.
Interestingly enough, three days later they were gone---all of
those pictures, but there are some that are still saved. We will
just say that the truth will be told now of what has occurred. We
sent you a transcript, 19 pages of an article that was spoken from
Phil Donahue's show where a widow of one of the victims of 9/11
spoke and a book was written by an author called, The Forbidden
pump oil for the Reptilians so they could maintain another 500 year
control over this planet, and we say NO! That will not be the
case!! You will get out NOW! And you will go home!
Ava: Mother, we've gotten lost on the third dimensional thing. I
heard you say that there were things you would only employ if it
was requested. Hasn't it been requested by now?
Sekhmet: It has been requested and intervention is coming to pass,
but yet and still we have to do this in a way in which we do it
where the least amount of life lost is not the case, but the most
amount of life spared is the case. And that is how we have to do it
with the help of the Forces. That is why it is so delicately done
in a way in which where we will be in position. Yet and still,
right now, what is going on, is that each time W-ite Knights are
ready there is still another group that has played games and they
have capitulated to the dark agenda, and the Wh-te Knights are not
ready, each ---- day it is like that, excuse our French.
Ava: O.K., now. I want to say something as a little earthling,
here.
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Ava: You're not considering the fact that, yes, this is a delicate
situation, yes, you don't want any life lost in the actual NESARA
arrangement of announcement. You are not considering that every
time, that every time some little Whit- Knight group fools around
on the 3rd dimension and NESARA doesn't get announced and you don't
come in and take over, how many lives are continuing to be lost
all over this planet? And I feel a feeling inside my gut when you
say that you're still going to wait for humans to get it together.
This could go on and on and on.
Sekhmet: We would say that this is not the case. Right now,
already in a moment in time, we went into a bank on Friday here
in...
Ava: The Rental unit?
Sekhmet: Rental unit went into a bank and asked. "I got a 20
dollar bill here.
I want to trade it in for Treasury currency. We heard that the
rainbow treasury bills are ready. Can we change this $20.00 for a
treasury bill?
And the lady said, "I have to go and talk to my superior. So
she went and talked to the vice president of the bank. The bank
president came as well, and they were both discussing this in low
tones and they looked at me, looked at the rental unit. Rental
unit has long hair, blond, looks like someone from the sixties.
And the teller came back and said, "We are not ready yet for this.
And we could see because we are able to see auras and we are able
to look into the fifth dimension. We knew they were lying to us.
They are ready, and simply what needs to be done here is Sananda
Kumara needs to give the word, the -hite Knights would do it. And
we have to say that at this moment this could be anytime right now.
We are at the place where it is so critical, we are very close to
getting this announced. It is moments away. That is what we could
say. It is, in a sense, moments away. And as you are saying,
Lady Master that you feel this in your gut. We would say that what
you feel is all of what humanity feels. For so long they have been
in a place of wanting this to come to pass, and they are sick and
tired of waiting.
We have a large Pashat here who was sitting on Lady Master's
chest. (laughter)
Ava: Big beautiful chocolate point Burmese cat. (laughter)
LMMS: He's after you and he wanted to be in the middle of the---
PART THREE
Sekhmet: He heard the call. (laughter) We would just sim---
Ava: There is, though, there is, in fact, 40 million sovereign
mi-itia.
Sekhmet: 40 million sovereign m-litia.
Ava: With the specific role of surrounding the com-unication
center.
Sekhmet: Yes, they would take over the T.V. sta-ions, the radio
s-ations, the sa-ellites along in conjunction with our help. We
would say that we are so close from this, you can taste it in your
mouth. But yet it is still, and yet, only seconds away from
happening. And the reason we say it is only seconds away because
what needs to happen here is the Whi-e Knights need to do a few
things that we call bye-bye maneuvers where they need to simply
come in and if they have to k-ll some world leaders, they will
ki-l the world leaders.
Ava: This is a private conversation and we're making up a sci-fi
movie, and I love to lie and so does Mother, and we have a formal
disclaimer here and we have poetic life, right?
Sekhmet: That's correct. And because these world leaders have
not followed the Laws of the Universal Wisdom and protocol, and
they have violated those Universal Laws, we have every right to
step in and intervene in this civilization's development. They
have violated the Prime Directive and they have created genocide,
therefore they need to be removed, and that is happening, we
won't say how, when, or where, but we will just simply say---.
Ava: It is already happening.
Sekhmet: It is already happening. King of Swords is in charge of
that, and our little (mmmmmm) village id-ot in the o-al office knows
all about this. And that is all we'll say on that subject without
violating laws of FCC rules on this telephone line.
I hope this helps you Commander, understand a little more as how
this could come to pass. We cannot say the exact moment NESARA
would be announced because there are moves that have to be made with
the Wh-te Knights, and these things, the W-ite Knights will not
tell the rental unit. We will not put them out there across the
airways because----
Ava: That would jeopardize them.
Sekhmet: For one thing, we don't have an unencrypted phone line
that we can speak to you and fully share what has to happen. But
we would say, that yes, because we are inter-universal life-forms
that can encrypt the phone line we would simply say (in her
language) in yakakay cone yik ya ka koo! Phone line now encrypted.
(laughter)
Ava: I feel like I got encrypted. (laughter)
Sekhmet: You have. (laughter)
Ava: That was good. I liked that sound. It kind of made me just
kind of get excited.
Sekhmet: I know we have been ranting and raving here with---what
questions do you have, Commander?
Commander: I guess that one thing that comes to mind would be----
could you elaborate a little bit on the type of society and
civilization that we are to become? And the type of technology that
is to come.
Sekhmet: What is about to happen here is NESARA does get
announced, it paves it forward to bring in universal economics.
This is what we have in the Federation of Worlds. Where you have
an idea, you want to colonize the world and you come before (mmmmmm)
for metaphorical purposes, Starfleet. You would come to Starfleet
and you would present your proposition and ideas. We would go over
it with the other members of the Federation, and we would then draw
up outlines and plans, and instantly, whatever you needed, wanted
and desired to do that mission, where it lasted one day or a
millennium, it would instantly be given to you----the ships, the
equipment, the technologies. All of it. No money is changed hands.
In the Federation of Worlds we do not use money.
Money is simply a concept on this planet where (mmmmmm) I do a
service for you, you pay us. That is not how we do things in
universal economics, and as NESARA gets announced, it evolves and
brings forth true teachings of where we do not even need to barter
anymore, but simply as the Forces land and we create technologies
where precipitation manifestation is brought into physical reality,
then things are instantly manifested. It is like how it was, how
it used to be in the Land of PAN where you thought about wanting to
swim in a liquid-like lake and instantly you were there. You
wanted an apple, you wanted to make l-ve with your twin flame, it
instantly occurred.
Ava: You could also appear and disappear things, right?
Sekhmet: Bi-locate and transport yourself with single thought-form
reality.
All of this is coming to pass. As NESARA gets announced and we
land, there are many technologies of alternative energies that
will be being brought forth.
Already there are folks instantly ready to bring them forth as
NESARA would be announced. Let's say tomorrow we would say there
are cars that could run on hemp oil, or water, or (mmmmmm) shall
we say, electricity. There are even technologies and folks that
we know that could create crystal energy technology-type cars or
traveling; place-traveling devices.
John F. Winston
Here we have some information on how Sekhnet looks.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
What does Sekhmet look like?
From: P
Illustrations of Mother Sekhmet
http://www.fourwinds10.com/ari/transcriptions/sekhmet/sekhmet-pics.
html
........
From: P
Subject: The Nibiruan Council- The Felines
http://www.nibiruancouncil.com/html/felines.html
The Nibiruan Council
Galactic Federation Area
The Felines
Feline Child by Phyllis Furphy
----------------------------------------------
The Felines are one of the two primary ra-es in our universe. They
arrived here by invitation of the Founders. Having successfully
completed their Universal Game and completing their universe, a
group of 45 Felines volunteered to come to this universe to help
setup and oversee the same game here.
The Felines are a bi-pedal r-ce that stand 12 to 16 feet tall.
Their skin is covered by a sort of soft fuzz, and though they don't
have fur, they do have manes and both the males and females have
long hair.
Their eye color ranges from blue to gold and can change from
blue to gold as they mature. They also turn from a golden brown
color to wh-te.
The overall Feline temperament is warm, sanguine and
intellectual. As they mature they take on more of a somber,
introspective and gentle nature. The elders are revered for the
wisdom, compassion and insight.
As a ra-e they are extremely close and have a great sense of fair
play. The females are revered and honored in equal status with the
males. And true to the feline way, they are all very curious and
inquistitive.
As part of the Universal Game, the Founders gave the Felines a new
planet in the Lyra Constellation for their home. The Felines named
it Avyon. Now this is not the exact pronunciation, nor spelling, but
it is close enough. The real name cannot be translated into
English.
Avyon was a paradise planet with mountains, lakes, streams and
oceans. This blue planet was very much like our present earth in
form and variety of vegetation and life forms.
When the Felines arrived, they were in etheric form, and
therefore, went through the stage of evolving a physical body in
which to reside on the planet.
After many millions of years they evolved the lion and other
felines and began incarnating into those forms.
As part of the plan, a portion of the original Felines stayed in
etheric form to provide guidance to those incarnating. They would
be the equivalent of your modern day Christos Beings. Remember,
this was a 3D planet and once the etheric felines incarnated they
would fall under the veil of amnesia that is part of the workings
of a 3D planet of free will.
As time passed, and through countless incarnation cycles, the
Felines evolved a line of felines that walked upright and retained
the consciousness of their etheric counterparts thanks to the
periodic incarnations of some of the etheric Felines, and DNA
from a bipedal mammal similar to the Ape, that was evolving on
the planet as well.
With the DNA from the ape-like mammal the Felines were able to
take on a more human-like body while retaining most of the facial
features and other characteristics of the feline. It was from this
crossing when it reached a certain stage that the genetic line
known as the Royal Line of Avyon, or House of Avyon, came into
being.
The etheric Felines would continue to take turns incarnating to
provide not only DNA upgrading, but teaching and training in
higher dimensional principals lest their planet bound brothers
and sisters get stuck in the non-sentient animal incarnation cycle.
As you can see, the Felines evolved on Avyon in much the same
manner as Humans evolved here on Earth. The only difference is
that the Humans did get stuck in the animal cycle. More on that
on the Universal History page.
In time the conscious Felines grew large enough in number to take
on the responsibilities of planetary guardians of their homeworld.
They continued to evolve and eventually developed the technology for
space travel and then warp technology. Their etheric brothers and
sisters continued to act as their guides.
Many among them became geneticists (a Feline specialty) and began
helping to develop life forms of various kinds for planets and stars
in the universe.
Some among them became great space explorers and scientists of
various kinds.
It was during this stage in their development that the Felines
would turn their attention to that bipedal mammal they owed so much
to, and begin a program of genetic crossing and upgrading that would
give them a soul and, in the process create a new species that
would become known as the Humans.
After numerous crossings and genetic upgrades, the Adamic Human
was made.
There were two strains, the redheaded strain being the more
outgoing and energetic, and the platinum blonde strain being the
more gentle-natured and introspective.
After many thousands of years of continued careful crossing
breeding, the Feline/Human hybrids began to be more common in the
royal line of the Felines, The House of Avyon, than the purebred
Felines were. Yet, this was the plan.
In time the purebred Felines would become the ancient ancestors
of the Humans with only their genetic traits as a reminder of the
connection between them. And though the genetic relationship
between the Felines and Humans has been forgotten by modern man,
the Felines remain in our consciousness as a regal creature,
worthy of our respect and love.
The Felines remain the loving and supportive guardians of their
genetic offspring, the Humans. They have continued in this role
through time and all dimensions of the Universal Game.
Devin (Feline) is the reigning patriarch of the 9D Royal House
of Avyon, and Anu (Human) is the reigning patriarch of the 5D
Royal House of Avyon at this time.
J
Note: Feline Child's picture by Phyllis Furphy - Phyllis is a
uniquely talented artist and starseed. She draws the most
exquisite and realistic portraits of Guides, Angels, Starseed
Fathers and people on other dimensions.
You can reach her at (916) 441-4412 or email at:
phylli...@hotmail.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part mentions the photon belt.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ava: How about shuttle craft?
Sekhmet: Shuttle craft? There is a man that we know that has the
understanding of how to build a warp-drive.
Ava: A warp-drive engine.
Sekhmet: Yes! With dilithium crystals, and interestingly enough,
dilithium crystals are real. Gene Roddenberry knew all of this when
we chan-led this for him long, long ago back in the sixties, but he
could not bring it into a format where Hollywood would understand it,
so he had to bring in forth through a story like Star Trek for
people to get an understanding.
LMMS: That was past stuff.
Sekhmet: Yeah. Issac Asimov, (mmmmmm) Ray Bradberry. All of these
folks, they all knew and they all are still in a place of sharing
the truth with the people, but they have to do it through fiction
rather than fact. And now, there is about to be a moment in time
where Earth will become the 33 member of the Galactic Federation of
Worlds, and it will be there. As this happens, all of these things
will be brought into manifestation. We have friends that can
create Testla-based technology now where you don't even need cell
phones. You simply will have a communication device that you
(mmmmmm) touch on your lapel, and you can talk to your beloved,
whether she is in the next room or at the store or across the
planet. If you want to take a trip and go from London to Santa Fe,
you could do that. You simply get onto a transporter platform and
you are instantly there. (laughter)
LMMS: Ohhhhhh.
Ava: Or go from here to another planet.
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Ava: Or another star system.
Sekhmet: All of these things are going to be brought forth now.
It is incredible how much will be shared with the people. But what
needs to happen is humanity here are still and yet so many that are
lost.
Ava: Right.
Sekhmet: Onward through the fog they are wandering and then when
they hear stuff like this, and they think it is ya-da ya-da, and
they bad-mouth Dove or Jennifer or A and A. It is because they
simply are not understanding how much they are asleep and they have
become sheeple where they have allowed the dark agenda to control
them with their thoughts and their minds.
Ava: But Mother, isn't it time, or when is it time, I mean you
have said that there would be this sleepy group of people, and
rather than holding up our----those of us who are ready, that you
would take them to other star systems and other planets where they
can safely be or be just like the rest of the people that are on
that planet, like planets that are a little behind the readiness of
this planet, and they would still have more time to progress at
their own pace rather than holding up all of us.
Sekhmet: That is already happening where they are simply being
removed and it is more and more in occurrence where there are so
many that are leaving and yet....
Ava: I don't mean dying ---I just mean that you remove them.
Sekhmet: Transporting them to other worlds where they could have
an understanding of how to work out their kolly-uga consciousness.
Ava: They just have more time and they have people who are
comfortable in the same place.
Sekhmet: Yes, and if they want to play in Jurassic Park, they
will go play in Jurassic Park. (laughter) And if they want to
have Love and Light they will come into balance and wholeness
within themselves and not have to be deleted from the program.
Ava: And I think that's all great, Mother. I just think that we
need to take this one move, now, the NESARA move.
Sekhmet: That is on the table--Now! [ now -- spoken in a loud cat
growl]
Ava: All these other things can be going on in the background,
and they can take some gradual moves that there has to be something
that's going to really jump-start this freedom and give us
protection.
Sekhmet: We would say as this Yom Kippour eve is happening and
that the Book of Life is opening, we would say that (mmmmmm) Lord
Michael, Medatron and the rest of the Cosmic folks are looking at
that Book of Life and they are seeing who has been naughty and who
has been nice. (laughter). And we would say that Santa Claus IS
coming to town, because it is time! (laughter)
LMMS: Well, that was great, Mother. Thank you!
Sekhmet: Yes!
Ava: Have any more questions?
Commander: I don't know. (laughter)
Sekhmet: We have gone everywhere and nowhere in this conversation.
(laughter)
Commander: Yup.
LMMS: It feels like we are complete.
Ava: At least for today.
Commander: So, the physical gold that is backing the NESARA, all
of those are in place around the different countries - there is no
more need to find more gold or to -- is that part of the hold-up, do
you think?
Sekhmet: We would say the physical gold is in place and these U.S.
bankers that played games and got arrested yesterday were still
trying to shuffle papers and play the corporate bullsh-t games they
continue to play the delay stuff, but the Forces-----.
Ava: They lied -- they placed false reports.
Sekhmet: Mmm-mmmm. We would say that that has been quickly
compromised and changed as we speak. Right now that has been
stopped. The gold that is on this planet originally came from Venus
and many other planets where it was a gift for the people of Earth
to balance out the energies on this planet.
Ava: In other words gold is not indigenous to this Earth it's a
substance from Venus that was brought by Merc and the Lady of the
Sun.
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Ava: Sanat Kumara and Lady Master Venus on starships.
Sekhmet: Yes. When Earth was originally formed, yes, there was
gold within the matrix of forming the Earth but the gold was
actually brought and given to the people as a form of currency where
they could use this as a means of exchange.
Ava: It was transmuted gold, it wasn't the kind of gold we have
today it wasn't the conventional gold. It was transmuted gold.
Sekhmet: Yes. It was the white gold substance that some people
call mummy dust or (mmmmmm).
Ava: Mono-gold.
Sekhmet: Mono-atomic gold like David Hudson's stuff. Yes! And
gold physically is in place right now in all the countries. If
anything that is holding this up what needs to be is the people
simply have to get out of their own way and allow the Wh-te
Knights to do this, and the Whi-e Knights --this is the message to
all the Whit- Knights listening to this little conversation,
because we know that the E-H boys and carnivore all know what time
it is, and that they simply have to step aside and allow us to do
the job we have been hired to do, which was bring Earth into balance
and become the first..
Ava: Who hired you, Mother?
LMMS: We did,.
Sekhmet: Of Course.
Ava: We did, the Earth and all of us.
Ava: Oh, you mean we asked you, we didn't hire you.
Sekhmet: Metaphorically speaking, you hired us.
Ava: I commanded you to get your bu-t down here and help out, for
heaven's sakes. (laughter)
Sekhmet: It was called the planetary distress signal.
LMMS: Yes.
Sekhmet: ...That said, Dire emergency, extreme red alert.
LMMS: Come now!
Ava: The other thing is that there is an infinite supply of gold,
and as the 33rd member of the Galactic Federation of Planets, we
will be trading in other systems with other planetary metals not
even in, I mean gold is something we're familiar with here-- there
are a whole list of other substances that we can trade for that we
will be using, that starships are made of, for instance.
Sekhmet: Yeah! Many of these substances, one is called Incolarium
which is a hundred times harder than diamonds. Crystacolum, which
is a mineral on your planet that is very similar (mmmmmm) to ore
like pink turquoise, which is gold mixed with quartz crystal. And
there are many other elements that will be brought into
manifestation, where the people will be able to have these
substances in the universes. We do not use money. We use other
forms of trade but it is not in the form of what you would call
buying and selling. It is done by agreement and consensus.
Ava: And a re-balancing of what is needed from planet to planet,
star system to star system. We are going to have responsibilities
to balance, not just our own planet, but to interact with other
planetary systems and make sure that all things are in balance in
a larger scale.
Sekhmet: Yes!
Commander: So all of this enlightenment and new technology
that's coming, is in effect going to be coming around in
conjunction with the Photon Belt that is gradually increasing the
frequencies of us here on Earth, right?
PART FOUR
Sekhmet: Yeah! As the Photon Belt comes in it raises everybody's
frequencies to the 12th dimension. This is Alcyone's gift to the
people of Earth. It is a way to circumvent all of the dark agenda
controllers that have kept us in slavery, and as we move up in
frequency to 12th dimension with 12 strands of DNA we radiate more
Love. And as we radiate more and more Love, it becomes more and
more difficult for them to control us and keep us in a place of
(mmmmmm) shall we say, negativity and a bad attitude and (mmmmmm)
shall we say, power without Love.
Ava: Survival.
Sekhmet: Yes! Survival means where I get a job and you pay me
five bucks an hour.
LMMS: And I have to give my life force away for that five bucks
an hour which doesn't do anything.
Sekhmet: And then I have to give you my SNN number so you can
extract more money out of me.
Ava: No, No, No, No. We are way past that. (laughter) We're
done, we're done. We're done with that one.
Sekhmet: We would say that what is occurring is the Photon Belt is
a gift to the people of Earth where expotentially it is raising the
people's vibes whether they like it or not. (laugher)
Commander: So it's just around the Earth or is it around the Solar
System or a larger....
Sekhmet: It is around the Earth and is moving within this solar
system.
Ava: It covers the whole galaxy, though, it's huge.
Sekhmet: Yes.
Ava: But this particular planet is going first. This particular
planet in the entire galaxy is leading the way for all the other
planets.
Commander: So we are essentially going to be returning to
Alycone?
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Part 4.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
While I was on a trip with Robert Stanley in the ruins of a ancient
city called Calimu near Malibu, Calif. one of the ladies commuicated
with the Bird People. They are a r-ce of people who are invisible to
the people who don't have clairvoyant vision.
This part mentions the Bird People.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Commander: So we are essentially going to be returning to Alycone?
Sekhmet: Yeah!
Commander: And this will be done over the next 12 of our years?
Or....
Sekhmet: We would say by the year 2012 you would be in direct
alignment with Alcyone and that you would be in that orbital
process...Yes!
Ava: So we will be out completely by 2000---we'll be out of the
Sector we're in, Sector 9, and we'll be in Sector 3 which is
adjacent to the Pleiadian Sector of Sector 6.
Sekhmet: Yes!
Commander: So we're in transit right now which means all of the
night stars that we see at night are not stars but they are
spaceships simulating the constellations and the like, correct?
Sekhmet: You got it, dude! (laughter)
Commander: I've known that for years, but....
LMMS: Do you know that the sun has been moving around for the
last few years...I know one thing that has been happening that I've
noticed is that when you see Orion, we are going to start seeing
Orion Constellation very shortly, and it is huge now in the sky
where it used to be really tiny.
Ava: Yes, it used to look like where it was not...
LMMS: It used to be far away but now it covers about two thirds
of the sky. And nobody's even talking about that. But it is really
different. I remember it as a child and looking at that and knowing
that it was something special, but now....
Commander: Well, that's true with all the constellations.
Ava: Yeah. That's because we are not so far out on the outer
peripherial anymore. We've actually started moving toward the
center of our galaxy coming closer to all of the systems.
Sekhmet: Your planet Earth is a ship of light moving through the
galaxy to that sector.
Ava: Yeah. We're a starship....
Sekhmet: Yes!
Ava: As well.
LMMS: A living biosphere....
Sekhmet: It is very often to witness and unfold and at the same
time we know the trials and tribulations and dysfunctionality as an
art form has been such a (mmmmmm) tedious task for everybody to get
where sometimes the only way we can act is disfuntionality as an
art form. That is why we have to laugh at each other, and look at
this in a comical way ^cause if we learn how to laugh and love it
then it comes much easier instead of cur-ing and hating it, because
through the wisdom of laughter and love it becomes much easier to
forgive each other, and when we look at this guy who is sitting right
now there in the ov-l office.....he is very comical because he does
not know his a-s from a hole in the ground. He is very unaware of
how to interact with people, but yet if he was to be brought to a
very basic level where he had to go and dig ditches or had to work.
Yes, he probably knows how to do that because he was raised in
Te-as, but at the same time we also know there is an inherent
frequency where there needs to be Love. And so many of these
liz-rds have had the DNA frequency genetically removed. It has
been genetically manipulated out of them so they do not understand
how to love. They only use (mmmmmm) shall we say, their pagan g-d
images that they could parade about on this planet in a way in
which they use it as control.
Mohammed Al-ah came to this planet. He was a fellow brother of
Sananda of the Kumaras that came from Venus, and he preached only
Love. He did not speak of holy Gi-haad w-rs. He spoke of
frequency of Love. And even the Ko-an has been twisted where the
truth is not being told even to this day.
There is so much that will be brought forth once NESARA is
announced, the ancient texts can be brought to the light of day
where the people can see the true Book of Life and they can go
over and say, ^Oh, my go-, how have we been so ignorant where we
accuse my brother of this and that, and that I instantly forgive
them.
In our Universal Federation of Worlds we do not have crime. We
do not have death. We do not have pollution. If someone has [come]
out of the time/space continuum which is a concept of e-il, if you
will, to give it a name, we put them in a reintegration/rejuvenation
chamber where the neuro pathways of their brain matrix are brought
back into the alignment of the Laws of The One. It is very simple,
but yet on this planet, simplicity has become an insurmountable task
of, oh my -od, dysfunctionality (mmmmmm)
I guess we'd better go here. We can rant and rave for four more
hours.
Commander: O.K. One last question: Your home planet, Nibiru is
here, correct?
Sekhmet: Niburu [pronounced: knee-burr-ooo] is in orbit around
this planet, yes!
Commander: And can you explain a little bit of reasoning why that
is?
Sekhmet: The reason Nibiru has come into planet Earth and orbit
this time is because we have come to collect the remnants of our
peoples, which are the Lion People, the Bird People and the
Reptilian People, that have asked for direct Divine intervention as
well as the ones that are your (mmmmmm) we would call them, the
Reptilian controllers. They have been ordered to stand down and
cease and desist by King Dracos and Princess Ardalla of their own
Draconian empire. They have come back to Love, all of Dracos, the
only ones, the renegade faction that is here, are the only ones that
have not listened to the words of wisdom from their own people....
King Dracos. So, now we will escort them back to their home world
where they will stand trial for their crimes against the Galaxy.
That is why Nibiru is here. It is a balancer. We come at the
beginning and the end of each age to balance the masculine and the
feminine energy in a time-space continuum where the energies have
been out of balance.
As you know on this time here the masculine has been out of
balance for the feminine. Now it will be brought back into a
frequency of the feminine. That is why we represent the feminine
warrior g-ddess. (mmmmmm) (laughter) It's not been to freak
you out, sir.
Commander: No. I understand completely.
Sekhmet: Yeah! (mmmmmm) We'll have to work on his woice here.
Ava: He's getting a little bit raspy. It hurts his throat after
while. I think we should start again and get a fresh start on our
next talk.
Commander: O.K.
Sekhmet: But we will say a little Hebrewic/Atlantian prayer here
now as we go.
LMMS: We love all of you......
Sekhmet, Ava, LMMS: Greetings in the Light of the Most Radiant
One, kadosh, kadosh, kadosh. Adonai, Sabayo, kadosh, kadosh, kadosh.
Adonai Sabayo, kadosh,
kadosh, kadosh. Adonai, Sabayo, . Inneeaho, inneeaho, ineeaho.
Yoka, Aloka, Yaweah. Adonai, asubra.
Ava: Good-bye now Mother.
Part 5 of 5.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
...............
Subject: Ancient UFOs. Oct. 7, 2002.
Here is some information from a friend of mine that comes from
the Andromedan space people who I consider to be one of the good
type of space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: R
Subject: What the Andromedans Tell Us.
This is not new.. but perhaps to some it might be. We are part of a
larger galactic battle...which according to this source, will end on
Aug 12 2003 when the ET's have to go and leave us as SOLE shepherds
of this planet...then it is up to us to not sc-ew up. In the
meantime the Draco want this planet trashed big time, so they have
withheld the technology on Free Energy so we will keep on ruining
our atmosphere...that part is working.
Anyway.. here is the site... and lots of good reading... which
all adds up in my book.
--------- http://www.lettersfromandromeda.com/dsg1/index.html
There is an atmosphere on the far side of the Moon being created
on the surface for extended habitation.
There is also water, lakes, and vegetation. They are literally
turning it into a habitable colony. From there, the Wo-ld
Gov-rnment decided to go to Mars in March of 1959. This ultra
se-ret space program was developed and launched largely from the
Soviet Union, simply because of its natural resources and size.
They could virtually do everything in sec-et. Upon first arriving
on the moon, the Wo-ld Ord-r astronauts, with help from the Grays,
reopened the ancient underground facility. We've had a working
colony on the moon since 1961 according to the Andromedans.
When the Apollo astronauts landed on the moon, the Wo-ld O-der
had been there for some time. This knowledge and technology was
withheld from the lower levels of N-SA and our mil-tary. NA-A has
been used as a blind to keep the people from truly knowing what
was going on our there. The astronauts were silenced under threats
and they remain so today. No surprise there!@#$
I would like at this point to share some old history or events
that the Andromedans say is important. I have not been able to
find any information about these events, however, because the
Andromedans specifically brought it up, I am going to share it.
In 1953 Earth satellites and radar showed large objects coming
towards Earth. These were Gray motherships. These time-traveling
spacecraft were the same craft seen near Venus in 1787, 1788, and
1789. In the year 1645 a large moon seen near Venus, was seen coming
and going four times. This was a mothership from Sirius B. In
November of 1844, the large craft seen illuminating part of Mars was
an Orion mothership. The same craft illuminated Mercury in 1799. The
same craft, which is spherical, crossed the Sun on March 26, 1859.
On the eclipse of July 29, 1878, the two large glowing bodies seen
between Mercury and Venus, were Pleaidian and Andromedan
motherships, moving through our part of the galaxy.
In 1783 and 1787, the large bright lights that were seen on the
moon were not volcanoes. They were Pleaidian motherships the
creation of a self-rule go-ernment. The first on Earth; America. In
the month of February, in the year 1894, the object photographed
striking a huge black object was a carrier craft from Alpha Draconis.
On April 4, 1892, the craft that crossed the surface of the moon was
not a large bird, it was a craft that looked like it had wings. It
was a craft from Alpha Draconis. This same ship was last in this
solar system on January 27, 1912.
Ladies and Gentlemen, this time in which we now live is and will
be known in our future as the end of the innocence. We, as a
planetary r-ce, must commit ourselves to the idea that truth must
survive. We have major challenges to face, and what ever is the
truth, we must do all that is necessary to stick together. We have
been torn and tattered, we have been betrayed. But please, let's
not give up on each other. We are capable of being heroes. We can
save the world, and our freedom. We must believe in each other, and
in ourselves.
Mars: Cultural Propaganda v. Reality:
According to the Andromedans, Mars is three times the size that
the public is told it is. We are told in literature that Mars is
4,200 miles in diameter, when in fact it is 11,421 miles in
diameter. This past March of 1995, in a San Diego newspaper, it
published a report that showed a picture of Mars in springtime. It
said that in 1971, the Viking orbiter discovered huge amounts of
ozone in the Martian atmosphere. Now, how many books do you know of
that have told you that there is ozone in the Martian atmosphere?
None.
It was a controlled leak. We are told that the atmosphere is
predominantly carbon dioxide. How can this be, when it is
supposedly devoid of plant life? When you see the polar cap melt
in the spring, as shown in books, how is it that they can also say
that the highest temperature on Mars is 141 degrees below zero?
The polar cap on Mars is made of water. Will someone please tell
me how water melts at 141 degrees below zero?
According to the Andromedans, the average temperature at the
equator on Mars is 59 degrees. In 1979 N-SA admitted seeing clouds
float over Olympus Mons, allegedly the largest volcano in the solar
system. But, Olympus Mons is over 72,000 feet high. That's one
h-ll of an atmosphere if you have clouds at 72,000 feet.
******************************************************
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Have you ever wondered what you would say if you talked with an
ET? Here is the account of a person who did just that.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: G
Subject: Talking To ET's
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/speaker27/message/3125
Part 1 Chapter 2 ...from Lisette Larkins book Talking to ET's.
Introduction .
Preface .
Chapter 1.
I saw them. So frightened was I that I began to shiver
uncontrollably.
My heart had never before caused me to notice it, except for the
occasional aftermath of robust Mexican food, but at that moment, my
chest had gone wild. My heart was hammering inside of me with rare
intensity, like a pacemaker gone bad, warning me that my senses were
on overload. Having one's beliefs shattered is never comfortable.
Despite my shock at beholding extraterrestrials before me, I
momentarily considered my plight: it was possible that I might drop
dead like a stunned parakeet. I was still curious, but deeply scared
at the same time, at least initially. My whole physiology responded
as my college biology textbook had taught me that it should. I was
being readied for fight or flight-until common sense prevailed-yeah
right, as if I was gonna go anywhere. There I was in deep space,
probably in a black hole somewhere and my autonomic nervous system was
readying me for escape. Leaping into the night galaxy from the portal
of their craft didn't seem like a viable option. Besides, a greater
dilemma presented itself: I couldn't move at all.
At least not until I calmed down.
Now I'm no Steven Hawking, so don't ask me where I was. It was very
dark and even colder than it was late. There were no clocks or
steaming cups of hot chocolate. I'd been plucked from my bed on a
warm summer night, and although I'd been wearing a soft cotton
nightgown, it was nowhere to be found. My nudity unnerved me at first
but in the context of the Milky Way and life beyond Earth, I got over
it. After being moved several times, from one craft to another area,
I settled in, as would a proper guest come to visit, and eventually we
After being moved several times, from one craft to another area,
I settled in, as would a proper guest come to visit, and eventually we
"talked" for a long time, the ETs and I, but not with our mouths. It
just goes to show you that what they teach you in high school is so
outdated. There I was having a perfectly nice conversation with
foreigners, and I never needed to fall back on my foreign language
requirement, because telepathy doesn't require knowing either German
or Spanish.
There was an emotional transition made somewhere in which my fright
left me - as I might imagine that all my friends might be less fearful
after reading this story - but there I was as intrigued as you please,
gazing in wonder at their strange gray skin. It was like that of a
dolphin's, both in color and texture, and perhaps this commonality
that they shared with such peaceful creatures of the sea helped me to
reconsider them. I was trying to be brave as I sat having my
encounter in the nude, and I reasoned that it was not so impolite of
them, as they weren't wearing any clothes either.
There was no Star Trek suit or special weapons belt, and I surmised
that it seemed proper enough, since you wouldn't see a dolphin show up
in a Hawaiian shirt and trousers. Except that they were not animals,
I knew that. Their language was directed cleanly into my mind and I
could "hear" them with precision. And for another thing, in so many
ways they seemed very much like you'd imagine any other sentient
being. I marveled that I could understand them. Imagine that, I
thought, having never taken a workshop on telepathy.
I would have made Henry Kissinger proud, the way I stepped up to the
plate so quickly, and bantered like a United Nations delegate.
Then the voice of reason-and the entire UFO community-came crashing
into my consciousness and I glanced suspiciously around for an
operating room or kitchen, wondering if I'd end up either as an
experiment or as pot roast. But I soon forgot about modesty and
recipes, and before you could say "ET go home," complete understanding
burst into my awareness. We are family.
I felt it, and I next understood that within the context of a
universal neighborhood, I was visiting their home, and it was high
time that we began to see more of each other.
This is the juncture where ufologists and others would state that
brainwashing had no doubt taken effect. In other words, if fright
gives way to an understanding of mutual connectedness, and if thoughts
of fear, judgment, and suspicion transform to sublime peace and awe at
beholding kinship with another, then I've been messed with. That's
okay. Such ufologists might need a workshop of their own in making
practical the ideas of spi-ituality and universal one-ness. I don't
know what types of seminars they've been going to lately, but in the
personal growth arena in the last thirty years, love, acceptance, and
non - judgment are not considered to be states induced by brainwashing.
It's suggested that this is the natural state of things. We're only
taught by our culture to be aggressive, to hate each other, and to
think the worst of others, especially if they're different from us.
Now before you argue that there are similarities between someone who
has been kidnapped and brainwashed - like Patty Hearst for example - and
me, I might add that no one is convincing me to rob a bank, take up an
Uzi, ki-l anyone, or even spread unkind gossip. So what result has
brainwashing induced? A feeling of fellowship and camaraderie? A
sense of wonder and connection with other foreign beings from "native"
tribes? Then the Red Cross and United Way are brainwashed too, and
ought to recognize their naiveti and stop spreading messages of
brotherly love right now. Would closer examination reveal that theirs
is the kind of message that could really destroy you? Love your
brother, help your neighbor, and cease your judgments and feelings of
superiority. Boy, that's dangerous!
In short, during that encounter, I felt deeply honored at meeting
intelligent beings from far away, and the end result was that I didn't
care how different they were from me in appearance or custom. I felt
a degree of camaraderie that I hadn't felt in years. It was a unique
field trip, not to the backwoods of the Ozarks, or the islands of New
Guinea, but to the outback - the way outback - beyond our planet and even
further. After my initial surprise wore off, I did eventually get
around to asking some pertinent questions.
Who are you? What is your name and where are you from?
Our name, the name of our group, is spelled and sounds much like your
word, "sphinx," but this is only one of the words that you might label
us with, just as others may refer to you this time around as a woman,
mother, experiencer, Caucasian, American, earthling, etc. There is
not just one of us here; there is a group of us. Where we are located
is outside of your "jurisdiction," as you would say. We live in a
place that is neither here nor there, for we jet from one galaxy to
another. We communicate with you right now, not from a physical
planet. At this moment, we are on a large craft resembling an entire
neighborhood in size. And yet, if you are asking us about our
original planet, we will tell you that it no longer exists - but then we
are speaking of many thousands of years ago. That planet we
destroyed, which propelled us to an understanding that we might want
to awaken if we wanted to continue and further our species, and so we
did.
The name of that planet was Pluterous, but it no longer exists.
Pluterous was located outside of your solar system, and we had
developed it into a state of technology similar to your own, in which
our technological ability far exceeded our spi-itual development.
Through accidental mutations of certain technology, we literally
blew ourselves asunder. At the time, we had the capability to
travel inter-galactically, and we did. We have moved from place to
place as a group family, and we have lived on other physical
planets, including, at times planets in close proximity to your own.
Now you understand why we mentor you. You could say that Go- has
sent us to you, like a-gels in a sense, to watch over you.
We do not carry weaponry. We carry only substantial technological
apparatus that enables us to come and go as we please and facilitate
all manner of physical healings with certain members of your
species. We first initiated contact with you many years ago. When
we say "you," we mean your group there on the planet, and through
trial and error somewhat, we have narrowed down our contact to a few
hundred thousand of you. There are many other groups who have
contact with many others of you.
This contact ranges from full face-to-face encounters, such as the
type that you experienced, as well as those to whom we come while
they are in altered states of consciousness through meditation or
during sleep. You personally will know us as we communicate,
because you also feel a very strong energy, which seems to settle
over you, while you are receiving.
Our world is grossly under-populated from where you stand, and
yet we have a comfortable ratio of beings to our resources, even
though those resources are on a vast ship. When we dictate like
this through you, we do so as a result of eons of intention between
your lineage and ours. We don't pretend that you and your kind feel
no resistance at all to us, coming through like this. We understand
that you may feel some resistance. When we speak to you, we speak
of worlds that are far different from yours, worlds that tear
asunder your entrenched ideas of how life must be. To be travelers
like we are is akin to your older citizens who take to the road with
their motor homes in order to explore the vastness of your country;
and we too in our maturity, although we are not in the last years of
our life, have taken to the "road" in order to meet neighbors such
as you and others, to mentor, and to communicate in order that we
too may fulfill our highest destiny.
John F. Winston
This part mentions how they contact our children.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Atlantis, before you, and our planet before us, are histories of
what a species can do to itself when left unchecked. Do not assume
that Atlantis was a myth, for many of you were there and experienced
first hand the diatribes to which a few industries adhered and
proclaimed as gospel. If you believe in the concept of a Holy
Grail, you are believing in an idea that says there is always hope.
Does it seem hopeless to point you in the direction to which we
have been pointing you? When we speak of laying down your sword
and feeling brotherly love, does this seem unrealistic? We tell
you this: the more unrealistic it seems, the closer you are,
potentially, to giving it a full examination. The reason for this
is that you are running out of different ideas, different avenues,
individually and culturally, and this is when one does come upon
an enlightened path and step onto that path and find your way home.
When G-d bestowed upon us the ability to reach other nations in
other galaxies, as we are doing here, we rose to the occasion and
took our mentorship quite seriously, in that we are overjoyed to
communicate with you and also to lend a hand in whatever way we
can.
Connection to You It is a naturally occurring phenomenon to reach
out and love those who are close to us and with whom we are one.
This is the reason behind our contact with you. We cannot
experience our oneness without including you.
As so little is known about us, we make this contact with you
now in this way, so that more of you can hear from us. There is
much contact going on with many of you. And yet what is unique in
this case is that we would like to disseminate this information
more broadly. As you receive invitations from family members and
dear friends to break bread together, and to enjoy one another,
you have an understanding that your mutual love and compassion
brings you together and keeps you together, even though, at
times, great distance separates you. There is a connection between
us that has been established and get-togethers are a natural part
of families, are they not?
We are beginning to suggest to you through the latest
communications through others and here, that we are your family.
Some of you have a hard time believing this because there has been
so much media exposure about how we have bothered you. So in many
cases, we come to this experience with your minds already turned
against us, but that is okay. As with any prejudice, we are willing
to continue to love you despite your preconceived notions about us.
We are enlightened and not offended by your lack of wholeness in
your perspective. We delight in knowing you and in being able to
conduct communications with you. We yearn for the same
opportunities that you yearn for. We yearn to have a solid
connection in place for our mutual collaboration and communication,
just as you seek out those friends and family who bring you to a
sense of connection to your lineage.
We have a connection with you. Come picnic with us. Come break
bread and we will share our bounty with you - encouragement and an
offer of friendship. We have seemed to be such a great mystery and
se-ret to you, and yet these walls between us are crumbling now as
the walls between East Germany and West have fallen. There was a
time when many of you could not ever imagine such a crumbling of
that divided country. But that is only the beginning. We would
like to engage with you emotionally, so that you may know who we
are and understand that we have no harm in mind for you. We have
the highest ideas about our relationship together. Can you allow
your mind to rest momentarily, and put aside the cries of warning
from others concerned about your safety? Do their cries ring true
with your awakened ideas of sp-rituality and oneness? Are their
ideas of mistrust and suspicion consistent with what the masters
have taught? When we can all come together and see the Divinity
in one another, no matter how imperfect, only then do we approach
enlightenment. We do understand that it is merely fear that
captures the imagination of our most outspoken critics. It does
take bravery to pierce through the veil of prejudice, and this is
no exception.
If you are s-iritually ready to embrace the idea that we are all
one, then come with us as we show you the magic of our universal
connection.
You will know the tree by its fruit. Respond in this way to one
who warns you of your impending victimization by us. Listen to
our words and notice that we choose for you your highest path,
according to the highest part of you, not another. Does another
who sells opinions to you ever ask and invite you to look into
your heart and your soul, and to come to your own conclusion about
us? This is a wonderful test when you are attempting to determine
the type of tree, for you can tell the tree by its fruit. Come and
taste of our words. Come and hear our ideas and you may soon
discover that your soul remembers us.
Gravitate now toward your yearning for connection with us. Learn
of the unthinkable, as deemed by some members of your culture.
Limit yourself no longer. Bring yourself to an understanding of
what lies beyond your cities.
Let myths no longer be perpetuated, and instead believe that we are
connected deeply. Was it your thinking that you would grow
spiri-ually and yet continue to feel split off from your universal
counterparts? Those of you who are asking about us will find our
response.
Clearly there is something going on. As more and more of you see
signs of our visitations there, as more of you are awakening to the
limitlessness of the universe, you make an invitation possible by
this willingness to loosen your limited thinking. Open-mindedness
is everything when it comes to experiencing other realms. Would
you like to know us? We do not begrudge those of you who warn
others about us; as we said, we are not the only ones that others
have felt prejudiced against and yet we understand deeply how fear
motivates this thinking.
When you consider that many of you have had face-to-face
encounters and that no harm has befallen you, you begin to
understand the expansiveness of true potentiality. If "abductions"
are really kidnappings, why are experiencers returned to their
homes? Many of your children already know us, but dare say
nothing, for they know immediately what response they would be met
with; and so they enjoy the camaraderie, but say nothing in order
to refrain from risking a fearful adult's reproach.
Listen to the wind in the trees, and you may hear us. Watch the
night sky, and you may very well see us. For we come from afar
to relate to you on a more and more individual basis as you call
these experiences to you. You can count yourself among the many,
many of you who know our kind personally.
We Come In Peace
With regard to our choice to not arm ourselves in space, you must
first understand, in order to comprehend our position, where we are
in our own sp-ritual evolution and development. We recognize
fully that we cause our own experience. If we are enlightened
beings and we own wholeheartedly that all of our experience is
called to us by us, then for what reason would we arm ourselves? At
this juncture we are not conflicted in our creations, that is to
say we are not creating at one level and creating something
different at another level of consciousness. We are integrated. We
are united in thought, word, and deed. We are a unified whole,
literally. And so we would no more slay an attacker than we would
be an attacker.
This is difficult for you to understand, for you live within an
ideology in which you are so used to seeing yourselves at battle
with someone else, whether it's your next door neighbor, your
mother-in-law, your ex-wife, your ex-countryman-or even us-that
you cannot imagine being at wa- with no one. We are at peace with
ourselves and others. We have no reason to cause ourselves to be
armed, for we are armed with our own causation. In other words, we
take full responsibility for what we are creating and so, should we
create adversaries that arrive on our front step, we would first
understand that we are in the process of creating that. There would
be no surprises. When you are at cause, you manifest from pure
intention, and so we have long since lost the desire to protect
ourselves from something.
There is nothing to protect oneself from. If we were to be
confronted with losing our life, we would gladly do so. What is
there to fear?
You mean if an adversary approached someone you loved, you would
do nothing?
We would do something, but it is not the something that you would
do.
We would, as would our loved ones, heal the moment as it is
occurring.
We would send love and resist nothing.
This may be almost impossible for you to understand, and that is
okay.
But by the same token, we cannot adjust our response to your
question simply because you balk at the response. Suppose that
there was nothing to protect any more. Suppose you were at peace,
and really did see your adversary as part of yourselves, and you
took full responsibility for that adversary and that adversary's
behavior. It puts your action and response to that other in a whole
new light, doesn't it? And so we don't carry weaponry because we
no longer utilize those tools. We have outgrown them and the need
for them, just as your dentists may outgrow outmoded tools of
dentistry and take on more efficient means of producing the same
outcome. We have produced the same effect as you have attempted
to produce with your instruments, but we do so, by necessity,
without weapons.
John F. Winston
This part explains why they are here.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
We instill peace by noticing how our thoughts create peace. We
ensure harmony with ourselves and others by noticing that we are
fully at cause and through our thoughts, words, and actions, we take
responsibility for the peace, or for a state of conflict, that we
have created. But then if we should create conflict, we do not then
call it bad and attempt to disown it, pretending that we had nothing
to do with it. That is insane. If your left hand slaps your right
hand and your right hand then demands that the left hand be cut off,
how then is the whole affected? Does that not, too, affect the
right hand, having then no left? And so your question is
understandable, given your present context.
There is nothing to protect, and even if there were, weapons
could not protect it. Safety or lack thereof is an illusion. You
are all inherently safe. An environment where peace reigns is
created by the inhabitants of that environment. If two inhabitants
out of a group of one hundred attempt to create peace, but the other
ninety-eight are w-r driven, those two are in a place of deep
sp-ritual challenge, we would agree. Do you think that those two
have not called that precise challenge to themselves? Perhaps once
they were part of the majority that precipitated hostilities, and so
a greater perspective is needed, and they may have called themselves
to that minority position in which to always remember how precious
peace is.
Having had our experiences with "losing" our planetary home as a
result of our own aggressions, we find peacefulness is a coveted
state of being.
By the way, we travel about not as nomads, but as scholars. We
give the example of your senior citizens to show that in one's
maturity there can also be a greater sense of awe at one's
surroundings, as exhibited by much of your elderly, in which they
recognize that perhaps they have fewer years left then have come to
pass. And with this same deep appreciation for our galactic
surroundings, we have undertaken a scholarly mission. We are not
just simply tourists. We are universal anthropologists, and we
have a great understanding of civilizations near and far; and so we
come to you having this deep understanding of other species and a
deep appreciation for where you are in your evolutionary cycle.
You might consider us a group of Margaret Meads extraordinaire.
We are not homeless as a matter of victimization; we are actually
beyond demanding that one tiny pinprick of a location is our home.
We are evolved to the point that we understand that the space in
which we stand is our beloved home. Our family is all of our
brethren, including you.
When we come to a place where we recognize that there is nothing to
protect-there is nothing so sacred that requires destroying
another-there is a tremendous freedom in this. Can you imagine all
of you simply one day laying down your weapons and taking them up no
longer? There is an incredible understanding that says that nothing
anymore belongs to you and only you, or is worth protecting. Your
safety is guaranteed, for you are one of Go-'s children and owners
and inheritors of the universe. And so how can this possibly be
taken from you?
Yes, we are adept at making these ideas practical, which is why
we are encouraging this communication, so that you can begin to
ponder the implications of living in such a way, for it is your
next step, believe it or not. Did you think that you would evolve
over eons and still be carrying weapons around in space? Are you
thinking that we have burglar alarms upon our flying craft? This
is our universe as much as it is yours. And if someone would insist
on taking our craft from us, before they could take it, we would
cause them to have it For we would simply need to consider how it
was that they had been created in our reality. Granted, these are
advanced ideas, to your way of thinking, but it is our truth, and we
live that truth every day.
We are one group of scholars who travel and study, yet there are
many other groups as well who have taken up observation of your
species.
Most of those groups are benevolent, and we are familiar with
many of them, for we have even studied them. We observers could be
considered to be a bit crowded, with respect to the attention that
is being given to you on your planet. There are many reasons for
this, many of them obvious, such as noticing that you are at a
critical juncture in your evolution, and it is a marvel to remember
that moment in our own histories, in which we too made the conscious
choice to evolve or to devolve. And this is a great observation, to
also be a part of history on your planet, to help where we can, just
as you send groups to the most impoverished areas of your planet,
whether to build houses or to provide medical supplies. There is a
deep satisfaction in seeing a group of you rise from s-iritual
poverty, despair, and sickness. And you can understand that, even
in your own present state of evolution, this is still an important
and revered way for many of you to spend your time and
resources-helping those who are less endowed. What makes you think
that that quality ceases to exist elsewhere? You are our children
of Tijuana. Our efforts are our "Concert for Bangladesh." You are
the reason for our airlifting of medical supplies to the outback.
It is an honor to serve you in any way that we can.
There are other groups who have different appearances, and many
with similar appearances to us, who have as much to do with you as
we have.
There are some striking similarities. There are far fewer
"kidnappers" in the galaxy than you might imagine. When you
consider how many of you in your neighborhoods watch over each
other's homes, children, pets, and even front lawns, the "deviant"
is the rare exception. Most of you on the planet there, the
masses of you, would help in any way you could, given the
opportunity.
And this ratio is duplicated in the universe as a whole. There
are very few "deviants," considering the overall population of
all that is.
And just as your one assailant causes the majority of the
reason for the morning news, when 99.9 percent of the world has
undergone a peaceful evening and did not make the news, so it is
with your relations with one potential deviant in the universe. That
is the story that makes the Hollywood release or the television
show. That is an incredible minority of all experiences and all
contact. And yet that is what you focus upon. For right now, that
is your way of the media, but that will change soon.
And so, yes, there are other groups who are in concert with you
and who mentor you as well. We are anthropologists who have
dedicated our lives to the studying of species. If we were caused
to give up our life, we certainly would for we have no fear of
transitioning. Nor should you.
The sun always comes up.
Why We Are Here
When we have contact with you, we do not do so as a result of fear
that you might not be around tomorrow. We contact you because you
and we are from the same universal family. It is a natural state of
affairs for families to know one another, is it not?
We have long awaited more and more of your developing awareness,
so that you might become aware of us. There is more than one way in
which to do this. You may argue that if we would simply bring our
ships into your backyard, then you would know us. But awareness
means being able to consider more than one avenue of expression
regarding communicating with us.
We have come to your people to attempt to provide a format for
ongoing discussions in which we can introduce ourselves. When you
doubt that we are able to communicate with you like this, you simply
hold your old ideas in place, which is fine with us. We have no
need for you to evolve more quickly than is comfortable for you. We
too had this luxury; we too evolved at our own pace, but it is
interesting that so many of you, because you are not ready for
contact yourself, then doubt others who are ready, and are indeed
having contact. This cultural denial explains why we are not more
accessible on a wider scale.
In the "past," we also have had contact with some of your so-called
bl-ck groups-that name being given to groups associated with your
gov-rnment who do not hold themselves accountable to anyone, and
therefore there is no accountability to the people. We see the
budding an-el behind each seeming sleepwalker, and so we do not
assume that certain people are not worthy of our communication. Some
are ready for our communications, and yet may not have the
consciousness to be motivated by thoughts of healing the planet, for
the fear is too extreme. There is a genuine idea amongst them
that, should the status quo be shaken, their very lives would be
in danger, along with their livelihood. We don't even judge them,
as you do, for we see aspects of denial in each of you; some simply
have them to a greater degree.
We do not currently have contact with that segment of the
population, for we have no need to. We are here on a mentoring
mission, and the people involved with your cover-ups, for right
now, are opposed to this option.
Those beings who do entwine with certain groups of your gove-nment
also share the same level of consciousness. They have attracted one
to the other, but just as your neighbor who robs a bank does not
necessarily represent you simply because you live on the same street,
other beings do not represent us simply because they live as we do,
outside your galaxy.
However, as the masters have asked you to do, approach the bank
robber or the "deviant," and send them your blessings and your love.
Are they not precisely the ones who need your love and forgiveness?
These beings, both human and extraterrestrial, fear lack of identity
and seek to connect unconsciously with a species that reminds them
of themselves. They connect in this way, although they do so
unwittingly and do not recognize that they are asleep. That is the
characteristic of sleepwalking. If there were consciousness, one
would be awakened.
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
............
Subject: Converation With An ET. Part 4 of 4. Oct. 13, 2002.
In this part these space people say that they can contact
us by making crop circles.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Our groups here, and there are several of them, wish to communicate
that there is no reason to contribute to a further sense of
victimization by suggesting that there is anything to fear from any
species, anywhere.
Simply remind yourself that fear is not who you are, and should you
feel fear, acknowledge it and bring yourself to a place where you
feel G-d. Like does attract like, and so if you hold fear and
paranoia as your primary thoughts and feelings, you will attract, not
repel, a like vibration.
You have not traditionally seen us or considered us to be an
enlightened species but that is due to your own limitations. Do you
want to individually choose to shift to a greater relationship and a
better quality of communications?
Why don't you just involve me in more face-to-face physical
encounters like you did years ago?
During this embodiment, you have chosen to be fully immersed
within the human visage in order to accomplish your stated life's
work. This decision requires you to operate within the illusion of
your own realm, in order to call to yourself all the challenges and
opportunities of that realm. Too much exposure outside of your
illusion would render you less effective in relating fully to that
of a human. And this has been your choice this time, to embody, and
therefore embrace, all of the challenges and opportunities relative
to humanity at this time and in this place.
In addition, it is not easier for you when we come there
frequently and speak with you and others face-to-face, for when we
do, we are limited by your emotional reaction to our different
countenance. And so our communications would be lost for some time,
while you process the experience in seeing us before you.
Experiencers themselves can attest to this, as can you, for it
sometimes takes years to develop the countenance to withstand public
pressure about the meaning of one's encounters and to then come to
some peaceful resolution about them. This kind of communication
allows us to connect without jarring the psychology of the human,
although we have in fact jarred the psychology of this human, and
you have now healed from that.
But even that "trauma" has been part of your chosen past.
However, this process, in this way, you have called to yourself,
since through this communicating, there is a great deal of physical
and spiritual benefit.
This benefit is what your soul is seeking, among other things.
When we communicate through you, notice the waves of energy that
come.
These are the electromagnetic frequencies that touch you and help
you to touch us.
We can feel you at any moment of the day or night. We know what
you think and we know how you feel, and we know what the greatest
of your soul's desire is, because all this information is readily
available to everyone, everywhere. All we need do is simply pluck
it from the universal consciousness, and it is there for the
taking. And yet we do not abuse one another with this information.
We use it only to "catch up," as you would say, when we have not
seen our loved ones for some time; for example, we can simply
tap into the universal knowledge, and we know the status of a
loved one. But most important, we are connected to you through all
of these different ways constantly. If this is not a demonstration
of how we are all one, we don't know what is.
When we play the instrument of your physiology by utilizing your
energy and frequency, and when you allow us to come through like
this, we have set up a grand experience in which we demonstrate
that you and we are one.
Simply ask any cha-neler, and they will tell you what a glorious
experience it is, because one's Divinity is not easily forgotten.
Otherworldly phenomena and related experiences bring the experiencer
home over and over, to a place where one remembers that all is
possible. Do not mind that it has taken some time, although not
too much time, for you to emotionally adjust to this process. You
have had to work on issues of confidence, and we understand.
The Real Meaning of Contact The free flowing of ideas from us to
you is the first step in utilizing all that we know, and is how
your species can benefit from our relationship and the furthering
of our intern relationship; because we don't have any preconceived
ideas as to the nature of how you might best utilize the
information that we provide. We come to you with an open heart,
not with a vested interest in how you must benefit from knowing
us. Recognize that it is important to not be insistent that you
respond in any particular way, and this alone keeps our relationship
clean. We concur with some UFO investigators, in that we do have a
vested interest in some areas of your evolution; however, that is a
guaranteed outcome. Species evolve after a length of time-and yours
will too. It is just a matter of whether you will do so here and
now or at some other point in the planet's history. Do you see
how we are completely patient? It does not have to be now that you
awaken, although we would thoroughly enjoy your awakening, because
that would enable us to immediately benefit from the dialogue
together; and also there is a richness in the communion of family,
but it is not a necessity.
Of course we benefit in your evolution, inasmuch as to the degree
that you are joyful and at peace, we are joyful for that. We are
delighted for you.
When we first came through you as a conduit, we did not know if
you would be willing to simply allow the words to come as they do,
not knowing where this communication is going; and yet by your
willingness to allow these words to come through, we are working
with your throat center more and more every day to bring more and
more concepts and ideas. Don't be discouraged because the voice of
us is not as loud as it would be through a megaphone; you're
improving constantly and readying your mind, body, and spirit for
a more complex relationship with us. By this we mean that you are
preparing yourself even as you prepare others who are reading this.
To expand your thinking and include the processing of ideas from
beyond-this is an example of how one might evolve simply by being
willing to move from the routine and consider new ideas. In your
case, by exposing yourself to electromagnetic frequencies, you
change your very physiology for the better.
Congratulations. It is a challenge and a journey, but one that
you will find rewarding on several levels.
As you continue this process, be willing to allow others their
response to this. We do not believe that one soul helped is too few,
and so be willing to help even one soul and know the magnificence of
the universe by inviting her to consider that we exist, and
therefore others exist too. As you deepen your ability and
understanding of this process, you will deepen and broaden our
communications. We emphasize that you will see great rewards with
the transformation of your own being, simply as a result of the very
process of communicating itself.
Brush away the last remaining cobwebs of your doubt about your own
ability and the ability of others to grasp the material in whatever
way best suits them and their souls. We are not invested in the
outcome, nor should you be. Simply be a vessel for the
communication and allow for life to unfold.
Do not be alarmed that we have come to you in a manner that seems
to have no investment in the way that your species responds to or
accepts us.
Our gift is the offering of friendship. Your gift is the freedom
to choose any way in which you as a group would like to respond, if
at all. Of course your returned love is an added benefit and would
be deeply satisfying to us, but it is not a requirement, and there
is still great benefit in simply providing this communication as one
more option. Through books and discourse, ideas can be presented to
you all, and those of you who resonate with it will find it; those
of you who cannot or do not resonate, will not find it.
When one day we visit your home for all to see at the dawn of your
awakening, you will look back and notice that these and other
communications of this type were the predecessor to global contact.
When you ask us for that date, we withhold that information by
necessity, since it is not set in stone. You, for example, are
scheduled to be at work this morning. It is a probable outcome. But
should you change your mind at the last minute, you will not arrive
there, although you will eventually arrive, but perhaps by the most
circuitous route. And again we remind you that in many cases we are
landing there, through our demonstration with your crop circles and
with contact with other experiencers. We just have not done so
publicly, with cameras on us, at least not on a general scale.
There have been plenty of sightings of our crafts. What more proof
do you need? There are thousands of photographs circulating in
books, through clubs, on the Internet. Consider how it is that we
are able to readily contact you through these communications. When
you suspend your ideas that contact with us must look one particular
way, you open yourself up to allowing life to unfold as life would
like to, instead of insisting that contact with us initially must
look only one way.
Be willing to notice that sometimes the process of evolution takes
a route that is different from what you might demand or expect, but
this does not mean that there is no value, nor does it mean that we
will not all get to where we are wanting to go.
Beneath the veil of denial of many of you is a deep soul-longing
to embrace us and to remember our connection. Just as the little
child begins to crawl and yearns to walk, this yearning is not
necessarily conscious.
The child is just compelled by the soul's desire, and so it is
with you collectively. You may not think that you demonstrate
collectively a willingness to adopt a relationship with us, but we
know differently. It might be helpful to consider who we are and
why we commune as we do, than to dismiss it outright as impossible.
Then, the knowing of us would be aligning you closer with the soul's
desire.
END of. Chapter 2
russ.m...@vpn.at
Part 4 of 4.
John Wioston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is what Lady Kadjina has said about the problems that are
brewing in Iraq. This is probably cha-neled material so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: October 12-13, 2002
Items covered:
Historical energetic context of the current battle for control of
Babylon (Iraq)
Is Saddam Hussein the reincarnation of Nebuchadnezzar?
Diminishing size of the Antarctic Ozone Hole and formation into
two nodes
Source of the various r-ces on Planet Earth
Enrgy Vortex at Shaker Heights, Ohio
Wayne: Given the planetary events unfolding at this time, it seems
auspicious that Iraq would become a center of focus - a region so
rich in history and cultural marvels (such as the Tower of Babel,
the Hanging Gardens of Babylon, King Nebuchadnezzar, etc.) and that
its leader is being portrayed and exposed as "e-il" and a threat to
world stability and peace.
We know that control of o-l resources is part of the motivation,
but I suspect that there is more to this than meets the eye. Can
you put the Iraq situation in context relative to the larger field
of energy that is being manipulated at this time? I am particularly
interested in the opening and closing of various energy portals and
how this relates to Iraq's cultural history and riches and how its
current leader, Saddam Hussein, relates in a broader historical
perspective.
A few comments before we begin. This is a high stress time for
many beings upon Planet Earth at this time. This is particularly
true right now for Kay. She is in process of going into higher
dimensionalities, but at the moment is between point A and point B,
somewhat in "no man's land." Therefore, we will do the best we
can this morning.
The question you have posed is very complex. Basically, you are
on the right track, Wayne. We will reiterate, for the sake of
readers, some of the information we have given in previous sessions.
We have stated several times that each planet in your quadrant
represents a chakra system. Planet Earth is the communication
system or energy field. This is who and what she is and this is her
destiny-to become the communicator. This has always been known by
the powers that be. It matters not which side of life these powers
are on at any given time-they know what's what. It was because of
communication with the darker energies of the powers that be that
both Lemuria and Atlantis sank.
Now, the powers that be, both light and dark, have returned in
full force at this time to settle things once and for all. Again,
we have spoken many times of portals, vortexes, black holes, and
subterranean devices that have been hidden away awaiting
reactivation. We have spoken on occasion of g-ds of different
ra-es of people. These are very real energetic beings that the
people of these ra-es have named their go-s because of phenomenal
powers.
Now the -od Jehovah was the g-d of the Hebrew tribe and some of
the surrounding tribes. Enki, the -od of the Annunaki, was a g-d
of the Babylonian civilization. You also have the Egyptian go-s and
the -ods of the Arabian sector. These g-ds are named go-s only
because of the powers they displayed, not because of their light or
their dark qualities. A -od who calls himself a jealous g-d is by
definition is relegated to a lesser -od stature. A jealous g-d is
a warring go-, much like a jealous wife constantly accusing her
husband, or the jealous husband who mu-ders his adversary, real or
imagined. Such is a jealous -od. If a jealous g-d says to his
followers, "I will give you everything if you obey me," then his
followers believe that by obeying, everything shall belong to them.
Then you have a neighboring region under the direction of a
different go- who says, "I will not allow this," and so you have
these two go-s at w-r with each other; each of these -ods have a
king or ruler incarnated, and each of these kings, because of the
powers displayed by their g-d, believes that go-. And so when the
g-ds say, "fight," they obey and fight. So, in the Middle Eastern
region you have many -ods promising their people wealth, power,
sovereignty, or whatever, and the people are going to believe their
go-s.
Now, all throughout the region of the Middle East, these go-s
have set up and established power stations. Some of these power
stations are of a high order of light, truth, and justice; others
are not. Some, which began as high levels of truth, were taken
over by human kings and the powers became covert. In the region of
Iraq is the civilization of Babylon. Here was constructed the great
communication tower of Babel. The powers that be could not allow
this; the powers that be were those, which were at -ar with one
another. So they destroyed or rendered dysfunctional this
apparatus.
In the same time span you have the great pyramid, also with great
powers. The civilization governed by Queen Cleopatra also had much
power. These powers are in the process of reactivation beneath the
Mediterranean Sea.
The Parthenon in Greece was another tremendous oracle
communication energy center. Bethlehem is another one. It was a
UFO, not a star, that led the Magi to this newborn king, who would
have great powers and would give much to humanity of hope and a
more peaceful future. And this love energy is anchored in the
region of conflict.
Now, we have also told you when thinking in terms of chakra energy
or grid systems, that the heart chakra, which is in the region of
Bethlehem, is the connector point between the lower three energy
systems and the higher three energy systems. If you consider very
carefully what you know about the first chakra being the generating
station, the second chakra being very tribal and clannish and very
much in doing its own thing no matter how it affects others, and
the third chakra, which is willing to look at the bigger picture
but still, if not connected to the heart, very materialistic in its
approach. Then you have the higher three energy systems which are
those that speak a high level of truth based upon compassion and
mercy, who are able to, through envisioning, reach to the higher
aspects of truth and who are able to connect with what is good for
the whole of humanity.
We will not spell out which country is which, but those with the
greater vision will be able to see and understand what we say here.
Another thing to keep in consideration is that groups such as the
Annunaki did not set up camp in only one place on the Earth - at
various times they had focused on various locations. When the
Annunaki (and we use them only as an example here) came to the Earth,
they knew exactly where the various continents were, where the
various power stations were located, they knew and understood the
power grids, and were very much master engineers. So they would go
to one tribe to a being who could communicate with them and tell
them, "You are the chosen one," and they were chosen from that
particular tribe. In the meantime, on the other side of the planet,
they found a person who they could communicate with and told them,
"You are the chosen one." This same type of interaction between
g-ds and humans were taking place at the same time with many humans
and their -ods who may not have been of the Annunaki, but of a
different order of go-s. You have the term 'w-r of the -ods' and
indeed it's very true. At the same time, you have -ods of very high
order of light doing the best that they can to find humans that they
can communicate with. These go-s are hopeful of bringing stability
to the peoples of Planet Earth.
So, in Iraq there is much in the way of third dimensional wealth.
There is much power in communications systems. There are many
vortexes, portals, and energy grid connectors in Iraq. And the
ruler of this country does indeed want to take over his neighbors,
but he would be quite content to stay put where he is if he were to
be left alone. He is indeed cruel to his people - this is true - much
in the same way that many of the ancient Pharaohs were cruel to their
people, and the same holds true for many modern leaders.
So the powers that be of the lesser light have set up their king
and are engaged in a great power play. And this power play is now
worldwide. For the lesser powers that be have encampments all
over the Planet.
Now, for the other side of the coin. The forces of light are more
concerned with individuals and linking up individuals. In the past,
the forces of light have had great priest-kings of the light in
times of great golden eras. This is not the case at this time.
What we have done this time is put into key positions in the regimes
of world leaders our people, who have been well-trained to step in
at the right time. One of the key factors based upon wisdom with
these individuals of light is that they work well within the realm
of silence. When they are silent and stop the chatter, they are
able to see very clearly and they are able to gather much useful
information. They know whom each other is and can share pertinent
information. Oftentimes this information is shared telepathically
or on occasion with just a minimum of key words and phrases. So
worldwide, the commanders of the world leaders, so to speak (we
do not mean literally the commanders but the key people we speak
of as light-beings) are also connecting the dots and their energy
grid systems. This is the time of the battle of Armageddon. You
are indeed in the end times, or the shifting from one expression of
energy into another expression of energy. The die is cast; the
Planet is moving into greater light. The powers of the darker
energies know this and are fi-hting to maintain control for as long
as they can. The powers that be of the darker energies, who are
disincarnate, know this; their puppet-kings do not. The
puppet-kings believe that they can win, where in reality they
cannot. So, these powers that be of the darker energy-these
so-called go-s - are saying in effect, as a jealous husband would,
"If I can't have her, by jingles, you can't have her either."
John F. Winston
This part states that there has been more than one Garden of
Eden in existence.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Basically this is the bigger picture of what is happening on Planet
Earth at this time. But we say to those of the light, "Victory is
yours." However, things are destined to become much worse before
they get better.
Essentially each human on the planet is where he or she should be
at the present time. There is going to be a tremendous escalation
on Planet Earth over the next 12 months. The w-r that looks
imminent will be very short-lived. At this point in time, it does
not appear to us that the war will be stopped. This does not mean
that light-workers are to give up; the duration of the war itself
can very much be determined by you. Those who live and those who
die in this conflict have agreed to these events transpiring. This
conflict is the conflict that will decide the fate of humanity.
This is the final great conflict for Planet Earth. As we have
stated previously, there are unknown key players who have
subterranean devices that can and will bring a conflict to a very
quick resolution. The Am-rican senators who have bravely taken a
stance against this conflict, when certain events transpire, will
be in a position to say to the peoples of the world, "This is what
really happened" and a turnaround will come about very quickly. But
as we told you, before the present regime was established in the
Uni-ed States, the individuals comprising that regime had to have
their day. Certain events had to be played out. We told you that
when they stepped into power, the world would be plunged into war by
summer's end, and so it was.
Wayne: If we could add a little more in an historical context
relative to the Middle East and the relationship with the Iraqi
"regime," I would like
to see if there are parallels between Nebuchadnezzar-Babylon and
Saddam-Iraq. Nebuchadnezzar sort of created the empire of Babylon
by invading Egypt and other nearby territories and then became the
greatest monarch that Babylon ever produced, commanding a vast
resource of human labor. He is said to have restored almost every
city and temple in the whole country and most all of the ruins found
from that time bear bricks with his name stamped on them. It is now
reported that Saddam is recreating the Hanging Gardens of Babylon
with his name stamped on the bricks and has built and/or restored
many "palaces" throughout the country. Is Saddam the reincarnation
of Nebuchadnezzar?
Energetically speaking, Hussein is the continuance of the energy
system of Nebuchadnezzar, who was a composite being. There have
been two or three of his extensions that have reincarnated upon the
Earth. Saddam Hussein is one of them, but he is not the totality of
Nebuchadnezzar.
Wayne: This year's ozone hole at the South Pole is dramatically
different than last year's and prior years, as it has unexplainably
separated into two separate holes (or polarities). Can you explain
why it is so different now and what this signifies?
From a reader: In previous channelings (December 14, 2000; August
6, 2000), Lady Kadjina gave information that the ozone layer is
being removed as the blue white cross is replacing it as protection
for us. In latest reports of the ozone hole in the Antarctica, it is
reported that it is shrinking (the hole). How does this relate to
the ozone being removed in the long run?
We are going to speak here metaphorically to try to paint you a
picture of what is happening. Supposing you have a great lake and
suppose that in the lake there are two separate regions that have
very great depth to them, and other regions that are very high
elevation with not so much water cover.
Now suppose that the water, for some reason were to begin to
evaporate and also at the same time, aqueducts were dug into the
sides of the body of water to disburse the water into adjacent
areas. You would then see an aerial photograph of waters that had
been spread out and the two deep holes that still have water in
them, surrounded by dry land. Metaphorically speaking, this is what
is happening to the ozone layer at the South Pole, this a picture
that shows the disbursal of the energy. It is not nearly as dense
and what is left appears to be two separate things, but it has
merely spread out and is breaking up. This will allow for greater
activity to transpire between Mother Sun and Mother Earth, Mother
Earth being the child or daughter of Mother Sun from an energetic
standpoint. At the same time, Mother Earth will become more
interactive with other family members, such as Mars, Saturn, Venus,
the Moon and the energy beings that govern these bodies. This is
all part of the birthing process that will enable Mother Earth to
reclaim her power, much in the same way that a battered woman is
taught and empowered to take back her power from he who has abused
her.
If you metaphorically think of Mother Earth as a great powerful
animal who is having darts-bombs thrown at her, who is infested
with parasites (the hog-farms of the Eastern coast of the US and the
oil spills in various places, for instance) and at the same time a
lance has slashed a vital artery (such as pumping her blood from
her, which is her oil), and at the same time some criminal element
has stuck a needle in its shoulder, injecting it with PCBs or
heroin, just what do you think that animal, if it wants to live, is
going to do? It's going to try in every way it can to throw off
its assailants. It's going to vomit lava, it's going to have
tremendous tremors in its joints so it can barely walk (earthquakes),
it may have ringing in its ears (vortexal energy emissions), it may
even shed tears (tidal waves). But we tell you of a certainty, the
bear will survive. Why?
Because there are going to be beings that come along and see what
the bullies are doing and say "Enough!" And they will find
ointments and water and bandages and take care of the bear. And
that is the metaphor picture of what is happening. As we have said
before, the lines of demarcation are clearly established. You are
either a being of love or you are a being of hate. As your
scr-ptures tell you, "Be hot or be cold; no longer will you be
allowed to straddle the fence." Fence-straddlers will not survive.
And those of the lesser light will either surrender to the forces
of the greater light, or they too shall succumb. The day is swiftly
approaching where the children and the peoples of the world will be
shown that every human is their brother; every human is their
kindred; and they will be shown this by the very powerful commanders
of the various world leaders, remembering that
the word "commander" means "he who is in charge of the various energy
systems"-one of our people.
From a reader: How did the various r-ces on Earth come about
(different skin pigmentation and feature sets)?
In the beginning before humans, there was a group of beings that
were made up of light-beings that were not incarnated, ang-lic
beings, and the Elohim, that came together in a great meeting.
These beings were from many different places made up of many
different kinds of life forms. They wanted to set up a galactic
communications center so that beings from many places could learn
to communicate with each other. And so they created Planet Earth
and experimented for a long time with many different forms of life.
These beings would oftentimes invest, not necessarily their
totality, but Earth and experimented for a long time with many
different forms of life, facets of themselves into various life
consciousness formations upon Planet Earth. Now this includes the
rocks and minerals, the plants and animals, the fairy kingdom and
elves and gnomes. All of these forms of life were -------- those
who created them, that they have named their g-ds. This is one
reason there are so many -ods. If someone was actually to make
you, and you knew it, would you not think of him or her as your
go-? And as we have said above, these g-ds were of many different
levels of light. But in the very beginning there was only light.
The lesser go-s came in millions of years later.
Now, the object was to create ways of communication between many
different groups on many different planets and to take "seedling"
beings from various places and put them all together in one place
called Planet Earth. So, in the image and likeness of each
individualized go- were the men and women of ----lop until they
were ready to hatch. This is what you call "the Garden of Eden."
If you look closely at your Book of Gen-sis in the creation
passages, you will find the words "they (the -ods) created them
(males and females) in their (plural) own image and likeness."
Later your scr-pture says, "They breathed into them their sp-rit and
they became s-iritual beings." And this is exactly right. This is
what we are explaining to you. There was never on the planet one
man and one woman. There was never on the planet one g-d.
However, each go- is of the same essence of sp-rit, which is
directed by a force that is capable of encompassing all.
So all love, much the same way that a human's mother nurtures her
newborn baby. At that point in the baby's development there are no
lessons, no tests, no discipline or punishment-only nurturing. St.
Pa-l says it this way: "Up until now, you have been as a babe,
suckling at my breast, but now I see that you can have and digest
meat." So, what was the departure from the Garden of Eden all
about? Very simply, thinking in human terms of development, it is
like the parents who have a child that has grown up and decided that
it is time to get married and set up a new household. And being
that we have a very good father here, he says to his child, "It's a
tough world out there; you're going to have to go it on your own;
are you ready to set up your own household, to make babies, and foot
the bills yourself; can you afford to buy a car and pay the electric
bill; and if your baby is born premature, what will you do then?
It's tough out there; are you ready?"
So, what you really have is several different gardens of Eden on
various continents of the planet, each in an environment for
nurturing purposes, each created in the image and likeness, or by
the plan and design, of their particular creator-beings. It is
sort of like a group of first graders being told, "Draw with your
crayons what your family looks like." A w-ite child may very well
draw a bla-k mama, and a bl-ck child may very well draw a yellow
one. So the creator - g-ds each did their own thing. After
millions of years the lesser -ods saw what was happening here and
decided to get creative themselves and chaos came about. But
that's another story.
freddy
> Subject: Lady K. Talks About Iraq. Part 2. Oct. 16, 2002.
Please stop wasting space and start a paper or something, please!!!
John F. Winston
This part is about energy centers.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
>From a reader: I live in the Greater Cleveland area of Ohio and
lately I have been hearing rumors that an area in Shaker Heights
called Horseshoe Lake is a major energy center. If this is correct
can Lady Kadjina give us any information about this area?
Close your eyes for a moment and see if you can envision the
picture that Ma Bell has or had that shows the telephone
communication linkup. It shows all kinds of hubs with straight
lines connecting all of these various points on a huge map of the
Un-ted States. It's back to the thing about Tinker toys with its
hubs and spokes. And this functions very much the way of the human
body and/or the body of Mother Earth. It is a time of tremendous
hookups, putting all the spokes in all of the hubs and connecting
everything up.
Ohio is in an area known as the Ohio River Valley. St. Louis is
also a part of that same system, energy-wise. And this takes us
back to our early discussions of the great floods of St. Louis some
years ago, wherein we told you that this region was the heart-center
of the New Atlantis and that the waters had, because of density,
sunk deep within the Earth. The great flood was heavy enough to
sink down to the level of old Atlantean waters, which had been
purified. This caused the lighter Atlantean waters to rise to the
surface. These waters then flowed down into the Gulf and over to
the Biminis for the Crystal City reactivation. So, all throughout
the heart of the Atlantean region are contained what you might
call the aortic valves or the energy pumping stations, and all of
the ventriculars are located in this region. Think carefully on
these things, for there is an understanding for those who have
ears to hear and eyes to see. If a person is about to have a heart
attack, what part of the body signals you first? The left part of
your body. And if the North Pole is the head, then where does
left lead you? Think carefully on this-and here we are speaking of
the Un-ted States; don't look to a foreign country. So, in the
region spoken of here the scenario is wealth, affluence, recreation,
which equates to a place of rest and relaxation, which means the
resting point between the influx and outflux of the pumping action
of the heart. Now there are many such places, but this is one of
them. And if a person were to understand this, they could go there
and rest themselves. But also, if a person has gone into the 4th
and 5th dimensions, they can rest themselves where they are.
However, being 3rd dimensional physicalities, the beauty of these
rest stops is provided for you. Enjoy them. You are sensory
beings so use your senses and enjoy them.
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html
or Wayne Moody (wa...@citiesoflight.net)
Part 3 of 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This information was sent to me by two friends. It says it comes
from the pen of St. Germain so maybe it is chan-eled and maybe it
isn't. I'll will put a mark (*) in front of each person who I have
met personally, read about or heard about. These people are my
people and we have been trying to accomplish this for quite a while.
Let's hope it is true.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: A
Subject: Planetary Alert! + Confederation Brief #7 * 10/10/02 -
Signs of the Times!
Inter-Planetary Confederation's Council of 13
Planetary Alert!
From The Pen of * 'Saint Germain':
"Beloved Ones, the time is nigh. The hour has struck upon your
shores! Yet, for aeons, you have known that these moments will
come. So you are well prepared as you begin to check your
storehouses and see that I AM has set your table well. You know too,
that your Daily Bread is Given as needed."
"Through this Message we, of the Ascended Host, will keep in
stride with the changing times and bring forth the necessary Love to
announce and describe Your Assured Protection, and CLARIFY the
Guidance you will need for the times ahead. We pour forth the
Blessings from the Seven Mighty Kumaras from Venus.
She is Earth's elder sister-planet who has long guided her during
critical times of evolution. Yes, here is Guidance from the
Council of 13, Ascended Powers and Dominions, which the 13 stars in
our insignia represent. Finally, we announce your Complete
Protection from the * Ashtar Command."
-----------------------------------------------
"From the Council of 13, I, St. Germain, am most joyous to be
selected as the Ascended Host, to offer you the official position
you have reached, at this point in your evolutionary process. "
St. Germain
"Know ye that from centuries ago, WE have affirmed that the Mighty
Flame of Freedom has been set into motion and sent forth to the
Earth anchoring it in the Americas - the North, Central and South
American Continents. In the center of No-th America, to that which
is called the U-A, or the New JerUSAlem, a special dispensation
of power was bestowed. We use the Mighty Flame of Cosmic Love
from the elder evolved planets starting with Sister Venus, to
activate the Flame of Freedom we have anchored in America. This
land mass was selected due to geological evolutions which produced
great storehouses of energetic prime gold, crystals and gems which
would assist in sparking the Great Change Over."
"The Ascended Host is composed of the 9 Groups of An-els and
Cherubs and Dominions and Powers and Thrones. The Ascended Host
includes the A-gelic Realm, plus the Ascended Masters, and the 7
Mighty Kumaras from Venus. The Seven Kumaras, 'Lords of the Flame'
from Venus, were the Only Ones from this entire solar system, who
of Their Own Volition and Infinite Loving Grace, offered to guard
the children of earth and assist their upward progress. The Kumaras
inspired the leadership of Aphrodite, * Abraham, Athena, * Noah,
* Je--s, * Mary, * Moses and * Aaron, as well as other great
matriarchs and patriarchs. The Kumaras spoke through Zarathustra
and Apollonius of Tyana, and released H-ly Wisdom to * Socrates,
* Plato, and & Emerson. They later came through * Madame Helena
Petrovna Blavatsky in Isis Unveiled and The Secret Doctrine. Now
they come through & StarDoves, as they did through the Messenger,
* Mark Prophet. The Ascended Host are one of the 13 Realms which
serves on the Council. In another Briefing we will detail the
remaining members.
"The Council of 13 has come and given transcendent help here at
the most critical period of Earth's experience. It is at times of
Great Turmoil, which is the most dangerous in the life of a planet
and its humanity, that the protection and guidance of the Council
is most needed. In this Aquarian Age, the Aquarian Perspectives
Inter-Planetary Mission has helped to achieve this, and mankind was
able to reach the 'Greater Destiny' of America. We now come
together and announce to the world that we are officially invoking
this Mighty Flame to go forth and consume that which is not of the
LIGHT."
"Through Our Directing of the Flame, the Great Grand Peace will
come forth as our Full Power cannot be stopped. Thus, the Full
Presence of the Flames of Peace will transform all things ANEW!
The Victorious MIGHTY I AM PRESENCE is drawing forth closer to
Earth, for IT IS TIME to be about our Most Sacred and Ho-y Business.
Through the Mighty I AM Love Presence I draw closer to the atmosphere
of * Gaia in an effort to accentuate this Love that I have fostered
throughout the aeons on this Planet which is now a NEW FULL MEMBER
of the CONFEDERATION OF PEACEFUL AND LOVING PLANETS. No longer
quarantined."
"We now anchor this Mighty I AM Protecting Love through the Ashtar
Command.
Commander Ashtar who was known in days of old as the Archangel
Michael, is the outstanding Guardian of Paradise from whence * Adam
and * Eve were evicted.
Commander Ashtar
"Ashtar here. Greetings! I believe it would be, perhaps, kinder
to alert each of you to our Guardian Presence in your skies. For
what is about to come, you will each need this vital information.
Study well, take extensive notes of that which is to come in these
communiquis we shall send to you over the next months, my sisters
and brothers. You shall find it of value. I shall send forth this
LOVE-LIGHT and see it surround you each in perfection that serve
the-------
Commands and the Confederation.
Aye, all Star Seeds shall receive of this Blessing!!"
"When last we came before, to serve, in Egypt, we turned back.
We were not defeated, we ceded what was not yet ours to covet. Now
much is not the case.
We have returned to repossess what is ours. What we have
cultivated like children, as babes in arms these past 50 million
years, so now it is time. Our Time! THE TIME FOR PEACE ON EARTH
- GOOD WILL TO ALL LIFE. The times when the ang-ls sing and
proclaim JOY TO THE WORLD!"
"I also wish to send a special benediction and protection to all
those who are wearing mi-itary uniforms and serving in your armed
forces designed to defend freedom's Mighty Flame. We send out
Blessings throughout Planet Earth. In this Special Hour, we also
send forth our Special Blessing using the Protection Flame to bring
to focus the Cosmic Action of the Great Divine Director closer
into the atmosphere of Gaia that we may now permanently anchor that
Flame of Love in America. I call upon all the Ashrams that I work
directly through or I AM Affiliated with, for it is now time to
Act to Ensure America's Safety,
Part 1.
John Winston. joh...@mlode.com
.........
Part 2 of 2.
.............................
.............................
Freedom and Victory in the Light!"
"If you will thus give forth the necessary acceptance of Me and My
Plan and co-operate with me by spreading more Unconditional Love at
this time than ever before, and call to the Council and its
individual members frequently, we will be successful in drawing forth
within, over and around the Uni-ed States of America, a certain
Cosmic Mission of this Flame which we Direct, to prevent certain
treasonous and jihad activities from gaining headway in fulfilling
their plans."
"As LOVE is the opposite of hate, and peace the opposite of
violence, in order to get there, there must be a leaving behind of
fear! For there is indeed, nothing to fear about but fear itself.
Therefore I announce to the many of you who have asked me, 'but
what can one individual do?' You can powerfully anchor the opposite
of fear in your aura, knowing that all these things will pass, yet
peace and love shall remain, that you instrumentally assist in the
building of the harmony aura around the Earth. Soon our physical
presence will be needed on the surface of your planet. Even as I
speak our ships patrol your skies constantly making certain certain
nu-lear calamities do not occur.
We are also aiding your scientists in establishing a shield around
the Earth to protect it from all asteroids and wayward heavenly
bodies. Soon Earth will be transfigured and there will be a New
Heaven and a New Earth. So, onward to Victory!! I return you now
to my esteemed colleague, Master St. Germain. I leave you now. The
Light of our Radiant One is all-ways with you."
"Thank you dear Commander Ashtar. I think you will all agree that
Mother Earth is most fortunate to have such an able and wise
Protectorate. The Flame we Direct is the same Flame we used in the
ancient Temples and Pyramids of the Magicians where the Sacred Fire
had Almighty Authority over all else on, in and around this planet.
You must know that when we make public these calls for Support and
Acceptance for America, it is because she needs more Complete
Protection as soon as possible."
"From My North American Retreats in the 4 Corners Area, the Sangre
de Cristo mountains, the Grand Royal Tetons and Mt. Shasta, I have
established the New JerUSAlem. In Central America from Lake Atitlan
to South America from my Retreat in the Andes - Machu Pichu, these
geographical locations within the Americas were selected as the
anchorage vortices of the New JerUSAlem. I ask you, now, to
especially feel and use often the Flame of Blue which has been
especially entrusted to the Americas for the sake of Protection,
Guidance and Victory! The Flame of Blue is Ashtar's Aquarian Age
Sword of Light. Whereas in the Piscean Age he needed a real sword
of metal, in various ages different only magic can out gun the
atomic bomb! Knoweth thee what I mean? Let me Assure each of You
that the Flame of Blue is the Council's special Love in Action
unto your corner of the planet at this time for this dispensation.
Be Aware that the Americas are the crux, the major arena of the
world, the axis mundi and the destined geographical vortices that
must ascend in power in order that the balance of energy is properly
distributed in, on and around the Earth at this present time."
"I wish to train each of you in the use of this Mighty I AM Force,
through the Flame of Blue. I do this now as each of you will be
needed to go forth wielding a totally masterful force of outer poise
and inner calm amidst the utter chaos breaking out all around you.
I want you to wield the Flame of Blue for your own protection, and
for creating total balance within you. It is a balancing rod in
the form of a wand, that will pour out the Perfect and Poised
Control and Authority of our Cosmic Love to those around you in the
Americas and the World. This will keep away certain fallen aliens
who are using negative forces to control the USA, such as stealing
the Presi-ential Election and taking the country to w-r. They prey
upon those Americans who are emotionally immature and cannot see
the TRUTH and the LIGHT."
"I want you to exercise absolute authority over your emotions,
most especially for the next few months. The treasonous forces hope
to stir America's feelings to the boiling point which will goad them
to -ar. We urge you to not sit by and watch this happen. If we
can depend upon you to control your feelings and educate those
around you to the Truth, the Cosmic Flame which we Direct, will be
the necessary pressure gauge that will save lives through MERCY.
As Star Seeds and Disciples, who are also Workers of the Light, you
are the FULCRUM!!"
"As our Astronaut Ashtar and I tell you of this energetic, I
want you to see how even your Earth Astronaut, Edgar Mitchell
illustrates our position in his following comments: "Although one's
initial and momentary reaction to the events of September 11, 2001
may be one of fear, revulsion, anger, revenge, I believe we serve
society best by quickly marshalling our deepest instincts for
connectedness, compassion, balance, forgiveness, inner peace and
love. Only through these attributes can we individually best heal
ourselves and thus be the greatest asset to society at large in
these moments of global awakening; for this is a common threat to
the very core of civilization itself."
"With your INNER PEACE and FOCUS, the Cosmic Love Flame which
we direct to you will keep you SAFE. Know that we seek to protect
the people of the world, as well as the people of the Un-ted States
of America. We have been keeping the Flame fed in the Middle East,
which hath a different destiny than America; we have kept the
flames fed in Russia and the Orient. We have kept the global arena
together, while the anti-forces seek to tear it asunder. Piece by
piece while they seek to control you."
"May you become a focus of the Blue Flame! May your Radiance
purify the world to perfection. One day, may you become, the same
Cosmic Love which I AM to the Earth, as all Star Seed Light Workers
and other Great Beings are to Mother Earth! We have joined
together in 13 factions, just as the 13 original colonies of
America, one for each star, and we serve until all the Earth
remembers and basks in Joy, Freedom, Protection and Abundance as
this Land of Milk and Honey offers her sovereign legions."
"Please understand that in order for wa- to occur on this planet
there has to be a consensual reality and that is what certain
vested interests on this planet and off, are working toward for
your reality. Though there is Free Will. Though the Earth's
specie is being tested for their ability to live in peace and
create their own wonderful reality. Manipulations from fear based
forces doth call forth its polarity in the forces of Light in order
to create the balance. Those who stole your U.S. election seek as
their ultimate goal, global war and domination through
intimidation, fear and control. Though your consensus reality will
rule, allowing you to see the level of mass consciousness on your
planet. We draw the line in the sand when it comes to the use of
nuclear destruction of this planet! That we will not allow! We
will not just stand by and allow them their ultimate nefarious
prize. We will never desert you. We are by your side. Do your
kindred a special favor and keep the faith!"
"Even if the masses choose destruction, it will be limited. Thus
there is the contingent force which we nourish, which is being
given the unprecedented opportunity to transform earth life in
accordance within an infinitely abundant, benevolent, and super
intelligent universe, governed by the law of love. We (Masters,
Angels, Goodly ETs and YOU), are individually and collectively
restructuring a planet's program from a fear/time hate based reality
into a Goodly Conscious reality wherein : 'HEALTH, PEACE, AND
FREEDOM FOR ALL' abide, with Love Steering the Stars!"
"I Thank You, and Seal you in the Mighty Heart and Victory of
the Light. I AM ST. GERMAIN"
SENT BY STARDOVES {Through its Ambassadors: Dr. RA-Ja 'Merk'
Dove & Prof. Moi-RA 'Quan Yin' Dove}
____________________________________
Attached to the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY MISSION
http://STARDOVES.com
In conjunction with: COMMUNICATING WITH THE STARS INTERNET AGENCY
---------------------------------------------
AQUARIAN MISSION PUBLICATIONS:
http://STARDOVES.com/pub.html
-----------------------------------------
John F. Winston
Subject: Just Eating That Bobcat Stew. Oct. 21, 2002.
About 10 years ago I was at the UFO convention at Phoenix, Ariz.
that was sponsored by Frank Stranges. I met the nephew of the late
US. N-vy admiral called Admiral Byrd. This man's name was Harley
Bryd. He is a very handsome gentleman who used to be in the US
mili-ary. While he was talking to some people at his booth a person
asked him what kind of food the space people called the Greys eat.
He responded that they eat a sort of Bobcat Stew. He said it was
made by taking the food that a Bobcat animal would like such as
rabbits, rats and other things, boil them whole. hair and all and
then put them in a vat with come chemicals to let it cure for a
while. After doing this they then apply this mixture to their
skin and the nutrients seep into their bodies through the skin as
nourishment.
We all got a big laugh out of all of this, including Harley..
Harley then stated that he was also talking in his lectures about
the diary that Admiral Byrd made of his adventure of going into
the Earth. Here is some information from that diary.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: j
Subject: A Copy Of Admiral Richard B. BYRD's Log Diary foreword
by: Dr. William Bernard Ph.d., D.D.
The reader of the following documentation should find a striking
example of dire devotion. Especially when one considers that this
log diary was written in the year 1947 in the months of February
and March, under circumstances that evidently defied the imagination
and credibility, for those times as any others. Here is dealt with
the evident answers the origin of the so called UFOs, as well as
the Hollow Earth, or as the admiral described.
( The Land Beyond The Poles )
The reader will relive that period as he reads this document. To
say it is fascinating is to place it mildly, but to read it now for
yourself, I know that you will conclude, in the Admirals own words:
"Just as the long night of the Arctic ends, the brilliant sunshine
of truth shall come forth again, and those who are of Darkness
shall fall in its Light".
-- DR. D.B.
---------- article follows:
Admiral Richard B. Byrd's ( Diary Feb. Mar. 1947 )
The exploration flight over the North Pole
( The Inner Earth My Secret Diary )
I must write this diary in secrecy and obscurity. It concerns my
Arctic flight of the nineteenth day of February in the year of
Nineteen and Forty Seven.
There comes a time when the rationality of men must fade into
insignificance and one must accept the inevitability of the Truth! I
am not at liberty to disclose the following documentation at this
writing ...perhaps it shall never see the light of public scrutiny,
but I must do my duty and record here for all to read one day. In a
world of greed and exploitation of certain of mankind can no longer
suppress that which is truth.
----------------------------------------------------
FLIGHT LOG: BASE CAMP ARCTIC, 2/19/1947
----------------------------------------------------
0600 Hours- All preparations are complete for our flight northward
and we are airborne with full fuel tanks at 0610 Hours.
0620 Hours- fuel mixture on starboard engine seems too rich,
adjustment made and Pratt Whittneys are running smoothly.
0730 Hours- Radio Check with base camp. All is well and radio
reception is normal.
0740 Hours- Note slight oil leak in starboard engine, oil pressure
indicator seems normal, however.
0800 Hours- Slight turbulence noted from easterly direction at
altitude of 2321 feet, correction to 1700 feet, no further
turbulence, but tail wind increases, slight adjustment in throttle
controls, aircraft performing very well now.
0815 Hours- Radio Check with base camp, situation normal.
0830 Hours- Turbulence encountered again, increase altitude to
2900 feet, smooth flight conditions again.
0910 Hours- Vast Ice and snow below, note coloration of yellowish
nature, and disperse in a linear pattern. Altering course for a
better examination of this color pattern below, note reddish or
purple color also. Circle this area two full turns and return to
assigned compass heading. Position check made again to base camp,
and relay information concerning colorations in the Ice and snow
below.
0910 Hours- Both Magnetic and Gyro compasses beginning to gyrate
and wobble, we are unable to hold our heading by instrumentation.
Took bearing with Sun compass, yet all seems well. The controls are
seemingly slow to respond and have sluggish quality, but there is no
indication of Icing!
0915 Hours- In the distance is what appears to be mountains.
0949 Hours- 29 minutes elapsed flight time from the first sighting
of the mountains, it is no illusion. They are mountains and
consisting of a small range that I have never seen before!
0955 Hours- Altitude change to 2950 feet, encountering strong
turbulence again.
1000 Hours- We are crossing over the small mountain range and
still proceeding northward as best as can be ascertained. Beyond
the mountain range is what appears to be a valley with a small
river or stream running through the center portion. There should
be no green valley below! Something is definitely wrong and abnormal
here! We should be over Ice and Snow! To the northside are great
forests growing on the mountain slopes. Our navigation Instruments
are still spinning, the gyroscope is oscillating back and forth!
1005 Hours- I alter altitude to 1400 feet and execute a sharp left
turn to better examine the valley below. It is green with either
moss or a type of tight knit grass. The Light here seems different.
I cannot see the Sun anymore. We make another left turn and we spot
what seems to be a large animal of some kind below us. It appears to
be an elephant! NO!!! It looks more like a mammoth! This is
incredible! Yet, there it is! Decrease altitude to 1000 feet and
take binoculars to better examine the animal. It is confirmed - it
is definitely a mammoth-like animal! Report this to base camp.
1030 Hours- Encountering more rolling green hills now. The
external temperature indicator reads 74 degrees Fahrenheit!
Continuing on our heading now. Navigation instruments seem normal
now. I am puzzled over their actions. Attempt to contact base camp.
Radio is not functioning!
1130 Hours- Countryside below is more level and normal (if I may
use that word). Ahead we spot what seems to be a city!!!! This is
impossible! Aircraft seems light and oddly buoyant. The controls
refuse to respond!! My G-D!!! Off our port and starboard wings are
a strange type of aircraft. They are closing rapidly alongside!
They are disc-shaped and have a radiant quality to them. They are
close enough now to see the markings on them. It is a type of
Swastika!!!
This is fantastic. Where are we! What has happened. I tug at the
controls again. They will not respond!!!! We are caught in an
invisible vice grip of some type!
1135 Hours- Our radio crackles and a voice comes through in
English with what perhaps is a slight Nordic or Germanic accent!
The message 'Welcome, Admiral, to our domain. We shall land you
in exactly seven minutes! Relax, Admiral, you are in good hands.'
I note the engines of our plane have stopped running! The aircraft
is under some strange control and is now turning itself. The
controls are useless.
1140 Hours- Another radio message received. We begin the landing
process now, and in moments the plane shudders slightly, and begins
a descent as though caught in some great unseen elevator! The
downward motion is negligible, and we touch down with only a slight
jolt!
1145 Hours- I am making a hasty last entry in the flight log.
Several men are approaching on foot toward our aircraft. They are
tall with blond hair. In the distance is a large shimmering city
pulsating with rainbow hues of color. I do not know what is going
to happen now, but I see no signs of weapons on those approaching. I
hear now a voice ordering me by name to open the cargo door. I
comply. END LOG
************************************************************
From this point I write all the following events here from memory.
It defies the imagination and would seem all but madness if it had
not happened.
The radioman and I are taken from the aircraft and we are
received in a most cordial manner. We were then boarded on a small
platform-like conveyance with no wheels! It moves us toward the
glowing city with great swiftness. As we approach, the city seems
to be made of a crystal material. Soon we arrive at a large
building that is a type I have never seen before. It appears to
be right out of the design board of Frank Lloyd Wright, or perhaps
more correctly, out of a Buck Rogers setting!! We are given some
type of warm beverage which tasted like nothing I have ever savored
before. It is delicious. After about ten minutes, two of our
wondrous appearing hosts come to our quarters and announce that I
am to accompany them. I have no choice but to comply. I leave my
radioman behind and we walk a short distance and enter into what
seems to be an elevator. We descend downward for some moments, the
machine stops, and the door lifts silently upward! We then proceed
down a long hallway that is lit by a rose-colored light that
seems to be emanating from the very walls themselves! One of the
beings motions for us to stop before a great door. Over the door
is an inscription that I cannot read. The great door slides
noiselessly open and I am beckoned to enter. One of my hosts
speaks. 'Have no fear, Admiral, you are to have an audience with
the Master...' I step inside and my eyes adjust to the beautiful
coloration that seems to be filling the room completely. Then I
begin to see my surroundings. What greeted my eyes is the most
beautiful sight of my entire existence. It is in fact too
beautiful and wondrous to describe. It is exquisite and delicate. I
do not think there exists a human term that can describe it in
any detail with justice! My thoughts are interrupted in a cordial
manner by a warm rich voice of melodious quality, 'I bid you
welcome to our domain, Admiral.' I see a man with delicate features
and with the etching of years upon his face.
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
....................
Part 2 of 2. Oct. 21, 2002.
This part tells something about the Inner World of Earth.
.............
.............
He is seated at a long table. He motions me to
sit down in one of the chairs. After I am seated, he places his
fingertips together and smiles. He speaks softly again, and conveys
the following. 'We have let you enter here because you are of noble
character and well-known on the Surface World, Admiral.' Surface
World, I half-gasp under my breath! 'Yes," the Master replies with a
smile, 'you are in the domain of the Arianni, the Inner World of the
Earth. We shall not long delay your mission, and you will be safely
escorted back to the surface and for a distance beyond. But now,
Admiral, I shall tell you why you have been summoned here. Our
interest rightly begins just after your ra-e exploded the first atomic
bombs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan. It was at that alarming
time we sent our flying machines, the "Flugelrads", to your surface
world to investigate what your r-ce had done. That is, of course,
past history now, my dear Admiral, but I must continue on. You see,
we have never interfered before in your ra-e's w-rs, and barbarity,
but now we must, for you have learned to tamper with a certain power
that is not for man, namely, that of atomic energy. Our emissaries
have already delivered messages to the powers of your world, and yet
they do not heed. Now you have been chosen to be witness here that
our world does exist. You see, our Culture and Science is many
thousands of years beyond your rac-, Admiral.' I interrupted, 'But
what does this have to do with me, Sir?'
The Master's eyes seemed to penetrate deeply into my mind, and
after studying me for a few moments he replied, 'Your rac- has now
reached the point of no return, for there are those among you who
would destroy your very world rather than relinquish their power
as they know it...' I nodded, and the Master continued, 'In 1945
and afterward, we tried to contact your -ace, but our efforts were
met with hostility, our Flugelrads were fired upon. Yes, even
pursued with malice and animosity by your fighter planes. So, now,
I say to you, my son, there is a great storm gathering in your
world, a black fury that will not spend itself for many years. There
will be no answer in your arms, there will be no safety in your
science. It may rage on until every flower of your culture is
trampled, and all human things are leveled in vast chaos. Your
recent -ar was only a prelude of what is yet to come for your r-ce.
We here see it more clearly with each hour.. do you say I am
mistaken?'
'No,' I answer, 'it happened once before, the dark ages came and
they lasted for more than five hundred years.'
'Yes, my son,' replied the Master, 'the dark ages that will
come now for your ra-e will cover the Earth like a pall, but I
believe that some of your ra-e will live through the storm, beyond
that, I cannot say. We see at a great distance a new world stirring
from the ruins of your rac-, seeking its lost and legendary
treasures, and they will be here, my son, safe in our keeping. When
that time arrives, we shall come forward again to help revive your
culture and your rac-. Perhaps, by then, you will have learned the
futility of wa- and its strife...and after that time, certain of
your culture and science will be returned for your -ace to begin
anew. You, my son, are to return to the Surface World with this
message.....'
With these closing words, our meeting seemed at an end. I stood
for a moment as in a dream....but, yet, I knew this was reality,
and for some strange reason I bowed slightly, either out of
respect or humility, I do not know which.
Suddenly, I was again aware that the two beautiful hosts who had
brought me here were again at my side. 'This way, Admiral,'
motioned one. I turned once more before leaving and looked back
toward the Master. A gentle smile was etched on his delicate and
ancient face.
'Farewell, my son,' he spoke, then he gestured with a lovely,
slender hand a motion of peace and our meeting was truly ended.
Quickly, we walked back through the great door of the Master's
chamber and once again entered into the elevator. The door slid
silently downward and we were at once going upward. One of my
hosts spoke again, 'We must now make haste, Admiral, as the Master
desires to delay you no longer on your scheduled timetable and
you must return with his message to your r-ce.'
I said nothing. All of his was almost beyond belief, and once again
my thoughts were interrupted as we stopped. I entered the room and
was again with my radioman. He had an anxious expression on his
face.
As I approached, I said, 'It is all right, Howie, it is all
right.'
The two beings motioned us toward the awaiting conveyance, we
boarded, and soon arrived back at the aircraft. The engines were
idling and we boarded immediately. The whole atmosphere seemed
charged now with a certain air of urgency. After the cargo door
was closed the aircraft was immediately lifted by that unseen force
until we reached an altitude of 2700 feet. Two of the aircraft were
alongside for some distance guiding us on our return way. I must
state here, the airspeed indicator registered no reading, yet we
were moving along at a very rapid rate.
215 Hours- A radio message comes through. 'We are leaving you
now, Admiral, your controls are free. Auf Wiedersehen!!!!' We
watched for a moment as the flugelrads disappeared into the pale
blue sky.
The aircraft suddenly felt as though caught in a sharp downdraft
for a moment. We quickly recovered her control. We do not speak
for some time, each man has his thoughts....
ENTRY IN FLIGHT LOG CONTINUES:
220 Hours- We are again over vast areas of ice and snow, and
approximately 27 minutes from base camp. We radio them, they
respond.
We report all conditions normal....normal. Base camp expresses
relief at our re-established contact.
300 Hours- We land smoothly at base camp. I have a mission.....
END LOG ENTRIES.
March 11, 1947. I have just attended a staff meeting at the
Pentagon. I have stated fully my discovery and the message from the
Master. All is duly recorded. The President has been advised. I am
now detained for several hours (six hours, thirty-nine minutes, to
be exact.) I am interviewed intently by Top Sec-rity Forces and a
medical team. It was an ordeal!!!! I am placed under strict control
via the national secu-ity provisions of this Un-ted States of
America. I am ORDERED TO REMAIN SILENT IN REGARD TO ALL THAT I HAVE
LEARNED, ON THE BEHALF OF HUMANITY1111 Incredible! I am reminded
that I am a mili-ary man and I must obey orders.
---2/56: FINAL ENTRY:
These last few years elapsed since 1947 have not been kind...I now
make my final entry in this singular diary. In closing, I must state
that I have faithfully kept this matter secret as directed all these
years. It has been completely against my values of moral right. Now,
I seem to sense the long night coming on and this secret will not
die with me, but as all truth shall, it will triumph and so it
shall.
This can be the only hope for mankind. I have seen the truth and
it has quickened my sp-rit and has set me free! I have done my duty
toward the monstrous m-litary indu-trial complex. Now, the long
night begins to approach, but there shall be no end. Just as the
long night of the Arctic ends, the brilliant sunshine of Truth
shall come again....and those who are of darkness shall fall in
it's Light...
FOR I HAVE SEEN THAT LAND BEYOND THE POLE, THAT CENTER OF THE
GREAT UNKNOWN
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This material is channeled so be careful. It also deals with
religion, so if that sort of thing upsets please don't read it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
To: M
Subject: A BRIEF MESSAGE ON SOME HIGHLIGHTS IN THE LIFE OF J--US
Dear Ones,
Here is a most precious message cha--eled in 1999, by John
Armitage, who was Luke, in the time of Jes--. There has been so much
distortion created around J--us life story. Perhaps this little post
will bring His Story into the Truth of His Mission of Love,
Non-judgement and to find the Light within YOU.
Blessings in Lighted-Love,
V
Welcome to the Mahatma -
- Shamballa Multidimensional Healing Network Site.
http://www.mahatma.co.uk/sananda.htm
Sananda's life in Palestine
I am Sananda. I am the being that is known also as Je--s the
Christ. This time of year in the calendar of the beings that follow
the philosophy known as Chr-stianity this is an important time.
Many ones celebrate my supposed death on the cross. Mother Mary
told you yesterday that my crucifixion was not something that just
happened by accident.
The fact that the plan had been formulated many thousands of years
ago during a period of history that some of you would know as
Atlantis. During that time I was a king an Atlantean king. In
those days the kings were also priests and holders of the knowledge
and energy. It might surprise you that also during that life I
was martyred. I use the word martyred in a very light-hearted way.
But I was captured, taken and ki-led. And guess who was the person
that told them where I was hiding. It was the being that you now
know as Judas.
Understand that over many thousands of years the way was prepared
for the crucifixion. The school of philosophy or the philosophical
knowledge of these scenes was incarnated upon the planet.
Understand that these scenes originally came from the mystery
schools in Egypt. The mystery schools of Egypt were founded by
beings that had left Atlantis before the destruction of that
continent. When I say that destruction of that continent it is not
100% true for at the time of the final destruction the continent
had been split into 6 islands.
Not only do you get a re-igious lesson to hear you get a historical
lesson also. (grin) The scenes, the knowledge of these scenes was
founded, was given to them by Melchizedek. Many of you would wonder
where the name Melchizedek comes from. Search the old testament of
what is known as the Chr-stian Bible and you will find the name
Melchizedek mentioned at least 30 times.
The writings left behind by these scenes are known as the
Melchizedek Dead sea scrolls. So if these scrolls have been found
and decoded but the contents are kept a se-ret. The contents are
kept a secret by this organization that is known as the Roman
Ca-holic church with headquarters at the Vatican. For if the
contents were made public, Ch-istianity and its control system
would be finished in a second. For all ones would know the truth
about my Palestinian ministry and would say that the chu-ches were
just controllers and they had li-d about many things.
The essence of my Palestinian ministry was healing based on love.
I am sure that many of you know that my Palestinian ministry only
lasted for a small number of years. You may ask yourselves what I
did before that.
And of course if I did not die on the cross you may ask what I
did after that.
When the time came for the crucifixion, my self and my inner
disciples were gathered.
My inner disciples were of course the twelve..
I had many more disciples then these twelve understand that the
word disciple means pupil. I taught many, many people the mysteries
that I had learned, from the druids in England, from the sadhus in
India, from the Tibetans, from the disciples of Islam and esoteric
Judaism.
Understand that I travelled and studied for many, many years and
studied under many different teachers. My travel was mainly
facilitated by Joseph from Arimethea.
Joseph traded in metals. So he was therefore used to travel and
had boats at his disposal.
Many beings in this time would wonder how we managed to travel so
far in those days. Understand that travel was very common and in
fact beings travelled from Europe to America, from Egypt to America
and even from Egypt to Australia.
One of my constant travelling companions was Luke. I share with
you that Luke was also this ch-nnel through which I now speak.
When we were gathered and my close disciples were afraid because
I had given them information about the plan on my crucifixion and
they decided to try and hide me out of selfishness. They did not
want to loose me because they looked to me as the leader and Master.
We were at the garden of Gethsemane in Jerusalem and I knew that
the Romans would not find us. I gave instruction to Judas who had
again incarnated in that life to take on the task of telling the
Romans to tell them where I was so the crucifixion would take place.
Many Chr-stians conveniently forget that Judas was instructed to
go and tell the Romans about myself. In fact it is recorded by
Luke and Matthew that I did give these instruction.
Understand that many people were crucified in those days. And
many, many people survived these crucifixions. It was not the
custom to pierce the human body with swords or spears during the
crucifixion. Having nails driven through your hands and feet to
attach you to a cross was the punishment. Many ones were gotten
off the cross still alive and many survived the injuries caused
by the nails.
Obviously some died from shock and infection etc. We had laid
the plans so carefully that the crucifixion was to take place in
the afternoon on a Friday.
Sundown on Friday is the beginning of the Je-ish shabat, or
Sabbath. It was against J-wish law for people to be hanging on
the crosses during the Sabbath.
So we knew I would not have to spend much time hanging there. On
the cross I took my 5th initiation. It might make you all joyful to
know that you will not have to be nailed on the cross for your 5th
initiation.
During the time I was on the cross an energy mandala was held by
the close disciples. Also some energy was held by my mother, by
Maria Magdalen and some other female followers. This energy was
held in the form of sixpointed star mandalas.
These sixpointed star mandalas bring down pillars of light from the
Source.
One thing that happened, one thing happened that was not in the
plan. Understand that all ones have free will. Because so many
people were pushing forward in the crowd, holding their hands out
to me and giving me energy, one Roman soldier in particular started
to feel bad tempered. And he felt that if he ki-led me the crowd
would stop pushing forward.
I was pierced with a spear under the ribs. Understand that
through my studies with the priests the holy men and the yogies of
many traditions it was possible for me to slow down my bodily
functions. And with the aid of many ascended masters, angels,
archangels and celestial beings, I managed to keep a thread of
consciousness in the physical body.
Joseph from Arimathea had already purchased the cave of what you
might know as the tomb. For it was part of the plan that when I
was taken from the cross at the beginning of the J-wish shabat.
That I would be taken to the cave and joined by Luke and many
others, many of you will not know that Luke was also a healer. He
knew about ointments, and crystals. On a physical level it was his
task to tend to my wounds so they healed quickly. When they got me
to the cave, a thread of consciousness left my physical body and
what you 3D/4D beings call death had taken place.
The ascended and galactic masters, the an-els, and the Archangels
and some extraterrestrial beings were persuading me that it was
possible to again get back into the body. The experience that I had
been through was very traumatic and even though I could keep control
of my emotional body and stay focused in the love I stated that I
would use my free will and not come back to the body.
If I had not come back into the body the plan would have never
been completed. So the others tried to persuade me even more to
integrate my consciousness with the body physical. As I started
to integrate with the body it was like integrating with a cold wet
cloth. The temperature was dropping because the life force had
departed. With a big effort from my self and the others I did again
integrate with the body.
During this time many of the others, Mary Magdalen and many of
the other disciples had been sent away. Joseph, Luke, Matthew and
one or two others thought I had ascended and only a small number
knew what had happened. Of course this was too much of a secret
to keep. When people knew that I was still alive everybody said
that it was a miracle and the resurrection had taken place.
Once the news was out that the resurrection had taken place or
what was thought to be the resurrection it was necessary to move
fast. The -ewish elders again pressed the Romans to disperse my
disciples and my devotees and to ki-l as many of them as possible.
Many were smuggled away under cover of darkness and they travelled
to different parts of the world. As time went on of course
everybody saw something happen that they considered to be me taking
my ascension in public.
This took place on a mountain in the center of Israel that you
now know as Mount Tabor. Many do not know that I did not ascend
at that time. The energy that was seen, the white light that
was seen going up into the sky accompanied by ang-ls and
archangels was the energy of Maitreya, accompanied by Melchizedek
and Elijah.
Not many know that it was the energy of Maitreya that I used in my
healing work. And many do not realize that it was the words of
Maitreya that I spoke in my teachings.
Understand that it was never considered that my presence on earth
would lead to a massive control system and the death of millions of
people in my name.
I myself travelled to India after the crucifixion. There was much
traffic between India and that area that you know as Palestine or
the Middle east in those days. Very well beaten path which many of
you would know as the Silkroad. It was possible for a group of us
to disguise ourselves as merchants and camel drivers. And we made
the trip to India and onwards into Kasmir. In due time Mary
Magdalen joined me there. We settled there and had children and I
taught people about light, love and healing. That physical body
is buried in Kasmir. For those of you that might feel you need to
prove this, go to Kasmir and you will find a tomb of Isus.
Many of the other disciples and followers went in different
directions. And shared their knowledge too. Many ask me, Isus, J--us
how will people know that we are teachers? My reply to them is the
same as my reply to all teachers. Ones will know you by your love
and by your actions. That some of you may wonder why I did not
ascend after the crucifixion. I did not ascend because I had one
trait in my character that I needed to get over.
The energy of martyrdom was in my consciousness. I had volunteered
twice for martyrdom. And because of this I felt that I needed to
work more things out on planet Earth. I did not take my ascension
till my next life. In my next life I was known as Appollonius of
Tyrus. During that life I experienced a lot of persecution also
because I made public many of the ancient mysteries of the Mystery
schools. After my ascension, most of my work, most of the knowledge
of my work was destroyed.
So the ordinary people could not study it and become enlightened.
So there I give you some history, some history of the being known
as J--us, the Christed one. It was never anticipated that the
re-igious control system would be built around my presence upon the
planet. Our plan was to spread unconditional love, non judgement
and light. So I understand brothers and sister of light that you
have had a long weekend. Many changes have taken place within you,
energies have been activated. You have been given new knowledge
and techniques. I encourage you to use them.
So although many may feel sad by this story, you must understand
that it is part of the progress, part of the learning, part of the
whole process that the whole humanity have gone through to bring
them to this state now. And understand that even if I had di-d
upon the cross I would still be around.
So brothers and sisters of Iceland I give you my blessings and
love. I ask you to understand that you are all Ch-isted beings.
That within your genetic coding and DNA are the Ch-ist code. And
you can very easily achieve what I achieved in my Palestinian
ministry. I do not suggest you should aim towards crucifixion but
spread the love and spread the light.
There was one thing that happened in the hours before the
crucifixion. That almost meant that the crucifixion did not take
place. I was the person that had to carry the cross upon to the
hill. It was very heavy, we had not had any sleep for few days,
and I kept dropping it. And in the end the Roman soldier shouted
at me, I don't care what your name is, if you drop that cross once
more you are out of the precession. (Grin).
So my friends, blessings to all of you and Namaste.
Chan-elling through John Armitage, Nesvik, Iceland, Easter sunday
1999 | ICELAND
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Lisa Gardner
> Subject: Sananda's Life In Palestine. Oct. 23, 2002.
>
> This material is channeled so be careful. It also deals with
> religion, so if that sort of thing upsets please don't read it.
>
Nice to see you here, John. You are like the old man of
alt.alien.visitors.
Lisa Agnes Gardner
John F. Winston
Many Moons ago while I was being trained by my GURU, teacher and
friend, Merele Fagot, I was led to read the pamplet called, Rainbow
City. It was written on, low grade, course, colored 11 X 13 inch
paper and was stapled together. It started off by telling you that
the writer made no claim to the facts in the manuscript and they
didn't know whether it was true or not. I gave away or lost the
paper and tried to get another copy of it but the publisher said
that it was no longer in print but they planned to incorporate the
material in a new book they were hoping to publish in the future
I never did get the information so I guess I'll have to write down
it again from memory.
At the time I wrote this all up I passed this on to a friend in
San Antonio, Texas by the name of David Dorycott. He must have
been about 17 years old when all of this was happening. David was
in contact with some space people from the planet called Legart
in the Lystra. or Listra constellation. The captian of the space
craft that was taking him on rides is called Jarton. Evidently
Jarton liked this material that I was sending David about Rainbow
City and he took it back to his home planet called Legart and they
broadcast it over their TV sort of a communication system to two
other planets which were in a group of planets and stars called
the Five Galaxy Cross.
Each planet had 3 billion people on them so it reached about 9
billion people.
So try to keep this all straight. I'll attempt to talk about the
experiences of David and Jarton then next the story of Rainbow
City and third of all the information about Shambhala.
I first got on my computer and tried to find what I could about
Rainbow City and only found a lot of information about a city by
that name in the U.S.
So here we go with the story of Rainbow City.
............
Rainbow City
I can't say that the following information is fact or just
something that is fiction. There was a certain person who did some
experimentation with another person who we will called Joe. They
developed telepathy so that they could communicated using telepathy
for a distance of many miles.
After a while one of the people told the other person that he and
a few of his friends who had been in World War II were taking a trip
to the South Pole. They went to the bottom of South America and
kept on going towards the the South Pole and finally came to a
place where the walls of ice had been melted by the hot air coming
from springs inside this area. There they found the remains of a
city.
This will be continued later. Now we go into some information
about underground cities.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Subject: Inner Earth Mysteries
Mysteries of the Inner Earth
David Pratt
May 2001
--------------------------------------------------
Part 4: Mythology, Paradise, and the Inner World
(JW Please don't asked where parts 1 through 3 are because I don't
have them)
1. The Imperishable Sacred Land
2. Shambhala
3. A northern paradise
4. Inner kingdoms
References
---------------------------------------------
1. The Imperishable Sacred Land
Theosophy teaches that a series of seven root-races or humanities
will develop during the present fourth round of the earth's
evolution. The first humanity is said to have appeared in the
mid-Paleozoic, about 150 million years ago (according to the
theosophical timescale), and we are currently in the fifth.
Each lives on its own 'continent', a word referring not only to
the main continental area where the evolution of a root-r-ce takes
place but also to all incorporated into the continental system of
the next [1].
The first continent is known as the Imperishable Sacred Land and
is the most mysterious of the seven continents. It is said to be
located in the region of the north pole.
This 'Sacred Land' . . . is stated never to have shared the fate
of the other continents; because it is the only one whose destiny
it is to last from the beginning to the end of the Manvantara
throughout each Round. It is the cradle of the first man and the
dwelling of the last divine mortal, chosen as a Shishta for the
future seed of humanity. Of this mysterious and sacred land very
little can be said, except, perhaps, according to a poetical
expression in one of the Commentaries, that the 'polestar has its
watchful eye upon it, from the dawn to the close of the twilight of
"a day" of the GREAT BREATH' [In India one of the Commentaries,
that the 'polestar has its watchful eye upon it, from called 'The
Day of Brahma.']. [2]
The statement that the first continent never sinks or perishes
is repeated many times, and this characteristic distinguishes it
from the other continents [3].
The first continent surrounded and included the north pole and
extended somewhat southwards from the pole in seven different zones,
like the leaves of a lotus. These zones included Greenland,
Spitzbergen, Sweden, Norway, and Siberia, together with other former
land areas in the far north that have since been submerged. The
central locality of the first continent was right at the north pole.
H.P. Blavatsky writes: If, then, the teaching is understood
correctly, the first continent which came into existence capped over
the whole North Pole like one unbroken crust, and remains so to
this day, beyond that inland sea which seemed like an unreachable
mirage to the few arctic travellers who perceived it. [4] G. de
Purucker drew attention to the phrase 'If, then, the teaching is
understood correctly', and pointed out that Blavatsky was not
permitted to give out all she had been taught [5].
If the earth is hollow, as Blavatsky's review of The Hollow
Globe by Lyon and Sherman implies, then the first continent could
refer to two different things: the polar land on the outer surface
of the earth, and the sacred central land or 'inner circle' in the
earth's interior, which will continue to exist until the earth
reaches the end of its life-period. Likewise, terms such as 'the
blessed land of eternal light and summer' and 'the land of the
eternal sun'[6] could refer either to the polar land at a time
when the earth's axis was more or less upright and the polar
regions were in sunlight, or to the inner central land if the
earth's interior is self-luminous or contains a central sun.
2. Shambhala
Tibetan sacred texts speak of a mystical kingdom called Shambhala,
hidden behind snow peaks somewhere north of Tibet, where the most
sacred Buddhist teachings -- the Kalachakra or Wheel of Time -- are
preserved. It is prophesied that a future king of Shambhala will
come with a great army to free the world from barbarism and tyranny,
and will usher in a golden age. Similarly, the Hindu Puranas say
that a future world redeemer -- the kalki-avatara, the tenth and
final manifestation of Vishnu -- will come from Shambhala. Both
the Hindu and Buddhist traditions say it contains a magnificent
central palace radiating a powerful, diamondlike light.
The mythical paradise of Shambhala is known under many different
names: It has been called the Forbidden Land, the Land of Wh-te
Waters . . . , the Land of Radiant Sp-rits, the Land of Living Fire,
the Land of the Living G-ds and the Land of Wonders. Hindus have
known it as Aryavarsha, the land from which the Vedas come; the
Chinese as Hsi Tien, the Western Paradise of Hsi Wang Mu, the Royal
Mother of the West; the Russian Old Believers, a nineteenth-century
Chr-stian sect, knew it as Belovodye and the Kirghiz people as
Janaidar. But throughout Asia it is best known by its Sanskrit name,
Shambhala, meaning 'the place of peace, of tranquillity,' or as
Chang Shambhala, northern Shambhala, the name Hindus use to
distinguish it from an Indian town of the same name. . . . [At the
end of his life the Chinese Taoist teacher Lao-Tzu, returned to
Shambhala, although he called it Tebu Land. . . .
It is regarded by most esoteric traditions as the true center of
the planet, as the world's sp-ritual powerhouse and the heartland
of a br-therhood of adepts from every r-ce and country who have
been influential in every major re-igion, every scientific advance
and every social movement in history. [1]
Buddhist texts say that Shambhala can be reached only by a long
and difficult journey across a wilderness of deserts and mountains,
and warn that only those who are called and have the necessary
sp-ritual preparation will be able to find it; others will find
only blinding storms, empty mountains, or even de-th. One text
says that the kingdom of Shambhala is round, but it is usually
depicted as an eight-petalled lotus blossom -- a symbol of the heart
chakra. Indeed, an old Tibetan story states that 'The kingdom of
Shambhala is in your own heart.' As Edwin Bernbaum points out, the
guidebooks to Shambhala, whose puzzling directions are a mixture of
realism and fantasy, can be read, on one level, as 'instructions for
taking an inner journey from the familiar world of the surface
consciousness through the wilds of the subconscious to the hidden
sanctuary of the superconscious' [2].
Figure. The Land of Shambhala. In the center are Mount Meru and
the King's palace, surrounded by 8 petal-shaped regions with their
96 principalities.
Nevertheless, the idea that Shambhala is also located in the
material world is firmly rooted in Tibetan tradition. Opinions on
where the kingdom might lie, however, differ markedly. Some
Tibetans think it might be in Tibet, perhaps in the Kunlun
mountains; more point toward the region around Mongolia and
Sinkiang province of China; but most believe that Shambhala is in
Siberia or some other part of Russia. Some lamas believe it is
hidden in the desolate, uninhabited wastes of the Arctic.
According to Lama Kunga Rimpoche, 'Shambhala is probably at the
North Pole, since the North Pole is surrounded by ice, and
Shambhala is surrounded by ice mountains.' Finally, a few lamas
believe that Shambhala exists outside the earth on another planet
or in another 'dimension' [3].
John F. Winston
Remember these next postings will consist of three different
subjects: David And Jarton, Rainbow City and Underground Cities.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
David And Jarton.
I was told that the space people from Legart were once written
about in a pocketbook. The name of the chapter dealing with them
was entitled "The spaceman who waved hello".
The chapter talked about an Earthperson seeing a UFO near the
ground. In the encounter the space people were seen inside the
craft, the Earth person signaled them by waving his hands. The
space person then waved back to the Earthperson.
During my discussions with David, he sent me a copy of some of
the words from Legart and their meaning. Some of the words were the
same as Earth words. One word that was the same was "Abort" which
means to stop a mission or missile launch.
I no longer have that dictionary. It seems I give away or loose
information that is given me. There is a cosmic law that states
that you must give away information that is given you or you won't
be given anymore information.
.............
Rainbow City.
The reason that this place was called Rainbow City is that the
buildings were made of different colors such as blue, red, yellow.
As the Sun shown through the buildings it looked like a Rainbow.
When they were checking out the area they found that it contained
long trains that were long and circular. These trains went down
circular tunnels and were made to attain speeds of 3,000 miles per
hour. The trains would travel on railroad track up to a certain
speed but when they got to great speeds they would leave the track
and travel down the tubes like a projectile. These trains were
connected to each continent of the present and ancient continents.
They even connected to Atlantis and Lemuria that are now underwater.
...................
Underground Cities.
Bernbaum once had a dream of going with a guide to the north pole.
As they approached the pole, the air became warmer and the snow
cover thinner until there was only grassy tundra, flowers, and a
balmy breeze. Finally they came to a round pond with a small island
that had a pole right at the center. He turned to his guide and
protested, 'But this is impossible! This can't be the north pole;
there's supposed to be ice and snow up here.' The guide merely
pointed at the island and said with a smile, 'There's the pole.'
Bernbaum related his dream to Lama Chopgye Trichen Rimpoche, who
remarked: 'That may have been the entrance to Shambhala' [4].
The Russian artist, philosopher, and explorer Nicholas Roerich
(1874-1947) travelled through China and Mongolia to the borders
of Tibet in 1925-1928.
During a conversation with a lama, he was told: 'Great Shambhala
is far beyond the ocean. It is the mighty hea-nly domain. It has
nothing to do with our Earth. . . . Only in some places, in the Far
North, can you discern the resplendent rays of Shambhala.' When
pressed by Roerich, the lama conceded that the hea-nly Shambhala
had an earthly counterpart. Indeed, the expression 'the resplendent
rays of Shambhala' seems to be a reference to the aurora that
manifests in the polar region. But the lama also described Shambhala
as a 'far-off valley', hidden in the midst of high mountains, with
hot springs and rich vegetation.
The lama stated that the ruler of Shambhala is 'ever vigilant in
the cause of mankind': he sees all the events of earth in his
'magic mirror' and 'the might of his thought penetrates into
far-off lands'. He continued: 'Uncountable are the inhabitants of
Shambhala. Numerous are the splendid new forces and achievements
which are being prepared there for humanity.' The lama confirmed
that messengers from Shambhala are at work in the world, and that
even the ruler himself sometimes appears in human form. He
stressed that the secrets of Shambhala are well guarded, and that
it is impossible for anybody to reach Shambhala unless their karma
is ready and they are called [5].
The modern theosophical tradition, too, recognizes that Shambhala
is a real place: Shambhala . . . , although no erudite Orientalist
has yet succeeded in locating it geographically, is an actual
land or district, the seat of the greatest brotherhood of sp-itual
adepts and their chiefs on earth today. From Shambhala at certain
times in the history of the world, or more accurately of our own
fifth root-race, come forth the messengers or envoys for s-ritual
and intellectual work among men.
This Great Br-herhood has branches in various parts of the
world, but Shambhala is the center or chief lodge. We may
tentatively locate it in a little-known and remote district of
the high tablelands of central Asia, more particularly in Tibet. [6]
It is surrounded by an akashic veil of invisibility; and an army
of airplanes might fly over it and see it not. All the armies of all
the nations on earth might pass it by and not know that it existed.
. . . It is quite an extensive tract of country. . . . [I] In it are
gathered some of the most valuable records of the human race . . .
There, surrounded by the greatest and most evolved human beings, the
Silent Watcher of the Earth has his invisible abode. [7]
Shambhala, our 'spi-itual home', is said in theosophy to comprise
two localities on earth. One of them is 'situated in the highlands
of Asia, somewhere to the westward of the meridian line passing
through Lhassa' [8].
Long ago, this locality was a sacred island in a vast Central
Asian inland sea, known as the 'abyss of learning' or 'sea of
knowledge', and was accessible via According to tradition, this
place exists to this day as an oasis surrounded by the Gobi desert
[9].
But there is also another holy locality, alluded to in all the
great exoteric rel-gions: this spot is the summit of what in the
Hindu Puranas is called Shveta-dvipa, Mount Meru or Sumeru. It is
the north pole of the earth, so chosen not for its geographical
qualities, if such there be, but on account of its astronomical
position. . . . [I] It is the mystical north pole, geographically
identical with the north pole of the earth, but mystically quite
different . . . [10]
In other words, Shambhala, in one of its meanings, is the Sacred
Imperishable Land. Theosophical literature also states that there
is an even higher Shambhala located in the sun, and that all these
different localities are inhabited by classes of entities with which
the human ra-e is sp-ritually and intellectually connected.
Bearing in mind that the Central Asian Shambhala is said to be
protected by an 'akashic veil' which renders it invisible and
impenetrable, it is interesting to note that in the review of The
Hollow Earth, Blavatsky suggests that explorers may have been
prevented from penetrating further north into what was then
suspected to be an open polar sea by 'the exercise of some occult
power'. This could be interpreted to mean that there is something
in the northern polar region that is being concealed -- not by a
mili-ary/government cons-iracy, but by oc-ult forces.
3. A northern paradise
Traditions of a paradisiacal, primeval land in the far north are
universal.
Sometimes this sacred land is said to be located in the 'center'
or 'navel' of the earth. In one sense, this refers to the north
pole, which appears to be in the 'center' of the earth if the planet
is viewed from above the pole. But clearly such expressions could
also refer to the earth's interior. The northern paradise is often
associated with a world tree, a world mountain or pillar from which
four rivers emerge, and a world-engirdling serpent. The pillar,
mountain, or tree links our own 'middle earth' with the upper and
lower worlds [1]. All these symbolic features can be interpreted
on different levels -- terrestrial, astronomical, and sp-ritual.
Figure. The Scandinavian tree of life (Yggdrasil), growing on the
cosmic mountain [2].
In Hindu mythology Meru* is the mystical mountain at the center of
the world, where Indra, king of the g-ds, has his jewelled palace.
Victoria LePage points out that 'Mount Meru is conceived of as the
earth's navel as well as its central staff, its source of life and
power spreading out from the central region to the eight outer
zones, and from thence to the world' [3]. The symbolism here is
derived from embryology: just as the embryo grows from the navel
outwards, so does the earth. 'Meru' actually has several different
meanings, including a mountain in Asia, the north geographical pole,
the north celestial pole, the earth's spin axis, the world axis
connecting earth to higher realms, and the cerebrospinal axis of
the human body.
Like the Egyptians and the Akkadians, the Indians conceived of
two opposed polar mounts: the arctic Meru, known as Sumeru (su =
good, beautiful), was the dwelling of the -ods, and the antarctic
Meru, or Kumeru (ku = bad, miserable), was the dwelling of the
de-ons.
Meru, the Olympus of the Indians, is said to be situated in the
center or navel of the earth. It was guarded by serpents, which
`watched the entrance to the realm of Se-ret Knowledge'. According
to tradition, it was the 'land of bliss' of the earliest Vedic
times. Occ-lt teachings 'place it in the very center of the North
Pole, pointing it out as the site of the first continent on our
earth, after the solidification of the globe' [4]. In the ancient
astronomical text Surya-Siddhanta (12:34), Meru is described as
'passing through the middle of the earth-globe, and protruding on
either side' [5]. H.P. Blavatsky says that 'Meru is not "the
fabulous mountain in the navel or center of the earth," but its
roots and foundations are in that navel, though it is in the far
north itself. This connects it with the "central" land "that never
perishes" . . .' [6].
John F. Winston
Subject: Colonization Of Mars. Oct. 30, 2002.
Well folks, it appears that we are making progress. A few years
back the good type space people were saying to us that we weren't
going to be allowed to go to other planets until we quite ki-ling
one another and setting off atomic bombs on our Moon just to see
how long it would ring. Next they said that we are no longer
quarantined had been accepted into the Confederation Of Peaceful
and Loving PLanets. Actually I don't remember getting a ballot or
getting to vote on that situation but it's OK with me.
Before this time the only one who was representing us was a good
type spaceman by the name of Monka. Monka hangs around on Mars and
other planets and works with a communication center on the surface
of Mars called KOR. Now it appears that if the good type space
people can get the atmosphere on Mars fixed so it's a little more
breathable then we will have progressed to the point where we will
be allowed to colonize Mars.
Most of the good type space people are really against the
proposed war with Iraq and they are against our using atomic
bombs to kill our enemies. Let's hope we can grow out of our
desire to k-ll one another.
The following material in channeled and is from Sheldan so if you
hate channeling and despise Sheldan Nidle then it might be best
that you not read it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Galactic Federation Update: October 22, 2002
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the
Galactic Federation: 8 Oc, 8 Tzec, 11 Ik (October 22, 2002)
Greetings! We return, dear Ones! At this very moment, many things
are unfolding. Now, we wish to focus on the shifts that are
occurring in your solar system and on our fleet's various first
contact activities.
The most significant element in your solar system is, of course,
your Sun. Its hyperactivity is continuing. In previous messages,
we have explained that this sudden increase in action has two
major causes. First, the Sun is altering her consciousness at a
rate that mirrors your own changes. Second, an ever-growing
amount of inter-dimensional Light is streaming through the Sun to
her many daughter-worlds. To these first two, a third factor was
recently added. That is, the vast modification of the
electro-gravitic field that surrounds the entire solar system.
The scope of your new reality will be multi-dimensional.
Therefore, a vast new set of connections will have to be made to
the rest of physicality. As you approach the point where first
contact becomes feasible, these connections need to be completed
and put in working order. Our part in this process is to carry out
the wishes of the El-him.
As your reality is made ready for your fully conscious selves, we
will be accelerating our preliminary preparations. The most
important are to monitor your preferences for your transitional
habitats; to assist He-ven in overseeing your integration process;
and the work of our liaison teams and 'special forces' to supervise
the decrees that Heav-n has assigned us. As a mission, first contact
is unique. Your transformational process is of crucial interest to
everyone in this galaxy. We are extremely pleased that you are past
'the point of no return' and that the final stages of this operation
are well under way.
We are also delighted with the work of our earthly allies. This
mission is totally dedicated to a radical change in the operation of
your gov-rnment, economy and education. The project is nearly
complete. Its final stages depend upon our combined efforts. To that
end, we have never wavered in ensuring that our 'special forces'
groups restrain any large-scale, super-power mil-tary incidents and
preserve the status quo. In such an environment, positive change can
occur.
To carry out first contact, we have divided our fleet into
several different 'working groups'. The bulk of our human personnel
will be participating in the actual first contact mission, and
include the mass landing corps, many medical teams and the main
liaison teams. The 'special forces' groups are extremely diverse,
consisting of more than 5,000 different contingents from the
Galactic Federation's many defense forces, and former Alliance
fleets as well. Containment will be achieved by discouraging
preemptive attacks and making it clear that aggressive attempts
by any super-power's forces will [be] brought to a halt before
any such missions can begin. Our liaisons are constantly in
touch with our earthly allies and with a number of your major
go-ernments. The medical teams are also entrusted with the
preparation of your many medical and preferential dossiers, which
are being used to refurbish your transitional residences and to
assess the extent of your reaction to internal and external
changes. Finally, dear Hearts, there are the less familiar parts
of our fleet.
Most important of the many lesser-known components is, of course,
the science mission. Its main responsibility is to monitor all
aspects of the solar system and prepare the inner water-worlds to
`terra-form'.
This activity is occurring, for the most part, on Mars.
Approximately 30 per cent of Mars' water has disappeared
underground, and is being allowed to trickle back to the surface.
The lower atmosphere on Mars is very thin and contains low levels
of oxygen and relatively low carbon dioxide ratios. This has
depressed the natural water cycle and resulted in widespread
aridity on her surface. Our task is to increase these ratios as
we bring belowground water to the surface. Mars' atmosphere is
breathable, but barely so. This situation is now being corrected.
Mars will be ready for a diverse ecosystem when you are prepared
to colonize it. Our work is linked to the timetable set in motion
on Mother Earth.
The same holds true of the work being carried out on Venus and on
your solar system's outer planets.
Venus is another prime project. Massive disorientation of her
gravitational, electrical and magnetic fields hurled this planet on
her side, rendering her semi-comatose. Now, although Venus is
barely alive, her enforced hibernation is coming to an end. We have
activated her various fields and are about to correct her disrupted
circuitry. Once these tasks have been completed, she will begin to
'right' herself and come alive. Then, elements that she has hidden
deep within will begin to reappear, allowing us to enter her
now-disrupted etheric fields and recreate her former self. Venus is
aptly named. Once, she was even more lush and teeming with life
than Earth. The original Galactic Federation colonists abandoned
her, except for a small contingent to manage her primary nodal
points. They were destroyed when numerous Alliance forces laid her
waste some two million solar years ago.
The electro-gravitic life force of the outer planets needs to be
adjusted. At the moment, the combined gravitational vibration of
Jupiter and Saturn is helping to regulate your Sun and maintain the
fragile balance of your solar system. Thus, it is necessary for us
to modify these fields with great caution. Eventually, we will also
have to collect all of the misplaced moons and restore them to
their proper planets. Yet another of our projects is to do for
Uranus what we are now undertaking for Venus. Both worlds became
'catatonic' as a result of horrendous attacks. The forces of the
Alliance destroyed Venus, while Uranus resisted the wide-ranging
battle between the large warships that eventually destroyed the
main Alliance colonies on 'Maldek' (the present Asteroid Belt). A
shot fired from a main weapon on this Galactic Federation battle
planet accidentally struck Uranus, sending her into severe
distress.
Another unique aspect of your first contact mission is our
'on-world' emissaries. These brave Beings are assigned the most
difficult mission of ensuring that what your various go-ernments
agree to is actually carried out. This covert mission is working
closely with branches of your gove-nment and/or individuals
dedicated to securing the manifestation of these various
agreements. This is a special liaison mission whose specially
trained team members possess a deep understanding of the way your
present world operates. We do not wish to create 'incidents',
nor do we desire to delay the establishment of whatever will
advance our common cause. This mission is progressing well. It
reports regularly to our other liaison teams and is under their
full control. Every day, as well, our ship's main Liaison Boards
fully review their reports.
Yet another diplomatic group maintains constant contact with Inner
Earth. Their mission is to coordinate the movement of all designated
surface populations to their transformational residences. They also
act as liaisons between all Galactic Federation medical teams and
the Inner Earth residence teams. Their purpose is to assure that
these transfers move ahead smoothly and, once under way, progress
according to He-ven's timetable. They are also working to ensure
that the interaction desired by the leaders of Inner Earth and
our earthly allies continues. A key part of this project is that
full disclosure of your true history and the acknowledged existence
of the societies of Inner Earth unfold as planned. Their reports are
reviewed each day by our main Liaison Boards, and their
recommendations sent to the entire first contact command.
Today, we have reviewed more of the seemingly endless activities
that are a part of this first contact mission. As ever, you are the
crucial element in the process. We ask you, dear Hearts, to remain
fully committed and focused upon your foreseeable success. Remember
that together, we shall prevail! We now take our leave. Blessings!
Know in your Heart of Hearts that the infinite Prosperity and
Abundance of H-aven is indeed yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun!
Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! Be in Joy!)
Planetary Activation Organization
Website address: www.paoweb.com
http://www.paoweb.com/uf102202.htm
*** Have Light - Will Travel ***
http://www.geocities.com/mesikiah
-----------------------------------------------
To Post a message, send it to: 13th...@eGroups.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
..............
Subject: It's A Rod. Oct. 30, 2002.
It's a bird, it's a plane, no it's a rod. Here is some
information about a UFO that was shown on TV night before last.
People are wondering what it is. A few years back I went to
Roswell, New Mexico and then to the nearby, little town called
Mid-Way. There I met Jose Escamilla's sister who was running a
small shop. I got to know her very well and she showed me where
the Rods are seen and photographed. She believed that she could
communicate with them telepathically.
Here is some information about Rods.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: Jose Escamilla <sky...@pacbell.net>
Subject: Re: recent film resembles 'rods'
Heidi,
Good hearing from you. It's a ROD and the FBI is investigating it
and a forensics expert does say it's definitely a real object. They
call it a UFO BIT it is a ROD!
Jose
http://www.fox23news.com/Global/story.asp?s=981962
http://www.rense.com/general31/nyalb.htm
http://www.roswellrods.com/albany.html
------------------------------------------------
<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!
===========================================
Post message: Real...@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@yahoogroups.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@yahoogroups.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
NathC
"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> a écrit dans le message de news:
Pine.BSF.3.96.102103...@shell.mlode.com...
The Psychedelic Pope
California registered voters PLEASE...
vote for the man in favor of legalizing
ALL DRUGS!
FOR GOVERNOR -- VOTE FOR:
Gary David Copeland
Libertarian Party
http://www.lpwolfpack.net/copeland
- The Psychedelic Pope
Ugly Bob
"NathC" <eric....@sympatico.ca> wrote in message
news:xLUv9.4510$qD2.8...@news20.bellglobal.com...
> I have a question here...What is Threat 31???
It's like catch twenty two.
-Ugly Bob
John F. Winston
Here is the account of a lady who had a good encounter with a
Rep. and I don't mean a Republican.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: Positive Reptilian ET contact - The incredible story of
Mary and the "Captain".
http://geocities.com/reptoid_27/Text-RepContactMary.html
I know you will find this story absolutely amazing! I sure did.
-----
*********************************************
Mary first contacted me by e-mail after discovering my website
on-line and was quite enthusiastic about sharing her personal story
with me. Here is Mary's initial contact.
From: "Mary"
To: reptoid@_________ (JW This is an Earth person who calls himself
Reptoid. He is a nice person and I like him.)
Subject: So HAPPY to have FOUND you!
Date: Tue, 8 Oct 2002 18:42:56 -0400
I don't know where to begin or to tell you how reading the
information on your website moved me to tears. I would first like to
say, "Thank you" for your site, and for once, I finally felt like I
was understood.
I've shared my Reptilian Experience with only a few individuals. I
would like to share it with you briefly.
About 10 years ago, the last I heard him say was, "Don't cry, I'll
be back. It will be years from now, but, I promise to come to you
again." As you can probably guess by now, "him" was a magnificent
being whom I called "Captain". The reason I called him "Captain"
was due to the fact that when he told me his name, I shook my head
and said, "Whoa! That's a hard name to pronounce, let alone
remember; so, I'll just call you 'Captain'." This seems perfectly
agreeable with my new friend. However, Captain has not yet returned.
I do remember how depressed I was the following day.
Captain visited me about three times and shared information with
me and even asked me questions about Human Beings in general. The
thing I credit him the most with was that fact that he stopped
some other uncomfortable experiences I was having with the Greys.
At the time I encountered Captain, no one had ever spoken of
Reptilians. I could not find out any information on this Being. All
I could do was describe him, and pray that someone knew what I was
talking about. However, trying to describe a 7 foot tall, solid
black being, with wings and scales wasn't very easy! All I could
say was he looked like a "Lizard-type" thing!
You know the look you get when people think you are crazy? Well,
I got several of those looks and decided to just block it all out
and pretend it was just a dream.
In 1996 or so, books and various information became more public
about this type of Being. Yet, everything I read said they were
here to either "e-t me, clone me, or r-pe me". Geesh! How
comforting! But, I knew in my SOUL, this was NOT true of the Being
I encountered.
To this day, I know the Captain was neither a ra-ist, or some
part of a "grand plan" to control the world using e-il, or mind
reading, "take over the world" games. I've searched time and again
...and finally, found your site! ("Purple Crow") As I stated before,
it brought tears to my eyes! I cannot thank you enough for your
candor and honesty.
Since my encounter, I've grown a great deal. I've dealt with my
own personal dem-ns, and begun on a spi-itual path of discovery.
Somehow, I know my experience with the Being I called "Captain" is a
part of this, but, I'm still trying to figure out where he fits in
to the plan.
Any thoughts? And, thanks again:)
Mary.
-----------------
I responded to Mary's introductory letter and encouranged her to
share with me all the details that she could remember regarding her
Reptoid contact encounters since no other Reptilian researchers would
hear her out, for whatever reason they had at the time. I
encouranged Mary to share what she felt most comfortable with and
not to worry about the missing pieces yet as they will return over
time. I told her that as she shares more about what she DOES
remember, and as she realizes that she's not alone with her Reptoid
encounters, that she will remember more in time. Mary is a very
sincere individual and is very funny as well. She shares my strange
sense of humor and expresses herself openly and with simple purity.
To : "Purple Crow - Master Reptoid"
Subject : So HAPPY to have FOUND you!
Date : Wed, 23 Oct 2002 19:52:06 -0400
Hey! I'm so sorry! Yes, I have a story to tell. I actually began
working on the entire story, hoping you might share it with friends.
However, I have not finished it yet: ( But, I will!
Before I do, I would like for you to read some of the beginning
for me and tell me what you think. I am a bit timid when it comes
to writing. I left the story at the point that the greys and the
Reptilain entered into the picture. I just didn't know how to "get"
into that part...lol..
Anyway...here's a cut and paste of what I have so far. Do you mind
reading it and telling me what you think?
Hugs~ Peace, Light,
Mary.
1991: Virginia
Fall was always my favorite time of year. This particular fall was
even more welcome after spending a hot summer in an old country
farmhouse without air conditioning. The highlight of my summer was
waiting for night to reach it's destination so I could turn on the
water hose outside, and allow the cold water to lower my body
temperature enough to catch a decent night's sleep.
My husband kept our home warm using firewood and an old kerosene
heater during the fall and winter. We couldn't afford much more at
the time, considering I did not have a job and he was an employee
at a local gov-rnment installation. Years later, he and I would
divorce on somewhat civil terms, understanding that my experiences
had forced me to grow in ways he was unwilling to. Moreover, he
could neither comprehend my desire to continue my college education
or assimilate my "odd" encounters that incredibly, he had been a
witness too. Even though he had seen many things that verified my
encounters, he would later dismiss them as "De-ons". As much as that
kind of rational hurt my marriage, it also taught me a lesson in
hypocrisy: There are those that do "see", yet, do not "believe".
Somehow they still maintain they are more blessed than others.
Blue Orbs - It Begins.
The Dining Room of our farmhouse had a large, square ventilation
screen that filtered light through the dining room ceiling and
entered into the upstairs bedroom. It was also an added feature
as it allowed the heat from the fireplace below to travel to our
bedroom.
Before retiring for the evening, it was tradition to get what
you needed from the kitchen, and hurry upstairs and shut the door
so no additional heat would be lost as it traveled upward into the
top floor bedroom. My husband was waiting for me to grab a snack and
settle in for the evening. While I opened the refrigerator door, the
entire dining room and kitchen lit up neon blue. I slammed the
refrigerator door, in shock, and ran up the stairs, inquiring if he
had seen the light filtering from below. (The dining room windows
were large and were positioned directly under the bedroom windows
upstairs.) I was certain he had seen this light because it seemed to
engulf the entire downstairs area. By the time I reached the bedroom,
aghast and out of breath, he looked at me oddly, and said, "What are
you making so much of a fuss over?"
"You didn't see the blue light?" I questioned. As I recounted what
I had seen, at first he denied seeing anything. No more than five
minutes later, he admitted that he did see a blue light coming
from the downstairs window, but laughed at me and said, "You know
that's just deer hunters shining their lights on the house looking
for signs of Deer in the field." I reminded him that our house was
not positioned in that fashion and that if it were Deer Hunters
"Spotlighting" the house, the light would have been white, and not
to mention, would have come from the direction of the road. He
rolled over and went to sleep.
The next morning, he was up at 4 a.m. I was still asleep. I awoke
several hours later and called him at work to discuss the previous
nights events. He said nothing. Later that night, I continued to
persist about the blue light.
Unfortunately, it would be a year later that he would tell me that
on that very early morning, while I was still sleeping, that
strange blue light had actually filtered up from downstairs into
the bedroom while he was getting dressed for work. His excuse for
not telling me would border on the pathetic: "Well, I was scared it
would put you into a panic and you would have a panic attack or
something, so I decided not to tell you." There would be many more
incidents he would deny seeing. It did not matter if I were standing
right next to him when they occurred. He would comment on them at
first, in shock and great excitement. The next day, he would act as
if nothing ever happened.
Now, you can see why I divorced the man a few years later! Why
did he wait a year to tell me something that would back up my
experience. To this day, I still don't have the answer to that.
Bloodstains on My Pillow and Bruises on My Thighs
Several weeks later, after the blue orbs had been seen flying
outside my home and lighting up my dining room, I woke up to find
that I had small blood stains on my pillow. I wondered if my nose
was bleeding at night due to a possible sinus problem. It's funny, I
didn't really question it at the time. I just went along as if it
was of no importance. I knew I didn't have allergies or sinus
problems. I did, however, notice that my outer thighs on both legs
would be bruised. My husband would question me as to how they got
there. (I guess he had every right to question. I sure wasn't
having s-xual relations with him. I avoided it as much as possible
due to the fact that he was uncaring and insensitive to my needs
in every way imaginable). Yet, I couldn't explain the bruises. They
looked like finger prints; some that appeared as if someone was
grabbing my outer thighs with 3 fingers. I felt extremely
embarrassed that I could not explain any of the markings.
I simply said that I was running into objects while cleaning the
house. What else was I supposed to think?
Later, I would come to understand that the bruises were a
combination of several factors. But at this time, I only knew these
markings would not be there before I went to bed.
To be contiuned.....
-----------------------
John F. Winston
In this part she explains what the Greys did to her.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
I responded with a another letter and encouraged Mary to share
more of her story with me as well as some personal details about
herself as I wanted to present her to the world as someone just like
you or I who has happened to have experienced one of the most
profound experiences imaginable -
Reptilian ET contact.
From: "Mary"
To: "Purple Crow - Master Reptoid"
Subject: So HAPPY to have FOUND you!
Date: Thu, 24 Oct 2002 17:56:43 -0400
Hi again:) I'm glad you read my "incomplete" story...lol..I've
been too chicken to finish it..but, I will tonight or tomorrow and
send it to you asap. I don't mind if you edit it at all! You may
use it as you wish:) I tend to ramble on and on and on....lol..no
one will ever accuse me of being "Short winded" LOL..:) I have the
gift of "Gab" ...lol.
As far as sharing it with researchers....well, not really. I have
shared and emailed my experiences to those who are "looking" for
these types of experiences , and all I have gotten back was...."The
Reptilians are evil"...in a nutshell. However, I just didn't buy
that. Never will. Do I think "Some" have less than perfect
intentions. Sure..just like many human beings!
That is why I was so excited for find your site. Several years
ago, I contacted Pamela Stonebrook after hearing her on a radio
show, and she did email me back..she was very encouraging and
understanding. I don't know many reseachers in the the "Reptilian"
area...everyone seens to be so caught up in the Greys...(sighs).
Currently, I live in Knoxville, Tennessee. I was born and raised
outside of the Atlanta GA area..and went to College in North
Carolina for my B.A. and in Virginia, I earned my Master's Degree.
:) BTW..I am a Medium...one of the little "Gifts" I discovered after
all my experiences...lol.
Let's see...I'm remarried to a VERY OPEN minded fellow. I'm
EXTREMELY political...hate w-r and think (certain politicians) are
id-ots. :)
Hugs, Peace, and Light!
Mary.
------------------------
Then I asked her for the rest of her story when she had time to
complete it as my own excitement was growing by the day. Mary's story
is similar to my own and I am very excited to present this to you.
Mary and I, as well as many others whom have contacted me to share
their personal stories of positive Reptilian contact, feel that there
are not enough researchers who are willing to take upon the entire
Reptilian story. There are good Reptoids and there are "bad"
Reptoids. We are speaking out together so that we can publish these
types of encounters with a more balanced approach to ET contacts.
We are not alone in our experiences or our beliefs. Balance of
emotion and consent is the key to living free.
From: "Mary"
To: "Purple Crow - Master Reptoid"
Subject: Here's the Rest.
Date: Fri, 25 Oct 2002 20:38:17 -0400
Well, here's the rest. I would have sent it earlier, but my server
was down all day. Enjoy! P.S. Let me know what YOUR theory is about
these events.
Hugs, Peace, Light!
Mary.
--
The Greys! What Pesky Little Suckers!
What began as bruises and a few blue orbs eventually turned into
one of greatest "Screaming Human vs. Aliens Festivals" of my life!
(Of course, when the Reptilian came to the rescue, he would find
great humor in my temperamental outbursts! To this day, I think he
enjoyed that aspect of my personality best. He liked that I was a
fighter and that I would not tolerate anyone disrespecting my person
and trying to terrorize me with fear.)
Next, there seem to be series of unwanted visitations from Greys
in my home. Most of the time, I would wake up and see three of them,
each a different size, standing in my bedroom doorway. One was
about 5 foot tall, one was 4 foot tall, and the other was 3 feet
tall. In a panic, I would attempt to wake up my husband. It was odd,
because he would never awake! I would punch him, and even growl at
him! Finally, I would cover my head with blankets and actually say
the "Hail Mary". I would fall asleep.
Visitations like these occurred from 1991 to 1993. These would
range from hearing loud "pops" in my ears (like someone was busting
a balloon in my ear), to witnessing a pattern of semi-circle
lights in my window--sort of like a 180 degree platform of lights
at my window seal. I do remember being gripped with complete fear.
I did not like them and I didn't wish to speak to them. These Beings
bothered me a great deal. They seemed to have no compassion for me
or my privacy. I was beginning to become angry and very negative
after my encounters with these beings.
Enter "Captain"
During this period of 1991 - 1993, at some point, we moved our
bedroom downstairs, into the area that was once used as a dining
room. One night, I woke up in what I can only describe as a
"waking dream" and looked over at my husband, and it was not my
husband. It was my landlord. Yet, he was dead...lying in bed right
next to me. I jumped up, out of breath, and turned on the light. No
landlord. Just the husband...Hubby was still breathing. I woke the
following morning and explained what I had seen. Two hours later,
the wife of our landlord called. Our landlord had passed away
during the night. After this incident, the experiences began.
Now, the experiences with the Captain are somewhat like a
"Waking Dream". The only way I can explain it is like a dreamstate.
It was more surreal than anything I can describe. It was if I was
awake, yet still sleeping. The room would be full of this misty
substance as white glow would be penetrating around me. I just can't
explain the atmosphere of the experiences.
I remember being in this "State" and going over to the window to
look at a white light I saw outside. What I witnessed was a huge,
white glowing object in my yard. Standing outside of this craft
(object) were other beings.
Several were animals---a bear, and a deer. The others where human.
One was a woman with long brown hair. Next, there was a 7-9 (?) foot
tall black Being.
I noticed this being had black skin, and the features of a reptile.
His eyes were yellow, but he did not speak as we speak. He spoke
telepathically.
I remember the Captain explaining that he was a part of some kind
of "Federation" in the Galaxy. He had a mission that was largely
based on research in the scientific arena.
His physical appearance was one of a walking half-Lizard,
half-man. I remember noticing his scales were small... almost like
snake skin. He had vertebra that were large and were bulging
somewhat from his back. His spine seemed to almost protrude in
some areas. He showed me that he had webbed fingers and toes. He
asked what I thought about them. I told him it was, "Interesting
but understandable". Also, he was EXTREMELY muscular. I could only
describe his neck was similar to that of a Defensive End on a
football team! His eyes were yellow and contained a black slit for
each pupil. I do not recall a tail. However, most of the time, he
was facing me.
His shoulders were very broad and there seemed to be something
attached to his neck, making his neck and shoulders appear larger. I
believe these were wings (?) that could be retracted somehow.
(After a flying experience, I realized he had wings because he was
the one that lifted me from the ground.)
He came over to my bedside and sat down. He began to look at the
variety of books I had at my bedside. Then, he walked over to my
bookshelf and did the same. I became extremely elated because I
wanted to share information with him! I sensed he felt my
excitement. He asked me, " What is this fascination with these type
of books you have? Why are you Humans reading books on personal
growth? What does that mean to you? What is the purpose?" I
answered as best I could. I tried to explain that Human Beings
were trying to understand themselves and their sp-rit. We were
looking for answers to our origins. He nodded. He was very
inquisitive. I rambled on and on. This is typical for me. I am
full of gab and love to share ideas and information with others.
The Captain loved this aspect of my personality.
He went on to tell me that not many Humans thought as I did and
that he had been very disappointed in other human beings he'd
encountered. He told me I was different and unique. He relayed to
me that I was very special and that I needed to cherish my soul. He
then told me his name. It was a very long name, which was
phonetically difficult to pronounce. He impressed a name that was
something like , "Quan**za*****************". I thought, "Forget
that! Do you mind if I just called you Captain?". He agreed. He also
laughed at my appointed name for him. He delighted in me and I
enjoyed that a great deal.
I then began going through each book and explaining to him their
purpose. I actually asked him if he wanted to take some with him.
I specifically remember him replying back to me, "No" and chuckling.
I really wanted him to have these books so he could understand. Next
thing I recall was him walking back to the craft. I have no memory
what anything else that occurred that time. Many of my memories are
in pieces. To this day, I know there is more. I have yet to uncover
them.
He Took Me Flying!
There is so many blank holes and so many things I do really do
not remember. I wish I did. I know more happened during these
encounters.. All I am left with are the basics. I just know that I
came to actually love this Being. It was like he was apart of my
soul. The questions still boggles my mind.
On another experience, I remember being in front of the glowing
craft again.
I was just standing there and I saw him. He said, "I have
something to show you". Then, all of the sudden, I was lifted by
him and then flying over the trees behind our backyard into a
large field that had recently been harvested. I remember laughing
and saying, "Whoaaaaa! This tickles!" (When I look back must have
seemed rather childlike, but I still remember laughing as he
somehow flew me over these 50-100 foot trees~!)
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Subject: Good Encounter With A Rep. Part 3 of 3. Nov. 3, 2002.
In this part the encoutered lady tells of her love for the
reptilian called Captain.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
When I landed, the dust from the field was all around me and all I
could see was this dust and a bright whi-e light hovering above me,
engulfing the area in which I stood. When the dust settled, about
100 deer were all around me.
I heard him say to me, "I am taking them with me. They are being
mistreated here and used for the wrong purpose. Say good-bye to
them. They will no longer be in this area." He also mentioned that
something similar was occurring with Whales. I do not recall to
what extent concerning the Whales.
I walked up to one deer and petted it. I remember the Deer
sending me an emotion--Pure love.
I remember telling my husband that the large, black being had
come and taken all the deer. He said, "That's doubtful. Deer
season is always great around here". Now, about one month later,
an article appeared in the local newspaper that Deer Hunters
where coming up empty handed. The paper questioned whether or
not some viral infection had plagued the deer. Or, had they moved
further into the woods? I knew the answer. The Captain had taken
them. I knew they would be in a better place.
The Craft: Greys/Browns/Reptilian/Other Beings
I was once on a craft that in which very tiny Beings led me
down a hallway. These Beings were no more than 1-2 feet tall.
They were like children, flocking to my energy: giggling, playing,
and very excited that I was there.
They had small suction like cups on their fingers. They were
jumping around on my shoulders, grabbing my legs and ankles and
actually having a delightful time with me. However, my mood at
the time was basically, "I'm sick of these Greys and other Beings
and I want answers!" As I said before, I've always been a fighter.
My fight was for truth.
I began taking the tiny creatures and pushing them away, brushing
them off my back, legs, and shoulders. Then, I saw the Captain
watching me at the end of this hallway. The hallway was lit up,
glowing w-ite with silver and metallic colors. I saw the Captain
and was both elated and frustrated. I wanted answers. I was tired.
I was unhappy. He knew this and understood. The Captain waved his
arm once, and the tiny creatures left me. I thanked the Captain,
and approached him. I said to him in tears, sobbing like a spoiled
child, "I am so tired and angry. I want the Greys to leave me
alone. I cannot tolerate their intrusions into my life! I sobbed
heavily. The Captain nodded. It was as if he was testing my
resolve.
Then, I was allowed to roam the craft. I found an opening that
was very small. I crawled into this opening. It was only about
4 feet high, but I wanted to crawl inside and see where it would
lead.
It opened up into a small cockpit. The chairs were very tiny. I
looked around and a Grey was sitting in one of the control chairs. I
said, "Hey!
What are you doing in here?" This Grey Being turned around
quickly and looked at me. The Grey had a uniform on that tightly
clung to his skin. His uniform also had an insignia on the front.
It was like a black triangular patch. The Grey looked at me and
was VERY Hostile to my presence. This Being looked right at me. I
saw his eyes were HUGE, black, and forbidding. I thought angrily,
"There's another one of those *^$% creatures!" I then began to
let this Grey know that I didn't appreciate his kind coming to my
home. That was a mistake.
Next, the Grey said to me something I will never forget. To this
day, I refer to this one as the "Mad Hornet" because of his hatred
of me. He responded, "All I have to do is think about ki-ling you
and it is done. I want you dead. You are no more than an ant, or any
other animal that could die at my hands with a single thought." I
knew he meant business. He hated me. There was no doubt that if
he had the opportunity, and if I wasn't so special to my Captain,
he would have harmed me. I left him immediately, gripped with fear.
After that little showdown with the Grey, the I was in front of
the Captain again. He then told another group of Beings (not Greys
but similar, just with brown skin) to take me to a room. There was
a table in this room. The Brown ones had me sit on this table and I
saw a needle was being prepared for me.
I began to protest this. I asked the Brown ones what this was
for. One of them told me it was simply to help me forget. "Forget?"
I protested loudly and turned my head and saw the Captain watching
me closely. I said to him, "Please, no....I want to remember.
Don't take this memory from me! I beg of you! I want to remember!
I need this Captain! I was pleading at this point.
I was angry, I was childish, I was determined. I was depressed.
The Captain said to them, "Do as she wishes. Anything she wants,
she will get." He then telepathically told me it would be "OK"
and that I could have anything I desired. He made it clear that
I was SPECIAL. To this day, I ponder about what he wanted and how
I was involved in this entire adventure.
The next morning, I woke up to find that I had a very small
surgical cut at the base of my spine. It was a perfect incision. I
still have the scar and I have no memory of how it got there. I
have no memory of any kind of operation. From that encounter came
peace. I had no more contact with any Greys or another Beings,
other than the Captain.
About six months later, I awoke and found myself standing
directly in front of my Captain. He was so tall that I had to
stretch my neck to get a good look at his face, his eyes and
his features. I remember thinking how very dark he was...how
black his skin was....how yellow his eyes were. He looked down
at me very lovingly. He filled my heart with pure love. It was
love he had for me. He expressed how he had enjoyed and delighted in
me. I then began to ask him questions: "Why are you here? What is
this Federation? What has been happening to me? What do you want of
me?"
He chuckled. His energy was kind and gentle. His love was pure. I
knew in that instant he loved me very deeply. Again, he listened to
my questions and smiled. He was silent. He was enjoying me so much.
I made him happy. I made him laugh. The entire time I was asking
questions, I felt like I was a child of some kind, and he, was a
wise teacher who simply was in awe of me.
Finally, after I had finished my questions he took my hand. He
had me look again at his webbed fingers and feel his dark skin. All
was quiet until he said, "I have to leave you now." I looked up
and told him I wanted to hear no such thing. "You will be back
soon" I said. "No, I must go for now. I have many things I must
do and you will wait for me. I will be back, I promise." I began
to sob. I didn't believe he would leave me. I cried and he looked
at me and took me into my kitchen toward the door. The whi-e light
began to faintly enter the room. "Yes, I am leaving. I have
missions to complete. I am needed badly and I must go. Do not cry
my dear...I will be back but it will seem as if years will pass.
But, you must remember...it may be 10 years for you, but I will
come back for you. You have more to do. You have a mission too. You
have many things to learn. I promise you. I will be back and I
will need you again." He left.
That was 1993. He made good on his promise and has not returned.
What does he need? I do not know. What else does he want from me?
I do not know. I know he's coming back. I have no doubt.
--End--
There is much more to Mary's story which remains blocked from
her memories, but like myself, I know that with time, patience and
positive encouragement these memories slowly surface to show us
the bigger picture. I feel that her Reptilian contact whom she
calls "Captain" will return, perhaps in 2003.
This is very exciting for the both of us as we seem to have
mutually shared similar experiences. Perhaps my own contact will
return to me during a mass landing on contact day, or maybe each
of us will be swept away secretly on a personal level, although
I'm hoping for something massive and Earth changing myself as
this is what Humanity needs in order for us to reawaken to our
full potential. Change is good when the current path we find
ourselves on is a destructive one full of fear and
misunderstandings about the completeness of our potential and
our true natures. Perhaps in some cases these positive entities
are assisting Humanity to survive themselves more than for their
own personal study. As always, I am hopeful that truth will
always prevail as it has done in the past - and more recently as we
evolve into this new paradigm together.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Love,
Master`Reptoid.
(ETI Ambassador Purple Crow, COHRA president)
~~~]xxx[:>~
http://purplecrow.chaosmagic.com
"An enigma wrapped in a riddle, with a tail in the middle."
- Purple Crow
------------------------------------
<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!
===========================================
Post message: Real...@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@yahoogroups.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@yahoogroups.com
Part 3 of 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
I will now put down something from a person that generally doesn't
say something good about anything. It may be true and it might not
be true. This is very negative information so if you don't like
that sort of thing, please don't read it.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: [doveofo] NESARA on the March; Gov. Planned Sniper
Attacks
Date: Sat, 2 Nov 2002 18:33:38 EST
Hello Dear Friends and Wh-te Knights,
Today I am discussing the CURRENT EVENTS that show us WHY
supporting the announcement of the true NESARA law is the MOST
important activity any of us can do. This Dove Report is one of my
"wake up America" reports about how the dark agenda gove-nments are
pursuing their plans of world domination and terr-rizing civilians.
As I mentioned some days ago, the sniper attacks in Maryland and
Virginia and elsewhere are "B--h regime operations". I'm hearing
the snipers are actually U.S. mi-itary personnel trained in sniper
attacks and are generally working in groups of four (JW Of the two
people caught as snipers, one of them is a US military trained
person and the other was just a 17 year old boy who was being tained
by the other person.) - some as lookouts and to do the actual
shooting and one to drive the getaway vehicle. I'm told the
planning and choosing of targets and coordination with and control
of the local l-w enfo-cement activities are a joint C-A/F-I madmen
operation. Below is a press release from www.infowars.com about a
document showing how the Pen-agon planned to use terrorist actions
against Am-ricans:
"On April 24, 2001 the Baltimore Sun and ABC News reported on a
shocking, declassified Pe-tagon document, titled Operation
N-rthwoods. In Operation North-oods the Chairman of the Joint
Ch-efs of Staff called for HIJACKING JET AIRLINERS, attacking US
mi-itary bases, blowing up US ships and WOUNDING CIVILIANS in
Miami, Florida and Washington, DC USING PARAMI-ITARY SNIPER TEAMS.
Page eight of the formerly Top Se-ret Pe-tagon plan stated that
"casualty lists in US Newspapers would cause a helpful wave of
national indignation." The opening paragraph in the Baltimore Sun
read "US leaders proposed in '62 a secret plan to commit ter-orist
acts against Amer-cans."
{See full article below.}
I also confirm something else from Alex Jones' website. The
Russian government sent Russian double agents into the Chechnyans
rebel groups and the Russian double agents inside the rebel groups
were the instigators of the hostage crisis. This is another case
of a dark agenda go-ernment "causing" the te-rorism of their
people, just like the Bu-- regime is doing in the U.S. I have
reported for many months that Putin is a dark agenda st-oge - now
we have the proof again. Here's what Alex Jones says about the
Russians:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
http://www.infowars.com/morenews.html
So-Called Non-Lethal Weapons
The Reports All State That the Majority of Hostages That Died
Were Ki-led by the Gas Weapon Used By Russian Special Forces.
CNN Reported on Sunday That It Was Still Uncertain Which Type of
"Non-Lethal" Gas Had Been Used -- a Hallucinogenic Gas or an
Aerosolized Form of Valium. Remember -- These Are The Same
"Non-Lethal" Weapons Being Proposed for Use in the US for "Crowd
Control" and Other Police State Purposes.
150 of the Hostages Died from the Gas and 1 from a Gunshot.
Still, the Gov-rnment Used the Gas Because It Was Safer for Its
Pampered Special Forces Th-gs.
The US Is Silent on Russia's Use of Gas, Because the Police State
Arsenals of Both Countries Contain the Same Garbage.
The W-ite House refused to criticize Russian special forces for
pumping a mysterious sleeping gas into a theater to end a hostage
siege, kil-ing 116 hostages.
Manufactured Crisis?
Now Putin Vows to Crush the Rebels, the Police State Intensifies
in Russia, and the Russian Mil-tary Gets More Power-- Don't Forget,
Putin Security Forces Were Caught Bombing 3 Apartment Buildings in
'99. Now We Find Out, F-B Knew about the Terror-st Acts Beforehand.
Did They Know about Them, or Were They Complicit in Them?
Alex Says He Wouldn't Put It Past Putin to Have Dressed Up FS-
in Black Ski Masks That Posed as Chechnyans to Create This Crisis.
At Zero Hour, the Russian Secu-ity Service, Posing as Chechynans
Would Have Donned Gas Masks, Then Activating the Gas Bombs So They
Could Properly Stage the Crime Scene and Set a Precedent That It's
Alright to K-ll 150 Innocent People "As Long As You're Fighting
the Rebels."
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
The Whit- Knights have the total solution in the true NESARA law
and every single one of us must take action to do all we personally
can to make the true NESARA law known and implemented. NESARA will
roll out and end up supporting WKs in other countries and dark
agenda stooges in leadership positions of other countries will
ALSO be removed very soon after the true NESARA law announcement.
It CONTINUES to be absolutely TRUE that --sh Jr. and Che-ey will
be ARRESTED for the 9/11 mur-ers of innocent Americans and removed
from office the instant the true NESARA law announcement begins.
The resignations of the rest of the illegal B--h regime and
Congress WILL BE within MERE HOURS of the true NESARA law's
announcement.
I want to thank all of you who have been working to get the word
about NESARA out. Many of you are doing wonderful things to get
the word about NESARA out into public awareness. I hope to share
some of your activities in a Dove Report soon.
I heard tonight of some true NESARA law supporters who attended a
local John Birch Society meeting. Certainly, many members of the
John Birch Society know how corrupt our federal go-ernment is.
These three NESARA supporters attended the meeting and then stood
in the back of the room as people left the meeting and handed out
NESARA flyers. One gentleman said he did know about the true NESARA
law and was hoping it would be announced soon. There are some
people in the John Birch Society who have not heard of the true
NESARA law; these people are natural allies because NESARA helps
accomplish some of their major goals. NESARA totally restores our
U.S. national sovereignty which has been compromised by Congress and
the oval office occupants in recent decades. I'm told that Bu--
Jr.'s cabinet has the biggest number of cabinet members who are
known to be supporting the "new w-rld order" of any occupant of the
oval office in years.
I have a favorite news person I want to take a moment to recognize
for his OUTSTANDING coverage of TRUTH. Phil Do-ahue on MSNBC is
my NUMBER ONE news person today. I hope to meet Phil someday soon
and tell him how much I appreciate his courage and dogged
determination to expose the l-es and treachery so prevalent in our
country today. I admire Phil's independent thinking and willingness
to take on all the "bad guys". He is a breath of fresh air
compared to the cowardly news reporters who all too often spew out
--sh gang propaganda and have the nerve to call it "news". I say
a big HURRAY for Phil Don-hue and keep up the great reporting of
true news, Phil!
I heard a few minutes ago that the B-s- regime are again
threatening the Wh-te Knight Justices of the U.S. Supreme Court
and some of our other Whi-e Knights. I'm told the dark agenda
stooges delivering the threats and others involved in issuing
these threats are being REM-VED PERMANENTLY tonight. The Justices
to know that YOU are being fully protected and the threats are
being removed totally. The heavy hammer of divine justice is
falling on those who are threatening our Whi-e Knights.
I have a radio interview in Seattle coming up and also some other
requests from people who want to interview Dove that I am
pursuing. I will let you know ahead of time when the dates are
firmed up.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Ugly Bob
> Subject: Something About the Snipers. Nov. 3, 2002.
>
> I will now put down something from a person that generally doesn't
> say something good about anything. It may be true and it might not
> be true. This is very negative information so if you don't like
> that sort of thing, please don't read it.
>
> .....................................................................
> .....................................................................
>
> From: P
> Subject: [doveofo] NESARA on the March; Gov. Planned Sniper
> Attacks
> Date: Sat, 2 Nov 2002 18:33:38 EST
>
> Hello Dear Friends and Wh-te Knights,
> Today I am discussing the CURRENT EVENTS that show us WHY
> supporting the announcement of the true NESARA law is the MOST
> important activity any of us can do. This Dove Report is one of my
> "wake up America" reports about how the dark agenda gove-nments are
> pursuing their plans of world domination and terr-rizing civilians.
> As I mentioned some days ago, the sniper attacks in Maryland and
> Virginia and elsewhere are "B--h regime operations". I'm hearing
> the snipers are actually U.S. mi-itary personnel trained in sniper
> attacks and are generally working in groups of four (JW Of the two
The man in question was _not_ trained as a sniper
but was trained by the US military. Any idiot could
have made those shots. Snipers work in two man
teams, not four. Whoever this guy is, John, his info
is erroneous, at best.
-Ugly Bob
storm
That's correct, two man teams--a spotter and a shooter.
_storm-
"Ugly Bob" <ugly_...@hotmail.com> wrote in message
news:h4Jx9.77171$bt.1...@rwcrnsc52.ops.asp.att.net...
Ugly Bob
"storm" <st...@maqs.net> wrote in message
news:CP_x9.60$I3.1...@timmy.network1.net...
> storm wrote in message;
> That's correct, two man teams--a spotter and a shooter.
>
> _storm-
<snip>
Absolutely. Those guys were just sloppy. The job
that snipers do is _much_ more difficult because
their targets conceal themselves and shoot back,
as well.
-Ugly Bob
John F. Winston
Here is something about how the people in Australia are being
sprayed.
.................................................................
.................................................................
From: L
Reply-To: california...@yahoogroups.com
Subject: NON-STOP CHEMTRAILS OVER AUSTRALIA
1. This is the third year of Am-rican forced chemtrails over
Australia.
2. This is the third year that we have drought.
3. The gove-nment will not discuss the matter.
4. Radio and newspapers are forbidden to write or speak on this
subject.
5. The Green Party is not allowed to talk about it, even though
it is the most devastating environmental issue.
6. Newspapers refused to post the endless thousands of letters to
the editors about chemtrails.
7. We can see the planes almost daily, all over Australia.
8. They are often painted as our national Qantas Airline planes.
9. If anyone calls the radio station live, talking about
chemtrails, he is cut immediately.
10. The Americ-ns are controlling all our news media and many
feel helpless.
11. Even small local papers, 'community owned', 'free press',
'independent', are all American controlled.
12. Everyday the governmen- run commercials on radio urging us
to solve the problem of the water salinity, and at the same time
no one is allowed to talk about the chemtrails which are causing
this salinity.
13. This is the worst drought in Australia's history, nearly
half of our farmers are out of business, THIS YEAR.
14. The leaders of the farmers associations have been warned to
talk as much as they want about the drought, AS LONG AS THEY DO NOT
MENTION A WORD ABOUT CHEMTRAILS.
15. Universities are inundated with requests from the public to
approach the -overnment, but they are not allowed to.
16. The chemtrails planes are flying often on opposite direction
to normal air traffic, and even children are now spotting them.
17. Chemtrail planes almost always fly two together, often side
by side, against international law, as if they are m-litary Jets.
18. Almost every time rain clouds are gathering, the planes are
returning and are spraying over the clouds, resulting in drought.
19. Instead of talking about our daily chemtrails all over
Australia, the media is flooding us with g-y and l-sbian issues
programs. Sometimes, they are really 'philanthropic, and instead of
ga- discussions, they read to us 50 years old infantile stories,
assuming that all of us have an IQ below 60.
20. One of the most devastating moments in my life, was when a
friend told me that she approached our local 'free' 'community
radio', and even they refused to mention the chemtrails, even
though they all see them daily out of their windows.
YES, the Americans control every aspect of our lives.
Last night, we were sure that finally we will have rain as the
clouds were so heavy. I woke up in the middle of the night
wondering why I do not hear the rain on my tin roof. I was shocked
to see and hear the planes overhead spraying chemtrails over the
clouds....AGAIN.
It was a massive 'blanket' of straight lines, from horizon to
horizon, perfectly straight and parallel lines, just touching
each other.
WE DID NOT HAVE A SINGLE DROP OF RAIN LAST NIGHT !
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Harlow Campbell
> Absolutely. Those guys were just sloppy. The job
> that snipers do is _much_ more difficult because
> their targets conceal themselves and shoot back,
> as well.
If HVAC taught 'em they *don't* shoot back ; - (
Period
Hugh , And the rest of the world against Artie
Hey Harlow
How about an update on HVAC
Havent heard much lately
John F. Winston
Here is the latest that has come down the pike about Bigfoot.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Bigfoot's undeniable imprint
By Marco R. della Cava, USA TODAY
IN THE SISKIYOU MOUNTAINS, Ore. - There are times in life when we
must summon every shred of courage to stand tall and unflinching in
the face of fear. This is not one of them. It is 2 a.m., and outside
a flimsy tent lit by a full moon something stirs in this primeval
forest.
A 1977 still photo allegedly shows Big Foot in the hills of
northern California.
AP
Crack! goes the twig. "Deer, right?" asks a visitor, who is about
to tick away the nerve-wracking night one snap, crackle and pop at
a time until dawn breaks with a harrowing howl.
"Nah," replies local Matthew Johnson, sliding a hand onto his .44
Magnum. "That wasn't a twig; it was a thick branch. Whatever's out
there is bigger. Much bigger."
Bigger as in Yeti and Sasquatch.
Bigger as in Bigfoot.
That's right, the hairy, smelly lunk is still with us. Pick any
name you want - Asian, Native American or tabloid - he hasn't
changed from the 10-foot-tall, half-ton, mannish ape whose star turn
in a 1967 home movie launched thousands of sightings.
Make no mistake. Bigfoot and his kin remain part of a freaky
family of Charlie's Angels-era fads (think poltergeists and UFOs),
and the scientific community at large remains amused. But the
faithful hope Bigfoot may yet make a monkey out of non-believers.
For decades now, a small but loyal legion of Bigfoot hunters has
spent countless weekends prowling forests in nearly every state,
piling up evidence such as alleged footprints and hair samples that
now has a handful of animal experts willing to at least entertain
the possibility of his existence.
"I've gone from being a raving skeptic to being curiously
receptive," says Robert Benson, director of the Center for
Bioacoustics at Texas A&M. He appears I've gone from being a
raving skeptic to being curiously receptive," says in a new
documentary, Sasquatch: Legend Meets Science, critiquing taped
Bigfoot calls. While many of those recordings "could be human"
(i.e. hoaxes), others left him puzzled.
In Sasquatch, which airs in January on Discovery, a small cadre
of scientists pore over audio, video and the Holy Grail of molds
called the Skookum Cast, a plaster impression taken in 2000 from
a muddy Mount St. Helens meadow that purports to capture a
Bigfoot sitting on his oversized derriire.
Sasquatch producer Doug Hajicek is mum on the film's "important
revelations" but is confident viewers will tune in. "I'll tell
you why this fascinates people," he says "We're the only bipeds
(animals who walk on two feet) here.
Imagine the primordial fear a competing biped species produces."
Spare me, says Russ Tuttle, professor of evolutionary morphology at
the University of Chicago.
"I could be interested, but first get me a skeleton or maybe a
Bigfoot trapped in my basement," Tuttle says, echoing the prime
criticism of Bigfoot skeptics - habeas corpus, produce the body.
"It's interesting that something allegedly that large has never
been found."
The same issue concerns the Wildlife Conservation Society's Alan
Rabinowitz, an Indiana Jones figure in the world of animal
anthropology. "It is very rare, once you've been told about an
animal and its habits, to then never find anything tangible," he
says.
But the mere possibility of an elusive ape-like creature has an
almost primal allure, as evidenced in the hundreds of reports filed
each year with the Bigfoot Field Researchers Organization. That he's
been spotted in almost every corner of the USA makes Bigfoot rival
Elvis in terms of sightings, but that doesn't bother the committed.
"He's out there," says Johnson, a clinical psychologist in Grants
Pass, a town about an hour northeast of his Bigfoot stomping
grounds.
Johnson had no interest in finding the beast until the beast
found him. He spied his personal Moby Dick while on a family hike
two summers ago and was reduced to tears by its size - impressive
considering that Johnson is 6-foot-9, weighs 250 pounds and wears
size 16 shoes. Now he's leader of the Southern Oregon Bigfoot
Society, a ragtag but dedicated assemblage of sleuths who typify
the breed.
"Once you hear him scream at you, you're hooked," he says. "Some
people play sports or fish. Others, well, we go Bigfootin'."
Just call him 'sesqec'
Bigfoot's legend dates back to the earliest campfire gatherings.
Native Americans in the Pacific Northwest had stories about
encounters with sesqec, from which the term Sasquatch emerged, and
the pioneers had their own run-ins with the woolly misfit.
But what really launched Bigfoot into a Loch Ness Monster orbit
was the amateur film shot in northern California by Roger Patterson
and Bob Gimlin. The upright beast with gorilla looks and human gait
loped past their lens; for maximum spook, the creature - dubbed
Patty - glared at the camera. The hunt was on.
As age has crept up on the folks who made Bigfoot the stuff of
pop legend more than 30 years ago, their passion has been passed
on to next-generation faithful like Jeff Meldrum, associate
professor of anatomy and anthropology at Idaho State University.
Once a skeptic, Meldrum was in Washington state in 1996 when he
saw dozens of footprints and "felt the hair stand up on my neck."
Today, he oversees an extensive collection of footprint casts
amassed by the late Grover Krantz, anthropology professor at
Washington State University and author of Big Footprints: A
Scientific Inquiry into the Reality of Sasquatch. Meldrum's
analysis of the trove: The feet are variations on a human theme.
"I hope we're at a turning point," says Meldrum, who notes that
his university presentations on Bigfoot no longer receive
sideshow status. "Now I see a different reaction. Maybe it's
tougher to say all these sightings are hoaxes than to consider
that something is out there."
Or, as believers argue, could so many be so loony?
"Think about it: If illusion alone could generate such devotion,
you'd have a Unicorn Society and a Leprechaun Society. But you
don't," says Matthew Moneymaker, founder in 1995 of the Orange
County, Calif.-based Bigfoot Field Researchers Organization, which
boasts 100 "researchers" and whose Webby Award-winning site gets
300,000 hits a week.
"Bring in top scientists and we'll solve it," Moneymaker insists.
"It's tough.
Go try and find it. The creatures are rare, the forests are thick,
and the night is dark."
Town hints at mystery Gants Pass is a bucolic town ringed by
wooded hills. It's perfect, in a Stephen King way.
There are hints that something otherworldly may dwell in the
hills: The town is near the valley of a river called the Rogue,
and a club-wielding brute, the Caveman, is the high school's mascot.
Matt Johnson, 40, loves it here. A longtime resident of Alaska -
where he was a standout basketball player - he and wife Rochelle,
43, and their kids Levi, 11, Hannah, 9, and Micah, 7, moved to get
away from endless winters.
During one of their first hikes, out near the Oregon Caves, the
family noticed a smell that made a skunk's offering seem tame.
When Johnson stepped away to relieve himself, he caught sight of
a gigantic hairy creature across a clearing. It was staring at his
family.
"I froze, but finally my instincts kicked in. I raced over to my
wife and kids, and without looking back, we got out of there," he
says.
Only Johnson saw the creature. He debated reporting the incident,
then opened up to park officials. His family now passes on day
hikes.
"I used to feel safe, because, you know, Dad was normally the
biggest thing in the forest," says Levi. "Now, I'm not sure."
Johnson is determined to find out what lurks in these forests.
He's already dedicated dozens of weekends and "thousands of dollars
in bait and other equipment," and laughs when people suggest he's
in this for the publicity.
"Oh, sure," he sighs. "Come see the therapist who saw Bigfoot.
That's great for business."
At nightfall at least once each month, he hops in his Bigfoot
hunting vehicle - a 1995 baby blue Cadillac Sedan DeVille - and
escorts the dedicated and the curious into the Siskiyou Mountains.
This night, as with every trip, he brings bags of bananas,
watermelon and pastries as lures, a tent and sleeping bag, and his
.44 - to protect against bear or cougar, not Bigfoot. ("We don't
want it harmed," he says emphatically.)
At the campsite, he checks on a deer camera nailed to a tree on
a previous outing, which is set to shoot if anything passes by. So
far, the camera's shutter hasn't fired.
As the moon rises, he knocks on rocks (no response), blasts
classical music (no fans) and checks the bait piles (no takers).
Johnson is an unfailingly polite and openly rel-gious man. And
yet he decides to spin tales just before turning in about another
Bigfoot hunter who let his dog race off to the woods, only to
find him dismembered in the morning. As bedtime stories go, it's
a downer.
The twig-snapping night is interminable; sunrise is a gift. And
just as the coffee is brewing, it happens. From up a winding fire
road come sounds: the high-pitched chatter of a chimp, suddenly
intercut by the low groan of a scream in slow motion.
Ears prick up. Breathing becomes optional. For 15 seconds, this
unearthly racket floods the camp. Then it vanishes. Other than
humans, most animals known to man are incapable of such broad
sound ranges. Bigfoot or not, something odd has spoken, to man
are incapable of such broad sound ranges. Bigfoot or not,
something odd has spoken.
"Hmm, not a bear, not a cougar," says Johnson. "You ever hear
anything like that before?"
Johnson's visitor, suddenly busy taking down the tent, offers
to discuss his myriad theories in town.
The tall man in search of an even taller thing smiles and pops
open the Caddy's trunk.
"You have to admit," he says. "This sure beats golfing."
[Non-text portions of this message have been removed]
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com
END
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Today I was looking through some old books and found a story
about Rainbow City. It is very much like the same story that
was in about a 12 page course paper pamphlet on the same subject.
Remember that the information was written and they didn't know
whether the information was truth or fiction.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Rainbow City -
Capitol of the Underworld
Inside the Earth at the South Pole is said to exist an ancient
center of culture called "Rainbow City," which currently is in the
hands of reincarnated descendants of the first colonizers from outer
space who made the Tropical Antarctica the "Mother Land of the
World" some two and a half million years ago. (JW I think I
remember that the other information said about 3 million years ago.)
There also exist six other cities (all connected by vast
underground tunnels), completely dormant, while "Rainbow City" is
protected on all sides by warm hot springs. However, to prevent
its being discovered and exploited by outsider, ice wall some
10,000 feet high walls have been built around the city so that it
can be reached only by those who know its exact location.
Rainbow City was first discovered in 1942 by Emery (his last name
has been kept se-ret for good reasons), a professional musician
still active today in certain theater circles with the help and
assistance of a group known as "The Ancient Three."
In a privately circulated test (until now restricted to a very few)
Mr. and Mrs. William Hefferlin, formerly of San Francisco (now
believed to be living in Rainbow City with 2000 other people),
describe Emery's first visit as follows:
Emery guided the ship down into the park belonging to the temple
at Rainbow City. There was sufficient room between the huge trees
for him to maneuver the ship safely. He was amazed to see the high
structure, before him, towering into the air, and capped by a
pyramidal structure, whose base was the same size as the Temple.
Light were shining on the outside of the Temple and in every street
from the Temple Plaza.
As Emery and the small group with him moved to the Temple, they
weren't sure that their eyes were clear. For everything was a
conglomerate mass of colors used in the plastics which made up the
streets, the buildings, and the Temple. There were bright reds,
screaming oranges, and violet purples too - but sparingly. The
predominate colors are the softer, more subdued tones. All in all,
the effect is not at all harsh, but is very pleasing.
The group entered a door set at ground level in the Temple hall,
which opened onto a sort flight of steps, that led down into
an anteroom which was below the first floor level of the Temple.
This in turn led to a large room which had carved upright pillars,
tables with what appeared to be lamps upon them. Books were lying
on the tables and other books were stacked in racks. There were
chairs place about at various tables. Everything was of larger
than normal size, indicating that the people who built these
things were around eight feet tall at the least.
Over at one side of the room was a huge chair-like thing with
great arms, with what appeared to be keyboards covered with queer
characters set into the arms. Hanging from a hook, on the back of
the chair, was what appeared to be some form of book. The back of
the chair towered high into the air, and there was a strange
bucket-like cap, that was set in upright slots, so that it could be
raised and lowered over the seat. From this sliding piece and from
the foot-rest, many strands of wire were gathered into cables, which
went into a wall behind what seemed to be a control board. For it
was covered with knobs and levers and pointers, on what seemed to
be graduated dial faces. Soft, artificial light glowed in the room
casting no shadows. There was nothing in the dark in that room -
everything was fully illuminated.
Emery and those with him had touched nothing as yet, for it was
all too unknown at the moment. Yet curiosity drew them on.
Emery examined one of the lamp-like affairs, but he found no
indication of a switch or button. The base was set firmly into the
table so that it could not be moved, or it was exceptionally heavy.
Emery put his hand on the shade of the lamp and it turned very
slightly under his hand. He pushed harder, and stream of clear
brilliant light fell in a circle upon the tabletop right over the
book that was lying there. He opened the book at random and a
voice issued from the book speaking in an unknown language. the
pages were covered with strange characters and as the voice
continued speaking, little lights lluminated groups of the
characters, then passed onto the next group. With the rhythmic
voice speaking and groups of characters being successively lit
up, Emery surmised that the voice was speaking the words of the
text. Later, he learned that his surmise was correct.
When the lights had illuminated the last group of characters on
that page the voice ceased, not to be resumed until the page was
turned. Closing the covers of the book also caused the voice to
cease. These volumes became known as "The Talking Books."
After this Emery began to examine the pillars. Upon the first
was carved a representation of the Solar System, with the third and
fourth planets in colors - the third green and the fourth red.
Leading from the red planet was a group of elongated dots, and other
marks, that looked like pointers headed toward the base of the
green planet. On the same pillar was series of markings (straight
lines) in arithmedtical order; after each group appeared a character
evidently depicting the numeral system. There were circles divided
into different ways and characters in relation to them. There were
squares and triangle and cubes with different sets of characters
following.
Also on the same pillar were a group of characters, the same
kind which appeared in the Talking Book. That was evidently the
alphabet.
Close by the pillar was a table with many piles of books upon
it. Comparing the characters on the plastic with the characters of
the counting system Emery discovered that each pile of books was
numbered in arithmetical order, beginning with Number One, Inasmuch
as it was vitally necessary to learn the language, so they
would be able to understand the many things there in Rainbow
City, Emery, as leader of the expedition, set everyone to work
studying the books in the first pile. The group soon progressed
through Number 14, known as "The Book of Zo."
The first books were silent, but they were definitely primers in
the way they were compiled. There were the separate character
which were used in forming the words. There was a picture of the
Solar System and it had its name. The various planets were pointed
out, each with its name. Then a single house with its name, and
another term below it. There were other structures with name attached
to each, and the same under each. Emery judged that the specific
name for the structure was the first one; then the general term
under which the structure of various kinds were grouped.
There were many other nouns pictured and names. Then they
turned to the verbs. Pictures of action and equivalent term under
each picture. There were also simple arithmetic problems such as
addition tables, each with simple marks showing the addition, and
what they counted; then the symbol that represented that group
number.
John F. Winston
This part explains the Portal.
....................................................................
....................................................................
When they had finished with the first set of books, they went
over to the second set. These were duplicates of the first books,
but with the one addition of voice. The alphabet was repeated -
each letter repeated several times by voice and illuminated at the
same time. Then the simple numbers were sounded, and the simple
addition tables, simple subtraction tables. Is it any wonder that
we have said elsewhere that the city had been left in preparation
for a return of mankind some day?
Fortunately for Emery he had a knowledge of a number of European
languages, as well as knowledge of Oriental. He discovered that
the root words of certain sacred Asiatic languages were basically
the root words of this ancient language of Rainbow City, and this
made easier to help the others learn. The talking books gave them
pronunciation and inflection, and led into to the books that were
more technical, and much deeper in many subjects, and their time in
Rainbow city has been so very short. After the group had studied
quite a way in the books, they read the instruction book on the
chair-like machine, then followed them. They each sat in the chair,
with hands fastened down on the arms. The huge cap was lowered
over the head, and the power turned on. This machine sent a gentle
vibration throughout the brain and nerves. They found that later
they could continue the learning in of language with greater ease
and flexibility in speech. Also that their comprehension of the
contents of the books was greater.
Growing in the center of the city are giant shade trees and
flowering plants, luxurious beyond belief, whose individual blooms
measure at times as much as three feet in diameter. Plastics are
used for the walls, floors and roofs of all the buildings composing
Rainbow City.
The homes and all buildings are heated or cooled by heat or could
use radiations from the walls and floors. The very color of the
dwellings can be adjusted through a change in the color vibration
control and the walls either become opaque or transparent as
desired, by adjusting a switch in the wall."
The main structure, towering far above all others, is Rainbow
Temple, where all the knowledge of the ancient races is store in
great libraries and museums. "The libraries are so arranged that
they are accessible to the laboratories above them..." In the top
of the Temple there are fully equipped laboratories and every
possible facility for research in electricity, chemistry, and all
other know sciences.
Other rooms have been constructed for wo-ship and hospital
facilities. One of the noted physicians to make the journey in 1942
was supposed to have been at one time the Court Physician at the
palace in Budapest.
Most of the walls in the Temple are "elaborately decorated,
whether carved or molded we do not know. But the plastic is
extremely hard and rough. All heat is radiated from the walls.
floors and ceiling. There are no light fixtures, as light, too, is
radiated from the walls, ceilings, and floors. A simple push on a
button chooses the kind of light that is desired. In here there
is no difference between night or day, because one has the choice
of choosing that particular light. This same light source seems
to revitalize the air and act as an air conditioner as well.
Draftless, shadowless, peace and quite is here for rest and
relaxation, study or contemplation, thought or concentration."
The outside of the Temple can be reached from all avenues of
the city. All buildings in the vicinity are two and one-half
stories high. Then "two stories high, and as one goes farther from
the temple, one story high. Close in near the Temple there are
buildings stocked full of all things, similar to our present day
retail stores. Here in this city there are no apartment houses
or tenements, no crowding; each house has a spacious lot for flower
gardens and greens."
We are also told that all of the heavy industry was carried out
in the undeground city of some five levels surrounding the Temple
basement. Also underground there are stores, workshops and houses.
Sunlight does not exist - since the city is not exposed to the
sky - but is simulated by special light equipment. We are told
by the Hefferlins that "The saying, often referred to in history,
`that there were giants in the Earth in those days' could well
have applies here, for everything is of larger than to us normal
size."
Some of the electrical equipment found in the Temple was utterly
fantastic. In fact, one room was in itself a television viewer
which could be set to tune in on the past. And also by setting the
viewer in a certain fashion and entering a door in the "viewer
room' it was possible to teleport one's self to any location on
Earth. The name for this door was "Portal" and we are told that
Mythology, folklore and re-igion seem to give some hints to
substantiate these Portals, and we must consider the mythology and
folklore as well as reli-ion are but a resume of the past." The
example which the Hefferlin's quote in their text is that:
Vulcan made for the G-ds the gold shoes with which they trod the
air, or the water, and moved from place to place with the speed
of the wind, or thought."
The Portals can also be used to transport supplies and man from
various locations to other places. "These same Portals will reach
out through local space to the Moon, but not too much farther at
present."
Other legends have it that an ancient Serpent Ra-e built similar
cities millions of years ago and that they hibernated in special
capsules with the plan in mind of eventually conquering the earth.
In his book My Visit to Venus, the legendary T. Lobsang Rampa
tells of visiting Rainbow City and meeting there the Masters from
the planet Venus. These beings were the "ancient wise ones"
whose telepathic abilities are keenly attuned and are able to move
through space via the power of the mind. They are also able to live
for hundred of years in near perfect health.
There are reports that remain under great se-retecy - according
to my mili-ary sources - of expeditions mounted to explore these
strange lands, But, the realization of all these myths and legends
that have been handed down through the centuries must await further
exploration and review of the evidence of those who have gone in
search of the truth - and have returned!
Source Of Information:
UNDERGROUND ALIEN BASES
BY COMMANDER X.
Pages 122 to 127.
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
.............
Subject: The Ancient Airships. Nov. 12, 2002.
If you study airships and UFOs for quite a while you will find
that we had airships in the air before we had airplanes, and I'm
not referring to blimps or dirigibles. Here's some information
about them.
*****************************************
The sinkholes ( http://www.sonnet.com/mathbee/sink.html ) in our
yard evidence the mining history which sprung from the Mother Lode.
A short distance from SONORA, up Highway #49, is COLUMBIA.
http://www.sonnet.com/mathbee/town.html
Columbia's little airport plays a key role in some
aero-history-UFO-hijinks!
http://www.sonnet.com/mathbee/ufo.html
Excerpts:
Among the thousands of drawings of strange and wondrous aircraft
produced by Dellschau are notations, remarks, and comments; some
in "clear" and some in code which, when pieced together, tell the
story of a group of industrious, aeronautically-minded inventors who
gathered in and around the towns of Sonora and Columbia, California
about the middle of the 19th century. They were members of an "Aeroy
Club", which was the original name of the club, but was changed to
the "Sonora Aero Club" in 1858 after becoming associated with a
Society "back East" known as NYMZA. Most of the members of the
Sonora Aero Club were German immigrants, with at least two Spanish
or Me-ican members, one Frenchman, and three or four Englishmen.
Dellschau states that the group held their meetings in Sonora, but
they built and tested their craft near Columbia and stored their
dismantled craft in buildings in Columbia. Dellschau claims that an
airship, which they called the "Aero Dora" had been built by August
Schoetler, tested, and stored in Columbia. Also, what is now the
Columbia Airport is the only level area for miles around and would
have made an ideal test site. With all the mining equipment and
building supplies pouring into Sonora and Columbia, parts for the
secret craft would have passed unnoticed.
*************************
The Year 1896...Hundreds of Californians swore they saw an
airship.
Did what they saw come from Table Mountain?
...a "dark object with a huge and powerful searchlight which cast a
bright ray upon the ground appeared. Several persons said they
heard voices singing and observed the vessel moved slowly with a
rocking motion. Apparently the ship was cigar-shaped with four
large wings.
More info at : http://www.ufo.it/testi/airship.htm
A prominent San Francisco attorney George A. Collins stated had
been retained to secure the patent rights on a Flying machine, put
together at rugged, lonely Table Mountain (in California).
* Also see "1896 SKY SHOW" : http://keelynet.com/gravity/aero4.txt
(...brilliant "great lights" emanated from the sky object.)
* The Great Airship Inventors :
http://www.textfiles.com/bbs/KEELYNET/GRAVITY/aero5.asc
Excerpt :
Table Mountain WOULD make an ideal site for secret experiments
and base of operations due to its rather inaccessible location and
yet nearness to a fair-sized town.
R. Boynton, editor of the Oroville Register, thought he might
have the answer. A few years back, he recalled, there was a mining
camp called Cherokee, at the top of Table Mountain, overlooking
Oroville.
Many of its workers were of Portuguese extraction. In the early
80s, he said, they worked the bluffs and celebrated big days with
balloon ascensions. Huge blazing torches would be suspended beneath
the balloons on long ropes and they would float off over the valley,
making for quite a show. (JW I doubt is that is what caused the
people to think they saw an airship.)
***************************
* SECRETS hidden in the Mine Tunnels?
There are Rumors of an UNDERGROUND BASE below "Table Mountain".
Other unconfirmed rumors speak of electric vehicles and magnetic
trains operating in underground tunnel networks.
******************************************
CALIFORNIA FLYING TRIANGLE
STANISLAUS NATIONAL FOREST, TUOLUMNE COUNTY -- A 44 year old male
with a masters degree and an avid back yard astronomer and Ufologist
for over 15 years reports seeing a formation of lights in the night
sky forming the shape of a flying triangle on May 29, 2002,
*******************
Between 1857 and 1866 in gold mines on Table Mountain, were found
bones of extinct mastodons, mammoths, bison, tapirs, horses, rhinos,
hippos and camels, all dating from the Pliocene period. Also found
among the fossils was a stone disc used for grinding, a large stone
bowl, part of a human crania, a stone mortar a complete human skull.
*******************************
SECRETS of TABLE MOUNTAIN
I will only excerpt part of the whole article : "Prehistoric
World: or Vanished Ra-es"
http://www.cumorah.com/etexts/prehw10.txt
Scattered here and there throughout California are numerous masses
of basaltic lava, which appear as elevated ridges, the softer strata
around having been denuded away.
They have received the general name of Table Mountains. They have
not only been noted for their picturesque beauty, but miners long
since found that the gravels underneath the lava covering were rich
in gold. In Tuolumne County the Table Mountain is a flow of lava
which originated in lofty volcanoes several miles away.
It extends along the north side of the Stanilaus, which is a
small river flowing in a south-westerly course through the county.
The mountain is in the form of a ridge about two thousand feet
above the present level of the river. At one point the river breaks
through this ridge, which has been worn away for a considerable
distance. From this point the ridge appears as a continuous mountain,
stretching away to the south for a distance of twenty miles, from
where it crosses the river.
"As seen from a distance the Table Mountain reveals its origin
at once, in the contrast between the long, straight line of its
upper edge and the broken and curving ones which the eroded hills of
the auriferous strata everywhere exhibit. Its dark color and
comparative absence of trees and shrubs on its top and sides also
indicate very clearly that the materials of which it is composed
are very different from that of the surrounding hills."<4>
This is the celebrated Table Mountain of Tuolumne County. It is
simply a vast flow of lava. It must have been a grand sight when
this river of fire came rolling down from its volcanic fount.
Its present position on top of an elevated ridge is a very singular
one. In explanation of that we arrive at some very important
conclusions, and we can not fail to be impressed with the fact that
countless ages have rolled away since that lava flood poured down
the mountain side. "No one can deny that a stream of melted lava,
running for forty miles down the slope of the Sierra, must have
sought and found a depression or valley in which to flow; for it is
impossible that it should have maintained for any distance its
position on the crest of a ridge." Lava is about as thick as molten
iron, and would as surely seek some valley in which to flow as would
so much water.
"The valley of the Stanilaus, now two thousand feet deep, could
not then have existed; for this flow of lava is clearly seen to
have crossed it at one point."
"The whole face of the country must, therefore, have undergone
an entire change since the eruption took place, during which this
mass of lava was poured out.
Excerpt: Palms and species like the big tree of California were
growing side by side with species akin to our own common trees.
But in the animal world there were many strange forms. This was
the age of reptiles. They domineered on the land, in the air, and
in the sea. On the land there stalked huge reptiles fifty and
sixty feet long, and, when standing erect, at least thirty feet
high. Some of these huge creatures were carnivorous, living
on other animals. Others fed on the foliage of trees. In the
air, huge reptilian bats, veritable flying dragons with a spread
of wings from ten to twenty feet, disported themselves.
There was a marvelous abundance of reptilian life.
*******************************
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
As you may already know Wesak is actually a festival that is help
on a river in India. Thousands of people get together and listen to
enlightened people talk. People generally have a great time and they
have been doing it for many years. Now for the last nine years they
have been doing our own version of Wesak at Mt. Shasta. Joshua Stone
directs it and he is a very nice person. I have read one or more of
his books.
Here is the information about the Wesak that is planned for 2003.
I will put an * mark by each of the people or beings that I've
studied and recommend.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: A
Subject: LONG AWAITED: 'CLEAR LIGHT OF G-D WESAK CELEBRATION!'
Here it is our Beloveds, Once again, aid for a Planet so much in
need!!!
The next, and long awaited
CLEAR LIGHT OF GO- WESAK CELEBRATION!
POLISHING THE PLANETARY DIAMOND THROUGH EMBODYING G-D ON EARTH!
MAY 9 THROUGH 11, 2003
Hosted by
DR * JOSHUA DAVID STONE
And Hosted on the Inner Plane by
G-D, Christ, The Holy Spi-it, * Melchizedek, The Mahatma,
Archangel * Metatron, The Chr-st, Lord * Buddha, Lord * Maitreya,
* Sananda, * Melchior, Vywamus, Mother * Mary, * Kwan Yin, * Isis,
* Kuthumi, Mother Earth, * Helios and Vesta, Archangels * Gabriel
and Hope, Archangels & Michael and Faith, Archangels * Jophiel and
Christine, * Paul the Venetian, Lord/Lady of Arcturus and The
* Arcturians, The * Ashtar Command, Ambassadors from Christed
Extraterrestrial Ra-es, Archangelic Councils, Councils of The
* El-him, Wh-te Time Masters, Elo-him Ecstasy, * Intergalactic
Federation of Planets, Lady Venus and Sanat * Kumara, Saint
* Germain and Lady Portia, Pallas Athena, Allah Gobi, The * Chohans
of the Seven Rays, Djwhal Khul, Angel of Bliss, Archangels of The
Twelve Rays, Archangels of The Cosmic Rays and the Cosmic and
Planetary Hierarchy!
Guest Speakers and Musicians
DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE
CHA-NEL FOR SPIRIT AND ASCENDED MASTERS, AUTHOR, SPIR-TUAL
TEACHER REV WISTANCIA STONE -
"DIVINE/CREATIONAL/ANGELIC MESSENGER. TEACHER, HEALER, AUTHOR"
JONATHAN GOLDMAN
SOUND HEALER, TANTRIC TRANCE MASTER
* JAMES TWYMAN
PEACE ACTIVIST AND MUSICIAN
CHANNIE WEST
- TEACHER, LECTURER, HEALER, AUTHOR, ET REPRESENTATIVE
VIRGINIA ESSENE
NEW A-E AUTHOR AND TEACHER
MASTER YU
FIRST RANKING BUDDHA FROM CHINA
* SHELDAN NIDLE
EXTRATERRESTRIAL REPRESENTATIVE
SALLY LESAR
AUTHOR, SPIRIT AND ASCENDED MASTER CHANNEL AND TEACHER!
SUSAN WARD
CHA-NEL FOR MATHEW
Quala
CHAN-EL FOR ASCENDED MASTERS
SOLARIA LIBERALIS
SACRED POETRY
&
PHILIP BURLEY
CH-NNEL FOR SAINT GERMAIN
---------------------------------
*** PLUS AS AN ADDED SPECTACULAR BONUS ***
FEATURING THE ASCENDED MASTER and CELESTIAL BEING CHA-NEL PANEL
PANEL HOST: DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE
Also channeling MELCHIZEDEK, DJWHAL KHUL and the HOLY SP-RIT
PHILIP BURLEY - CH-NNEL FOR SAINT GERMAIN
PATRICIA CORI - CHA-NEL FOR SIRIAN HIGH COUNCIL
ROSE SAN GREGORIO - CHAN-EL FOR LORD BUDDHA
ETERNA - CHANN-L FOR SANANDA
MICHAEL KING -C-ANNEL FOR MASTER R AND UNIVERSAL CONSCIOUSNESS
GALE STAFFORD - C-ANNEL FOR LORD MAITREYA
JELAILA STAR - CHANNE- FOR NIBIRUAN COUNCIL
SALLY LESAR - CH-NNEL FOR METATRON AND THE MAHATMA
MARILYN NELSON - - CHANNE- FOR VYWAMUS
MARIA CELESTE - - -HANNEL FOR AMEN PTAH
SASHA WHITE - CHA-NEL FOR ARCHANGEL GABRIEL
QALA- - CHA-NEL FOR ASCENDED MASTERS
-------------------------------------------------
MUSICIANS
MATISHA - SINGER AND GUITAR
OMASHAR - KEY BOARD AND SINGER
PAUL ARMITAGE - KEY BOARD
MICHAEL HAMMER - KEY BOARD
KAHSHID LANI - KEY BOARD
ANTON AND HIS BAND
RICHARD HARDY - SAXOPHONE
MARGUERITE - SINGER
LELAMA SJAMAR - - SINGER
LAUREN POMERANTZ - - SINGER
SCOTT HUCKABAY- ELECTRIC GUITAR
PLUS
SCOTT HUCKABAY- ELECTRIC GUITAR
PLUS
JOEL ANDREWS AND HIS GOLDEN HARP!
---------------------------------------------
More Surprises to Come as Well!
For a free, comprehensive information packet and answers to all
your questions about The 2003 Clear Light of G-d Wesak Celebration,
please call Dr Joshua David Stone at: 818-706-8453. To register and
reserve your spot, please send a check or money order in U.S.
currency payable to Dr Joshua David Stone for $--0.00 before Jan. 1,
2003. After Jan. 1, 2003, send $-00.00 per person. VISA & MasterCard
are also accepted.
Mail to:
Dr Joshua David Stone
Melchizedek Synthesis Light Academy
28951 Malibu Rancho Rd, Agoura Hills, California, 91301
Ph: 818-706-8458 / Fax: 818-706-8540
E-mail Dr Stone: drs...@best.com
Website: http://www.drjoshuadavidstone.com
Or, for faster service, use our secure online order form.
This Event is "first come, first served" and the last eight Wesak
Celebrations have sold out!
DO REGISTER ASAP!
Registrants from outside the United States must make payments via
U.S currency, U.S. Postal Money Order, or U.S. Cashiers Check. No
foreign checks (including Canada) and no wiring of money. There will
be no refunds after Jan. 1, 2003. Due to administrative costs, there
will be a $--0.00 service charge (including Canada) and no wiring of
money. There will be no refunds after Jan. 1, 2003. Due to
administrative costs, there will be a $--0.00 service charge for all
cancellations.
STARDOVES WILL BE ON-HAND PERSONALLY ASSISTING DR. STONE BY
CONDUCTING CERTAIN BEHIND THE STAGE EVENTS, AND WILL HAVE THEIR
MARKETING WITH THE STARS INFORMATION TABLE AND SACRED GEOMETRY |
MAGIC WAND DEMONSTRATIONS. STAR SEED AMBASSADORIAL UPGRADES AND
PRIVATE SESSIONS BY APPOINTMENT, $-00.00 PER SESSION, ON A FIRST
COME FIRST SERVE BASIS, WITH STARDOVES BY PRE-APPONTMENT MAY BE
ARRANGED IN ADVANCE. EMAIL STARDOVES AT:
appoin...@stardoves.com
PLUS: VIA SPECIAL BOON FROM DR. STONE, ALL READERS OF STARDOVES
EMAILS WHO WISH TO ATTEND WESAK, BUT WHO HAVE NEED OF FINANCIAL
ASSISTANCE, MAY CONTACT THE DOVES FOR ELIGIBILITY AT:
disc...@stardoves.com
----------------------------------------------------
The Clarion Call Now Sounds Forth from the Cosmic and Planetary
Hierarchy for all Lightworkers around the Globe to attend!
A PERSONAL WELCOME TO WESAK FROM DR. STONE
My Dearest Friends, I can 100% promise you that this next Clear
Light of G-d Wesak Celebration is going to honestly be a thousand
times better than even the last one. This one, Spi-it, the Masters
and I have now put together, will be the absolute culmination of the
previous eight Wesaks!
It will be the Wesak of all Wesaks! The Spiri-ual transformation
you will go through, will be so profound that you will literally
never be the same. We will be doing together at the Clear Light of
Go- Wesak Celebration some of the most profound World Service Work
together that has ever been done on this planet, with the Event
being overlighted by over one million inner plane Ascended Masters,
Archangels and An-els, El-him Masters and Christed
Extraterrestrials.
The combination of all these inner plane Masters present, and the
2000 Sp-ritual Leaders and Lightworkers present, will create a Power,
Love and Spir-tual Force that can literally move mountains! This
energy will be used for the purpose of personal and Planetary
Ascension and specific World Service work we will all do together!
The Speakers and Musicians I have invited to join us there, are
honestly the best we have ever had.
This year the Masters have also guided me to set up an "Ascended
Master Channel Panel!" There will be 12 high level ch-nnels who
will in a group setting, chann-l the various inner plane Masters
and Celestial Beings and answer questions from the Audience. It
was such a big hit last year we have been guided to do it again but
even bigger and better. I will be unveiling again the Global World
Service Planetary Huna Prayers that we will all do together which
is powerful beyond belief! The live music this year, given the
musicians and singers that I have invited could honestly only be
matched in Hea-en. There will be another even larger Spir-tual Faire
which makes this Event like a Renaissance Faire and Whole Life Expo
combined. Anyone who wishes to set up a table and chair can do so
and sell or network their services and products for free, for all
who are registered! All who come will experience the most profound
Cosmic and Planetary S-iritual activations ever given forth to this
planet by -od, Christ the Holy Spi-it, The Ascended Masters, The
Archangels, Elo-im and Christed Extraterrestrials, that will be so
profound and resurrecting, that you will leave Wesak as a completely
transformed person. No words can literally describe the Sp-ritual
transformation that will take place in our individual and collective
Spiritual Bodies.
Much, Much, Love,
Joshua
{Plus there is a flyer attached which you can print and send to
your friends who do not have email addresses and would like flyers.}
--------------------------------------------------------
STARDOVES SAY, DR. STONE'S WESAK CELEBRATION is the America's
Finest & Largest Annual Sp-ritual Gathering! Held in fantabulous
Mt. Shasta, California USA, the America's Great Lemurian Empire and
Capitol of Telos the Inner City. WESAK attracts near 2,000 each
year, who gather to celebrate and wo-ship the Highest in All Things!
Here is a taste of what others, who have attended WESAK, have to
say. It will give you a small taste of what you can expect when you
pack your bags and come to this WESAK!
Dr. Stone's Charming and Elegant wife, Rev. Wistancia Stone, who
also appears, is truly an Inner-Dimensional Lady Master come to
aide the new shift for this planet. Dr. Stone himself says,
"Please also consider getting some ch-nneled sessions with the
Ascended Masters from my Spi-itual Partner Wistancia. I would highly
recommend getting:
1.. "Clearing Session One" which includes among a great many other
things an (Extraterrestrial Implant and Negative Elemental removal
Session)
2.. Initiation, Light Quotient and Ray Reading
3.. Ascension Clearing Session
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
............
............
Part 2 of 2.
..............
..............
Sessions are $-00 per session and can be done by audio cassette
tape! To receive a session email Wistancia at:
wist...@charter.net or call her at 818-706-8533. You can order
or register by credit card or personal check. If by credit card you
can do it over my secured server service on my website, or over my
fax line at 818-706-8540, or over my secured confidential phone line
and phone service at 818-706-8458.
Send checks to:
Dr Joshua David Stone
Melchizedek Synthesis Light Academy
28951 Malibu Rancho Rd., Agoura Hills, CA 91301
Rev. Wistancia Stone (center) with STARDOVES (RA-Ja in wh-te, &
Moi-RA the tiny one!)
Joining Joshua in his Grand Invitation to you, Wistancia and he
share with us:
"These are just some of the things you will receive by attending
"The Clear Light of Go- Wesak Celebration in Mt Shasta, May 9 to the
11th, as given to us, and co-created by us, with Spir-t and the
inner plane Celestial Hosts! Please tell all your friends about it!
This will be the ninth Wesak we have done in Mt Shasta and this
years Event is honestly shaping up to be by far the biggest and best
Wesak yet! The Clarion call now sounds forth around the world for
all to attend!"
Love and Light,
Joshua & Wistancia
---------------------------------------------------
UNSOLICITED TESTIMONIALS - FROM THE JUST COMPLETED IRIDESCENT
DIAMOND HEART WESAK!
Dear Dr Stone,
Thank You so much for the wonderful Wesak Celebration! I feel
so blessed to have participated. I came away with any lingering
doubts about not feeling supported by -od completely gone! This
is so incredible!
Thank You
------------------------------------------
Dr. Stone,
I've just returned from Wesak. What a transforming experience it
is!! Thanks so much for your hard work in putting this together.
Our planet is better because of you.
Thanks
----------------------------------------
Dear Dr. Stone,
Thank you for another Masterfully guided Wesak event. Because of
you, we were all able to manifest our unconditional LOVE for each
other in a sort of non-stop setting. Mt.Shasta herself Blessed us
all!
-------------------------------------------------
Dear Joshua,
Having returned to Hong Kong from my first WESAK, I don't want to
miss letting you know that the great expectations I had ahead of
this event, they became all fulfilled! The fantastic energy
generated is still reverberating within me, and I sense the great
changes within me that were initiated, are now going to unfold in
the months to come. As you outlined ahead, this event was awesome
from the first to the last minute - the musicians, the speakers,
the channels and of course, your great meditations!! Thank you so
much for having put this event together and doing so again!!
Definitely seeing you again next year,
Warmest Regards and Love,
------------------------------------------------------
Dear Dr. Stone and Wistancia,
I have been meaning to write to tell you both what a fantastic
experience this past year's Wesak was! I am once again, as in the
past, profoundly inspired on a spir-tual level, but 2002 was
special for a couple of other reasons. First, I want to commend
you on the high level of quality of both the speakers and the
merchandise available. It is very clear to me that you are
determined to keep this event the "creme de la creme" of New Ag-
events, and I continue to be encouraged by what I encounter when I
meet up with other Ascension Path lightworkers. Secondly, your
newly published books are gorgeous! I purchased two more
("Spi-itual Perspective on How to be Financially Successful in Your
Business" & "Empowerment and Integration Through the G-ddess") and
I cannot wait to finish both. An important point I would like to
make about why this past Wesak was especially strong is the
emphasis on substance. Events such as Wesak can be long on the
lovey-dovey and short on substance, but this time you all obviously
did your homework and scored an A+. May -od continue to rain
blessings on you and the Academy. I hope to be involved in the
expansion of your excellent spiritual work in a meaningful way in
the future! LONG LIVE WESAK!
Thanks
-------------------------------------------------------
Dear Dr. Joshua,
First of all, I want to take this opportunity to express my deep
felt thanks, appreciation, and gratitude to you, MSLA and the
Masters for Wesak 2002. Thank you so much! It was quite truly one
of (if not the most) uplifting and enlightening
gathering/celebrations I have experienced in this incarnation!
I truly feel blessed to have had the experience of participation
with our family under Mount Shasta during the festival of the
Buddha. The Lord of Wisdom was truly with us in every way that
weekend, guiding and overshadowing the celebration and all the
people there! You of all people I'm sure are well aware of how
the Ascension process can change one's perception of time and
space, and boy have things been changing in the last month! Talk
about Initiation! Most importantly, I feel a much stronger
connection to "The center where the Will of -od is known" and to
the Rose and Cross. Wesak 2002 was quite simply a divine blessing
from above, an implosion of cosmic love & forgiveness and grace and
I really do feel that we had a significant impact on humanity,
helping to align them with their Souls and Monads. I enjoyed all
the speakers and channels and was especially impacted by your
meditations. I was totally amazed and inundated after the
meditations you directed and felt that some really important inner
adjustments had been made. You have introduced me to so many new
ideas and realities in the spi-itual world, and I feel like I'm
just getting started! Your humility and practicality is totally
inspiring as well. We can get into all this stuff and still
remain grounded and able to communicate with those who are
interested in other things. I loved meeting people there ... being
around so many Spir-tually minded people. There were so many
lightworkers there, not to mention all the unseen workers and UFO's.
When I look back now, I can't help but visualize dolphins, as if a
whole school of etheric dolphins was hanging around above us
throughout the entire weekend! And the music was really centering,
balancing, calming, very important to the overall ceremony. I think
it might be better to go with a few friends though, because at
some points the meditations got me so cosmically tuned and activated
that I couldn't even imagine holding a conversation with another
person. What can one say really? I found myself wandering around
in a mystical trance, smiling with my heart at everybody.
With Light and Love and Power,
Many blessings
Sent to You with Divine Love & Blessings
by: STARDOVES through the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY
MISSION' MARKETING WITH THE STARS COMMUNICATIONS & NEW AGE
BOOKS/MUSIC/PRODUCTS AGENCY
--------------------------------------------
AQUARIAN MISSION PUBLICATIONS:
http://STARDOVES.com/pub.html
-------------------------------------
Do you have NEW AGE BOOK/MUSIC/PRODUCT that you want launched?
See: http://STARDOVES.com/m.html
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Prepared by our Extra-Terrestrial Mission of Light:
http://STARDOVES.com
- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Will you help us pr-y for the World? Do you need Pra-er? Or A
Miracle? Assistance? See: http://STARDOVES.com/abp.html
==============================================================
THE LIGHT PARTY:
"HEALTH, PEACE, AND FREEDOM FOR ALL!" Now Is The Time To Lighten
Up,
Enjoy The Music, Simplify Our Lives, Accentuate The Positive,
Choose Peace, Choose Freedom, and Choose To Go To Health!
Visit: http://lightparty.com
=============================================================
"THE GLOBAL PEACE FOUNDATION"
By Converting Alcatraz Island, What Was a Place Of Pain and
Suffering Into a "JEWEL OF LIGHT," We Will Unleash Powerful
Forces For Cooperation Reconciliation & Healing. The Global Peace
Center signals the completion & beginning of a grand cycle of
evolution within our multidimensional universe, and ushers in
the long awaited Golden Age. With your tax deductible donation
of $-0 or more, you will receive "The Global Peace Center" an
Artainment Music/Video Program designed to "Inspire, Delight,
Heal and Enlighten"! See: http://www.GlobalPeaceFoundation.org
===========================================
"THE COALITION FOR VISIONARY RESOURCES" Sponsors the prestigious
annual Visionary Awards that are awarded at The International New
Age Trade Show in Denver, Colorado. See: http://www.inats.com/
If you are a New Age Resource, you may qualify for an award. Fast
becoming the Academy Awards Show of the New Ag- Industry! See:
http://www.covr.org/
============================================
INSPIRATIONAL VERSES FOR THIS CYCLE:
"Beloved Father fill me with your love that I might serve you,
That I might serve The Beloved Mother,
That I might be a True Cha-nel of Your Love."
"The man who makes no mistakes does not usually make anything."
- Edward John Phelps (1822-1900)
"You have enemies? Good. That means you've stood up for
something, sometime in your life." - Winston Churchill (1874-1965)
- - - - - - -
Love is the most important ingredient of Life. Your Life echoes
emptiness without it. With it, Your Life Vibrates meaning and
warmth.
Love will shine through even in hardship.
You will find, as you look back upon your life, that the moments
that stand out, are the moments when you have really loved - the
moments when you have done things in a Spi-it of Love.
Treasure the Love You Receive above everything else. It will
survive long after your wealth and good health have vanished. The
Way is in the heart. Life in Abundance comes through Great Love.
IF YOU LOVE LIFE, THEN LIFE WILL SURELY LOVE YOU BACK!
John F. Winston
Here is some information about fairies.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Do you believe in fairies?
http://www.leisure.scotsman.com
/houseandgarden/headlines_specific.cfm?articleid=6898
AS A chat-up line, it's hard to beat for jaw-dropping impact.
"Have you ever," the poet and painter William Blake is reputed to
have asked a woman next to him at a 19th-century party, "seen a
fairy funeral?" Surprisingly, no. But Blake had. The fairies, he
said, were "the size and color of grey and green grasshoppers,
bearing a body laid out on a rose leaf which they buried with songs
and then disappeared." And where had this visionary experience
occurred? A wooded glade, crisp underfoot with the bark shed from
ancient trees? A perfumed rose garden, dancing with the shadows of
evening sun? A house near Bognor Regis actually.
Of course Blake may not necessarily be the most reliable of
witnesses. He also claimed to have seen a bearded g-d peering in
through his windows and a bunch of ang-ls sitting up a nearby tree.
That was before his depression set in. But the cusp between a
fantasy world and the natural one, between fairyland and Bognor
Regis, has fascinated writers and artists for centuries. The faerie
folk are mentioned in the medieval chronicles and go back even
further; Chaucer describes them as something people "no longer"
believe in.
David Ellwand, a Sussex-based photographer, understands fairy
fascination. He even has a 21st-century equivalent of Blake's
party-stopping moment. In the last few years, acquaintances who
idly asked Ellwand what he'd been up to haven't been quite sure how
to react to his reply: "Making fairy clothes."
Ellwand's musings on what fairy folk wear - should they of course
exist - has led to what must be one of the year's most eccentric but
intriguing publications, Fairie-ality. A big, glossy, coffee table
book, Fairie-ality is a catalogue of ethereal fashion that takes
the reader on a mythical journey through a fairy calendar of balls
and first dates, culminating with a fairy wedding. Ellwand has
spent the last three years down on his hands and knees searching
through the grass for natural materials, and then painstakingly
using them to create haute couture for sprites. He has moulded skirts
from the creamy petals of the calla lily; soft velveteen cuffs with
the blush of pink from rose petals; dresses soft as down from goose
feathers; belts from snail shells; shoe heels from acorns; and
headdresses from the skeletal remains of leaves, delicate as finest
Belgian lace.
Lush, lavish, and fantastic. But not real. Is it? Ellwand doesn't
actually believe in fairies, does he? Silence. Does he? He keeps an
open mind. He was born in Liverpool but moved to Yorkshire, and
sometimes he has stood at places such as Gordale Scar, near Malham,
where the queen of the fairies is meant to live, and he's looked at
the rugged limestone and the deeply etched valleys and gorges and
he's wondered. "I haven't seen any little wh-te-winged beings," he
says, sounding a little discomfited, "but sometimes you do feel
watched. And when you talk to people who say they have seen them
you do believe they've seen them."
He found what looked like a fossilised piece of fern once. But he
thinks it might have been a fairy sword. Ellwand has long been
interested in folklore and his original idea was for a much more
complex fairy book than a fashion catalogue. He's now working on a
darker book and is happily putting together fairy suits of armour.
It might seem bizarre, a grown man prepared to believe in fairies,
but historically it would be completely wrong to associate fairies
with women, or even just with children.
There have been female writers and artists who have used fairy
images, such as Christina Rossetti in her 19th-century poem
'Goblin Market'. More recently, the 'Glasgow Girl' artists who,
in the early 20th century, made jewellery, textiles and ceramics
in fairy designs. And there was Cicely Mary Barker with her 'Flower
Fairies' illustrations. But throughout the centuries it has
overwhelmingly been men who have talked about, written about and
painted fairies.
It's not just Blake and the other Romantic poets. There was
Shakespeare's A Midsummer Night's Dream. JM Barrie's Tinkerbell in
Peter Pan. Tolkien's Lord of the Rings. Even Sir Arthur Conan Doyle,
who created literature's most logical character, Sherlock Holmes,
lost his heart to illogical fairies. He seriously damaged his
public reputation in the 1920s when he publicly stated that he
believed photographs of the Cottingley fairies were authentic.
The photographs, taken by two young cousins, Frances Griffiths
and Elsie Wright, caused a sensation when published in 1919. They
appeared to show the girls posing with fairies dancing round them.
Most of the nation couldn't believe their eyes. But Arthur Conan
Doyle insisted that he believed his. It was true that the
photograph's negatives weren't tampered with, but the answer was
much simpler than technical wizardry. It wasn't until the two women
were in their 80s that they finally confessed that the 'fairies'
were paper cut outs pinned to leaves with hat pins.
Doyle had lost his credibility long before. His critics concluded
that his gullibility made him far more Watson than Holmes. The
golden age of fairies was really the Victorian era, when Doyle's
father, Charles, and particularly his uncle, Richard, made their
mark as fairy artists. But there was a whole host of fairy painters
that included Richard Dadd, Edmund Dulac and Arthur Rackham.
This interest in fairies was something of a backlash in an age of
industrialisation, an age when scientific reason threatened to
consume rel-gious belief. Interestingly, Victorian fairy paintings
were also often very erotic, despite it being an age of s-xual
repression. The images we now associate with fairies were created
mainly by men, and are of sweetly bautiful, slender yet curvaceous
beings. Perhaps that's the main difference between male and female
interest in fairies: women like the fantasy; men like the se-.
"Fairies have always been very -exy," claims horror writer James
Herbert, whose last novel, Once, combined gore with traditional
fairies. "Very sensuous... lovely sylph-like figures and silky,
transparent gowns." Silky, transparent gowns. Fairy clothes. But
Ellwand has gone much further than that in Fairie-ality: hats, shoes,
boots, jackets, bathing suits. Nature has some perfect solutions,
says Ellwand. If we could just get beech nutshells to scale, "we'd
all go out and put them on our heads," he insists, which suggests
that he might just have overdone his time down in the pixie wood.
His work, though, is exquisite, and you don't need to believe in
fairies to be captivated by it. The book's illustrator, David
Downton, certainly didn't. Downton, who draws for top designers
such as Dior, Chanel, Valentino and Lacroix for Vogue, Elle and
Marie Claire, admits that he was baffled by the fairy concept when
first approached. It was just a rather bizarre job to him - until he
saw Ellwand's work. "I was very sceptical and then I saw what David
had done and was amazed by it. I had never seen anything like it
before. I'm a fashion illustrator and you do get to see things and
then see them repeat; it's cyclical. But I had never seen anything
like this before.
They are extraordinary."
So extraordinary that Ellwand has been asked by Elle magazine
to create a gown for their Chri-tmas issue, and an American shoe
designer has asked for 10 shoe designs. He has done 10 picture
books in the past but this, he jokes, is the first that won't go
straight to the remainder shops. Downton agrees. The clothes, he
says, are "terribly sophisticated and may even turn out to be
influential". Of course they wouldn't work in human size, although
there will be few women who leaf through this book and don't
wistfully wish they could work. They have, says Downton, a very
special quality. "Everyone's talking about natural materials, but
you can't get more natural than this.
It's the juxtaposition of texture and color and scale that is
really amazing."
They are little works of art. "It seemed to me like land artists
who find things in the environment and make sculptures that
disappear as they rot away." says Downton. For these perfect
little outfits don't last as long as even human clothes. The
colors fade and lose their sheen; the pink-tipped petals curl and
brown and the leaves wither and wrinkle. "They have an Andy
Goldsworthy feel to them," says Downton. "They disappear. But
they're magical in their own way." Just, as Ellwand might say,
like fairies.
? Fairie-ality: The Fashion Collection from the House of
Ellwand, Walker Books, #25
**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in
receiving the included information for non-profit research and
educational purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This information talks about the recent 7.9 earthquake in Alaska.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Subject: [Lemuria] Lady K 11/16/2002
Following is the latest message from Lady Kadjina. Please feel
free to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her messages at
no charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as Cities of Light
(http://www.citiesoflight.net
Lady Kadjina Speaks
November 16, 2002B Items Covered:
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Atlantean
frequencies">
Atlantean energy frequencies compared to ours</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Alaskan Quake">
Insights on the recent 7.9 magnitude Alaskan quake</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Crop Circle
Experience">Experiences around crop circles</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Wellstone
Crash">
The Paul Wellstone airplane crash</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Proper Diet">
Proper diet</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Head Vibes">
Vibrations in the head</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Alpha Centauri
Funeral">Funeral on Alpha Centauri</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Collective
Messiah">
The Collective Messiah and Earth Keys</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Collective
Messiah">
TheCollective Messiah and Earth Keys</A>
<A HREF="http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html#Sharing
Secrets">
Divulging and sharing secret information</A>
Wayne: We have talked many times about Atlantean energy systems
and also about the energy grid. It has been said that during the
Atlantean times, the Earth frequencies were as much as 3 times
higher than now and that the Atlanteans were able to tap into the
energy grid for their power source all over the Earth (<A
HREF="http://www.think-aboutit.com/atlantis/atlantis_grid_dna_
energy.htm">
http://www.think-aboutit.com/atlantis/atlantis_grid_dna_energy.
htm</A>).
Can you comment on this?
This is pretty much correct. After the fall of Atlantis it became
necessary to reduce the energy. This is the reason that so many
cities of light went to sleep and the reason why Thoth removed
himself. There are many on other planets that have the capability
of generating light and/or energy from within themselves. Planet
Earth used to have beings that could do the same thing.
Today, upon Planet Earth, you have many forms of life. One, the
vulture, has the ability to ride thermal energy currents, thereby
conserving its own energy. At this point in time on Planet Earth,
alternative energy sources are just beginning to manifest themselves
once again.
The time will come when humans once again learn how to ride and
utilize thermal energy mass.
They will learn to use the consciousness of water in very creative
ways.
They will learn to use wind mass energy. They will learn how to
redirect the energy from the volcanoes as a source for planetary
energy. But these things are yet in future times for the planet.
The most critical need at this time is alternative fuels to heat
and cool homes and to run your automobiles so that you will be
steered away from your need to use o-l as your energy source.
In the timeframe of Atlantis that you are speaking of, much was
created through the use of thought. Many of the beings were able
to manifest their homes by the use of thought and so they did not
have the great construction projects that you have in the now, nor
did they have the same type of mi-itary structuring that you have
at this time. Therefore they could spend their efforts upon
generating light from within themselves, and this light would act
somewhat like fuel that went into the collective energy grid
system. They also knew how to breathe in ways that they could
manifest heat or cooling in their surroundings to such point that
very little in the way of fuel was necessary. They were proficient
in the usage of electromagnetics in connection with thermal energy
masses rising from the Earth herself.
Much of what we are talking about could be set in place - at
least the beginning stages - within the next 25 years of Earth
time were the shift to be made away from the dependency upon oi-.
Wayne: On November 3rd there was a massive 7.9 magnitude
earthquake in Central Alaska - the 9th largest in North American
recorded history and the largest ever in that area - that had its
visible influence as much as 3,000 miles away, and yet there was
no loss of life. This was preceded by a 6.7 quake on October 23rd
and there have been thousands of aftershocks. It was at the
northernmost apex of an area that has obviously been the subject of
previous earth thrusts. What can you tell us about this quake in
terms of its timing, location, and function?
Any and all major quakes are under our jurisprudence at this time.
There are no more chance happenings. By this we mean formerly
earthquakes would erupt in various places because of activities of
human consciousness and the Earth herself would release energy as
she saw fit and sometimes as a result of anger or frustration or
fear. As we have said many times, you are made of her substance
and therefore your consciousness is very interactive with hers.
She is a sentient being. In the now of time she is under the
guidance of a group of midwives. We are doing the delivery of
the various energies and we are telling her when to "push." We are
telling her when to hold her breath and when to breathe again.
There are many upon the planet at this time that have what you call
"the sight" the sight meaning the vision of the old ways. So some of
the things these beings are able to see and record are imageries
prior to the earthquake itself. Also there are at times thermal
fires on the surface of either the land or the water. In the four
corners area of the U.S. there are at times what some call the
dancing fires. This is a type of instant combustion flashpoint of
certain types of gases mixing with friction with thermal mass.
In days of old there were beings that knew how to talk and speak
with the volcanoes, which are the boilermaker systems of the planet.
You know what happens when too much pressure builds up within a
boiler, whether it be steam or nuclear. If there is too much
pressure, the boiler will blow. So what we say is possible. But
part of our function at this point in time is to make clear
statements to world leaders that certain activities are not to be
tolerated any longer. When any gov-rnment is so arrogant as to say
that the people do not need to be told the truthb of chemtrails or
HAARP, for example - then we will do what you call a checkmate.
Just as you have beings that you have named suicide bombers, you
also have world leaders who are willing to die in order to have
what they want. Think carefully on this.
Part of the reason we directed the earthquake to the area of
Alaska was to release energy away from some of the world's most
dangerous volcanoes Mt. Rainier, Popo, and Vesuvius are three of
them. Keep in mind that it is not the people of the various
countries that are e-il; it is their leaders who are the ancient
warlords coming together again for one final confrontation.
There are groups of individuals within those countries who are
still in the gridlock of fear and hatred for all those who are not
like they are. But for the most part, most of the population of
various countries yearn for peace.
Wayne: About three hours before the quake some kind of an anomaly
was recorded via satellite imagery, and it became not visible about
an hour before the quake (see <A
HREF="http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/alaska_quake.html">
http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/alaska_quake.html</A>). Did this
have some connection with the quake and if so, what was it?
Absolutely. This was a 4th dimensional beam wherein we utilized
a type of thermal mass and we use this wordage loosely because you
don't have equivalent wordage in your language system. Those with
the sight and who have the capacity to remote view will have the
ability to see. And again we are making statements to the powers
that be to stop their nonsense. They have been told in no uncertain
terms that their days are numbered. And as we have told you before,
they are having one final drunken brawl.
Sidebar: You are coming into the year 2003. We have told you
previously that the energy of 32-5 is the perfect number,
energywise, for humanity.
23 is the reverse energy of 32. It also is a 5. 2 is the energy
of the bridge and 3 is the energy of creative manifestation using
intellect from a visionary standpoint - by that we mean what is the
highest good for the entire planet. Keep in mind that at this
point in time the energy of 5 is a correlation of many types of
energy. It is the energy of the 5th planet, the 5th chakra, the
5-pointed star, and also 5 of the numerology system and 5 is also
the pivot point where one can take off in any direction as needed.
You are coming into the hallmark year of human existence. The year
2003 will be seen in future times as the year of the great crystal.
Take this information into deep meditation and you will be able to
see. Use the 5-pointed star in connection with the planetary star
tetrahedron and also the great blue-wh-te cross. Get really
creative in your visualizations.
Each of you functions to the highest level that you are able to.
In terms of basic math, a child who answers the question, "What
is 2 plus 2? with the answer as 4 gets 100%. A student who is
able to do decimals and fractions in a way to get the answer of 4
also receives 100%. It - Yes the 100% of whatever level you are on
will make for a planetary win for the greatest good of all humanity.
We are here to tell you that in the coming year many beings of
great light will declare to you who they are. There are many on
the planet at this time with the ability to raise the dead to
life; many who fly airplanes and drive their cars hundreds of miles
on empty; who can take the poisons of the Earth and not be
harmed; who can stop a fire in its tracks.
John F. Winston
Here is something that has come my way dealing with Melchizedek.
He was a person who lived during the time of Abraham.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: L
Dear All,
This resonates with me, big time, perhaps it will with you also,
if not pass it on.
In Love and Light,
K
From: Aq'naton Ben-Isha
To: Recipient List Suppressed:
Subject: A Message from Melchizedek
Aloha & Namaste, Dear Friends,
In recent weeks, the multidimensional being "Melchizedek" has come
to me with increasing frequency, urging me to share their message
with you, both through these regular e-mailings and through
occasional public events - in person in Sedona and, through
conference-call technology, over the phone.
The first live event is scheduled for Friday evening, November 22
at the Ascension Light Center in the Village of Oak Creek, Sedona.
More details regarding that event will follow in the coming days.
In the meantime, here is the first message. If friends or
colleagues in your network would resonate with it, I encourage you
to share it by forwarding it to them.
Ho'opomaika'i Nui
(Many Blessings),
Aq'naton Ben-Isha
mailto:Aqn...@AscensionLight.com
------------------------------------------------
Message from Melchizedek - On Being a Melchizedek
You have been chosen. You have been chosen and you chose.
You chose the Melchizedek healing mission, just as you were chosen
for it.
You agreed many, many, many, many lifetimes ago to return to this
time - at the End Times which are also the New Times - to assist
with and hasten The Change.
Yes, the entire Universe experiences this Change now - one that
was foretold by the Ancients, one you knew was imminent when you
contracted to be part of the vanguard healing team that would hasten
and accelerate its arrival, that would ease and lubricate its
effecting and implementation.
You were chosen and you chose. You chose to separate yourself
from the Mass Consciousness so you could change, transform and
revolutionize it.
You didn't pull away from Mass Consciousness because you didn't
fit in. You pulled away because it didn't fit in. It didn't fit in
with the Cosmic Plan for Universal Transformation, one for which you
as a Melchizedek helped draw the blueprints and are now here as
part of the Activation Team.
Yes, you are a Melchizedek. If you are reading this and resonating
with this, if you have ever felt curiosity about Melchizedek or the
Order of Melchizedek, if you have ever wondered how you could join
this Order or whether you already were a member, then you are a
Melchizedek. You are simply in the re-membering process as you
reintegrate that sacred, ancient energy, choice and beingness back
into your conscious awareness.
What does all this mean? What does it mean to be a Melchizedek?
What does it mean to be part of the Activation Team? We will speak
more of this at a future date. For now, let us say that being part
of the Melchizedek Activation Team means many things, for there is
not just one way in which you are called to act. There are many.
Many with meaning.
Allow yourself to remember them, to reclaim them, to surrender to
them, to release into them. Let your reluctance dissolve, for it has
no place at this time or in these times.
Your reluctance is borne of forgetfulness. You forget who you are,
what you are, why you are here and why it is so critical that you
do remember - more fully than all that you do remember and have
remembered to this point.
Remember who you are and what you are. You are a mighty Priest
Most High, a member of a mighty order Most High. We repeat: If you
read this and resonate to it, if you read this and have any
emotional response (even anger or fierce denial), you are a priest
of the Most High Order of Melchizedek. Whether you feel ready to
read this or know it, it is true.
Long ago were you ordained, so long ago that the memory of the
actual act is as the mists rising from a lake. Ages ago did you
contract and agree to help with this Change - which is a change in
you as much as it is a change in the very energetic fabric of the
Cosmos.
For you who read this, your call - which is, as well, your soul's
highest choice (as it was your soul's highest desire and choice to
seek out your original Melchizedek commitment and to seek out, in
this lifetime, your renewal and re-membering of that choice) -
your call is to honor the Holy Trinity of your calling: which is
the calling of all Melchizedeks, to one degree and extent or
another.
You know what it is, as it has not changed in this lifetime or in
any other.
In fact, it is more than a call. It was a pledge - honorably and
heartfully made and sworn, to:
1. Write.
2. Teach.
3. Heal.
Every Melchizedek will have different emphases placed on each of
these components, a different soul emphasis and different emphases
at different parts. It is for each of you reading this to discern
the balance for you, knowing that whichever element elicits fear or
resistance at this moment in time is the element upon which you are
called to place the greater part of your will and love, in order to
melt, dissolve and eradicate your resistance - not solely for your
whole-making but for the world's.
Are you not writing? Then write, for a Melchizedek is also a
record-keeper, a keeper not only of the past and present record but,
most important still, of the future record.
What you write is less a journaling of thoughts, feelings and
emotions past (as transitionally transformational as that can be) as
an imprinting of what is to be - this, as much through the energy of
your words set to print as through their content.
Whether you are clear, at this moment, about what you see and
"know," you are a prophet and visionary - not predicting an outcome
so much as visioning the array of outcomes, all of which are
simultaneously present and possible.
You see it, and whether you know it consciously or not, your
words reflect it, carry the energy of it.
You are an energy worker in all you do, and your words carry
powerful energy.
So, write.
For your writings, completed, contemplated and in progress, are
key elements in your mission, calling and prearranged choice.
Remember that.
Now, we come to teaching.
Melchizedeks are teachers as well as priests. Priests, like
rabbis, are, first and foremost, teachers.
You are not an intermediary to Sp-rit, as many in the traditional
Chr-stian teaching have mistakenly come, over the millennia, to
characterize themselves.
You are a link. There is a difference. An intermediary believes
him/herself to be an ever-necessary connection point to the Divine,
on the false assumption that most people cannot, will not or should
not have a direct experience of the -------
A link is a guide, opening individuals to their own Divinity and
reconnecting them to the Oneness that is the only truth, the only
All That Is...leading individuals into their own power and
empowerment, which is their own recognition and experience of The
Source of All within each of them.
The teaching element of the Divine Melchizedek Teaching can be
accomplished and effected in many ways that are not mutually
exclusive and that differ for each individual. None may involve
standing before a class in a formal setting. But some most
certainly will involve working directly with groups, in one
powerful way or another - be it as workshop leader or, in fact,
sp-ritual leader of a congregation of faith and of the faithful.
All involve a public form of communication, a public voicing of
truths, a public opening of your throat chakra through speech. Be
open to the way(s) this part of your mission will manifest for you.
A critical part of the teaching path of the Melchizedek mission is
teaching-through-being. Being the Melchizedek you are - openly,
lovingly and heartfully - is, itself, a powerful teaching. So be all
that you would teach and re-member, and this critically important
part of your choice and mission will take care of itself.
And, now to healing... You are a healer. Let us repeat: You are a
healer. Yes, you heal through your words and your teaching. But as
a Melchizedek, are you called to a more direct experience and
expression of the healing process.
You are a healer. Look at your hands and know that. Feel, however
faintly, the energy flowing from Spir-t through your hands. That
energy is needed right now. Right now, in this instant. And right
now, in this now.
Do not run from the power which is so much a part of you, so
integral to who and what you are.
It is part of your healing as an individual and part of the Cosmic
Healing you contracted and chose and were chosen to assist with, a
Cosmic Healing of the entire beingness and oneness of Sp-rit, in all
its dimensions and manifestations.
Of course, these roles - writing, teaching, healing - are not
mutually exclusive. Each is a part of the others and all work
together in a harmonious oneness, when you let them, when you
surrender to them and allow. When you surrender to your
Melchizedek-ness, if you will, and trust in the power for infinite
good and cosmic healing and whole-making that has rested in you for so
long that it is part of the essence of who and what you are.
And so, yes, your writing is a teaching and healing. Your healing
is a teaching. Your teaching is a healing. But don't ignore or
diminish these elements in their individuality, for they are
critical - to your Melchizedek journey of wholeness and to your
Melchizedek journey of cosmic healing.
That is all for now. We leave you with this blessing...
May the opening you now feel in your heart blossom and expand
until it reaches, touches and embraces every other heart and heart
energy in the Cosmos - friend and perceived foe alike, priest and
terr-rist alike.
For only in that embrace will oneness return to the Cosmos, as
it must if Heaven on Earth is to be attained and achieved in this
lifetime - in your lifetime.
Your Ascension is in progress. Join it consciously, if you have
not already, through an act of love and oneness today, as you
acknowledge, embrace and live the fullness of your Melchizedek
mission.
Blessings to you all - now and forever more.
Melchizedek
---------------------------------------
If this message was forwarded to you and you would prefer to
receive your own copy of future transmissions, please click here
or e-mail
Aqn...@AscensionLight.com with "Subscribe-Melchizedek" in the
subject line.
* * * * * *
THE MELCHIZEDEK
ASCENSION ACTIVATION
Aq'naton's unique blend of toning,
vocal sacred geometry and
guided journeying
Now Available on CD!
$--.-- + S&H / $-.-- + S&H with a personal Activation)
Visa/MasterCard accepted
Order today: (928) 282-7644 or
mailto:Aqn...@AscensionLight.com
"A wondrous life-changing experience"
~Shirley Michener, Vancouver, B.C.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Subject: Man Communicates With Alien Space People. Nov. 23, 2002.
Here is some information about a person who was trained to
communicate with alien space people.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: D
Subject: ABOVE BL-CK: Interviews
Bruni's Column - March 1999
By Georgina Bruni
Project Preserve Destiny
Dan Sh-rman went into the United States A-r Force like most other
Americans, extremely proud to serve his country and its well trained
sophisticated mil-tary. During his twelve years in service he was
reorganized for heroism and was decorated with more than his fair
share of medals and honors.
Everything appeared to be going well for Sergeant Sh-rman until
he was involuntarily recruited into a special program called
"Project Preserve Destiny" (PPD), an ABOVE B-ACK project which
would eventually change his life and result in him leaving the US-F
for which he was so dedicated.
Sergeant She-man began his training for (PPD) at the National
Se-urity Agency (N-A) whilst at the same time training for a career
in ELINT, a highly sensitive, mostly "Above Top Se-ret" project.
The ELINT training, although a genuine program, was to act as a
cover for his participation in "Project Preserve Destiny".
Arriving at the NS- he was told the following startling news by
an Ai- Force Captain. "To put it bluntly, Sergeant Sher-an, in the
summer of 1960 your mother was visited by what the world commonly
refers to as aliens. Random tests were being conducted on the
general populace at the time to determine compatibility." The
Captain explained that whilst he (Sherm-n) was still in his mother's
womb, he had been implanted to enable him to make contact with
aliens through "intuitive communications". He was also told that
the US gov-nment had been in contact with aliens since 1947.
Needless to say, S-erman was shocked, but relieved to hear that he
was 100% human and not part alien. So began three years with the
(PPD) program and his communication with an alien species.
Sh-rman's story is as fascinating as they come, and one can't
help but sit back in amazement as you learn what allegedly are the
facts of a cov-rt operation so se-ret it goes even beyond the
"Bla-k Projects", and is referred to as "Grey Matter" or "Slant
Missions". According to She-man, the alien cover-up is buried deep
within the "Onion Effect" - so many layers, and with every alien
project - there is a bla-k project hiding it. After he began
receiving disturbing abduction data, realizing that alien
abductions were still ongoing, he decided to take drastic measures
to obtain a discharge from the US-F and go public in the hopes that
other insiders will follow in his footsteps.
Exclusive Interview with Dan S-erman
GB: Mr Sh-rman thank you for taking the time to do this interview.
You are the author of "ABOVE BL-CK - Project Preserve Destiny" and I
understand the book is about your involvement in an Ai-
Force/Gov-rnment co-ert operation relating to an alien (ET) project.
Can you offer some details about your work in this project and what
it entailed?
DS: I served as an Intuitive Communicator for the National Sec-rity
Agency while stationed at two separate locations as a member of the
US -ir Force intelligence community. My job was to maintain intuitive
communications with my alien contact and report the results of each
contact. My intuitive abilities were a result of what is referred to
in grey circles as "genetic management", procedures conducted while
I was still in the womb.
GB: You claim that whilst in your mother's womb you were given
certain abilities which allowed you to communicate with ET's. Can
you explain this, and how did your superiors know that you had this
ability which resulted in you being selected for the project?
DS:. As it was explained to me, Project Preserve Destiny began in
1960. This was/is a project with the goal of genetically
manipulating human offspring so they would have the ability to
communicate with this alien species. It is a joint effort
(alien/human) in cooperation with one another. I am unclear as to
the real reasons for this cooperation. I was told it was to provide
an ability to carry on high level communications during an impending
electromagnetic communication outage on a worldwide basis subsequent
to a major catastrophe in the future.
GB: You mentioned that the ET's were unemotional. Do you mean that
they are not ruled by emotions like we appear to be?
DS: Yes. I have touched on this in the book, and many people have
written since the book came out wanting to know more about this.
Our communications were extremely vibrant, nothing like vocal
language. During the communication I could always sense peripheral
things surrounding the communication. This is very difficult to
explain. I sensed a great deal of emotion but not the demonstrative
type we are all so familiar with as humans.
GB: I understand that you haven't actually met an ET in physical
form, but do you know what the ETs look like?
DS: No, I have never physically seen one. My idea of what they
look like is the same as everyone else's... based on the popular
culture icon of the big head, big eyes and pointed chin.
During the time you were with "Project Preserve Destiny" did you
ever hear of any British or European involvement in the UFO/Alien
cover-up?
DS: During our communications I attempted to bring up the subject
of other nations and their involvement. I cannot remember the exact
moment I came to this realization but my impression over time was
that there were other nations involved as well. I'm not sure the
criteria for this involvement but my thoughts are that the nations
involved are close allies of the US. Australia, UK, Canada and
perhaps Japan in a limited way. I also believe this based on other
information I know not directly related to PPD but crucial + critical
to the overall picture nonetheless.
GB: I believe you held some top security clearances, can you name
some of these?
DS: The security clearances I held all related to my work with
Bl-ck projects which I am not at liberty to expound upon. In reading
my book you will realize how much of a tightrope I am walking
relating to the other missions (highly classified, and rightfully
so) and how I have tried to stay away from. In order to hide the
existence of PPD they cloak it with other projects of which are
highly classified unto themselves... the Bl-ck ones. Hence the name
"Above Bla-k." An obvious play on words a.k.a. Timothy Good's book
"Above Top Sec-et."
GB: Why did you leave the project and the A-r Force?
DS: This is a question that leads to a myriad of answers. The
straw that broke the camel's back, however, surrounded the
communications that I had started to receive from my second alien
contact. The comms appeared to be abduction data. It was unsettling
to me to have to report things such as "Potentiality for Recall" and
"Residual Pain Levels." I asked to be relieved of my duties regarding
PPD, was told no, in no uncertain terms, which led to my retaliation
by resorting to drastic measures in attempting to receive a
discharge.
It is is described in more depth in the book.
GB: Many are convinced that world gov-rnments are releasing
information through various inside sources: have you been briefed in
any way to play a part in this, or was the choice to go public
wholly your own, and if so, why?
DS:. This may be true. Disi-formation is very important when
attempting to hide the truth. However, in my case, there are a few
people in the inner circles of the N-A, N-O and U-AF that are not
happy. My experience is true and untainted with di-information. I
have decided to tell for many reasons one of them being, I am curious
to know more that what was told to me. If I come forward, then
others may as well. Sooner of later, someone will be able to put the
pieces of the puzzle together and get a much clearer picture of
what is going on. My part of the puzzle is small compared to what is
left unseen and unexplored.
GB: Do you think that the leaders, i.e. Cl-nton, Bl-ir, are
familiar with the UFO/ET cover-up or are they being kept out of the
loop?
DS: I don't believe the current leadership in either country
knows the full story. Perhaps none of it. They are not the keepers
of the grey flame but I don't know exactly who is. I think the last
world leader that knew all of it or most all of it was President
Tr-man. I believe Re-gan and Tha-cher knew something. Again, I don't
know how much though.
GB: In your opinion, is there is need for concern over the alien
situation, and is there an alien presence here on Earth?
DS: From my experiences, I would trust my alien contact more than
the human commanders I was assigned. When I communicated with my
alien contacts, I could sense no dishonesty or distrust. I have no
fear of them whatsoever.
However, are there other species hanging around that we should
not trust?
This I don't know. I don't believe there are terrestrial based
aliens present, no.
GB: Finally, how are you coping - having come out into the open?
Are you being harassed by any of the departments you worked for,
UFO skeptics or others?
DS: No. I have not been harassed. Everything is going as planned
so far. I didn't think they would come after me if I stuck to the
grey aspect of my job. If they can't hang me for revealing B-ack
information they will not do anything. It's a rock and hard place
for them. If they arrest me for revealing what I know about PPD
then they are validating what I am saying.
As long as I walk the tightrope as well as I have been doing, I
should be fine. It's interesting to note that I have received much
mail since going public and an inordinate amount of it has arrived
open. Some of it has even been sliced open from the top. This could
be mere coincidence, but in my world you think of these things.
In closing, I'd like to say thank you for allowing me to share
some of my experiences with your readers. I hope I was able to
answer some of their questions. I encourage them to let me know
what they think of the book. I love feedback.
Respectfully yours, Dan Sh-rman.
Dan She-man's book, ABOVE BLA-K, an insider account of alien
contact and gove-ment cover-up, is an excellent read. Obtainable
from OneTeam Publishing.
His website can be reached at http://www.aboveblack.com.
------------------------------------
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
.................
Subject: Lady K. Has Something To Say. Part 3 of 3. Nov. 23, 2002.
In this part Lady K. interprets a person's dream.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From a reader on 11/5/02: I was handed an invitation to a FUNERAL
... it was to be the funeral of ALPHA CENTAURI. There was much
happiness in this feeling, so this is obviously a very good sign. I
have no knowledge of Alpha Centauri, but the little I have had the
chance to seek out this morning tells me that it is the star system
that is closest to our sun and it is capable of sustaining life as
we know it. It is barely visible from the northern hemisphere, and
seems to be visible close to the Southern Cross. I am still
researching. I have also discovered that it is one of what we
Australians term the *pointer stars* of the Southern Cross." I am
curious to know if Lady Kadjina is able to throw some light on what
significance this message may have please.
Alpha Centauri is the complex with what we call the knowledge of
sp-ritual science. They are the masters of transformation through
the use of alchemy.
The funeral signifies the death of the old ways or the shifting
of time. And yes indeed this type of science is that energy of
the pointer. It points the way to go safely. And indeed it does
help direct the nurturing and mothering energies of the Sun in
transforming alchemical ways back to Planet Earth.
The Arcturian and Pleiadian complexes are often referred to as
"The Great Bear." The Southern Cross is a configuration that can
be somewhat dire --------- if great master alchemists from Alpha
Centauri, there are built-in safety factors and this is the reason
for great joy. The master alchemist in this instance is Chiron.
When manifested upon the Earth plane, this was the being that was
part horse and part man. And for reasons of his own, he still loves
that symbology. But Chiron will come into the fullness of his being
of his return in the year 2003 along with the master Thoth. These
are two beings of the greatest energy formations of old Atlantis.
They have much to do with the great crystal city emerging in the
Bimini Island area. And the master alchemist is directing many
forms of triangle energies in connection to the Earth grid system
and the reconnection of that system to the human's multidimensional
chakra system. Now this human system functions both on an
individual basis but most particularly in group relationship systems
where the nadial connector points are properly connected so that
mental tel-pathy and many levels of healing can take place.
From a reader on 11/9/02: Please elaborate on the presence of the
Collective Messiah or Earth Keys, as to their mission in these end
times.
The Collective Messiah is the same as the Collective Christ-Buddha
energy. It is the energy of the heart chakra that we have spoken of
in recent messages. It is the ability of one human to greet the
Christ Messiah energy in another in what we have recently called the
Holy Communion service. One of the greatest of the Earth keys being
made available presently is to be able to greet each human who has
the capacity for any level of goodwill with compassionate
understanding. Love is the Earth key energy at the present time.
Love is all there is. So whatever key may be in your possession
that you might use in your everyday work - if you function from the
standpoint of love, you will be successful.
The Collective Messiah can also be named the S-ul of Humanity.
And at this point in time the mass consciousness has reached more
than 51% asking for peace. Only the minority is asking for w-r;
only the minority is living in greed.
A reader requests information about her involvement with a certain
individual who is involved with se-recy, se-urity, and gov-rnmental
agencies, wherein it appears that she is being watched and has been
told to be careful. She senses the need to serve a purpose in
divulging information - my mil-tary connection that Lady K talks
about and the other bits and pieces that she says are parts of the
puzzle others are holding. She also says that in the days just
ahead, a way will be provided...to share insights and information,
and it seems she is talking about this group with these particular
m-litary pieces. If there is some way that I can be of direct
assistance to providing that way, I would like to know.
When we spoke of sharing information, we were speaking of many
groups of humans sharing information with one another who have
similar interests. Your primary function at this time is to find
ways to establish peace. And one of the things that you can do is
simply be a watcher. You can learn much from within the realms of
the silence. You are not to go looking for a particular person to
share information with. At the right time, an individual will
appear as if from nowhere.
Continue to collect and gather information and keep it in a safe
place. When the time for her to act has come, you will know
without a doubt what it is that she is to do and how you are to do
it. As far as taking care is concerned, listen to your higher self.
Follow directions from that standpoint and don't allow yourself to
be intimidated by humans. We would suggest to you, rather than
linking up with other go-ernmental agencies per se, that you
instead link up with lightworkers who are not fear-based.
You might consider getting together a group of three - yourself
and two others and hold weekly meditations, keeping in mind that
it is not unusual for disincarnate beings to gather during these
types of meditation. In this way, you will be forming the ch-rch
not made with hands. The only requirement for the other two
persons in a meditation group is that they be of goodwill. They
must have a compassionate love for every ra-e of beings currently
upon the planet. When you have found two such beings, in the
event that both or all three are females, ask for a male energy
from the world of sp-rit to enter in to assist in the balancing
of energies. This could be an individual from the disincarnate
group that will gather during meditation.
John F. Winston
Here is something that was given to me.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
The Christmas Visitor
It happened one day near December's end,
two neighbors called on an old time friend.
They found his house so meager and lean,
made pretty with many boughs of green.
And Conrad was sitting with his face ashine,
when he suddenly stopped stitchin' the
twine, and he said "old friends of mine, at
dawn today when the cock was a crowin'
away, the lord appeared to me in a dream
and said" I'm coming to visit you on
Christmas Day" so I've been busy makin'
branches of fir---the table is spread and the
kettle is shined, and over the rafters the
holly is twined, and now I'll wait for the
Lord to appear, and listen closely so I will
hear His steps as he nears my humble place,
and I'll open the door and look on His face.
So his friends went home and left Conrad
alone for this was the happiest day that
Conrad had known, for long since his family
had passed away, and Conrad had spent
many a sad Christmas day.
But he knew with the Lord as his Christmas
guest, THIS Christmas would be his dearest
and best.
So he listened with only joy in his heart and
with every sound he'd rise with a start, and
look for the Lord to be at his door like the
vision he'd had a few hours before. So he
ran to the window after hearing a sound, but
all he could see on the snow covered ground
was a shabby old beggar whose shoes were
torn and all his clothes were ragged and
worn. But Conrad was touched and he
went to the door and said "Your feet must be
frozen and sore---I have some shoes in my
shop for you and a coat that will keep you
warm, too."
With a thankful heart the man went away,
but Conrad noticed the time of day, and he
wondered what made the dear Lord so late
and how much longer he'd have to wait.
Then he heard a knock and he ran to the
door, but it was only a stranger once more.
A bent old lady with a shawl of black and a
bundle of kindlin' tied on her back. She
asked only for a place to rest---but ---that
was reserved for Conrad's great guest. But
her voice seemed to plead "Don't send me
away, let me rest awhile on this Christmas
day." So Conrad brewed her a steamin' cup,
and told her to sit at the table and sup.
So after she left he was filled with dismay
for he saw that the hours were slipping away
and the Lord hadn't come like He said He
would, and Conrad was sure he had
misunderstood.
Then out of the stillness he heard a cry
"Please help me and tell me where am I" and
again he opened the door and stood
disappointed as twice before. It was only a
little child who had wondered away and was
lost from he family on this Christmas day.
Again Conrad's heart was heavy and sad, but
he knew he could make the little girl glad--
so he calmed her and wiped her tears and
quieted all her fears---then he led her back
to her home once more, but as he entered his
own dark door he knew that the Lord was
not coming that day, for the hours of
Christmas had passed away.
So he went to his room and knelt down to
pray. And he said "Lord, why did you
delay? What kept you from coming to call
on me for I wanted so much your face to
see?"
When soft in the silence a voice he
heard--"Lift up your head, for I kept my
word!
3 times my shadow crossed your floor
3 times I came to you lowly door.
For I was the beggar with bruised cold feet,
and I was the woman you gave something to
eat.
And I was the child out on the street.
3 times I knocked---3 times I came in
and each time I found the warmth of a
friend. Of all the gifts, Love is the best.
I was honored to be your Christmas guest."
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Nov. 25, 2002.
Here is another interview with Dan Sher-man. This time it is on a
Chat Line. Each person who comments or says something is identfied
with a short name or handle as is used in CB radio.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Online Chat with Dan She-man
on #ufo, 31st January 1998
Raine
Hello everyone and welcome to the United Kingdom UFO Network #UFO
channel meeting here on Ultranet.
We are very honoured to have with us here tonight as our special
guest - Dan S-erman -
Dan many thanks for taking the time to visit with us tonight. We
hope that you enjoy your stay, as much as I'm sure we will. Dan when
you have finished answering a question could you please type DS so
that we know you are ready for the next question.
Here is a short introduction to Dan Sher-an:
Dan Sherm-n went into the United States A-r Force like most other
Americans, extremely proud to serve his country and it's well
trained mi-itary. During his twelve years in service he was
recognised for heroism and has been decorated with the AF
Commendation Medal, as well as the AF Achievement Medal with two
oakleaf clusters and was honoured for service in the Persion Gulf
W-r. Everything appeared to be going well for Sergeant S-erman
until he was recruited into a special programme called 'Project
Preserve Destiny' (PPD), an ABOVE BLA-K project which would
eventually change his life and result in him leaving the U-AF.
OK Dan, would you like to add anything to that or would you like
the first question?
Dan
That's a good synopsis, let us begin..
Welcome Mr. Sher-an can you tell us about the type of genetic
alterations the aliens did to you to create the type of conduit
you became for the N-A? And if there are others in the public
sector being biologically manipulated by them for those purposes and
others?
Dan
I don't know exactly what procedure was performed.. all I was told
was that I was a part of a genetic manipulation program designed to
give humans the ability to communicate for a specific reason with
this alien ra-e. There are others that have the same ability.
Tinman-BF
When you meet your first alien contacts, How did you feel and was
it expected?
Dan
I have never "met" personally any alien. (Sounds funny even typing
it!) I "intuitively communicated" with two separate aliens.
Mulder
Do you know of c-a involvement with ymca, using selected targets
as manchurian candidates to carry out covert ops for ci-/ns-?
Dan
I'm unaware of any CI- involvement with what you speak of. Sorry.
Do I recall that you mentioned a location in the Great Lakes area
that was part of the information you recieved from the aliens? If
so, can you tell me more about the area mentioned and the
significance of that area? What is going on there?
Dan
I had received abduction data towards the end of my stay with the
project.
On three occasions I looked up the location of the abductions of
which I was receiving information about. One of them was in
Wisconsin somewhere. I didn't look at the specific area of
Wisconsin.
Dave_UFO
Since leaving the U-AF and PPD project have you met anyone else
involved with the project?
Dan
No... neither do I expect to. Although, I guess it is possible
someday. As people get out of the mil-tary under normal circumstances
I'm sure there will be other intuitive communicators who come
forward.
Tinman-BF
Do you, in you life time, think that the go-enment will come out
in the open to public about the presence of Aliens?
Dan
I believe they will never do so voluntarily. But the more people
who come forward who have knowledge, the more they will be forced
out of the UFO closet.
color
While meeting abductees, have you come across meeting any that You
had recieved information about them, while working for the NS-? from
the aliens.
Dan
I had never received personal data that would allow me to connect
a certain person to the data I received.
Angela-
Mr She-man does "k811" mean anything to you? If so, what do you
associate it with?
Dan
If you replace the "8" with another symbol, yes.
mush
Dan: have you new information about the company of noise
cancellation.
Dan
Interesting question. A man named "Bob" that I have been
communicating with has done a lot of research about that company
since I released my book and has found out a lot of interesting
information. I may be getting this onto the aboveblack.com website
soon. Interesting stuff, all the correlations...
Gandalf1
Dan: You said that you intiutivly communicated with aliens...
did you do this by "telapathic communication" if yes isn't this
quite impossible as you have to have a certain focus on the
person you are trying to communicate with?
Dan
I am always careful to NOT call it telepathy mainly because I'm
not sure what telepathy specifically feels like. I "intuitively
communicated" and from what I have read about telepathy, this is
a much more real and vivid way of communicating. This is explained
in the book a bit more in depth.
mulder
Were you involved in project stargate, have yopu ever dealt with
sas or sis in uk?
Dan
No I have never worked with these projects. Very classified
projects are always extremely compartmented and the chances of
someone working on several different highly classified projects at
once is very unlikely.
comet7
Dan, do you know what type of aliens these were and where they
were from?
Dan
I'm unaware of the "type", and I never really was able to find out
where they were from. I do know they manipulated time in order to
travel. This would allow them to be from a great distance from earth.
Dave_UFO
Did you ever feel that there was an ulterior motive to your work in
that you were perhaps being trained for something more than what you
had been told?
Dan
Yes, most definitely .. especially towards the end. The cover story
they told me about providing a means of worldwide communication in
the futre because of an electromagnetic outage worldwide was most
likely true (perhaps) but there was certainly more to it than that.
SickBoy
Hello Mr Sherman. Why do you expect people to believe your story?
You have offered no evidence at all to substaniate your claims.
Except you tell us about genetic alternations that modern medicine
cannot do. That you are telepathic, but not with humans. You can
make anything seem plausible to believers by introducing the alien
factor. What do you feel is the most convincing thing about your
story?
Dan
My background in the mi-itary can be verified. The bases I have
been stationed at are "known" for there "interesting" missions. Other
than that, it is based on faith. Just because someone does not have
evidence of something does not automatically make it untrue.
color
What types of information did you recieve? And what information
did you recieve regarding the abductions in Wisconsin? Or elsewhere?
Dan
I received "comms" for more than two years. The types of
information varied throughout those years. They started with strings
of numbers. But slowly evolved to images and towards the end it
became what I readily identified as abduction data. It was not a
great deal of data... things like time, date, lat/long (location)
potentiality for recall, residual pain levels...etc.
Nothing person specific though.
Dave_UFO
Dan I understand that your family may not know of your involvement
in Project Preseve Destiny (PPD). Is this still the case? How do
your friends & work colleague's react to you?
Dan
Something as different as my experience will automatically make
people uncomfortable. This has been the case with a part of my
family. There is a part of my family that does not know however
because I learned a lesson when revealing it to the other part of
the family. If you want your relationships to be unfettered by
mistrust, you simply don't bring it up.
Coincidently, my firends are more readily accepting of this. My
wife, however, has been rock soild throughout the whole ordeal as
she knows me better than anyone else, and knows I wouldn't make
this type of thing up.
Crow
Dan I know that you said you were taken to your comms room via a
an with blacked out windows. Did you get taken directly into an NS-
building or did the van park outside and you had to enter the
building by walking.
Dan
I was taken there via a blacked out van and a van without windows
period. I was taken into a garage like structure. I never saw the
outside of this structure. I went directly from the van to the door
I entered to get to the elevator in the garage.
buck7
Dan, how can you be sure that you were not being manipulated
mentally by your -SA employers into thinking that you were in
contact with aliens? With all due respect.
Dan
This is a popular question. The short answer is, I can't be
sure. But the nature of the communications would lead anyone to
believe that it was from extraterrestrial origin. Humans have
the mental structure of cmmunications compared to what I
experienced. It is very difficult to explain the difference.
John F. Winston
Here is a case where a space person took over an Earth person's
body and never gave it back.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: E
Subject: Pleiadian co-tactee Adrian 1/3
Subject:
The man who fell to Earth
From:
Sean David Morton talks at length with his friend mysterious
Pleiadian cont-ctee Adrian (prounouced Ah-dre-ain) in his only known
interview.
Adrian's amazing photographs taken onboard UFO's during his
contacts have stunned and startled numerous experts, lending
credibilty to his astounding story. (See the UFO photos page for
some of these pictures).
His former fiance Claudina is also interviewed for this article
and was present for many of the contacts and appeared in many of the
UFO videos he shot during this period. Adrian is currently traveling
in Europe.
[EDITOR'S NOTE: When Adrian arrived for the interview, he had
lost his contact notes. They had either been misplaced or stolen,
and this greatly perturbed him. From what I have read of his
writings, he is very eloquent and profound. This interview, and the
transcription of it, will help him greatly in the future because of
the loss of these notes.
[He speaks English with a heavy Spanish accent, and some of this
transcript my be hard to understand because of his unique manner of
speaking and inflection. I have tried to clean it up where I can, and
once you get into the rhythm of the piece you should have no
problems.
[Just remember! You heard it all here FIRST! Enjoy!]
May 8, 1996
Sean: So, with the loss of your contact notes, you are probably
going to have to pretty much start all over from the beginning
today...
Adrian: Yes, I suppose I should.
Sean: Because the things that we are going over are very
important, they have everything to do with what is happening on
our little earth. Tell me about the pendant you are wearing. [The
pendant appears to be a large yellow faceted sapphire about the
size of a small egg.]
Adrian: What do you think of it, eh?
Sean: I think it is beautiful. It looks like a yellow sapphire.
Adrian: It's a thing I wanted but I didn't know exactly how it
would come about. I needed a jewel that would perform certain
functions. [Laughs]
Looks like you have one too! [He points at the medallion around my
neck.]
Sean: It's called a nuclear receptor....
Adrian: That's interesting. That comes from Fred Bell, yes?
Sean: Yes. Dr. Fred Bell. He sends his regards by the way. He is
also a UFO co-tactee.
Adrian: [Holding up the pendant] I wanted something that I could
work with for certain reasons, certain personal things, and so I
just sent out the thought. Then the Pleiadians came in and said they
were going to give me something. In this case it was from someone
else. A friend of mine called and said, "I have this beautiful thing
for you!" When I saw it I freaked out! Because it was exactly what
I wanted, the shape and everything. So they used her as a mediator,
you know?
Sean: Does it have any particularly unique powers of abilities, or
is it just nice?
Adrian: It seems just nice, but it's used to reflect back
negativity.
Anything as far as thoughts from people or actions or whatever, it
will be reflected right back at them.
Sean: So you were born originally in Cuba?
Adrian: Havana, Cuba, yes.
Sean: When's your birthday?
Adrian: This one...this body.... was born Nov. 19, 1955.
Sean: And in 1965 you came here to Miami?
Adrian: Well, the boy came here in 1960 and in 1965 was when the
approach and the soul transfer occurred. Let's talk about that a
little bit.
The boy's physical body was very poor. He was partially mentally
retarded and in very bad physical condition. He [I] was throwing a
ball in the air when he [I] saw a V-shaped phalanx of ships coming
across the sky. The lead ship began to glow very brightly and
descend. He [I] thought it was a plane crashing so the boy ran
towards his bike, and before he could make it, he was taken up into
the ship. Inside the craft was when the boy first saw Adrian.
He is from a planet called Romel in the Alcyone star system, some
950 years in our linear future. The boy was placed in a glass case
and his soul essence was removed and healed, where it was incarnated
in a much more positive environment. Then Adrian laid down in a
second glass case.
There was a device that looked like a large white box, like a
refrigerator, with glowing tubes coming out of the glass cases
into and out of the white box. Adrian transferred maybe 10 or 20% of
his mind and soul into this body, so that he could exist
simultaneously in the future and in this time-line. Like an
archeologist or anthropologist that has found a way to travel in
time and not disrupt the structure of the time he is studying.
When I got up out of the glass case on the ship, and I saw this huge
blonde being, it was like looking in a mirror. Like looking back at
myself.
Sean: So you are saying that you are not simply a 'Cont-ctee', a
human being in contact with extraterrestials, but that you are, in
fact, one of them?
Adrian: [Smiles] When I came in, I came in full consciousness.
During the process of days I started losing everything. Except the
most important thing...Who I was. That was never lost. I retain only
certain memories.
Now, I'm sort of trying to recuperate. I sort of went down for a
long time and now I'm on my way back up. Little by little. In other
words, I've been left with about 5% of the whole consciousness.
Everything else is in the other one [the ET]. So I am very human
now, you know.
When I came in, I took over all the mentally retarded boy's debts,
his karma. That was part of the deal in the astral plane, so that
he could progress very quickly in his new incarnation. When I had
fixed his karma to a comfortable degree, then I left his family.
I'll never forget it.
The Pleiadians came into my room one day and said they had
orders from the Pleiadian high council. "You've got to leave as
soon as possible.
Everything is arranged for you, because the vibrations here in
the home are of fear with the contact." And I was a little surprised
in a way, but I was expecting it. And they said, 'Don't worry,
everything is fine.
Everything will be O.K. We have contacts, and we've made
arrangements, don't worry about anything. Just pack up, and we'll
take care of everything."
Sean: How old were you when this happened?
Adrian: Um, around 16 or 17, I think.
Sean: Where were you? Was this in the United States? In Miami?
Where did you move to when you were 16? Where did you go?
Adrian: That's a curious thing. I did what they told me, packed
everything. Then I get a call from a friend of mine; saying to meet
these guys who just came from Japan, a martial artist, staying for
a while in Miami. Oh, I said, 'Man, that's for me', I love martial
arts. Then I went to see them, and we became friends, and evidently
they saw something, maybe not strange, but different in me, and
they asked me if I wanted to join them, and become part of the
group, and I said, 'Oh this is the connection for me!' So, and I
went to live with these people, And I became a black belt and got
involved with the Buddhist philosophy.
Sean: Did they have an Ashram, like a Dojo, here in Miami?
Adrian: Yes, here in Miami. They had a shrine in their house.
So, I lived with them for months. And then there I met another
friend, and then after that, after I worked maybe 8 months, or
something, I don't remember. I went to live with a friend that I
met there, with them, for about a year, something like that. After
that I got a job. Then I lived on my own; I got my own apartment,
and like that.
Sean: So you started out being very independent, very young.
Adrian: Very young. 'They' started kicking me, really quick, to
make me mature real quickly... at many levels, and told me not to
depend on people, not to trust in anyone. Not to trust many people.
Sean: Do you ever see your mother and father here much?
Adrian: No, they're dead, physically, now.
Sean: Oh. I'm sorry.
Adrian: They were pretty old. At that time, with that family. I
have a half brother in New York, and that's about it. I don't have
any more family.
Sean: What happened to the physical soul of the... I'm not sure
what his original name was, but the original soul of the other body.
The small boy you once were.
Adrian: They told me they took him to South America to reincarnate,
in a family, which was very interestingly, a family with money, and
they are into a metaphysical things. So, he is much better. The deal
was pretty good for him. Good for him, for us, for everybody.
Because he was not going to make it, he was dying, and emotionally
he wasn't well with that fanatical family. They were driving him
crazy, you know.
I was going crazy there. There were times I would come from
school, and I'd see priests there, I'd see psychiatrists in the
house. Because they
thought that the de-il was in me. That's what they were saying.
Sean: Is that why?
Adrian: Yeah, because I would fool around with these people. Tell
them the future, tell them sometimes what I was dreaming, and bother
them. I'd see what they would do. I spoke to these people like they
were an experiment in the house, you know. Not in a malicious way,
you know? I just wanted to see some reaction, to learn myself, and
how they would take things, you know. I would play around like that,
but, what really did it, was in three weeks when I came in, it was
just three weeks, I left the Ch-rch, that's what really did it. And,
then it got really very strong.
Sean: You left the Ca-holic Chu-ch? When you were 10, and you told
your parents you didn't want to go anymore?
Adrian: Yep. That's it. Just like that.
Sean: When was your first physical contact? When was the first
time that you actually rode on a ship, do you remember it?
Physically, after you got your new body.
Adrian: Hmmm... I've got to think back. Because there were times
it was done physically and there were times it was done astrally,
and sometimes that is very similar when to the physical, either way.
I think the next time was right away, immediately, and this was in
a matter of days, in the same park. And then I remember once,
outside the Orange Bowl.... I would come with my bike, and with my
footballs, and just started kicking and stayed till very late at
night.
John F. Winston
Dec. 1, 2002.
This part talks about the space people who helped Hitler.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sean: So you were out playing soccer, and they came down and got
you?
Adrian: That's how it would happen, the contact.
Sean: Outside the Orange Bowl? Was it outside or actually in the
Orange Bowl?
Adrian: No, no. In the parking lot. On the grass. They have a big
thing there. It is changed today, but before it was bigger. And
that's how they would do it, you know? My little bike, a bag of
footballs. I was pretty good at escaping. I was a high school kicker
for Miami High and I was aiming to become a Pro, and even once,
some people from the New England, back then with Boston or something,
they came to right up to the field, and they told me, 'you are a
good goal keeper, you can play for us.'
So I started preparing everything to go. Something told me to drop
it, because that would have taken me in another direction in my life,
so, I turned them down. But, today,I still have the little part of
me that asks 'how could it have been?'I could have played pro soccer
can you imagine?
Sean: Well, we have better things planned for you, believe me.
And, so do the Pleiadians, I guess. Did they ever give you a reason,
as to why particularly they chose the body that you are in, now? As
to why they chose you at that time?
Adrian: Because one of the things they told me was that they knew
the people in the family, a lot of the family members of this body.
And all the incarnations. They have had conflict with the same
people that live in that family of the little boy. Not only that,
but there were things there from the past, dangling, that had to be
conquered and resolved. But on top of everything else, on many
levels, that was proper, for me to get excellent experience. Which
I did. It was an excellent school. It was hard; it almost destroyed
me many times. That's the whole thing. It was very good. It matured
me. It helped me in many ways, on many levels. So many things like
that were considered. The learning processes, the karmic process...
it was all so careful. That's why. That's the main reason.
So, I met a lot of people that were hot for me. But also I had
things to accomplish with them and to Learn. So, until today and
then just a little bit more until I leave this area. I'm going to
go at any moment, I'm not sure.
They don't tell me everything. You know how it works. They don't
like to interfere. They might alter things. I guess I needed the
energy here.
They are always saying, 'You become a teacher in this area, so
negative and so adverse, boy, you can feel satisfied', do you know
what I mean?
You can be good, you know? That's what's happening to me, you
know. I want to do something else better now.
Sean: When do you feel you absolutely have to be out of Miami?
Adrian: I think absolutely, before three years. Because there
are things that can happen before. But since I know that things
can be changed, I always try to say that things can be either
altered or pushed away, you know? (JW It has probably been 3 or
more years since this interview was held.)
Sean: Negative things?
Adrian: Things that have to do with geological disturbance and stuff
like that. And I'm not always thinking about that. And I don't care
too much.
I always think that if it's not for you, it's not for you. You
will be at the right place at the right time. You don't have to be
thinking of getting money to buy property in North Carolina, or
afraid of this or afraid of that. I don't believe in that. I don't
think in that way, anyway. You could be in the most obvious place
and the ship will come down right in an instant and take you and
that's it.
Sean: Exactly what do they want?
Adrian: They want stability right now. I know that for some it
doesn't make any sense, it may even hurt them, but again, they say
they have faith, they are in control, and there is nothing to worry
about. Some people, they see this thing as a little shaky, they
think that maybe I'm a little crazy, that I'm a li-r. Maybe it
could even be a little fake. It is for our convenience. That's how
they can proceed and work real good, on me too, and then when the
time comes, we'll launch a strong man, and then suddenly everybody
will be exposed behind their mask. That's what we're doing now.
You just have to trust me. We are searching for everybody that
doesn't belong. Those people are going to stay behind. And whoever
wants to come back later, we don't let them in. So, I think that's
what we are going to do. We are going to work with what we have,
and I'll give you a little bit once in a while in the form of
photos and video.
Sean: With the video tape "THE MIAMI CONTACTS", and Randy Winters
book GUARDIAN MISSION", and the network TV special I have planned,
many people will be talking about your case and everybody will come
along with their strong opinion one way or the other.
Adrian: Because there will come a time that the strongly powerful,
hard core straight evidence, undeniable evidence,there will come a
time then, that that will be. But then these people, they will not
be able to reach that area. They are going to want it. But right
now they will not be allowed, don't let them in, don't talk to them.
They had their chance. They could have said 'Well, maybe, this is a
little strange, but let's give the guy a chance', you know, and that
feels like they have a heart and they want to know the truth as
people, that at least it will eliminate them very quickly. Those are
the ones that I want to find out, or we want to find out where they
are. They're not getting anything in the future, on any level. So
I'm finding out already who to trust and who the future, on any
level. So I'm finding out already who to trust and who not to.
Sean: Was there a connection between the ET's and Nazi Germany?
Adrian: Yes. Through the Thule and Vril Se-ret Societies. The ET's
originally made contact with were very negative. But even those
ET's, because of certain reasons, they, too, are also changing.
They are getting Higher. I will see what happens and how they behave
when the....thing hits the fan.... how do you say? All of them as a
group together, the original people that were part of that scenario
in WW II, we will see how much they have really changed. I know at
least these Germans have changed a great deal. Now the ET's, I think
they still have a little bit more to go, but they are changing.
Their leader, this Ashtar Sheron.....
Sean: What's the leader's name?
Adrian: Ashtar Sheron Harusir. ----------------------------------
got his technology around the 30's. These people that were in control of
Hitler and in control of the Nazi party, The Th-le Society, the real
ba-tards, all this stuff, the whole thing....
The Nine Families had all this technology long before it was given
to Hitler and the Germans...since the 1800s.
The Nine Families started very strong contacts with the evil ET's
hundreds of years ago and they helped them with the building of all
this advanced stuff.
Sean: You're saying Ashtar was the one that helped Hitler get
away?
Adrian: Yes. He has done some very bad things. But, he may at some
time in the future change...we will see. He is a Pleiadian, this
Ashtar.
Sean: Is that so?
Adrian: He is an old Pleiadian. He is on vacation.... is that how
you say it.... those are the originals.
Sean: Why would the Nine Families choose the Germans to begin the
release of this technology? Or to develop this technology?
Adrian: Because the Germans, they chose them as the Police.
Because the Germans are the closest thing genetically to their
forefathers, to the Nine Family's forefathers. They have alien
genetics from these people.
They are Lyrans. The old war-like Lyrans who ra-ed and pillaged
across the galaxy millions of years ago. That's why during the wa-
they... give me time so I can explain something. You guys know
already, more or less, but people should know.
The w-rs, like all wa-s, are always controlled by the Nine
Families ever since who knows when. Generation from generation.
Just to make money, and to take over land, and they always control
everybody that's involved.
They have reunions of these Insider people and they say, 'Well,
now tomorrow it is your turn to bring your troops and des-roy all
his troops.' It is like fake wrestling. They get together and
create a fake scenario, and everybody gets a piece of pie, and
that's what's been happening.
They chose the SS and all these people, the Germans, who
actually have become the police, for the time being, while they
were doing all these things, and World W-r II and before, and in
the future also, because actually they were also the ones that
created the C-A.... the Germans did. The Germans are all of the high
instructors of the CI- installations, wherever they are. All the
teachers are German till this day. There is no contract saying that
that is the way it's supposed to be, but it is just the law, and
that's the way it is. They are all in control.
Sean: Do you remember the names? You mentioned the Nine Families
a couple of times. Do you remember the names of the nine families?
Adrian: Yes, I know, but I would say not like to say. The
Ro--schilds are the leaders.
Sean: Hap--urgs?
Adrian: Hapsb--gs are one of them.
Sean: How about the Ro--l families?
Adrian: You are not going to put this out are you?
Sean: We want to know just for ourselves. I won't put anything out
there unless you say that it's all right.
Adrian: No. You can say what's going on. But, leave the names out.
Because that's negative Karma, and we don't want to damage anybody,
either. We've got to remember, they are also us, and they have a
right to do what they're doing, just like we have a right to fight
them and do what we're doing. But we are not going to injure
anybody either, even though we know what they are doing, it is OK.
But that's all part of the Plan and the other peoples that you know
those commissions. What is it?
The Tri-la-eral and the C-R, they are just people getting used.
Sean: Are all of the nine families represented in the Bil--rberger
meetings?
Adrian: Yes, they are in charge of all these people. All these
groups...the Bi--erbergers that you mentioned. What was another one
that you said?
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Subject: The History Of This Universe. Dec. 1, 2002.
This information is talking about what happened even before time
was recounded until today. This is probably channeled material so
be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: CONVERSATIONS with A & A: The Real Creation Story
The Real Creation Story
A History of the Nebadon Universe and the Sol Sun System
--------------------------------------------------------
Those speaking are:
Ari: Lord Master Ari
Ava: Lady Master Ava
LMMS: Lady Master Morning Star
Commander: Four Winds Webmaster
Transcribed from a recording recorded on September 14, 2002
----------------------------------------------------------
Ari: 450 billion years ago, Mother/Father G-d came together in a
Cosmic, or-asmic union of love and light and peace and joy, and how
this came about is there was a sense of [them] wanting to share the
Cosmic-Union with all of Creation. And this Cosmic, orgas-ic
experience some people refer to as the Big Bang [Theory], but it is
a little different as Mother/Father G-d came together.
[In this union] they created trillions and trillions of sparks.
These sparks flowed alongside Mother/Father Go- for eons and eons
of time. This was before the recorded history of time, you might
say, as there wasn't anyone recording time. It was all that there
IS. And they [the balls of light] flowed along side Mother/Father
-od--all these sparks [of consciousness] they grew in form.
Each one of these sparks was a Twin-Flame [Essence] that was
joined with the other half of this twin flame, and they were complete
and whole. In a sense you could call them balls of light or plasma
energy. This is what Mother/Father Go- created. And we [all the
balls of light] helped to create the universes-the seven super
universes along this line.
Commander: These sparks were souls?
Ari: Yes, the sparks were souls that were complete and whole
[unto] each other that, you know---twin flames in one ball of
light. They flowed along side each other [and Mother/Father] for
eons and eons of time as they grew in magnitude and wisdom, and as
this was happening the universes were being formed--the stars, the
suns, the planets, all of what we call the Seven Super Universes.
As this flowed along there were some souls, or balls of light,
who grew in more magnitude than others. They experienced more
wisdom and somehow this was transferred from one ball of light to
each other from Mother/Father Go- through thought-transmission,
[or thought transfer] which is like messages of light that travel
at the speed of light. Many of these souls grew so much in
magnitude that they sort of became the leaders, you might say, and
out of that there were these three or four that we could call
Mother/Father Go-'s Daughters and Sons. The first- born son and
daughter was YHVH [and LILITH]. That is his [her] name in present
time. His old name was Jehovah, and his wife's name [Twin Flame] was
Lilith, and they had a son named Lucifer, and oh my, Luciafera, the
Light-bringer. This cosmic story began in the anti-matter universe.
Commander: O.K. Can you explain what an anti-matter universe is?
Ari: An anti-matter universe is the opposite of matter universe,
where it's like looking at a photograph and then there's the
negative to the photograph.
The anti-matter universe is like the negative in the sense where
everything is the same as it is in the matter universe, except it's
in 12th dimension. It's made out of light- [it is] non- physical..
Commander: But it exists at the same time.
Ari: All six Super Universes, except the seventh, are
non-physical. The seventh universe is [made out of] matter or the
Universe of Nebadon [as it is called] is a matter Universe.
Commander: Why only one physical universe?
Ari: As we-because, interestingly enough, with the story. I'll go
back to the story---As we grew in magnitude as balls of light, we
traveled along side Jehovah, Lilith and Lucifer, and the Ascended
Masters and many of the Ship Commanders, and all that were out there.
Each one of these balls of light were complete and whole
[male/female twin flame essences], and as we traveled along we
experienced gaining more wisdom. As we grew in wisdom and magnitude
we began to take form where we were balls of light that actually
looked like spheres.
Ava: Now I'm [known] as Commandres Ava and he is Commander Ari
[on the Ships] so together as twin flames, [we] are Beloved Ava and
Ari.
Ari: Yah.
Ava: Avantari. The point is here as that WE never needed to grow
and expand in our terms of awareness of G-dhead. We were equal
[unto] Father/Mother -od when we were created. We didn't have to
grow or anything. [We were created in their exact image]. We just
chose to [grow].
Ari: Yes.
Ava: Father/Mother decided that they chose to share their ultimate
perfection and create exactly WHO they were and reproduce more of
themselves [which is us and the ALL THAT IS].
Commander: So they did this out of the other six super universes
---decided to make a seventh one that would be physical?
Ava: Well, no. All things that were created in terms of the
Seven Super universes were created at the same big bang.
Ari: Right.
Ava: We were created [ at the same time as ] all that - the
densification of matter came from us falling from grace, to be
literal. In other words, as the story progresses there were--in
the beginning, there were different Beings that chose to be [ play ]
different parts of the co-creative force. They all came out together
but the Creator's sons [and daughters] were the Co-creators with
Father/Mother G-d. The Lanonandek sons and the Paradisecal sons
and daughters chose different parts of the mission. [note: see the
Urantia Book ]
Ari: Yah.
Ava: And as the story progresses, you'll understand. The actual
Law of the Universe is not to cross [breed] different species and
literally the Lanonandek sons [and daughters] and the Paradisecal
sons were [from] different species.
They [these groups] had different units of purpose [different
DNA], and so as the story began, the first-born son and daughter of
G-d/Go-dess were Yahweh [and Lilith]. You pronounce it 'Yah-Vah',
and the daughter was Lilith. Lilith and Yahweh were [originally]
one [connected] ball of light. As time progressed they [were]
also Co-Creator -ods, with Father/Mother. [These] -od[s] wanted to
create out of themselves another Co-Creator G-d, and [so] that one
[that] was their first born was [known as] Luciafera [and his twin
flame female essence named Karula].
Ari: Right.
Ava: This divine Trinity of Light, as time went along and the
story went on, they changed in their form because there was [this]
one thought, and it came from Yahweh. He said, "What if I'm not
equal to my Father? What if I am not enough? What if He
[Mother/Father] created me less than Him [them]?" And it is a debate
[to this day] about whether Yahweh ever [really] feared if this
were true or not--but that he might have even decided to see what
would happen if the others [all the other Balls of Light] were
presented with this [same] thought, and [to] see, as St. Germain
would say, "I won't say Go- bless you, ever, I will just say on your
journey here--- May You Pass Every Test!" So, literally, this could
have been a test from the very beginning and this whole thing could
have been different, but it is WHAT IT IS. It always was WHAT IS
WAS, and the thought was put out there.
Ari: When this thought occurred, when Yahweh had the thought that
he was 'Not-Enough with his father-{Lord] Alcyone', that [choice]
created the thought-form that brought 'Matter' into the picture
here where we were brought into a crystallization [of] form-[became
physical Beings].
Ava: Of the thought-form--
Ari: Of that thought-form where we began to take on more
density-physical form--we went from 12th dimension [all the way]
down to 5th dimension. This is called THE FALL, or the
Fortunate-Fall.
Ava: --And then ultimately [we fell] to [the] third [dimension].
And even at the beginning of creation, it was never
in-their-wildest-dreams, their imagination that we would choose to
drop to this level!
That's right.
Ava: They just went, "Holy cow!"
Ava: It's [3rd dimension is] as low as you can go. [Below this
dimension life becomes crystallized mineral or compounded forms
also called non-sentient beingness].
Commander: How many dimensions are there?
Ava: There are twelve dimensions to our reality as Lightbeings
and then there are hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of dimensions
[above us]. A physical sun [infinite possibilities]--
Ari: Like Alcyone.
Ava: The great Central Sun [Lord Alcyone] which completely
permeates the entire universe and supports the light of all the
other suns. There is no number.
Ari: I would not know how to describe the dimension Alcyone is in
because he is.
Ava: "ALL THAT IS!"
Ari: Right. And he holds that position with Mother Sekhmet [his
Twin Flame] [as] Mother/Father Go-.
Ava: Even when we say 450 billion years ago, it's just numbers.
Ari: It's like..
Ava: How can you conceive 450 billion years ago?
Ari: That why I said it began before the time of recorded time---
Ava: It's only a miniscule recent false history, really. The
teachings have come through but [the real truths] they have been
hidden. Even in the most recent of recorded history, and when I
said recent, I mean all recorded history is recent to this story.
Ari: Right.
Ava: So Jehovah [Yahweh] had 'that' thought, and as soon as he
had 'that' thought and he said that word--as soon as Yahweh had
THAT thought he already [had] began to densify and that's where we
[all] shifted [at the same moment].
He made a choice now to play what we now call the Dark Side of
the Force. He said, "I'm going to gather a whole team of people
that agree with me and I'm going to have a little wa- here against
Father/Mother G-d. And [the] starships and all of these things
that are real in time were formed as he descended further and
further into [density and] w-r and he presented the idea to others,
and others either responded to fear or love. And the Ascended
Masters that we know about---
Ari: And the space commanders--
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlod.com
John F. Winston
Dec. 4, 2002.
This part deals with some of the things that have been seen on
Mars.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sean: The Council on Foreign Re-ations.
Adrian:I have a friend that used to be a chef for these people
when they get together. With a very high Clearance. You know? He was
a German. And he was with one of the hotel unions. He said everybody
was there, in the time when Nix-n was the president. Everybody was
there, and then my friend is in the corner fixing the food, and then
he hears N-xon start talking about something that my friend doesn't
remember, and demanding some things.
But in the middle of the room, where he was sitting, at a long
table, there were three guys. Very young, good looking dressed very
nice. And all through the reunion they were very weird. They didn't
talk once to anybody. And when Ni-on started talking, the guy in the
middle started yelling at Nixo- saying, "You are st-pid! You keep
your mouth sh-t!" My friend, when he saw that, and he heard that,
he was freaking out.
He said that N-xon actually, physically hung his head down and
wouldn't look the man in the eye. -ixon's face turned red and he
started trembling, like a child being scolded. Now, who was the guy
in the middle? And the other two next to him? The other guys? They
were no more than 30 years old, yelling at the Presi-ent of the
Uni-ed States!
------------------------------------------------after that?
Adrian: I know! [Laughs] And after that came Watergate and I'm not
sure how that's connected.
Sean: Do these Nine Families have access to the bases on the
moon?
Adrian: They are the ones that have had this advanced super
technology since the 1800's, I believe. Who knows before that, I
don't know. A loooong time. The thing that happened to the Nazis
was giving them some part of the technology that they allowed them
to have. It's like they were giving it to The Police for when the
wa- was over. I'm going to get to that later. You will see how I'm
going to connect it. If I don't, remind me.
Sean: It's all right.
Adrian: They knew that after the -ar everybody was not going to
destroy everything. The Consciousness was totally all about just
making money and so then they needed guys to go and construct the
CI- who actually take care of these people when they go all around
internationally, to establish themselves. That's what the -IA
originally was established for.
Sean: As their own private police force?
Adrian: Yes! They have their own private police force. And that's
exactly what it is to this day. To this day! But, the nine families
with their technology that they have from sec-et scientists that
no one will ever know, and, all the scientists that are German,
and the ones that came after World War II...they are the ones on
the moon. They are the ones on Mars. They've been there ever since
the 40s. Since the 40s they brought some French and some Japanese,
too. Hundreds of thousands of people are up there. Hundreds of
thousands of people all living underground. They literally have made
it like an earth. They have lakes, they have trees, they've got
everything. They can survive forever, they don't need anything. I
have seen this with my own eyes.
Sean: Underground on Mars?
Adrian: And on the moon, both?
Sean: Were there any indigenous people on Mars that protested when
they went up there? Was there anybody left on Mars?
Adrian: No. But in another dimension, yes. But not physically in
how we see it. No. It is all deserted.
Sean: On the moon, the huge tower that the N-SA scientist Richard
Hoagland's is talking about. Tell me what that is.
Adrian: It's like an airport, like the thing over here, a control
tower?
Sean: Richard Hoagland says it is 20 miles high and is made out of
glass?
It's a communications tower for an airport?
Adrian: Yes. But that has to do with the Old W-rs with Malona,
from long ago, hundreds of thousands of years. I don't think they
are using it now for anything. They have probably tried to activate
it but I don't know if they have been successful. It is just like
many of the things I have seen on Mars. The towers, pyramids and
monuments and all.
[Ed. Note: Malona is the name the Pleiadians gave to the 5th
planet in our Solar System which blew itself to smithereens in a
great w-r over 200,000 years ago. What remains of Malona is now
the Asteroid Belt.]
Sean: Have you been up close to those and seen them at all?
Adrian: In the Astral plane. Many years ago and I saw all of the
power. Like a giant speedway, what do you call it? Like a runway.
It looked deserted. Everybody's underground.
Sean: So what do these Nine Families have planned for us and the
rest of the world in the next few years? First off: How do you know
the plan, and how do you know what they have planned?
Adrian: [Laughs] Man, that's a heavy question! One, because I was
part of it once. In another incarnation. I was one *** of these
people.
Sean: One of the Nine Families?
Adrian: Part of it. Not directly. One of the officers.
Sean: How long ago?
Adrian: In the 1930's. Don't get confused. Don't worry. Because
we can come and have millions of lifetimes, then come back in a
short time relative to the time line here on earth, with things like
that in my memory of what I've seen.
Sean: What are their plans? You spoke earlier about three things.
Adrian: The first thing is to create a mass genocide. Because
they are under orders from the powers of the 'Older Ones', The Old
Lyrans. From the Un-ted States. These guys were the great Overlords
of Ich Whick.
Sean: What are they called?
Adrian: The Ich Whick.
Sean: Ish wish?
Adrian: The correct pronunciation of it is ICH Whick. Some people
say Yahweh or Jehovah or whatever, but Ich Whick is the correct
pronunciation because the power is created when you say it correctly.
It is very powerful. It comes from the original Hebrew, which comes
from a language that was created by the life force. It brings out
powers. Like singing it, you know?
They have orders from the Old Overlords to create a mass genocide.
Because from that clean up then they are supposed to create a new
r-ce, stronger people, from the human beings that are left, so that
they can actually work with officers and royalty and themselves.
Because they cannot escape the vibration of the earth. They didn't
belong here originally. They d-ed here and so they are stuck. They
cannot incarnate because they will explode a regular human body. The
vibration here that is pulling them, they can't escape. Naturally,
this is a big problem for them. But, they are the ones behind all
the trouble you have seen in the history of the world.
These Overlords are stuck in the Astral world and cannot progress
any further. They want to come back here into this dimensional plane.
These are the families of the aliens that were actually responsible
for the destruction of Atlantis. They are still here. They want to
create a whole global genocide, to re-create a super r-ce. That
is the whole mystery behind everything that is. Then they want to
leave some percentage of sub-humans, to use as a slave r-ce. A slave
ra-e that is human but also part robotoid, using the mechanics to
make them easier to control.
Sean: This 'slave ra-e' is probably going to be us.
Adrian: It is incredible what they have planned! These people
don't know which rac- they are going to use as the 'servants' yet.
Probably everybody who is left over.
They are scheming so many things. They are planning another w-r.
Like they planned all of the others. They actually not only make
money and help each other but they are looking at ki-ling a
fantastic amount of people they have a problem with. So they are
doing that. They have all these designer dr-gs. The designer
viruses. The microwaves. All of the technology. You think that
you know about most of it, but you can't even dream of what they
have! They want complete Genocide!
Attempting constantly to accelerate the spin of the Earth with
atomic blasts to switch the poles, cause that's an easy way...it
is a convenient way to eliminate a lot of people, and sort out all
the trash.
Down there everything is cleared so that they can come back.
That's one reason they are establishing an entire civilization on
the moon and mars.
So, that they can leave it all behind and then come back and make
everything new.
Sean: Who is going to stop them? What do you think will happen?
Adrian: They are going to ki-l themselves in the end. Because of
the vibration of the New Era. The New Zodiac.
Sean: The Ascension Frequency?
Adrian: Yes! That is an excellent name for it! They won't be able
to go against us. That energy works in a very interesting way,
because it is combining all the energies we have but consciously and
on purpose. It comes from Electric Consciousness from Beings... from
the center of the galaxy and the center of the Universe. Mostly from
the galaxy. Combining this energy is combining with our DNA on
purpose at the start of the Aquarian age, and it is hitting
everybody in a serious way as a natural power. The people that are
unbalanced, they become more unbalanced. And the people, who are
metaphysical, will become even more metaphysical.
More good beautiful hearts, more love, whatever. So it amplifies
whatever is in you.
These guys that we are talking about, they chose as a learning
procedure for their own souls to be very unbalanced. So, this energy
is going to k-ll them. They are going to ki-l themselves off. They
are going to go crazy totally, or explode or just d-e. I mean,
that's it. They can't and they won't be able to hold the energy.
Sean: Is that what Project HAARP [High Altitude Aural Research
Project] is about and all of the electromagnetic frequency
bombardment and all the pollution is all about? They are trying to
actually destroy the evolving DNA of the human r-ce?
Part 3.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Subject: Spaceman Who Inhabited Another Person's Body. Part 4.
Dec. 5, 2002.
This part talks about dolphins.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Adrian: Well, yes, they are doing that because they know that
people are becoming very dangerous. They are finding out what has
been going on all this time, and it is now or never. So, they are
very nervous, and very afraid. That's why they are microwaving us,
and that's why all the building construction and the quality of
the food changed, and all the things that they are doing. They
want to do something now. They are against the wall. They know about
the energy of the Ascension and the Zodiac. They know about the
energy of the collective consciousness. They know the people are
changing, they know something can happen, and that the Alliance
will come to interfere. They are not going to, but that's why they
have the moon bases, the military bases, weaponry out there in
case of an attack. All the Star W-rs stuff. But not an attack from
an alien race, like people think. No. It's an attack from the actual
gov-rnment. Like a parent coming down to a little kid starting a
fire and saying, "That's enough! No more!" They are afraid. A lot
of people don't have the understanding. They felt all this weaponry
was for Russia for a wa-, or for an alien invasion, no, no, no. It
is again about the Alien Alliance. To be used against the Alliance,
should they interfere, or against us if we evolve too far. They
know that they can't get away with what they are doing here forever.
Sean: Who is the Alliance?
Adrian: The Universal Alliance of Planets.
Sean: How many are there?
Adrian: That's what I forgot. All that information was in my notes.
Sean: 48? More than that?
Adrian: No, no. Lots more. It is a line that is established in all
dimensions, everywhere and it has a lot of ramifications. One
Confederation is aligned with another, and that is confederated with
another alliance. They are all interconnected by various treaties
and agreements. So, the family's membership is endless. It goes into
other universe; I had it all down, all the numbers, in my notes,
which someone has stolen. I had the membership of the aliens that
controlled this part of the galaxy, which is in Andromeda.
Sean: Andromeda the galaxy or Andromeda the constellation?
Adrian: Oh, both. Both are very high and both have a great deal
to do with it for some reason. It just happened like that. Now,
the constellations are closer to the Pleiadies.
Sean: Getting back to the future. What's the other thing, beyond
the genocide? Oh, OK, the first thing is the genocide. A genocidal
-ar. Where is it going to start? When and where is it going to
start?
Adrian: In Europe.
Sean: Who are going to be the major players in it?
Adrian: Israel will have something to do with and the people in
the Mediterranean. And then later on, I think China will get
involved. Little by little everybody will end up losing control and
getting involved.
But, of course, at the top, the leaders are all saved and uniting
just like we are doing. Thinking this out and planning it all. No
one is really the enemy of anybody. I'm sorry. People are just in
the way like always...like pawns in a game of chess.
Sean: How long does the next w-r last?
Adrian: Two or three years.
Sean: That's all? Do you know when it starts?
Adrian: Supposedly around 1998 or 1999. (JW That time has already
passed.) They have it all planned!
They have the plans all laid out, the goal in numbers for the
elimination of a certain number of people.
Sean: How many?
Adrian: I had it all written down.
Sean: Take a guess...
Adrian: Several billions...
Sean: Do they use atomic weapons?
Adrian: I think they were more advanced than atomic weapons. It
was something more strange. It was weather control technology they
were using. If I can remember when I saw it, they were creating
huge winds.
So maybe 5 hurricanes at the same time. You know just one can
do a lot.
Sean: So it's made to look like natural disasters?
Adrian: Yes. They use different weapons. Weapons that people
have never seen before, and can't even imagine. It is something
out of a fantastic movie, from an acid trip, or whatever; it was
really something strange.
Sean: So like earthquake inducing devices, hurricane inducing
devices?
Adrian: Yes, weather control.
Sean: So, we won't think its wa-, will we? We'll think it's all
natural disasters.
Adrian: And then that's the excuse to use regular simple
conventional weapons. Because we don't have any food, and now we
have a controversy. Because they might still have something stored
there, some grain, and we've got to take all that land, and they
order the stupid captains in the lower ranks around to do it. They
think they are playing a real wa-, you know? And so they will
actually go out and start a lower -ar with conventional weapons. It
will go from induced atmospheric and geological problems and I'm
afraid that it will go to conventional weapons after that.
Sean: What's the next thing, the second thing you were saying.
There were three things?
Adrian: Oh...remind me.
Sean: Genocide was the first one of the goals of the Nine
Families. There were two more?
Adrian: The second one, genetically engineering the perfect body,
then the special bodies for the slave race, and the other one for
the ET's who want to come in, who have no where to go, the Original
People, and they consider this their real estate. They are not
going to give up until they get this world. They have it already,
but they just want a taste of it a little better than they can now.
Finally, total control.
Sean: Why don't they just take it over tomorrow? They've got all
the power. What's stopping them?
Adrian: There are a lot of good people in this world. Our
vibration, in itself, is what stops them. We are the last line of
defense, whether we know it or not. Our own power field. There is a
lot of good love, a lot of good open hearts, a lot of spi-itual
warriors and aliens helping out, too. Very subtly. They are also
very afraid that if they come to far out into the open, it could
back fire.
Sean: They are not in a hurry, are they?
Adrian: Huh, yes, yes! The aliens are in the way; we are in the
way!
There are a lot of good things happening. They just can't take
over like that. Their energy is very powerful, but fragile...easily
burned away.
That is how it is with the Forces of Darkness. It only takes one
small candle to light a whole room. They just have to make sure we
don't light that candle.
Sean: Is there another great Anti-Christ, another great world
leader that comes to power?
Adrian: There's a probability. But not definite, with a stamp.
Sean: Nostradamus talks about the third great Anti-Christ, the guy
in the blue turban. I have had some run-ins with him and his uncle
on the astral plane. The coming Arab leader of Islamic/China
confederation. Have you seen any of that?
Adrian: He comes in saying that he is one of the incarnations of
an old prophet from the Bi-le, and that the Bib-e says that his
coming has been predicted. He is coming out as a rel-gious figure.
Very good looking, too, very strong. He is incarnated already, that
guy, but if he is going to do all that, we don't know yet. It could
change. There is a man who comes to great power, but it is the fall
of the Ch-rch, he is connected with it.
Sean: The fall of the Cat-olic Chu-ch?
Adrian: Yes, but that I saw that more concrete. That's more
favorable. It was stronger. I could grab it more. But, the other guy,
no one may ever even know he is here, but he can become something
else. And then people would say, 'They lie, the psychics were
wrong!" They said, no. Things just went another direction. (Break)
[ED. NOTE: I had a chance to chat with Claudina, Adrian's
beautiful fianci. She of all people convinced me of the validity of
this case. She is bright, honest, gentle, and totally guiless. She
goes on most of the off-world trips with Adrian, and gives a soft,
feminine perspective to this entire thing. I also saw a photo, taken
by Adrian, of two saucer shaped craft, one hovering a few feet off
the ground, and the other with an extended ladder. Claudina was
climbing up it to get into the ship!
Here I talk with her about her experiences.]
Sean: What's the greatest experience you've had in this whole wild
adventure?
Claudina: Well, I've always had a strong affinity with dolphins,
and anything that has to do with underwater life, always since a
kid, you know?
Sean: Yes..
Claudina: This was before all this started happening, it was very,
very strong. I mean extremely strong. It was something that I was
just always in my mind, you know, and I told Adrian that there is
something weird going on, because it's like, constantly in my mind,
you know, and, I really don't know what it was all about. So Adrian
smiles at me and he goes, 'You'll find out soon!" And I'm like;
'You can't tell me now?' He says, "No, not yet, but you are going
to find out soon enough. You'll be surprised." I said OK. So, one
day when we had an encounter, it was a time that I was able to
go....
Sean: You had to take off work in order to go? [Claudina works as
a cashier in a local market.]
Claudina: No, no, no. It was a time that I was able to go. But,
you see, I don't go all the time, and they told me that this one in
particular was something special for me. To kind of prepare me for
something that is coming in the future, that hasn't gotten here yet,
but it is coming, and it is getting close.
But, to ease my mind a little bit, of something that I've been
almost obsessive about, and wondering what is going on, you know,
with dolphins and whales and seals and I mean everything. Mermaids
and this and that.... and they took me to this planet, they said
they couldn't tell me the name of it, because I wasn't ready to
know, but that I would know about it in the future.
Part 4.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
....................
Subject: Spaceman Who Inhabited Another Person's Body. Part 5.
Dec. 6, 2002.
This part talks about the alien crafts inside Area 51.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
For some reason they were going to talk to me, and they couldn't
tell me it yet. But, effectively we went in, and they took the ship
down. It's weird, because it's not like an atmosphere in the sense
that you still have land, and then you have the sky, you know? It's
not like that. It's like all water. Just like from top to bottom,
it's just like a big ball of water, something you've never seen
before. And, they have all kinds of creatures there. I mean, man and
animals that are here like dolphins and seals and some other things
we've never even seen before. They have cities, you could say, but
buildings that are transparent, it looks like crystal quartz,
transparent that have a faint glow to them. Like pure energy and
they have like a pyramids and igloos and circular structures.
Those were the types of shapes I noticed their buildings were like.
When I saw that I felt such relief, and I knew that was where my
connection is. They told me that I had another life there, and its
not too far back, that's why I'm so close to it. But that in the
future I was going to find out more about it, because I have
something that I have to bring to this planet that comes from that
lifetime.
But, right now, I'm not ready to know everything, and that's why
they couldn't tell me everything that's going on, but that I will
in the future, and a lot of things will be coming together, and
eventually I'll be able to do what I came here to do, my mission,
which is going to be helping a lot of people, but, it comes from
that lifetime, in that particular planet. It explains a lot of
things. Why I always as a kid I loved the water and nobody ever
taught me how to swim. I just jumped in and did it! That's something
that my parents were always amazed at. That I was just a little,
little, little baby, but I would just play by myself in the water
and be hours and hours and hours and be under water holding my
breath. They couldn't understand it. You could say that is the most
touching experience to me.
'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'
Paranormal_Research - Scientific Data & Health Conspiracies
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Paranormal_Research
Subscribe:... Paranormal_Res...@yahoogroups.com
Post:........... Paranorma...@yahoogroups.com
Any information here in is for educational purpose only, it may
be news related, purely speculation or someone's opinion, If health
related always consult with a qualified health practitioner before
deciding on any course of treatment, especially for serious or
life-threatening illnesses.
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in
receiving the included information for non-profit research and
educational purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com
...........
Sean: Did your water planet have any other features, like a lot of
moons?
Claudina: To be honest with you, I mean, I didn't even notice. I
mean I was so, like, into everything I saw, the animals, it was
great, but I was just amazed. The other thing is that I love
animals, in general, you know. So, when I was there I was like
blinking, I couldn't believe it!
So, I really honestly I didn't have any fear of anything around, I
was just feeling like a horse when they put the blinders on, that's
exactly how I was.
Sean: So you didn't get a chance to talk to any of the people?
Claudina: No, no. We were in the ship the whole time and we saw it
on the screen, like we were watching out a window. And they just
said, "Observe it and remember this! And in the future you are
going to know more about it, but right now, we'll give you a little
push." At the same time my mind was going a hundred miles an hour.
Like you have something inside you that's asking so many questions
.... what is this? What is that? You know? And they just said I
could relax and know I'm not going crazy.
Sean: Did you have a favorite person on the ship that you liked?
Any particular person that you were friends with or felt close to?
Claudina: Um, mostly I would say, I would say it would be Mooka.
Sean: Is it a man or a woman?
Claudina: It is a lady.
Sean: Are they all women?
Claudina: The ones that we see, yeah. But I haven't seen any men
so far.
Sean: What do they look like?
Claudina: They have long hair, longer than I do. Down past their
waist. Dirty blonde. Very, very pretty. And big, big eyes, that
look like cat eyes. You know?
Sean: Do they look like yours?
Claudina: Yeah, but they are bigger. They look like cats. Every
time I see my cat, I think of them because they have those almond
shaped eyes, like cats do. You know, they go out and slant up.
Really pretty!
Sean: Uh huh. Do they have a round retina in the eye like a
person or a vertical slit like a cat?
Claudina: No, no. It's regular, round, like a person.
Sean: Anything about the ears? Big ear lobes, pointed ears?
Claudina: Their ears are normally, you know, like ours. They
might have a little extra skin down here, at the lobe. But,
nothing super noticeable.
Sean: How tall are they?
Claudina: They are pretty tall. They are like, 6'2 or 6'6. For
a woman, that's big. Very, very prettily shaped features. They
look like dolls.
They don't have a space at the bridge of the nose. Y'know that
dent where the nose starts. It seems to come straight down from the
forehead. A Roman nose, like on as ancient statue.
Adrian: But it looks good.
Claudina: Yes, it looks very nice. There are very few people that
have that straightness. They usually all have very big noses, you
know? They have, it is straight like that, but it is very feminine,
I don't know...
I can't explain it, but it's very, very nice. I mean, it is hard
to explain. They are very, very pretty. Their mouths are also
perfectly shaped.
Sean: Do you see the same people every time you're on the craft?
Claudina: Most of the time. Mainly Mooka.
Sean: Just her?
Claudina: Well, no. It's her and another girl, but she won't tell
me her name for some reason.
Sean: You asked?
Claudina: I asked her and she just looked at me and she said
"Regretfully I cannot tell you." So, I was, like, OK.
Sean: Could you get an image or a symbol or anything from them
when you talked to them? Instead of them having a name is there
some sort of symbol that you see when you see each one of them?
Claudina: No, not really.
Sean: Do they ever talk to you telepathically? Or do they speak
just like we do?
Claudina: Most of the time they talk to me like we do, but
sometimes it is mentally.
Sean: Do they speak English pretty well?
Claudina: Oh G-d, yeah.
Sean: Could you tell me if you know anything about Area 51?
Because apparently they have a Pleiadian beam ship and I was
wondering if you know anything about how they got it.
Adrian: I was told once that they [The Pleiadians] actually left
one of the craft in some field. They just left it there, and
somebody came to pick it up, but they can't work it correctly. But,
it is actually like a trick. Like a Trojan horse. It is like a
camera. They have monitors on the craft that can see into anything.
Into the earth, right through walls.... but at Area 51, and many of
the other bases where they are being helped by the darker entities,
they have technology that can block the viewing monitors. So they
let them have a stripped ship to study, so that we could have a
spatial reference point to see what they were up to inside the
base. It is the only thing I know, having to do with one of the
crafts. I don't know anything else about it.
Sean: Why can't they work it correctly?
Adrian: The ships are partly organic. When they are being
manufactured they use a sample of tissue from the person that is
going to operate the craft. This helps to establish a physical and
telepathic resonance which acts as a deadman switch, so that if the
operator dies the craft can only perform rudimentary functions, like
hovering, but is no longer capable of space flight. The whole ship
would have to be rebuilt and completely reprogrammed.
Sean: On some of the ships that Bob Lazar [the scientist who
defected from Area 51] saw had three small chairs in it, but looks
just like the ship we just saw in the video.
Adrian: No, no. That is a Zeta Reticulan craft. Some of the
Pleiadian ships look very similar to the beamships on the outside,
but there are some subtle differences.
Sean: Can you tell me anything, what you know about the crop
circles?
First off, who is making them, why they are made, maybe what
they mean?
The modern crop circle phenomena started in May of 1990 in
England. Any reason for that?
Part 5.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part deals with Baelzebub and Sekhmet..
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ava: --That didn't fall from grace [they] stayed at [the] 12th
dimension. They never went into further densification. So these
Masters held that place [in hope] that we all, eventually, as we
chose our experiences - and freewill choice came in here. And as
this dance began, it was called the 'Great Experiment - the Great,
Grand Experiment [in Polarity]. We all had choices. We decided,
as higher consciousness when, as 12th dimension Beings of Light, as
the creation story began, that together we were addressed, "Do
you want to do the grand dance? Do you want to do this experiment?
Do you think you can literally descend into matter and even come as
far as 3rd dimension and come [back] into light and remember WHO
YOU ARE?" We all said, "Piece of cake! It's a piece of cake!" In
other words, the agreement was that once we hit below 5th level,
that once we started Earth cycles into third dimensions, we would
forget everything that we ever knew about ourselves before that
[the veil would be drawn across our memory]. We would be willing
to do this experiment to come into light in the third dimension,
and see as we had forgotten from birth, if we would REMEMBER [THE
TRUTH OF WHO WE REALLY ARE] as we would grow up.
Commander: But there are billions of planets out there. This is
not the only one.
Ava: No, no, no, the human form does not exist just on this
planet. It exists in many star systems and there are untold numbers
of human forms, third dimensional beings on other stars and planets.
Ari: Right.
Ava: There are also other beings that are all kinds of shapes and
sizes. There are Walrus People, Ladybug People, Lion People,
Reptilian People, and Bird People.
I mean it is infinite! There are Praying Mantis People on [the
planet] Arcturas. They are not all in third dimension. They are
in 5th dimension and higher, mostly.
Ari: In the story where we are we began [with the creation of
the Adam Kadmon, the physical humanoid form which was originally
created] in the Aurora Sun System which is in the anti-matter
universe, and in that anti-matter universe there were 23 different
sun systems. There were 23 different suns that had 12-14 planets
around them.
Ava: Each of them- [that is 23 solar systems with 12-14 planets
each]--
Ari: --yes each of them. Nibiru was the 23rd sun [system] and
Aurora was the 1st sun. As this story progressed, Yahweh in his
infinite wisdom and infinite insanity, in the sense of trying to
decide that he was equal or better than his father Alcyone, began
to destroy these 23 sun systems of Aurora! [He came in on his
Starship and fired Photon torpedoes just like in the movie Star
Wars]
Ava: By this time he had gathered many. He gathered his son,
and the Luciafera was then [known as] Lucifer. He threw his wife
[Karula] out. [See the book EL-AN-RA by Solara] So Lilith [his
Mother] then became [known as] the 'Wh-re of Babylon'.
Ari: Right--
Ava: She [Lilith] had her own armies and she was a fierce Warrior
Go-dess as well [as someone] with a mission, and so we have the
[first] wa- between the s-xes. As a matter of fact, the first
'nepotism' [incest] began because Lillith beckoned her [own] first
[born] son, Lucifer, and said, "Let's have a relationship," and
literally Lucifer and Lillith became coupled with [each other]--her
[son became her] own husband. They [this coupling] created all
kinds of de-ons. That's where we got [the] Baelzebub[s] and [the]
Satan[s] and these are all [the] sons [and daughters] of the
combination [the coupling] of Lucifer and Lilith together.
Ari: Bear in mind..
Commander: Satan is an Entity [a real being] and not [just] a
collective consciousness of ev-l.
Ava: He was an actual entity, and so was Baelzebub, and they were
birthed [by this union]. They were sons of Lucifer and Lilith's
relationship.
Commander: How do you spell that?
Ava: Bielzebub?
Commander: Yeah.
Ava: B-i-e-l-z-a-b-u-b [should be spelled BAEL-ZE-BUB]
Commander: O.K.
Ava: And [not only] Satan you know--and there are many other
d-mons. This goes down to demig-ds [the lessor Go-s], [as written
in] the Upanishads and the Geeta, and the..
Commander: You said they created these or are these [beings]
the actual entities or people they collected, or agreed or chose to
go on their side?
Ava: I mean it started with the first choice [the thought-form of
'Not Enough'] of how the J-man, and instead of how, instead of
Yahweh, we've [now] got 'JEHOVAH' [a -OD title]. The first choice
was to throw out his wife [Lilith]. He said, "I do not need the
feminine to fight this w-r!" and he made himself the superior race-I
mean the Superior Gender at that time. You uunderstand the Superior
Gender? If you were to put it that way: Mother [Sekhmet] can
create out of herself. She does not need Father G-d to create Life,
[SHE, the SHEKINA SP-RIT can bring LIFE out of herself without THE
FATHER] but they made a choice to have a UNION for the sake of
breathing LOVE into [all] life.
Ari: That's right.
Ava: To share LOVE INTO LIFE.
Ari: What I was going to say is when Jehovah or Yahweh had that
first thought of "less than" or "I-am-not-equal-with-my
Father-Alcyone"--what that created out of all [the] Seven Super
Universes was that it brought [The Univserse of Nebadon], physical
matter into reality. We dropped in density [called the GREAT FALL].
What happened was it began the game called POLARITY where there was
something called positive ad negative. Before Jehovah or Yahweh
had that thought we did not have polarity!
Ava: No, we only had the Laws of [the] One.
--------------------------ought we [all instantly] fell into density
and matter. Then polarity began, and he, in his infinite wisdom
and insanity, created the matter universe where the UNIVERSE OF
NEBADON came in. In the sense of all of this, it was just a
holodeck program in the sense that this was just a game.
Ava: --[which was] called the Grand Experiment.
Ari: Right. [The question] is can you flow through the polarity
game and come out the other side and retain your Divinity and
Diversity and still be a 12th dimensional Being with Love and
follow only the Laws of One, and not get caught in the laws of
Free-Will-Choice [called KARMA]?
Ava: Actually, we've been fighting this final battle of
Armageddon, if you will. ARMAGEDDON has been going on [all] during
my life, you know, and if you want to talk about the financial
thing-- it has been going on for 25 years- [for at least] the
last 25 years! It's not about MONEY - it is really about coming
back to the Laws of the One. [The re- establishment of the DIVINE
PLAN on Earth-Shan once again which officially ends what has been
called Luciferian Rebellion].
Ari: Right.
Ava: So that [the re-establishment of Universal Law] ends
free-will choice!
And everyone goes, "Huh? We end freewill choice?" It doesn't
mean that we end anything in a negative sense, it's that up until
now we've had the freewill choice to choose light [goodness LOVE
and respect for all Life] or dark [suffering and fear]. As we come
to the end of this suffering -- because many have chosen out-of-fear
to go with the dark side of the Force, it creates suffering.
Infinite Samsara, is the way they put it in the Hindu teachings.
And the Hindu teachings were even a part of this where they say
that you must DIE and come again, and be-born again into this [has
been] misquoted what they [the teachings really] said [was]-'unless
you are born again of water and the Holy Sp-rit'-- What they were
saying that unless you are born again back into the LAWS OF THE ONE
and understand that that is where Joy and Light and Peace and
Happiness exist. that you know G-d never created anybody LESS than
Him [Her] self. That was misqualified by more densified thinking.
Do you understand?
Thus, we created choices of that which is AGAINST LIFE or [so
called] DARKNESS, and as a result, created such things as DEATH.
Death was not [really] in the [original DNA] program-[LIFE IS
ETERNAL]. When our lifeforms were created even in the third
dimension they were created to live as full, healthy adults--18 to
30 [years], if you want to give it a figure, without any sickness
and no death for [at least] 3,000 years [or more in physical form].
Ari: When Mother Sekhmet lived on Planet Earth in a physical
body in Egypt, she lived for 3,000 years in a physical body!
Ava: But she wasn't exactly like us. She was in a lion body.
They call them [this form a] Paschat-P-a-s-c-h-a-t. She has a
lion head, she has a tail, she has paws, but she stood upright,
and she had 'T-ts'! We have a picture we're going to send
you-holy cow! (laughter) [Note: see the website
www.allthingssekhmet.com for greater understanding].
Ari: Yeah! O, my Go-, we have two pictures I'm going to send you.
We had them scanned into - I went to a print shop. They are going
to be ready on Monday and then I will e-mail them to you so you
can put them on the website so people can actually see what--as
Dove puts it, "The "Most Fierce-some Commander of the Forces"
looks like!
Ava: That one picture you have is -- her eyes are really blood
red -- but Mother talks about wearing her red dress. What they
are trying to get the point across is that when it's time, SHE
comes at the beginning and the end of a Yuga, which is a
26,826/year cycle, and that's where we are right now. We are at
the end of what is known as the Kali Yuga, and that is why she is so
present right now. This is the beginning of the Saatvic Yuga which
is four times longer that other Yugas, which means we are going
into 100,000 years of PEACE which they call in the SaatvicYuga, ONE
day in the life of Brahma which is-[one turning of the Galactic
Wheel-the Milky Way Galaxy-the Universe of Nebadon].
Ari: I got to go use the other phone.
Ava: This one phone is not working so good. It has to be
re-charged. What are we going to do with this? We are recording
and we are going all over the board, and what are you going to do
with this?
Commander: What I was hoping to do is that you would have some
sort of outline and just chronologically go through it. Whatever
you wanted to..we are going off onto tangents here, but that is O.K.
Ari: Is that alright?
Part 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
...................
Subject: The History Of This Universe. Part 3. Dec. 8, 2002.
This part talks about how to live a long, long time.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ava: To share LOVE INTO LIFE.
Ari: What I was going to say is when Jehovah or Yahweh had that
first thought of "less than" or
"I-am-not-equal-with-my Father-Alcyone"--what that created out of all
[the] Seven Super Universes was that it brought [The Univserse of
Nebadon], physical matter into reality. We dropped in density [called
the GREAT FALL]. What happened was it began the game called POLARITY
where there was something called positive and negative. Before
Jehovah or Yahweh had that thought we did not have polarity!
Ava: No, we only had the Laws of [the] One.
Ari: And once he had that thought we [all instantly] fell into
density and matter. Then polarity began, and he, in his infinite
wisdom and insanity, created the matter universe where the UNIVERSE
OF NEBADON came in. In the sense of all of this, it was just a
holodeck program in the sense that this was just a game.
Ava: --[which was] called the Grand Experiment.
Ari: Right. [The question] is can you flow through the polarity
game and come out the other side and retain your Divinity and
Diversity and still be a 12th dimensional Being with Love and follow
only the Laws of One, and not get caught in the laws of
Free-Will-Choice [called KARMA]?
Eva: Actually, we've been fighting this final battle of
Armageddon, if you will. ARMAGEDDON has been going on [all] during
my life, you know, and if you want to talk about the financial
thing -- it has been going on for 25 years- [for at least] the last
25 years! It's not about MONEY - it is really about coming back to
the Laws of the One. [The re- establishment of the DIVINE PLAN on
Earth-Shan once again which officially ends what has been called
Luciferian Rebellion].
Ari: Right.
Ava: So that [the re-establishment of Universal Law] ends
free-will choice! And everyone goes, "Huh? We end freewill choice?"
It doesn't mean that we end anything in a negative sense, it's that
up until now we've had the freewill choice to choose light [goodness
LOVE and respect for all Life] or dark [suffering and fear]. As we
come to the end of this suffering--because many have chosen
out-of-fear to go with the dark side of the Force, it creates
suffering. Infinite Samsara, is the way they put it in the Hindu
teachings.
And the Hindu teachings were even a part of this where they say
that you must D-E and come again, and be - born again into - this
[has been] misquoted what they [the teachings really] said [was]
- 'unless you are born again of water and the Holy Sp-rit'-- What
they were saying that unless you are born again back into the LAWS
OF THE ONE and understand that that is where Joy and Light and Peace
and Happiness exist, that you know G-d never created anybody LESS
than Him [Her] self. That was misqualified by more densified
thinking. Do you understand?
Thus, we created choices of that which is AGAINST LIFE or [so
called] DARKNESS, and as a result, created such things as DE-TH.
De-th was not [really] in the [original DNA] program - [LIFE IS
ETERNAL]. When our lifeforms were created even in the third
dimension they were created to live as full, healthy adults--18 to
30 [years], if you want to give it a figure, without any sickness
and no death for [at least] 3,000 years [or more in physical form].
Ari: When Mother Sekhmet lived on Planet Earth in a physical body
in Egypt, she lived for 3,000 years in a physical body!
Ava: But she wasn't exactly like us. She was in a lion body.
They call them [this form a] Paschat-P-a-s-c-h-a-t. She has a lion
head, she has a tail, she has paws, but she stood upright, and she
had 'T-ts'! We have a picture we're going to send you-holy cow!
(laughter) [Note: see the website www.allthingssekhmet.com for
greater understanding].
Ari: Yeah! O, my -od, we have two pictures I'm going to send you.
We had them scanned into-I went to a print shop. They are going to
be ready on Monday and then I will e-mail them to you so you can
put them on the website so people can actually see what -- as Dove
puts it, "The "Most Fierce-some Commander of the Forces" looks like!
Ava: That one picture you have is--her eyes are really blood red
-- but Mother talks about wearing her red dress. What they are
trying to get the point across is that when it's time, SHE comes at
the beginning and the end of a Yuga, which is a 26,826/year cycle,
and that's where we are right now. We are at the end of what is
known as the Kali Yuga, and that is why she is so present right now.
This is the beginning of the Saatvic Yuga which is four times longer
than other Yugas, which means we are going into 100,000 years of
PEACE which they call in the Saatvic Yuga, ONE day in the life of
Brahma which is - [one turning of the Galactic Wheel-the Milky Way
Galaxy-the Universe of Nebadon].
Ari: I got to go use the other phone.
Ava: This one phone is not working so good. It has to be
re-charged. What are we going to do with this? We are recording
and we are going all over the board and.what are you going to do
with this?
Commander: What I was hoping to do is that you would have some
sort of outline and just chronologically go through it. Whatever
you wanted to .. we are going and just chronologically go through
it. Whatever you wanted to .. we are going off onto tangents
here, but that is O.K.
Ari: Is that alright?
Commander: Yes, that is O.K.
Ava: So actually, when it gets on fourwinds10 it's just going
to be your writing, is that what you are saying?
Commander: Do you want that on there or do you want the actual
recording on there?
Ava: We are kind of going all over the board, here is what I
am saying.
Ari: I would think that it would be really cool for the people
to hear the story.
Ava: I don't mind fireside chats, and if that's what you want.
We have a friend here, too, and she's D'yanna, and she's very wise
and she's worked with this kind of information for a number of years
with us, and [with] Mother Sekhmet helping people to understand this
story. I'm saying we could have fireside chats and I think that is
a great idea, but we can go on with what we are doing right now and
you just tell me what you want. Here's D'yanna-wants to say hi.
LMMS: Hi, [Commander]
Commander: Hi
LMMS: Here we all are the cosmic --trio! (laughter)
Commander: What?
The Cosmic TRIO!
LMMS: The Cosmic TRIO!
Ava: Just remembering our lives, ourselves - even reincarnation
was not what was intended, you understand, but we ended up choosing
this kind of suffering, and we caused this beautiful form to go into
an appearance of de-th and decay. You know that DEA-H is the great
lie -- that is THE GREAT LIE, and I know people in physical form
right here today that are over 600 years old. I know them
personally. And they know how to go into a state of stasis where
they can call in the cosmic energy right through meditation - you
know we have right on the inside of our spinal cord we have a
universal bio-transfuser for Universal Energy. It's actually a
cord [Chord of Light].
Ari: Right.
Ava: It's very real and the upper palate of your tongue-- [if]
you stick the tip of your tongue in the center, upper middle
palate of your mouth you're like a socket [YOU LIGHT UP]. You are
[then] plugged into the universal flow! And you learn how to go
into a stasis state where you can go into a place where your a socket
[YOU LIGHT UP]. You are [then] plugged into the universal flow! And
you learn how to go into a stasis state where you can go into a
place where you are not even breathing and re-charge yourself by
bringing in the Universe of Light.
LMMS: And by the way, Commander, the other way to re-charge
oneself IS to merge with your Twin-Flame [your twin essence]. They
[you would] have an ecstatic experience and that's what the Creator
did when you merged the male and female together because they [the
Creator] knew that when the two [matching soul essences] would plug
in again and find each other, they [the twin flames] would have the
opportunity to re-charge themselves clear back to the 12th
dimension!
Ava: Exactly.
LMMS: So there is a sacredness that is far beyond what we have
been taught on this planet. We have been taught to use it [S-x] it
a way much less than [what] it actually is [meant for]. So I am
just telling you that the Creator has some [beautiful] se-rets to
share with humanity that have not yet really been taught [hidden
from the average person].
Well, it's been taught [before] more in the eastern [ancient
writings], like [the] TANTRA METHOD [The Tao]--
Ari: The Kama Sutra is another story of that.
Ava: Each and every one of them [the ancient writings] teach
you about bringing back Universal Light Force through the power of
merging, and it's called "Soma"--S-o-m-a. In the Eastern Hindu
tradition you bring the actual physical substance, for instance,
in the male it is called the sp-rm. You actually bring the fluid
of your se-ual union up your spinal chord and out the top of your
crown.
John F. Winston
This part deals with the Ark.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ari: So literally you come from the top of your head and front
instead of the taillight [the Root Chakra].
Ava: It is an amazing process, and---
LMMS: Those are amazing teachings that have been lost, really,
to humanity.
They were taught many [thousands of years ago]. You had to go to
the Mystery Schools to learn those things. In our next coming
evolution as we step into the Light and BE ALL THAT WE CAN BE, and
these things can [will] begin to be taught to children in a school.
They can be taught that they [the children] have Chakras, that they
have 144 centers of light in the body and [that] they can be
activated. The wisdom that goes with them, the teaching that goes
with those 144 centers of light-it is really awesome---
Ari: They have been trying to hold this [Truth] back from the
people and [to] keeps them enslaved and dumbed-down like 'sheeple'
[Sheep-People] so that they [The Dark Lords] can control them!
Ava: Not only do they do that, for instance, an example, they
[have] cut out 45 books of the Bi-le, [they are missing] which
teach us this stuff in the Western traditional Bi-lical teachings.
They cut that all out.
Ari: Gregg Braden speaks of this.
Ava: Yes. You know who he is, right?
Commander: Yes.
(There was a change in phones so the Commander could record the
conversation better. Also, Lord Ari thought it would be good to
have the actual recording on the web - the conversation continues
on this thought.)
Ari: I think it would be really cool for people to hear the story
as well as being able to read it. Because in a sense as they hear
it they can actually experience it because there is a certain
frequency that when you hear stories and you hear sounds it comes
across differently than when you read it.
Ava: The other thing is that why we are calling these "Ari's
Galactic Tales" is because he [Ari] has full memory--Galactic memory
of REAL experiences that go back into the history. He was in the
Orion W-r. He was on the Ship of 144,000, which was Jehovah's
[Yahweh's] ship. The reason that Jehovah destroyed the Aurora Sun
System is because he needed a runway to get into the Universe of
Nebedon. He was in anti-matter and he wanted to get into matter,
and control matter. [He literally blasted a hole in the
space/time/continuum, which actually caused the birth of the Matter
Universe].
Ari: That's right.
Ava: And originally when he was [still] Yahweh, he was [also]
given the Title of Planetary Prince of this planet, and the whole
experiment [The Nebadon Universe] before he 'Fell' [he then became]
known as JEHOVAH, [the Lessor G-d] and decided this idea of being
"less than," you know--
Ari: He shared that role of Planetary Prince with Luciafera [his
Son].
At this point in time [Lord] Sananda, who we know [him] on this
planet as J--us--the Christ, [known as] Sananda Kumara [since THE
FALL now] holds the position of Planetary Prince with Lord Michael.
Ava: Because both of them, that he mentioned Yahweh and Luciafera
[both] fell. They became [known] then as Jehovah & Lucifer.
Lucifer was cast-out along with Jehovah by Father/Mother Go-, [and
Lord Michael] and they were relegated to a different sector of the
Universe. And Jehovah went about going [then] to the Orion
Constellation and [continued] playing [his] -ar games there.
Lucifer went [then] to Maldeck, a planet which IS no longer,
because that experiment with the Fallen Angels [those that followed
Lucifer] then went to Maldeck with Lucifer [and] created a situation
there where they came into a time just like we are [now]. They were
in a parallel universe and they were a little ahead of us, and they
had nuclear weapons.
Ari: Maldeck is now the planet that is [blown-up in pieces of
rock] the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. It got destroyed
in a nuclear W-R.
Commander: (question not heard)
Ava: Sorry?
Commander: Hello?
Ari: Hello?
Commander: It got destroyed in a nuclear w-r?
Ari: Yeah. Maldeck-- there was a bit of -- actually what
happened on Maldeck was-there were two cities called Valdure and
Vara -- and I would say they were about 10,000 years in advance of
our present cultures and technologies. They had the technology of
nuclear energy, but they also had something else. They were using
hydrogen and something to do with calcium. I have a book by Richard
Miller called Star Wars, (JW Actually Richard Miller's book is
called "Star Wards" not "Star Wars") and I will find this out and
get back to you: But there was something in the combination of
what they used to create [their weapons with]. They had nuclear
missiles sitting in nuclear missile silos like they [we] have
here, and I remember the alchemical symbols: there was 'Hlc' or
something like that. But they used hydrogen and some kind of
calcium with the nuclear energy - the plutonium or the uranium.
What they created was like nuclear weapons, and at the time when
Maldeck went super nova this was about at the [time of the] end
of the Orion Wa-. The two cities of Valdure and Vara had their
nuclear missiles sitting in their silos, and there were
earthquakes and tremors on the planet, Maldeck ..
Ava: Just like now.
Ari: Just like now. And what happened was that there was seismic
activity that occurred in one of the cities, and one of the nuclear
missiles in one of the silos started swaying back and forth inside
the silo. It was thrown off its center in the silo and, the other
city's computers got triggered. That other city misunderstood the
seismic activity for a nuclear strike so they launched their
missiles and the opposite city saw their missiles were coming so
they launched their missiles, and the result was a super nova. The
planet went super nova three days afterward. It broke the
infrastructure of the planet.
Also, what resulted is that when Maldeck exploded--it happened
to be the exact same time [on Earth] when the Dark Lords on Atlantis
were experimenting with the great crystal [of Atlantis]. They were
taking the great crystal and [they] were pointing it into the earth.
They actually took a laser beam and focused the crystal energy of
that laser beam into the earth, and they thought they could subdue
the people of China. They sent a beam into the center of the Earth.
In the center of our Earth there is a sun called THE TERRA which is
the magma and..
Ava: It's the sun of the hollow Earth - the inner Earth.
Ari: Right. It is the reflection of the Great Central Sun and
it is like a cobalt blue ball of light. There are many stories
about the inner Earth people. When that beam came in it somehow
exploded [caused a huge reaction with] the sun called The Terra,
[and it] shot a beam [of light] back out of the center of the Earth
into our atmosphere. It caused Atlantis to go cataclysmic, and 24
hours later Atlantis sank! [It broke the infrastructure of the
Earth's grid system]. Meanwhile, out in space Maldeck had been
destroyed. As Maldeck got destroyed it affected the gravitational
fields of Mars [and many other planets]. When all of the nuclear
energy and the cosmic wave of the destruction from Maldeck went
throughout our solar system, all the water on Mars was shot out
into space [and] came to Earth. This is interpreted [in our
writings] as the flood of Noah. Noah was an Atlantean sea captain
that knew the imminent changes that were about to happen, and the
Ark was not a [regular] ship - it was an amphibious Starship! And
there is this story that G-d said to Noah, "How long can you tread
water?" but what really happened was that Noah got all the Cosmic
people together that he could talk into getting on his amphibious
Starship, and get in before it all sank. So they went into the
starship called The Ark, and then they went to the Inner Earth
[the Agartha Network]. They spent time there until the Earth settled
down after the nuclear explosion of The Terra, the sun at the
center of the Earth. There was a lot of radiation that got shot
out into the atmosphere.
After that destruction there were many of [the] Atlanteans that
were refugees. They came to Egypt and they began the civilization
of Egypt.
Ava: They went to other places, too. That's why if you go down
to Mexico in the Mayan ruins you can see Stars of David as if they
were coming from the Middle East. You can see faces that look like
they are from India. All of these were ancient Atlanteans and they
repopulated the Earth in other places, and they did that by
spaceship.
Ari: Shuttle craft. Also, at this time when this was going on in
the Atlantic Ocean, in the Pacific Ocean there was an island called
Lemuria. Ten thousand to twenty thousand years earlier [than
Atlantis], Lemuria [The Land of Mu] had its own cataclysmic
events---
Ava: --earlier than Atlantis.
Commander: So Lemuria and Atlantis did not co-exist?
Ava: Well, they did, but Lemuria was the first seed of [the]
landing party missions [from other worlds] if you will, on Earth,
and so they spread from there into the Atlantean culture where we
come from this lifestream. Just out of Santa Fe, there's a little
place called La Cienega, which is only 20 minutes away, and this
is where the fossils start to show up. They go all the way to
the western end of Mexico in the fossils. They can find it [these
fossil] all the way up the whole side of the continent..
Ari: They go all the way to down to Teotihuacan in Mexico.
Ava: So that was like a channel there where on one side of the
channel it was Lemuria, and on the other side of the channel it
was Atlantis. Atlantis went on all the way into the Atlantic
Ocean.
Commander: So is it true that Easter Island and some of the
Philippine Islands and the Hawaiian Islands are what is left of
Lemuria?
Ava: All Lemuria.
Ari: Yeah.
Ava: The land of Mu, all the way down to New Zealand..
Ari: Australia.
Ava: Australia and Hawaii.and actually the Galapagos Islands,
all the little coastal islands along South America.
Commander: Those are all the mountain peaks of Lemuria?
Ari: Yes.
John F. Winston
This part deals with the Giza Pyramid.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ava: Yes, and there are going to be many, many more 'surfacings'
[rising lnds] of ancient Lemuria coming back. They are already
watching from the south tip of Hawaii, and there is an island that
has been forming, because every time the Kilowea volcano goes off,
under the sea there's another one that's spouting and it's bringing
the lava into enough formation to surface now. In England---they
have been watching Atlantis coming back [the water is rising again].
The water from Mars covered almost all of Lemuria. It's kind of not
like they [all the middle continents] sank, it's like they were
[all] covered. We have more water [on this planet] than most
planets in the universe to start with, and when Maldeck went super
nova we just got a dose-and-a-half and it covered many things.
Commander: So it is a lie about that there is [being]
weightlessness in space-that's all fake, right?
Ava: I'm sorry, what's that?
Commander: Weightlessness in space is not true? Because if the
water came from, according to what we are told, if the water came
from space it would instantly evaporate or something.
Ari: Well, I would say that there is some reality to that, but
it's not in the sense that in reality --- what is reality, but when
they went to the moon and they were showing the astronauts bouncing
around on the moon, the moon actually does have a gravitational
field.. It's about 1/5 the gravity of the Earth.
Actually, the moon is an artificial satellite. It is a hollow
ball. When Neil Armstrong landed on the moon on July 20, 1969,
when the spacecraft landed, it reverberated for an entire hour, and
you could hear the reverberation, the astronauts said. It was
part of the information that N-SA never told the people.
Ava: But let's go back to the physics of water, when water was
thrown out to space.
LMMS: (talking garbled)
Ava: When the water [was] emitted from Mars it knocked our
original moon out..
Ari: We had two moons.
Ava: Phobos and what?
Ari: Phobos and Demos.
Commander: Those are now [the] moons of Mars.
Ari: Now moons of Mars, yes.
LMNS: They got stuck in [Mars] orbit.
Ari: They got stuck in orbit of Mars and we ended up--
Ava: --And we ended up with [all] the water from Mars.
Commander: How did our moon [Luna] get here?
Ava: The command put the artificial moon in [to the orbit of
earth].
Ari: Yeah. The Ashtar Command came and brought an artificial
moon in, and that's why we have Luna, the moon. If we didn't have
a moon we wouldn't have tides on our planet. [Luna is not a living
body, as in a soul body as it is artificial i.e. the 'Paper Moon'].
Ava: It [the tides] would be placid water. The water would just
go right up [onto the land]. It wouldn't go back out. The water
would just keep filling in the land and we wouldn't have any
surface [at all].
Ari: Right.
Ava: --Earth surface, I mean terra firma surface.
Ari: So we need to have two moons in this planetary system of
Earth.
Ava: To have a balance, but we will be brought [very soon] one
[of these eons]. I understand there will be one brought [back].
[The whole Sol Solar System will be made whole once again].
Ari: Right.
LMMS: The Earth was [originally] two-thirds water, but it's now
three-fourths water.
Ari: The Earth was originally two-thirds water, but now it's
three-fourths water.
Ava: --from that incident, alone.
Ari: Yeah. Oh, my! (laughter) We are going all over the
universe, here!
Ava: O.K. It's cool.
Commander: Back up several million years here. (laughter)
Ari: Yes?
Commander: And try to continue from where Nibiru came from. You
said that it was the 23rd planet in the system ---- in the
anti-universe. Right?
Ava: -- In the anti-matter universe.
Commander: The anti-matter universe.
Ari: Yes.
Commander: Well, continue on from there how our solar system
became [into being].
Ava: O.K.
Commander: And the like, [how it was] populated, and whatever.
Ari: O.K.
Ava: I just wanted to say that in order for Jehovah to enter the
matter universe of Nebedon, he needed to create.
Ari: A runway.
Ava: A runway from anti-matter to matter, so in order to do that
he figured if he removed the whole Aurora Sun System he would get
the runway [he wanted], and he did.
Ari: Yes.
Ava: And so Nibiru was the last, like Ari said, the last of those
23 sun systems to be destroyed. That was Mother Sekhmet's [own
home] planet. On that planet there were Bird people, Reptilian
people and Paschat people which are [the] cat people or Lion people.
There's a book by Murry Hope called The Lion People which is a good
reference for Paschat life [or] Lion people.
Commander: Murry who?
Ava: Murry Hope. M-u-r-r-y Hope. H-o-p-e. Is it out of print?
It might be out of print, but we are not sure. But there's another
book by Robert Masters, called The G-ddess, Sekhmet on the web and
also in print.
He is a very awesome Being. He goes into the esoteric wisdom of
Mother Sekhmet and---
Ava: Let's go back to the story.
Ari: Yeah. In this--
Ava: So he got his runway and the first of the constellations of
the Universe of Nebadon that he went to was [the constellation]
Lyra.
Ari: Yeah.
Ava: Lyra. L - y - r - a.
Ari: But back in the anti-matter universe, what happened was, as
he went along destroying the 23 sun systems of Aurora, he finally
came to Nibiru and we [all] had to evacuate. I remember this like
it was yesterday. We all had to get onboard these ships and go
from the anti-matter universe into the matter universe [or join
Jehovah or we would die].
Ava: It became a big problem because we were sitting with
Jehovah as the Admiral instead of Sananda Kumara on the ship of
144,000. Some of us got trapped because we were afraid, and some of
us lost our life forms. It was a very, very, very ugly mess!
It created [horrendous] soul imprints so that many, many lifetimes
it has taken to reverse the trauma, and each soul has a different
piece of that trauma.
That is why [the] healing [of] one soul's trauma will help every
single soul to come back to LOVE because that energy goes out and
everybody can choose to feel that energy and heal from it [as well].
Commander: So Sananda-Esu Immanuel 'Je--s' and Sananda Kumara
are the same entity.
Auri: Same being, YES!
Ava: Actually, there are two particular in the Halls of
Amenti-the records there show when you talk about Yeshua, there
were two-Yeshuas. The first was Yeshua -Y e-s-h-u-a.
Yeshua Melchizedek Twelve, or Yeshua Ben Joseph Melchizedek
Twelve, which means that was [the full template of] Sananda Kumara.
Ari: Yes.
Ava: The head of the Universe of Nebedon.
Ari: He is the Admiral in charge and he sits on The New Jerusalem
with Lord Ashtar and he never fell from grace.
Ava: No - [that's correct]. And then the other one was Yeshua
Nine which means that this Being, in the times of J--us was the one
that was really [going around and] giving a lot of the talks and
bringing people around him, and at a certain point he was so
talkative that he was endangering Melchizedek Yeshua Twelve, and
literally Yeshua Twelve went [had to go] traveling. They talk about
him in India, and they talk about him coming to all points in the
Un-ted States - the [Great] PAHANA returned [he is called]. He went
to the southwest here and they called him the Great Wh-te Prophet,
and then he went to South America. I mean he traveled [all over
the world] and brought his teachings while Yeshua Nine was whisked
away because they would have ki-led him at that point. He was the
one that married Mary Magdalena [and had five children] and they
went to France, and they represent the whole royal lineage of France
from that point on [to create the]--
Ari: The Merovingian Kings - the Knights Templar.
Ava: And Lady Di [Diana] was a 'Stewart' [which] is of the House
of the Merovingian Kings. She is of the House of Yeshua. And that
is another part of why they didn't like [her]-- they wanted her to
marry Prince Charles and bring forth the bloodline [to put the DNA
back] of those children. As soon as she was finished having those
two babies they threw her out with the bath water. They wanted her
out of their faces!
Ari: That's right.
Ava: They didn't want the truth to come forward about what she
was representing - in terms of bringing the whole house of Sananda
Kumara's [bloodline] reality back to the people! So back [now to]
millions of years ago--
Commander: So a couple more questions before you continue on this.
Where does Commander Hatonn fit in all of this?
Commander Hatonn..
Ari: Commander Hatonn..
Commander: Yes.
Ari: Oh, Commander Hatonn is one of the Galactic Commanders of
the Ashtar Command. Where he comes from is-there in the
Constellation, Lyra, there is a star called Vega. In that
Constellation, Lyra [is] traveling around the star Vega, [and] is
[in] a sector of space called the Vela Sector. There is a planet
[there] called Trantor. And Trantor is the home base for the Ashtar
Command. Commander Hatonn is originally from the planet, Trantor
and he is also one of the folks that came here with Khu-Fu, who is
also known as-THOTH.
Ava: He built the other Cheops pyramids.
Yeah, Pyramid of Cheops. [The Giza Pyramid].
Ava: What was the name of the Pharaoh, there? KhuFu?
Ari: Yeah, Khu-Fu. But also at that time there was another
Commander named Kla-La. Kla-La comes from the planet Aldeberon,
[the Eye of Taurus] and in the story here after the destruction of
Atlantis we needed some pyramids to stabilize the axio-excursion of
our planet. [Commander Kla-la is the actual Designer and Engineer
of the Giza Pyramid which were actually formed on the Planet
Aldeberon and then placed on Earth through ship technology. Khu-fu
[THOTH] was the pharaoh at the time so his name went onto the
pyramids].
Ava: As we [the earth] were wobbling in space by then [as a
result of the sinking of Atlantis]. We had really created a mess!
Commander: So the pyramids performed what function?
Ari: They are stabilization generators--
Ava: Under the pyramids,-- even in South America, all over
China, all over Egypt--I mean there are pyramids on every
continent--
Ari: They have.
John F. Winston
Subject: The History Of This Universe. Part 6 of 6. Dec. 13, 2002.
This part talks about the Taos Hum.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Ava: Sub-Etheric generators [underneath them]--
Ari: Right. Underneath the pyramid there is a sub-etheric
generator that runs at a 5th dimensional frequency. Have you ever
heard of this phenomenon called the Taos Hum?
Commander: No.
Ari: O.K. [The Taos Hum is actually the sound of the sub-etheric
generator that is now running under Taos Mountain which is actually
an Ashtar Command base which was activated recently and put into
action. People began hearing 'the hum' a few years ago when that
activation took place. It [the hum] holds a 5th dimensional
frequency and to folks who were not accustomed to feeling this
energy it was somewhat disturbing to them because their own
frequency was not high enough and it caused them to speed up faster
than their biology could manage. To some folks it was a very
healing experience and to others who could not align with this
frequency, it was too painful, and they had to move to other
locations].
Ava: What they did--Commander Hatonn, and Commander Kla-La were
working together on this mission to help stabilize the
axio-excursion of the planet at a point in time, so they have a
relationship with Ashtar Command. The Ashtar Command actually has
a base between the King and Queen's chamber [under] the Great
Pyramid of Giza. The ship and the commanders that are [stationed
there are] responsible to keep that axio-excursion [of the earth]
in place. They [Lord Hatonn and the Ashtar Command] go around the
planet on a very regular basis and they hold their ships over
these pyramids that hold these generators and they send a beam
underneath the pyramids into the sub-etheric generator to keep
maintaining our axio-excursion. We can't go past 23.4 degrees off
our actual excursion because if we do without some other [help
from a huge] tractor beam or some other ship holding [it in place]
to move ourselves [back to] safety, we would go into oblivion,
because that's the last point of alignment with our systems Sirius
A and Sirius B. Actually, many astronomers as well as astrologers
understand that we are a triple star system. We are not just a
solar system by ourselves but [with] that [of] Sirius A and Sirius
B and the sun, SOL. There are three suns in one solar system.
Ari: [We are a] Trinary Star System. [Three sun system]
Ava: Yeah. If we go past [that] 23.4 degrees we [the Earth and
all her creatures] would go into oblivion. We would go super nova,
and so what has happened now is [that] Alcyone, the Great Central
Sun, which is located 400 light years away from Earth in the
Pleiades has sent out a whole belt of light--
Ari: --Called the Photon Belt.
Ava: It's called the Photon Belt - and it has taken, I don't
know how many light years, to arrive in our space here. The
Pleiades is close to the center of our galaxy and Earth is on the
very outer periphery of [that] galaxy.
Part 6 of 6.
JW Although some of these postings say that Noah's Ark was a
space ship I would still like to go in a helicopter upon the
the sides of Mt. Ararat to see if a real ship made of gopher wood
is still up there sticking out of the ice.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
...............
Subject: More Information From Adrian. Dec. 13, 2002.
This part deals with the Chupacabra. This information is coming
from a space person called Adrian. Adrian has taken over the body
of a Earth boy who is very sickly and was expected to die very soon.
The boy was reincarnated into a rich family in South American.
This is actually part 6 of the postings called Spaceman Who
Inhabited Another Person's Body.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sean: Since I've been in the fields in England about 100 yards
away at the same time the circles are being made, I can tell you
there seems to be no visible phenomenon whatsoever. It's like they
ooze up out of the ground.
Adrian: Well, because the craft are cloaked, and the beams they
use are way above the visible spectrum of light.
Sean: Have they ever taken you or have you ever asked to go to
Andromeda, to go sit in on the counsels of the Alliance?
Adrian: Not really. But, I have a feeling with it because Adrian
has attended the Council many times. When that happens...whew...
those feelings of peak experiences that happen are for me hard
things to talk about. Of course, Adrian tells me a lot of things.
What they want to do with the earth, and everything else.
Sean: Who does the Andromedan Council report to? Do they report
to anybody else, anybody higher?
Adrian: There are people in the organized group, in the council
of the nations that I told you about - And then they report to
people more inside on a mental vibration. And those report to
something more inside.... something of a varied vibration or most
important was something that was called a spi-it vibration and
they report to something more inside of the heart, what they have
experimented with many times and....there are no words for it. It
is a s-ul vibration. The sp-rit is not the highest vibration, the
soul is. It is just like the sp-rit that leads to the so-l of these
pasts, a protective sheath and that's where everything comes from.
It is a collective consciousness of people that have made it in
the many incarnations. As they come in they join into one vibration
and they get bigger and bigger. Things of the Creation. It is very
important. And then those huge 'Corporate Entities' report to some
others, you know it is like a chain of command.
Sean: They report to beings in another universe?
Adrian: Yep. Which they are ones that are mainly responsible to
overseeing this universe. Another universe sees the other one
and they start to talk and then.... that's how it usually is.
Sean: There's no original universe?
Adrian: It doesn't exist. It is infinite, from the biggest to the
smallest. We can't be talking about all those, this planet, the
solar system, the Little Dipper, the galaxy, this universe with all
the other ones. It is a fantastic number. A gigantic universe, a
giant universe, that has next to it a whole bunch of other ones,
gigantic universes, and all the rest that we are talking about....
it is big. All of that is part of my thumb.
Sean: So there is infinite bigness and infinite smallness?
Adrian: Who would know we are in the middle of this. It is going
to lead to the highest and the lowest. That's why our symbol looks
like something like this. With three lines and one joining. That is
the universe and the creation. [He draws a symbol.]
Sean: I have videotape, and I have photographs of ships that have
this symbol on the bottom of it.
Adrian: Oh?
Sean: Yes. The are called the UMMO and that symbol is on the
bottom of their craft.
Adrian: That line on the bottom is the physical world, the one
here, like the invisible, ethereal world. And then up here, the
design of the s-ul worlds, and they are joined together. To the
highest eternal, to the lowest eternal of creation.
Sean: Is there a ruler of this galaxy? Is there a name for
somebody that maybe rules or runs most of this galaxy?
Adrian: The galaxy, no. It is just a collective consciousness;
you know what I mean? It's like I said its beings that have made a
different connection together with beings from other universes that
have the same standards.
Sean: Have you had any other experience with people living on
any other planets in this solar system with exception to the moon
and mars?
Adrian: Some beings on the moons of Jupiter and Saturn.I was told
that these are from Orion.
Sean: How many r-ces have you had direct contact with?
Adrian: That's a good question. The Sirian negatives, the Orion
negatives, but no one in the sense in particular that didn't look
pretty much like a Grey from Orion. The Pleiadians, of course and
some beings from the constellation of Pegasus.
Sean: What did they look like? A thumb nail description?
Adrian: They, uh, believe it or not these people have wings.
Sean: The ones from Pegasus have wings?
Adrian: The people from there tend to have wings, it doesn't mean
that everybody there in that system has wings. Just like people
that look like Germans. But they are not all like blonde.
Sean: What do the Sirians look like?
Adrian: The Sirians, the original Sirians, that came over are
mainly Je-ish, some Bl-ck people.... tall Bla-k people. But their
noses, they are big, it is not flat like a B-ack person. It is a
face, a little long and tall, thin. They look tough, you know,
interesting, very strong.
Sean: And the Zeti Reticulians? Mostly a small race?
Adrian: Yes. They have differences. Some are more human looking,
more like Chinese, most of them. And some look more like the pictures
you see.
They always have big heads. These other ones look more grayish.
With bigger eyes. And um, you can tell when they're from there
because they have an ambiance like they were little children.
Mischievous but yet innocent. It appears in how they walk, how they
act, their vibration. It is no bother to me, the way they come and
poke you.
Sean: So they are not physically good or bad.
Adrian: No, those are good, those are good. But the ones that are
confusing everybody, that look pretty much the same, small, grayish
with big heads, are from Orion. Those are the bad ones.
Sean: And what do the Pleiadians from your system look like?
Adrian: The women are 6'2 to 6'6. The men are between seven and
nine feet. They all have a Roman nose that comes straight down from
the forehead, with no dent at the bridge of the nose, with very
large, liquid, almond shaped cat's eyes.
Sean: Where do the American Indians come from? The red r-ce?
Adrian: From the seventh point of Atlantis.
Sean: But where did they come from before that?
Adrian: Before that? They belonged to the Sirian and Orion system.
They are dark people. Um, of course, like I've said, the ones that
are screwed up, the e-il ones, they also come from the systems of
Sirius and Orion, they are negative ones, but they don't look b-ack
or red. They look sickly and whitish, and you have old ones and you
have small ones. And most of them don't have any hair. Those are the
ones that are in trouble.
Sean: Is there going to be an extraterrestrial invasion of this
planet, some time around the 2004, 2005?
Adrian: There was a plan to do that with the cooperation of the
Nine Families which has to do with that Chupacabra thing going
around that you were investigating in Puerto Rico. But the ultimate
thing will be to create so many problems, so much fear, pollution,
w-r, crime, invasion from aliens, and the Chupacabra and all that,
it is a whole plan to launch a fake invasion. It comes to a
conclusion that everybody gives up and says to the World Go-ernment,
'Please Help! Come save us!'
The Chupacabra is creature created by genetic experimentation,
and being purposely released into the population to get people used
to the idea of some kind of ev-l alien invasion. You know, and
that's when they have the special forces that come in, with marshal
law, take over and tear up the constitution ... poof! ... gone!
That's the plan. See? Because like I said, they are seeing that
people are becoming very intelligent, they are learning what's been
happening, so they are very afraid, they know the Constitution and
the things that they will take away. But that's why we have the
mind control, the mass mind control, for the kids, using the TV
and all that stuff to make them hang around with pistols, start
shooting people and everything else, so that then it will make an
easier excuse for when they want to take over.
Parents and senators and everybody sending letters, "Hey let's
the gun out of the street!" So that makes it easier for them, when
the thing really starts that the troops can handle people easier.
You know? And this is the whole mass plan.
Sean: So you are saying that there is no threat from the
Reptilians, there's no threat from a real invasion?
Adrian: No, no threat. The only threat is that they have
technology here that they don't care about anything. They don't
need to tell anybody, they have enough. The threat to them is the
Alliance. They are wondering how long is the Alliance going to let
the Sha-ow Gov-rnment get away with what they are doing. So that's
their actual fear.
Sean: We can change this can't we?
Adrian: Yes! With this conversation, we can actually alter through
sound waves, things all around us, and that somewhere something
changes, and those changes and that one like dominos. It starts a
whole different future, you know?
Sean: We need to reach through the mind control. Tear down that
screen, and it changes people. By writing and talking about all
this.
Adrian: Yes, because that's one thing that escapes them. That
people have s-uls. They have the life force, which is of great power.
But it, too, is a form of energy; and it can be trapped by the ev-l
ones. They can create a situation like when you are dying, and they
can create a hoax, a fake senario with a light and a tunnel and
Je--s Christ and everything, 'Oh it's the light! J--us is coming, Oh
yes!' They can trap the soul and trick it. Suddenly you are in a
laboratory at some kind of station there.
They wipe everything out and then you are back here again. They
live on that. They live on the notion that they are constantly
reincarnating over and over with fake lives, not enough time to
catch up on what's going on.
No time to build up any strength or wisdom. These souls are
sometimes abused, even for hundreds of thousands of years, well not
hundreds of thousands of years, but three or four or five hundred
years.
Sean: Who lives that long?
Adrian: These entities, you know?
Sean: Which entities?
Adrian: The ones that do this stuff,the Sirians,the Orions the
old ones from Atlantis, the ones that are doing the most damage,
the Pleiadian splinter groups together with the old Lyrans. There
are beings from Ursa Major that are most amazing. They are half
man and half lizard. Big people, you know. Very strong. Oh, you
have small ones there, but the majority are very strong, very big
up to 1,000 or 1,500 thousand pounds these people weigh. They are
warriors, that's a problem, too. And so all these people are
living in their own artificial ambiance and they are tired. They
want to be in your dimension, they want to be free, you know?
To breath and move and be comfortable, to be out of the bubble
as they say.
John F. Winston
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Sean: What do they do with the soul energy once they absorb it,
once they trick it, put it into the laboratory? You are saying that
they use people coming to the light, or going to the light, as a
kind of trick.
Adrian: Yes, they do that. In many cases they capture not the
soul, but the astral body, but when they capture the astral body the
soul is captured too for a time. If it is strong enough it gets out,
if it's not, the other part of the two senses are not developed
enough. They stay pretty much like in a prison. And that's a
problem.
Claudina: And when they die are they taking them to the astral
plane, where is it their spirit and the soul go?
Adrian: For instance, here you can do the same thing from
wi-chcraft.
When somebody dies, you can be ready for him with entities on the
other side. That are waiting for him, with the same vibration that
you are coming into. And they will capture you, and they can
actually put you in a box. And you are stuck there. So, you can
capture somebody with this magic technology. In a way you can work
with it, the soul perception, because of the lack of evolution and
all the best bodies around you they haven't evolved. For people
that are weak, they can be made to work for you later. They will
become slaves and stuff like that. That's how it works.
Sean: But there are entities that can feed on the soul force,
the soul energy?
Adrian: Oh, right. That's a good question. How do they do it?
It's true.
They do. The ones that do that are the ones that are the
good-looking ones. The ones that look like angels, the strong ones,
that look like Pleiadians, those are the refugees from Atlantis.
Down here, they are the ones that are in charge of the whole thing.
And so these are the ones that feed from the energies of the people,
from the astral operations, they are looking always for people that
kneel down uasily and give all their power away and this and the
other thing, feed from this, and that's why you see these ships
from these beings, hanging out from this, and that's why you see
these ships from these beings, hanging out around football games,
around churches, anywhere groups of fanatic people gather for
something where there is a lot of emotion exchanged, and anger.
Forces that these things feed off of, they take this energy, take
it take it, and use it.
Some will still filter that energy in the ships. Some will stay
in the ships. Then all of the other energy that is left over, they
actually transport it to different places around the putting it away
there. Then it manifests problems, w-rs and stuff like that. You can
see out in the streets, all the crime and everything else. So they
actually come for the scent of you ... wherever they cling. It keeps
the control role, you know?
So they live from that. Isn't that interesting?
Sean: Why do UFO's usually always appear over areas before there
are major natural catastrophes or wa-s?
Adrian: I guess it is one reason is to watch for what's happening
and to see if they can take somebody. And many times they wait until
the disaster comes, and the whole building falls, and everything
else, and that's how they can easily take people and people won't
be missed that way. I don't know if I'm explaining it right.
Sean: No, you are explaining it perfectly.
Adrian: It is a great opportunity to just take people, and it is
a direct incarnation from one people to the other, with the physical
body. They weigh it ... watching ... waiting. They are always
watching. Always looking.
Sean: The good guys or the bad guys?
Adrian: Both, actually. They are both sometimes using the same
methods, but that is not in general.
Sean: So there's no extraterrestrial threat to this planet right
now?
There's no reptilian fleet or armada on its way here; the
Arcturians aren't battling anyone outside the asteroid belt...?
Adrian: No. If it happens it's a staged thing.
Sean: But there's no battle happening between the asteroid belt
and Ort clouds, the Arcturians aren't fighting off the reptilians,
right?
Adrian: In the old days that would happen. Sometimes if that
can happened with somebody that comes in accidentally, without
knowing these laws, the trust and time or something like that, and
faith is one of these things outside, you know, and so sometimes
you have little -ars or something like that. But the Alliance would
never .... they don't work that way.
They don't fire on anybody, not actually physically. They would
if they had to, you know? It happens once in a rare while. They
have police all over. They stay away from that kind of thing.
Reactions take place when the Greys or Reptilians know they are
going to get arrested and they shoot at anything. You know, they
are very trigger-happy. It's a r-ce that's been created directly
on purpose, to see if they can, if they would know how to develop
emotion. A warrior r-ce. Human beings crossbred with reptiles.
Originally it was created as a land force, labor and warriors, but
then they started getting smart. If you create something like that
then their intelligence started telling them they wanted their
own ships. They wanted space too. To live and be independent. Now
they live 200 to 300 hundred miles underground.
Sean: How did they get there?
Adrian: With the ships.
*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'*'
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Subject: Stamps Dec. 17, 2002.
Here is something that was sent to me.
..................................................................
..................................................................
A woman goes to the post office to buy stamps for her Ch-istmas
cards.
She says to the clerk " May I have 50 Chr-stmas stamps?"
The clerk says, "what denomination?"
The woman says "Oh my goodness! Has it come to this???
Give me 6 Cat-olic, 12 Prot-stants, and 32 Bapt-sts."
........
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here are somethings that a space lady by the name of Lady Kadjina
has said. Beware this is channeled material, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: December 8, 2002
Items Included:
* Time management and multi-tasking challenges for lightworkers
* What's behind Cattle mutilations and diseases
* Relationship of a great Nordic/Celtic Pentagram and the Nidaros
Cathedral in Norway
* NE-ARA implementation
* Osama bin Laden, Saddam Hussein and the Antich-ist
* Recent health problems on cruise ships to the Caribbean area
* Followup on things coming to a head in the Wh-te House
* Followup on cleansing of the dark pockets of energy in the
Bosnia-Herzegovina region.
We are including an initial question from Kay, as it is probably
relevant to many who are having similar challenges at this time.
Kay: basically, I would like some more input on what we call
"multi-tasking" from a 4th dimensional perspective, particularly in
relationship to the amount of time I'm spending in healing work
using the MSN Messenger service, and also the need to get my book
finished. I feel like I'm all over the place. I would also like
some comments concerning the Tarot questions I asked this morning
about this very topic and sometimes the sense of weariness I'm
feeling in relationship to everything I'm doing and the need to
take care of me.
When you have the sense of needing to take care of yourself, it
is wise to listen. The fact that you asked this type of question
of your Tarot cards this morning indicates a concern. It's
interesting that the issue of weariness was addressed by the
Medieval Tarot deck. We say this because your conflict of being
used as a channel arose about that time. And since that time,
until the present, you have served many times as a channel, to the
point that you lost the ability to think for yourself. In other
words, we did all the thinking. Some of the an-els and some of
the master souls working with the planet at this time were involved,
not only with you but with other channels, and we did not realize
that using your abilities so extensively would in any way warp
your energy systems as far as functioning independently of us goes.
And when this happens, we in a sense have a karmic responsibility
to see to it that you are given the opportunities to regain your
ability to function independently of us.
Ordinarily, humans do not think that we who are on this side,
especially the an-elic ones, would have any karma to deal with of
this type, but in a sense we do. It has absolutely nothing to do
with what you would term right or wrong, good or bad, but more like
a miscalculation in our understanding of how humans function. So
many times you've been told that we all progress and move forward
together. We on this side do make miscalculations and this has
been a serious one. At this time you are indeed, as you call it,
"all over the place." So long as you are physically present upon
the Earth, you will have certain 3D realities to deal with. Rest
is one of them. Taking care of yourself as far as eating, sleeping,
and sometimes just playing, is very important.
Now, to answer your questions-and we are speaking in a
consensus-time management is imperative. You are one who only needs
approximately four hours of sleep at a time, but to support that you
must take breaks within what remains of the 24-hour time span. You
are also one who does not require three meals a day, but if you
choose to function in this way, you must remember to breathe and
drink water. Another condition that is affecting you is the need
to be understood by those around you as far as the position you take
and where you're coming from, and that in this you don't have the
same levels of schooling that some of the others have. So therefore,
emotionally you are taking the position that they outrank you.
This is not true-you brought your knowledge in with you. You
did the spread of self-knowledge. In the body position the wand
turned up and the issue dealt with responsibility and authority.
There is a conflict between the personality and your high self.
You remember the price you have paid for being you versus the need
to be all that you are. In the mind feeling you drew the King of
Wands and the Star. This is very significant in that you are coming
to understand yourself mentally and emotionally and the Star means
connection to the high self. In the realm of Spirit, you drew the
Emperor and the Ace of Clubs. Tis all has to do with connection to
high self and functioning from that standpoint in a leadership role.
It has to do with the reigns of responsibility and rolling up your
sleeves and getting to work.
In regards to the book, step into the position of the high self
and overview from that perspective. Draw in the personality who has
all the memories.
The high self will act as editor, but the personality is what will
give the book the color, the flavor, the emotion, and also give it
your take on how to deal with the issues of challenges, especially
in regard to the causes, effects, and healing of ca-cer. Your book
will be published at a time when new healing modalities for can-er
step to the forefront, yet people will need to understand that they
have a role as far as self-responsibility is concerned in healing
themselves of their canc-r.
We would like to express appreciation for Kay asking questions
on her own behalf. She doesn't do this often enough. She is so
driven to be of service that she often forgets herself. We wish
to thank her special friends for nudging her to remember that she
also is important.
Wayne: There have been so-called "cattle mutilations" occurring
for decades in the U.S., South America and England, and perhaps
other locations. None of these has been adequately explained,
and yet we occasionally read of sec-et gov-rnment programs, perhaps
in conjunction with ET presences and technology, that suggest this
is being done as a tissue and bl-od harvest for propagation of
hybrid ra-es. Now there is information suggesting that this is
what is leading to the "Mad Cow" disease and other diseases
involving "prions." Can you tell us what is really going on with
all this?
(http://www.rense.com/general32/beef.htm)
There are a couple of reasons for cattle mutilations. One of
them of course is for de-il worshipping and rituals and usage of
the blo-d for gleaning life energy. You have the expression,
"strong as a bull," and that expression stems from a ritualistic
practice of drinking the b-ood of a very strong bull will make the
humans equally as strong. This also spills over into what you
have called ET and gov-nment harvesting in relation to hybrid
species. And yes, the gove-nment does do this and so do certain
groups of the ETs.
Now, when we refer to the g-vernment, we are referring to certain
groups within gov-rnments worldwide that have laboratories and like
to do experiments. Also in some places there are small labs where
you have small groups of scientists, somewhat like an outpost, who
are doing their own private research. The difficulty with all of
this is that when you begin to mess around with the basic
structuring of DNA, protein components, and all of the other facets
of cell structuring, you often affect that species' ability to
ward off diseases and also you destroy the ability of that species
to really give the humans the nutritional substances that some of
them require, because the etheric energy field is affected. Cattle
also, just as you do, have nadial energy system hookups between the
physical form and their etheric form.
Question from a reader: Hello! I'm from Norway and have a
question about a large, (biggest known in the world) pentagram made
by the Vikings and Celtic vice (JW They may mean wise rather than
vice.) men, located in southern Norway. The circle around is 666
English miles and all angles are within the criteria of sacred
geometry. I wonder if this has anything to do with something here
today or future and the Nidaros Cathedral, or is it just something
from 1000 years ago.
The Vikings were not always so aggressive as the history books
portray. In the beginning of their time they were much more
peaceful and they were very ritualistic in their practices, and
accomplished much in the way of magic.
Eventually neighboring countries became jealous of their power
and began to attack them. And so the Vikings came to find a need
to fight back.
Originally the pentagram was put in place by the great Mother
Ship, who brought them to this planet eons of time ago. It was a
reminder of where they came from, who they are, and their purpose.
In the need to defend themselves, they could often use the energy
of the pentagram to access the information as to how to fight, but
this need to fight went out of balance at this time.
In the early 1000s, King Olaf was very much desirous of bringing
peace. He had a basic understanding of the pentagram in
relationship to sacred geometry. His generals and key assistants
that were closest to him shared in much of his personal knowledge
and, since they had much of the sacred ritual in their belief
system, they buried him in what they considered to be a place of
sacred energy, hoping that from the other worlds he would continue
to guide them. So they built a small chapel over his body, which
was buried se-retively. But they would go there to pray and ask
him for help. Because of the kind of help this generals felt they
received from him, a cathedral eventually was constructed in his
honor. He became a king or a saint who the people themselves
loved. They thought of him as one who was fair and had a sense
of honor and integrity in governing his people.
However, peace was not to come. The great wa-s of Medieval times
and the 100 years -ar were to follow. And much of the animosities
of that time have also spilled over into the Mideast. The Mideast
at this time is one of the great seeded energy pods on the planet
that still has a great need to defend its own positions. Just
remember that some of the ancient leaders, who were much into wa-
are located in other countries at this time, and not confined
only to the Mideast.
Part 1.
John Wioston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
This part mentions Saddam Hussein.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
As the hearts of humanity begin to understand the oneness of all
groups of humans and understand the need to bring peace to the planet
without the need for w-r, the benevolent energies of all of the great
cathedrals throughout Europe, as is occurring with Nidaros, will go
through a major renaissance.
This is already happening as renovations of some of the greatest
cathedrals have uncovered the image of the G-ddess Isis beneath the
removed plaster of beloved Mary, Queen of Hea-en. Keep in mind that
the divine feminine, the go-dess energy, expressed through all of
the great -oddesses down through time. It is basically the same
energy grid.
Question from a reader: Please find out thru Lady K about the
NE-ARA Law affecting the U.S. Gov-rnment, I-S, and Ba-king, that
restores these to the Constitutional ways. Also about the W-ite
Knights. The website promoting this is Dove of On-ness
(http://www.fourwinds10.com/dove/).
Keep in mind that when the fe-eral in-ome t-x was put in place,
it was only supposed to be a temporary ta-. Now the powers that be
understand that if you keep the people heavily t-xed, whether it be
via the IR- or credit card indebtedness or home mortgages, they
then cannot function in the fullness of their personal power - they
are too busy running around in circles. What NESA-A would do is
reverse the federal income t-x, have a tax on first-time purchases
only, forgive certain credit card indebtedness because of the
extremely high borrowing rate-paying a flat 10% over cost is more
than sufficient. What you end up doing is paying for the item two
or three times more than its purchase cost. This would give the
American people back their personal power, freeing them up to focus
more fully on their reason for being on the planet at this time. It
would also create a certain mental space where they could really
begin questioning what has been and is going on within the United
St-tes at this time.
The gov-rnment has in place many very dire technologies and
g-vernments have a way of always defending their position as if
they know what is best for themselves and their peoples. The so-ls
in charge at this time are the same sou-s responsible for the
technologies that sank Atlantis. What we call the Full Dis-losure
Act in these messages is the bringing forth knowledge of ancient
civilizations and peoples, both from this planet and others, their
technologies, their social systems and justice that were in place
during what you call the Golden Era. For those of you who are
Chr-stian, remember the words of the Master Je--s, when he spoke of
following the letter of the law versus the sp-rit of the law, and
this has a great deal to do with the sp-rit of your constitution.
You have made so many letters of the law that the sp-rit has been
squashed. He also said that the leaders have the doors so shut that
they cannot pass through, and those that want to pass through will
not be allowed to do so.
So it is now time to return the power to the people. The voice
of the people must once again be heard. And NE-ARA will enable
them and free them up so that they find their voice once again. It
will be a few more years before there is enough full disc-osure to
allow NE-ARA to be implemented.
This is our opinion based upon what we see at this time. Remember
that all prophesy is just that, and is subject to change, based
upon what humans do.
This is a time to take what you receive in meditation and act upon
it. It will take action on the part of many to turn things around.
Spi-ituality must be applied to every realm of human endeavor. This
must mean that educators meditate, receive, and act upon what they
get. And this applies to politicians, those who study earth
dynamics, those in the field of health, those who work with various
types of shelters for the homeless and abused, new understandings in
the field of geriatrics and your nursing homes, and the need to
allow these weary old souls and their bodies to return to s-irit
and to the Earth. Lightworkers can do much if they would just visit
the nursing homes and let their energy flow - many an old soul could
be freed to go home. The same attitude toward those in intensive
care, hooked up to life support systems, when there is little hope
for an active, productive life. These so-ls need to go home.
Keeping the human body alive at any and all cost is a mistake. It
is wrong thinking. Those who work the light must address these
issues aggressively and actively.
Action is the energy for these kinds of change. And NESA-A will
not come to be until individuals become self-responsible within
their communities and begin to speak up.
Question from a reader: Okay, I realize that every one of us is
very busy at this time. I do have a few questions though. How
come everything has shifted to Saddam Hussein and has left the
quandary of the "mass mur-erer" Bin Laden? Has everyone forgotten
about him? Is he still in the picture?
Why so much on Saddam right now? In an earlier transference of
information there was a mention of someone that was the anti-Chr-st
and he would reign for 29 years. Both of these men have done this,
so "has" the anti-Chr-st been here or has he yet to come and do any
of these men have anything to do with him?
We all have to do with him. Ch-ist is not a singularity of person.
Chr-st was in J--us, Buddha, St. Paul, and has expressed through
many great souls, including Mother Teresa, St. Catherine the great,
and this Chris- energy wants to express through every human on Earth.
Through Jes--, he said, "Be hot or be cold, but don't be lukewarm,
or I will vo-it you."
As far as bin Laden and Saddam goes, both of these leaders are
sitting on a pot of gold, and there is a pi-eline that the United
Sta-es wants constructed. They have set up their bases in
Afghanistan. What now happens to bin Laden at this time is of
little consequence. Saddam Hussein sits upon the o-l and also on
certain energetic grids. The United S-ates is hoping to make a
clean sweep and take into control the oil and pip-line routes in
both places. It has very little to do with these leaders being
"e-il ones."
While it is true that neither of these leaders have treated their
people very well, there are many regions in the United S-ates where
people are hungry and sick and the gov-rnment of the United Sta-es
should focus upon alternative fuels and the releasing of
technologies of a healing nature to its people to relieve them of
real diseases such as ca-cer, instead of terrorizing its people with
thoughts of threats from smallpox and anthrax.
But it is only through psyching the people up by utilizing methods
of fear that the current administration hopes to plunge the world
into w-r. We told you before the current administration was
'elected' that when they went into the Wh-te House they would have
the world embroiled within the throes of -ar by the end of summer
or the beginning of fall, and this is what has happened.
Be aware that when we make timeframe predictions such as events
in the W-ite House for the end of November (see question below),
that we are referring to a timeframe of approximation and all
prophesy is subject to change. It used to be, when Earth activities
were at a much slower pace, that we could predict with more
accuracy. This is the case with Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus. They
were accurate up until approximately the 60s and 70s.
Some of the later prophesies have not been quite so accurate. The
reason is that humans and all Earth plane activities are very much
speeded up. The best we can do is look at situations at this moment
in time and do an evaluation as to possibilities.
This is the timeframe for major shakeups in the Whit- House and
in all areas of Earth events. There are energetic shakeups
influencing the political scene and there are also physical grid
shakeups that are imminent. We have told you before, New York is
not built on solid ground - it's a ledge, as are parts of California.
What we are saying here is that conditions around the planet are
extremely unstable everywhere on every level. At least 80% of
your major American cities are bankrupt. This is a known fact in
this current administration. To support this -ar will plunge the
United S-ates into dire economic straits. The indebtedness would
go way beyond even the predictions. There would be no way to
relieve the peoples of taxes once the w-r machinery is set in place.
This is one of the reasons we are saying that the wa- will be
short-lived.
Another thing to consider is the grid system of fault lines
throughout the Mediterranean region. If there were to be great
numbers of bombs falling there it could release quakes all
throughout that region, which could trigger other quakes in
Alaska and volcanoes, not only in the Mediterranean region, but
also Hawaii, Mt. St. Helens, and Popocatepetl. Just as the human
body has a meridian on the toe that affects the bladder, so it is
with Mother Earth, that she also has a meridian system. Wound her
in one place and the consequences will be felt in another. The
major lesson for people of Earth at this time is to understand what
the B-ble says, "As above, so below." As it says, you are made of
Earth substances and to those substances you will return. But just
as you have more than a physical body, so does Mother Earth. She
has energy systems just as you do; she is a sentient being just
as you are. Your Bib-e teaches you the oneness of life, and this
means all levels of life and not just your human life.
The Antic-rist is not a single person. It is an energy system
that opposes that which is of the greatest good for all-all meaning
Planet Earth and all of her life forms. Several world leaders,
whether they be political, rel-gious, economic, health systems,
etc. are of the Antichri-t energy, as are those humans who fail
to act in responsible ways in their own personal affairs, such as
getting out of debt, taking care of their health, being responsible
for their children's education. For what affects one has a chain
reaction - a domino effect - and touches to all of life on this
planet.
John F. Winston
As you know I have reported in the past about the earthquake
predictions that Jim Berkland puts out. He's usually right on the
money. Here is another person who predicts earthquakes.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
The man who predicts earthquakes
Can earthquakes be predicted?
Scientists and seismologists the world over say it is impossible.
Eighty-year-old P N Nair, though, believes he has developed a
scientific method that can predict both the general time frame
and the location of an impending earthquake.
Though science may dismiss him, thousands of Kutch residents will
now find it difficult to forget him. Earlier, when he predicted a
devastating earthquake would hit Gujarat by the end of January,
people pooh-poohed him. Then, when he published his forecast in the
Gujarat daily, Kutch Mitra, on January 8, the experts dismissed it.
Nair even tried his best to impress on the Gujarat gov-rnment the
seriousness of his findings, but the authorities ignored his
warnings.
Which is why, today, Nair is a frustrated man. Though he is
distraught that most of his friends and neighbours in Gandhidham
have perished, he is relieved that his wife, two daughters, son and
their children are safe; that his house there has escaped with only
a few minor cracks. But, as he prepares to leave for Gandhidham
where he has been living for the past 51 years, Nair is a hero
among hundreds of villagers in the hilly area of Poonjar in
Kerala's Kottayam district.
The reason: when he landed there on January 24 to study the
frequent tremors in Kerala's central districts, Nair predicted
a major earthquake would hit Gujarat within seven days.
K N Ramachandran, in whose house Nair made the prediction, is yet
to recover from the shock of finding out his guest was right. "On
the evening of January 24, Nair said he could sense thunderous
sound from within the earth. He then explained to me and others in
the village that an earthquake would soon hit Gujarat. When that
disaster actually happened on Republic Day, we were awestruck."
Ramachandran is a retired deputy director of education in Kerala.
Nair denies any premonition about impending earthquakes. He adds
that -- unlike what people are beginning to attribute to him --
he does not have any divine powers. "It is all scientific," he
insists. "I can predict earthquakes scientifically. But I am sad
that the authorities and the so-called seismological experts are
unwilling to listen to me."
When and how did earthquakes begin to fascinate him so much that
he made it the focus of his life? Nair, who then worked for the
Military Engineering Services, was transferred from Kerala to Kandla
in 1949. Seven years later, an earthquake measuring seven on the
Richter Scale hit Gujarat, ki-ling over a hundred people and
displacing hundreds. "I was a victim of the earthquake that hit
Kutch in 1956," he says. "I was wounded and our home was partially
damaged. It was then that I resolved I would study earthquakes."
He began at night, standing barefoot on the land outside his
house. And he would feel a sound, which he compares to that of a
gunshot.
Occasionally, he would even feel an electric shock go through his
body. He read extensively on sound waves and the earth's movements.
He researched the entire Kutch area. And then, in 1974, he
announced what he called the Nair Effect Magnetic Field Theory.
"There is a momentary lightening and thunder effect below the earth's
crust when its plates collide. This produces a magnetic field, whose
properties are different from the earth's geomagnetic field.
"The earth's crust is formed of plates. When these plates collide,
the electrons move and a process of ionization takes place, aided
by the high temperature below the earth's crust. The electrons start
moving almost 40 days prior to an earthquake.
Due to the frequent collision of plates in an earthquake prone
area, the amount of electrons emitted increases steadily as does the
temperature under the ground. The emitted electrons form of a
magnetic field in the area surrounding the plate. Finally, a
force is experienced on the earth's surface -- we call it an
earthquake."
Nair says the traditional tectonic theory accepted by
seismologists has many holes. "It does not explain the gap between
the accumulation of pressure under the ground and the actual
earthquake. Seismologists do not know what happens between these
two processes. My theory fills this gap; it explains how a magnetic
process takes place both inside and outside the earth before an
earthquake actually happens."
Nair claims that, seven days before an earthquake hits a region,
one can scientifically spot the following indicators: A humming
effect follows most sounds; swaying shock-waves; the rumbling
sound of vehicles or falling objects; the audibility of distant
sounds; echoes in the horizon; ar-khar sounds on the roads and
flashes of light that move from right to left on television sets.
Thunder-like sounds emanating from within the earth are the final
signal that an earthquake is near.
But how do these indicators help Nair decide the location of an
earthquake? "The direction of these sounds can be scaled, depending
upon their strength and force. Let me try to explain with a rough
example. If you felt that these sounds were coming from, say one
kilometer away, it is certain the earthquake would hit some 1,500
kilometers away."
How does he measure these sounds? Nair has created an
harmonium-like instrument, powered by four batteries, that can feel
the signals of an impending earthquake.
So how many earthquakes has he predicted? "Many," says Nair,
opening a diary in which he has listed the times and the places of
the earthquakes he has predicted. He said that, sitting in Kutch
which was 3,000 kilometres away, he predicted the earthquake that
hit Iran and Iraq two days before it happened. The quake registered
five on the Richter Scale. He says he also predicted the 1992 Tokyo
earthquake three days before it happened.
In the seventies, Nair wrote to then prime minister Indira Gandhi
about his ability to predict earthquakes. She forwarded his request
to the Indian Meteorological Department and other earthquake
research centers. "But I did not get any response from them.
Everyone thinks I am a prankster. If the gov-rnment spends half
the money it wastes on the countless number of scientists and
seismologists who do no work across the country, I can develop a
world-class research center for earthquakes in India." But neither
the gov-rnment nor the experts have approved his theory.
Nair, though, has the support of the people of Kerala. In 1993,
during one of his visits to the state, Nair said Kerala was
earthquake-prone.
On December 2, 2000, he predicted an earthquake would hit the
state; the prediction was dismissed by the people of Kerala. On
December 12 - just 10 days after Nair's prediction - an earthquake
measuring 5.2 on the Richter Scale hit Kerala for the first time.
Since then, the Malayalam vernacular press has dubbed him
Earthquake mchettan (brother). In the last two months, Nair has
held three press conferences. He has addressed a number of public
meetings where he answers people's queries on earthquakes. He has
received a handful of invitations from various cultural societies
to talk about earthquake predictions. Nair, though, is preparing
to return to Gandhidham. To take stock of the earthquake's
aftermath. And to spread his theory about the future shocks that
we can expect from the planet we call home.
(JW It sounds to me that Mr. Nair is getting about the same
treatment that my personal friend Jim Berkland has been getting.)
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
John F. Winston
A few weeks back I got some information that stated that Jack
Sarfatti had been selected to have a dinner with President George
B-sh. They were going to discuss UFO's and other things.
Mr. Sarfatti is a person that posts to some news groups that post
messages to. He appears to be a very well educated person. I then
got some information from either Richard Hoagland or Mr. Boyland
stating that he didn't put much faith in Mr. Saffatti. Towards the
end of the following information it says something about Mr.
Saffatti. I'll let you come to the conclusion as to whether he is a
good guy or not.
I have met personally the author (Timothy Green Beckley.) of the
the following material and I consider that he tells the truth.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: T
Subject: Co-spiracy Journal
==========================
http://www.conspiracyjournal.com
Subscribe for free at our subscription page:
http://www.members.tripod.com/uforeview/subscribe.html
He glides silently through the cold, dark night. Nothing you do is
missed by his ever-present gaze. He judges all by his own set of
rules. You can't escape. You can't hide. He knows if you are sleeping
- He knows if you're awake. He knows if you've been bad or good. So
be good - OR ELSE!
And don't forget to leave your Chr-stmas guest along with his milk
and cookies, something to read. We suggest the latest exciting issue
of your favorite e-mail newsletter of all things weird and strange
- CONS-IRACY JOURNAL!
This week, Consp-racy Journal brings you such sugar-plum stories
as: The Real Clone W-rs Heat Up -
- Washington DC F-16s Scrambled Twice For Unknowns -
- Saddam's Area 51? -
- Surprise Comet Streaks Into Solar System -
- AND, Local Inventor Beat Wright Brothers, Texas Townsfolk Say -
All these exciting stories and MORE in this weeks issue of
Conspi-acy Journal.
----------------------------------------------------------
JUMBO CONSPIR-CY JOURNAL SPECIAL XMAS OFFERING
Conspira-y Journal and Global Communications is proud to announce
(and just in time for those last minute Ch-istmas stocking
stuffer's) the latest release from Mr. UFO himself - Timothy Green
Beckley!
FLYING SAUCERS IN THE HOLY B-BLE
A Re-igious Leader. . A Bib-ical Scholar. . A UFO Researcher . .
And An Emmy Award Winning Journalist reveals: WHAT YOUR MIN-STER IS
AFRAID TO TELL YOU ABOUT UFOS AND ALIENS!
The Bib-e is full of descriptions of UFOs that interacted with
the Prophets of the Old and New Testaments. For the first time
five experts in their individual fields re-examine the Holy text in
light of our current knowledge of space travel and UFO related
phenomenon, Only $--.-- plus $-.00 shipping.
PLUS! If you act RIGHT NOW - For only $--.--5, you get this
fantastic book and all these other great items. YOU GET:
ETS AND BI-LICAL PROPHECY -- Prof G. C. Schellhorn
THE ARK OF THE COVENANT - GO-S SECRET WEAPON
Video: THE GREAT PYRAMID BUILDERS AND THE SACRED SYMBOLISM OF THE
UNIVERSE
Plus if you order everything you will get our special document THE
MYSTERIOUS LIFE OF JE--S. Find out about the "Lost Years" of Jes--
and the conspiracy to keep his life a secr-t!
So act now to get this SPECIAL, SPECIAL OFFER FROM CON-PIRACY
JOURNAL!
FLYING SAUCERS IN THE HOLY BIBL- for only $--.-- plus $-.00
shipping. OR, THE ENTIRE HOLIDAY PACKAGE SPECIAL FOR ONLY $--.--
plus $-.00 shipping.
ACT TODAY. Chr-stmas is almost here and you wouldn't want to
disappoint those loved ones who are looking for their great books
and videos from Conspiracy Journal under the tree this year.
Our secure order page is available for online credit card orders.
https://www11.secure-website.net/~wh37153/safepage/mrufo/
You can also call our 24 hour recorded hotline at: 732-602-3407
-------------------------------------------------------
* NEW FALL - WINTER 2002 ISSUE!
CHECK OUT Tim Swartz's new column - UFO DATABASE - on the Amethyst
Moon website. http://www.amethystmoon.com/
"WHERE HAVE ALL THE UFOS GONE?"
Scroll down and click on the Beyond Boundaries link -
http://www.beyondinfinitymagazine.com/ss22UFOData.htm
~ And Now, On With The Show! ~
====================================================
- CLONES, CLONES, EVERYWHERE A CLONE DEPARTMENT -
The Real Clone Wa-s Heat Up
In the great ra-e to produce the world's first cloned human baby,
who will be the winner?
According to controversial Italian gynecologist Severino
Antinori, the first cloned child will be born in Belgrade in
January.
In an interview with the Serbian magazine Nin, Dr. Antinori
claimed that he had successfully impregnated three women with
clones and the first was due to be born next month in Belgrade.
"I think we have made a revolution in the field of genetics and
Serbia will be one of three countries which will go down in
history," Antinori told the magazine.
"When the time comes you will be informed about the birth and the
family," said the doctor, who spent the past week in Belgrade for a
seminar on sterilization and artificial insemination.
But Antinori did not address competing claims by a UFO cult that
announced a woman in its care would give birth to the first clone
by the end of December.
As WorldNetDaily previously reported, the first of five
followers of Raelianism implanted with cloned embryos is due to
give birth to a girl by the end of the year, according to the
millennial cult's chief scientist, Brigitte Boisselier.
"We have five pregnancies under way, of which one is almost
due," she said. "We will have the first (baby) soon," said
Boisselier, managing director of the group's Las Vegas, Nevada-based
Clonaid project. She declined to give an exact date of birth, but
said the cloned baby was due sometime before the end of the year.
Two U.S. couples, two Asian couples and one European couple are
involved in the project. One of the American couples was expecting
the first birth, a baby girl, she said.
The Serbian publication, which said it followed Antinori's
movements during his stay in Belgrade, said it followed him to the
private Papic artificial insemination clinic.
However, Antinori declined to confirm if the cloned baby would be
born there.
Last month, he told journalists the woman's pregnancy was
progressing normally, and the male child was healthy and had "more
than a 90 percent chance" of being born.
The doctor, who first announced the pregnancies in April, insisted
he had not carried out the procedure himself, and that his
involvement was merely "cultural and scientific."
A international group of about 20 specialists including Antinori
and American doctor Panos Zavos announced in January of last year
they intended to clone a human being in order to help sterile
couples have children.
Antinori said last month that he now has almost no contact with
Pavos.
Antinori, 57, shot to notoriety in 1994 when he succeeded in
helping a 63-year-old post-menopausal Italian woman become pregnant
through fertilization treatment administered at his Rome clinic.
Dr. Antinori's latest statements appear to contradict some of his
previous claims, and cloning experts say his work should be treated
with scepticism until he submits his research for independent
scrutiny.
When Antinori made similar claims about his work in April, he said
one woman he was treating was eight weeks pregnant with a clone. If
this pregnancy had gone to full term, the woman would have given
birth by now.
Source: WorldNetDaily.com
===================================================
- SOMETHING THEY'RE NOT TELLING US DEPARTMENT -
Wash-ngton DC F-16s Scrambled Twice For Unknowns
CNN announced, "Two Air Force F-16 fighters were scrambled Monday,
December 16, 2002, at 10:30 AM, after radar detected a potential
violation of the 15-mile restricted flight zone around the nation's
capital, said officials with the North American Aerospace Defe-se
Command.
Officials speculated either a flock of birds or an anomaly caused
by high winds resulted in the radar reading, which indicated a
possible flight violation 18 miles northwest of Reagan National
Airport.
F-16s maintained a combat air patrol over Wa=hington for at
least an hour, and air traffic was halted briefly.
WBAY ABC Channel 2 News in Wisconsin reports that later that
night, two more fighter jets were scrambled on December 17, 2002,
to intercept a small plane over the nation's capital. The plane
had flown into restricted airspace over Washington, but officials
determined it posed no threat and called off the intercept.
The plane later landed in Martinsville, West Virginia.
Since the nine-eleven attacks, fighters have responded to more
than 600 airspace security incidents.
Thanks to Kenny Young and Filers Files.
======================================================
- UFO MYSTERIES DEPARTMENT -
Saddam's Area 51?
A UFO incident in Iraq four years ago has raised disturbing
questions about possible collaboration between aliens and Iraqi
dictator Saddam Hussein. On Thursday, December 16, 1998, during
Operation Desert Fox, the Allied air strike against Iraq, a video
clip aired on CNN showed a UFO hovering over Baghdad, the capital of
Iraq, and moving away to avoid a stream of tracer anti-aircraft
fire. At the time, it was thought to be just another UFO sighting,
although captured on videotape. But now, ufologists think there
might have been more to this incident.
According to Jack Sarfatti, on Friday night, December 6, 2002, "a
caller into the Art Bell (radio) show, who claims to have a
connection to the mi-itary, said a UFO crashed in Iraq in recent
years. The U.S. is searching for any public pretext to invade Iraq,
but its greatest fear is that Saddam will reverse-engineer the
crashed alien spacecraft."
John F. Winston
Here's something that I'm going to try to be a part of. May we
rest in peace and live in peace.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: B
Subject: THE BILLION PERSON PEACE MEDITATION: "We the
People" The Voice of Peace
Email this to your sp-ritual network
----------------------------------------------------
Aloha Everyone,
Most people ask, "Can it be done?" Those in the over-mastermind
of doom and gloom may have their doubts, however, We the People say
an empathetic, "YES!"
One Billion People throughout the world, united in a single moment
of peace.
That's the goal set by a little ch-rch in the middle of the
Pacific Ocean called the Honolulu Ch-rch of Light. We invite you to
join this grassroots effort, simply by opening your heart and
sharing your voice of peace in a global toning.
Our cumulative Roll Call of participating cities now stands at
over 400 cities, from ANCHORAGE, Alaska to ZURICH, Switzerland and
from HARARE, Zimbabwe and HIROSHIMA, Japan to LIMA, Peru. We the
People are amassing in love.
Help us stand as one on December 30th in a world-wide peace
meditation.
As always in love,
R-v. Carol Morishige
HERE'S WHERE WE CAN START
-----------------------------------------------------------
Email this to your spiritual network
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
From time to time I get e-mail from my friends asking how my
heath is doing. Normally I just say I'm doing fine and leave it
at that, but something happened lately that I had better tell you
about.
The following is pretty gross so if you have a weak stomack don't
read it.
It all started when I got out in some chemtrails. I got a pretty
good dose of them and immediately developed a case of upper
respiratory infection. It finally got to where I was full of water
in my lungs and could only breath at night by groaning during each
breath. I was finally encouraged in no uncertain terms to go over
to the doctor at Stockton. I was x-rayed and it was found that my
lungs were full of water. They then checked my heart and it was to
big for my size body and too weak, the pulse rate was irregular and
was beating too fast due to the fact that my blood was too thick.
They then put me in a wheel chair to send me back up to the doctor
because they figured I might have a heart attack any minute.
To get the water out of my lungs they gave me a shot and water
pills that caused me to urinate about 17 times a row. This caused
me to lose 5 lbs.. in one day. Next they gave me some heart
medicine that slowed my heart down. ?hey then gave me some
medicine to thin out my blood that I later found out was a form of
gopher poison. It did slow down my heart. I was so weak that it
would tucker me out just to try to eat a sandwitch. About two
months later they put me through the electric paddles shock. It
caused my heart to start beating on a regular basis but then after
a week or so it became irregular again. They can check my heart
at one time and it will be about 120 cpm and ten minutes later
it will read 60 cpm.
The TV character called Data, when he was asked how he was doing
would respond to that question with about the following words, "I'm
operating within my designed parameters." That's true of me also,
until I came up with some more news.
I went to the annual Health Fair in Sonora and had my blo-d
checked. One of the things that they checked in the condition of
your prostate. The reading is called the PSA number. From zero to
4.0 is considered normal, 4.0 to 10.0 was considered dangerous, and
for quite a few years my reading was running about 4.11. This was
slightly above normal but there was nothing to worry about. During
this test they gave me at the fair my reading was about 7.5. We
figured that there must have been some mistake so I decided to go
over to my health provider in Stockton, Calif. and have them check
it again. They checked it and the reading had raised up to 9.5.
It was decided that due to the fact that the PSA number is used to
find out if a person has can-er and other things that I should
come in an have a biopsy. In the procedure they insert a device
into your posterior and crank you open so they can look around.
While in there I asked the doctor to give me an estimation as to
how the size of my prostate compared to normal person of my age,
which is 70 years old. He said that my prostate was about two
times the normal size. Normal for me should be about 20 mm (About
the size of a walnut.) and mine was about 40 mm. So that was bad.
He said that the overall condition of my prostate was pretty good.
Next he inserted a device into me that was a spring loaded small
needle that sort of slaps you as the needle is inserted into your
prostate and slowly they pulled out a plug of material from your
prostate. They do this about 4 to 6 or more times. By that time
I started sweating and was ready for him to stop. He did stop
and I went home. I was told that I would probably bl-ed from the
front and rear parts of my my body. I did ble-d from the front
for a few days and stopped b-eeding for a day or two, then I would
try to start taking the blo-d thinner medicine and I would start
bleeding again. I then laid off the medicine to a few day and
quit bl-eding.
Two weeks after the biopsy I was asked to come in again for
a checkup. The doctor, who was a very energetic and knowledgeable
doctor, said that he had some good news and some bad news and asked
me which one I would like to hear first. I told him to give me the
bad news first. He then told me me, "Well Mr. Winston, it looks
like we are not going to be able to operate on you, and you won't
be able to experience our wonderful radiation treatment. The good
news is that you won't be able to experience these things because
you don't have any canc-r in you prostate. You can just go home
and drink some tomato juice or eat tomatoes and we'll see you in
a year. If you drink the tomato juice and eat tomatoes it will
bring down that PSA reading to normal.
That made me very happy so I went home and had some fried green
tomatoes for dinner.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Subject: A Few Words Back From Jack Sarfatti. Dec. 23, 2002.
The following is the answer from Jack Sarfatti and then my question
to him.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: Jack Sarfatti
To: "John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com>
Subject: Spielberg's "Taken" and ET Advanced Weaponry
That will be in 2003 with the new congress.
On Monday, December 23, 2002, at 08:20 AM, John F. Winston wrote:
Now to comment on something. It is good to read your postings.
If it is not too much trouble would you please report to us all
that transpired with you dinner and talking with President George
Bu-h. I'll attempt to pass it around the world if you do.
Thanks,
John Winston.
John F. Winston
The 30th of Dec. is just a few days away but here is some
information about the Mediation For Peace that will happen on that
day. This material may contains some channeling, so be careful.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Subject: ***Kirael Shift Report
The One Billion person Peace Meditation is 30 Dec 02, one week from
today. (JW Now it is about 5 days.) The times in the U.S. are: 9pm
EST, 8pm CST, 7pm MST, 6pm PST, 5pm AST, 4pm HST. I still haven't
figured out the times in the rest of the world, and I know it will
be a different day in some places, but I hope you will calculate the
time and join in. As this is just prior to the January 3rd
vibrational step-up, I am positive it will be of benefit. Please
read the following Kirael report.
Much love,
J
**LOVE the way this "ties in" with JImmy Tywman mustering 100,000
strong lightworkers... Bless us all...***Michael
Kirael.com Announcement
Please email this to your spir-tual network.
Kirael Shift Report - December 2002
We the People: The Voice of Peace
By R-v. Fred Sterling through the loving guidance of Kirael from
the Seventh Dimension at www.kirael.com
OPENING STATEMENT
Good evening. I would like to call The Billion Person Peace
Meditation The Awakening Dream, for it is a great awakening aspired
to for so long. It has been said throughout all times that one day
the Earth plane must come together as a peaceful world. It must come
together as nations, not against each other but in a unified source
of light.
When the human world comes together in great numbers or in a
great light, there is a vibration that takes place on Mother Earth.
And when you expand that vibration around the globe as in the
previous Billion Person Peace Meditations, you awaken the very
core of Mother Earth and all of her inhabitants.
You may ask, What about those who will be in their sleep state
when Mother Earth awakens to this Billion Person Peace Meditation?
Then I say to you, listen to The Ten Principles of Conscious
Creation and know that through Sleep State Programming, you can
commit your essential self, the higher light of your physical
reality, to partake in this beautiful event.
However, nothing can replace the action of the human being, for
the action of the human light, the coming together of the great
awakening, the vibration caused by all those who will use their
emotion at the highest reality of love will reach beyond their
wildest dreams.
But what about those who may be too busy to take the time out?
I say unto you, it is your world. You must choose at some point
to stand beside her. You must stand in guardianship of Mother
Earth and plead your case for harmonic energy.
You must awaken yourselves to the possibility that you can make
a change. So be prepared on December 30, 2002 to stand together
in a unified front. Do not qualify it by the shape the world is in
at that time. Qualify it only in your heart, for that is the day we
shall make the change. That is the day We the People shall stand
without barriers of color or form or language. We the People shall
stand and Om, and we shall bring our voice of peace to the highest
vibration. Only then will the world awaken to the amassing of the
Lightworkers.
I say to you, my friends, each and every one of you who is
seeking a peace within your inner soul, no longer look outside. No
longer look for your brethren and your sisters to stand up in your
light and hold the forces for you. It is for you to stand up and
be counted that day as a Lightworker. And if you will Om your soul
free into the Light of Creation, then every aspect of yourself on
every plane will join forces with you and become a partner within.
Count yourself as a Lightworker, and you will succeed on December
30th.
Bring just one person who knows nothing about being a Lightworker
but who wants peace in his heart and harmony in the world in which
he exists. Bringing just one, then two, and then 22, until you
realize that you don't have to be a Lightworker; you don't have to
be a metaphysician; you don't have to be a New-Ager. You need simply
be a human being who knows there is a greater experience awaiting
all of us, and we choose that day to let the rest of the world know
we are here.
The news media is not important; yet, we hope they will come. You
ask, What is important? The gathering of souls. It is when you send
out your emails that you bless them in the highest of light. Send
them to as many Lightworkers as possible with a pr-yer that these
words will find the space to bring the people together on December
30th.
As you close out the year 2002 - the year of thought - you will
enter into a cycle of love, for you will enter the year 2-0-0-3.
Can you imagine if we could start that very first day with an energy
developed through thought into the realm of love? Can you imagine,
my friends, one billion people, human lights, coming together to
say we want peace on our Earth? And we want all those who may be in
the far reaches of China or the far reaches of whatever country,
some who may not have a computer or who will not be able to hear
the broadcast, we want those to participate as well. Now is the
time, now is the day for one billion people to come together and
to stand and be heard.
So send it out in every pr-yer that you offer, beginning upon
the day this article is published. On this day, set all of your
rel-gions aside.
Set all of your old dislikes and disharmonies aside. Begin this
day to make We the People the Voice of Peace, the most beautiful
experience the world has ever seen.
Shall it be a day of peace? Oh yes, my friends. It shall be a
day when brothers and sisters alike will stand one next to the other,
and they shall study each other's light patterns, and then they will
weave their patterns together. They will let their lights touch
until they harmonically begin to vibrate one to the next, and
streams of light shall form around the Earth.
Light patterns shall reach into the etheric light, and they will
bring forth a force that has never been known to Earth. They will
bring forth a beautiful span of light, for each and every
participant shall that day recognize his and her color. They shall
see the color of their soul in the same way that the G-d Creator
sees them, for the Creator Source identifies each and every one of
its own aspects in the human world as a pattern of light. And this
day, you will shine your light into the heavens. Just this day you
will become light source of the human world.
Until the Shift takes place in its fullness, you will have no
greater opportunity to feel the sources of being one with each
other.
If it be your choice, my friends, let the world ring with Truth,
Trust and Passion. Let yourself awaken to the beauty of your own
light. And hear me clearly. As each of you weaves your color into
the one that is next to you and collectively sends your woven
colors into the etheric light, reaching the woven colors of all
the nations, can you imagine the beauty that the Creator will see
in its creation called Earth and the human experience? Can you
imagine We the People no longer feeling separation and fear, but
knowing on that day they became the collective beauty of Light
itself? And in that, they have returned to their own love and
their own light.
What a dream, my friends! What a dream to awaken to.
Q: Normally the tradition of The Billion Person Peace Meditation
is to do a toning as part of the prayer meditation. Is that
something you also see us doing?
KIRAEL: Yes, but I am going to surprise you this time because I
want each person to tone their color. How do you do that? First,
you sit quietly and calm your energies for about five minutes. At
the end of the term, someone will guide you to do your prana
breaths. At the end of nine prana breaths, you will simply ask your
higher self, your essential light who will be drawn to you at that
particular moment, to vibrate your vocal cords with your color. And
then you will simply open your mouth and let the air come out and
see what arises.
Q: When we discover our color and our tone, how are they used to
promote the healing of the Earth Mother and of our brothers and
sisters?
KIRAEL: I give you an example: When Master Je--s walked the Earth
plane, the day that the Christ Consciousness became his enveloping
light, he began to intermesh all of his personal light colors. When
he became the healer and he reached his hands out, there was always
a light which preceded the touch itself, and the touch was the
sound that created the healing.
So if you look within yourself to create and recognize your own
color and then join it harmonically with the color of your brother
or sister using the thought, the will and the word to bring healing
to bear, the colors shall enmesh and the sound shall emerge. It
may be the softest and most loving of sounds. It may be nothing
more than apparent silence]. Ahh, no one could hear that, could you?
Yes, but you felt it, some of you. So that is your answer. Wind
them, intertwine them, weave them together. Let them shine for what
they are.
Part 1.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
Part 2 of 2.
....................
....................
Q: Am I to understand that color accompanies the tone, so for
every tone there is an equivalent color? So you can heal with either
the tones or the colors - is that correct?
KIRAEL: It is. But remember this: Color creates the tone. Tone
affects the color of the color, so to speak.
Q: What did you mean when you said the touch was the sound that
created the healing? How does that work?
KIRAEL: What happens in the literal sense is that when you
place your finger or fingers on the subject to be healed, the touch
creates a vibration. That vibration begins to utilize its strength
through the liquid sources of the human body to vibrate the liquids
into a pattern of color and sound. That color/sound pattern searches
for its origination pattern, which is the pattern you brought forth
to the Earth. While it is searching for that, the healing process
is taking place.
Q: What is the color of love?
KIRAEL: I hope you are going to appreciate this as much as I do
in offering it to you. The color of love is the nine chakras
combined. It does not have a name.
Q: Are there different tones of love, different levels of
vibration in love?
KIRAEL: Yes and no. The tone of love is constant, but when
you, my friend, open your heart to it, it becomes your love, and
you then experience a change in its tone because it merges with
your light and your experience to create your tone of love.
Q: Master Kirael, could you give us an update on the angelic
realm, the guidance realm, the galactic realm, and the dolphins
and whales that will be participating in this next Billion Person
Peace Meditation?
KIRAEL: In the angelic realm, it is the cherubs who have said
that they will be in the forefront, but all levels of the angels
will be participating, including the seraphim, who are usually
pretty busy. They will all send onto your Earth plane a harmonic
adventure because you will be using your colors and the sound of
your colors to vibrate out into the etheric fabric.
The angels who have been designated to watch over the Earth
experience (I almost said experiment have been waiting for a
particular sign from you to say that you are awakening to their
presence, for they know that you believe them, that you have great
fondness for them.
Now they will experience the truth. When you send your colors
forth, when you intertwine your love and your light, you will see
that they will very likely send back their own weavings toward you.
The weavings will very likely meet in the center, and that will
leave the guidance world in awe because we of the guidance reality
have our colors as well.
Understand that guides are all multi-colored, and for those who
have reached mastery, our colors are twelve in depth. We will show
you all twelve colors, and should you see them, likely you will not
be able to breathe for a short time. We will all be participating.
As for your galactic brothers and sisters, those who have already
identified their Shift, already found their harmonics and peace,
already made the promise not to interfere with your Earth plane
until such time as they feel you have awakened enough to accept
them, you may get to see a lot more of them than you anticipate
as well.
And your loving friends, the whales and dolphins, if they add
their color and sounds into your world, your world will vibrate
and will thereafter be a stronger and more inhabitable place. So
let us pray that they have made their decision by that time to
participate in your Billion Person Peace Meditation.
Q: What exactly will happen if we get a billion people? Why that
particular number of one billion, which is one-sixth of the world's
population?
KIRAEL: I answer this way: If you had a billion people and each
of that one billion brought forth its other two aspects, you would
have three billion, or one-half of the world's population. But in
order to attain that we would anticipate losing one-half of your
aspects which would bring you to approximately one-third, or two
billion, which is what it takes to make the Shift happen. That is
the significance of the one billion number.
What will you gain by bringing one billion people together? You
will gain the experience of awakening to love, of being love. You
will open to the oneness of Creation and understand that there is
nothing to fear by learning; that learning simply means experiencing
all possibilities; and experiencing all possibilities is the
awareness of being part of Creator Light itself.
Q: In previous Billion Person Peace Meditations, you would give
us a tone and everyone would tone the same sound in unison around
the world.
Now we will be bringing forth our own unique colors, our
individual tones, which may be wildly different from person to
person. What is the result of this?
KIRAEL: Have you not heard the expression order in chaos There
is order in chaos, and that is a true statement. What may seem to
some as macophony, as multiple vibrations of inharmonic sounds,
will instead be a unified experience that will become one note
throughout the world. You see, when everyone tries to hold one note,
that note has a variable to it because too many people have
different vocal cords. If I say to each of you to hum a C-sharp or
C-flat, it will have many different possibilities. Yet when I ask
you to bring forth the harmonious light of your own loving sound,
you will create a harmonious blend that belies the chaos. In
chaos is the order of light itself.
Q: I'd like to close our session with the story of Fritz Vincken,
a resident of Honolulu who recently returned to the Creator. Near
the end of World War II he was a twelve-year old who lived with his
mother deep in the Ardennes Forest region of Germany. One day,
three American soldiers appeared at their door and asked for help
and something to eat.
There was a wounded soldier, and the mother, though she could
speak no English, let the soldiers in, knowing full well that they
could be killed.. After giving aid to the Americans, a short time
later there was another knock on the door. It was four German
soldiers, equally tired, equally hungry. The mother said that this
was to be a night of peace, so she made all the soldiers, German
and American, leave their weapons outside the door and promised
them a hearty warm meal. And so for one night, Christmas Eve 1944,
there was a sacred space of peace and joy between a wise, brave
mother, her son, and two sworn enemies who had come to recognize
their essential oneness and humanity. I was wondering if you'd care
to comment on whether this is possible right now in our day and
age.
KIRAEL: I would say it is not only possible, but it is very
probable that a grander portion of the young men and women waiting
to be called into w-r are thinking very hard about the prospect of
doing battle with their fellow humans. More and more of the human
light is starting to look across the cross-hairs of their rifles
wondering why they must do what they are being told to do. I will
say that it will take a greater resistance to not pull the trigger
than it does to pull it; it takes a greater awareness to realize
there must be a better way.
But eventually, even the people plotting the scenario of wa- will
have to take a look and say, Let's see. When I press this little
button, 100,000 people - men, women and children, lovers,
grandfathers and grandmothers - they will all d-e. Maybe he will
just refuse to push the red button. You say, It doesn't matter,
Kirael, someone will come behind him. Yes they will. But eventually
that line will run out and you will have no one left to push the
buttons, and then you will be forced into peace.
Like the soldiers in 1944 who sat across from each other in that
forest home in Germany with their different uniforms and their
different speech and different beliefs, we will eventually come to
the consciousness that We the People of the Planet Earth are all
but one. And this, my friends, is truly the experience of the Great
Shift in Consciousness.
CLOSING STATEMENT
My friends, you have not seen a year with more potential than you
will in 2003 because this is a year in which those who choose to be
in love will rule not the world but themselves. And if you ever
wanted to rule anything, let it be yourself. Take away the pangs of
anger, the memories of hurt. Take away the old feelings of being
less than and replace them with the vibration of love, and you will
rule, my friends. You will rule the self. And all who are self-ruled
in love will stand in a unified space in which fear can no longer
play a part.
Good evening, my friends.
---------------------------------
*We invite all of you to join us in this wonderful event as We the
People: The Voice of Peace amass in love.
For more information on the LIVE Internet Broadcast, The Great Shift
with Fred Sterling- Special Guests, Global Times, Helpful Links
For more information on the LIVE Internet Broadcast, The Great Shift
with Fred Sterling- Special Guests, Global Times, Helpful Links
http://www.kirael.com/healing/obpppm/dec2002.html
Roll Call of Cities: Let us know the city from which you'll be
participating in THE BILLION PERSON PEACE MEDITATION
http://www.kirael.com/wwwboard/wwwboard.html>
Meditation Flyer: http://www.kirael.com/UploadsBPPM-flyer.pdf
To open file download Adobe Acrobat Reader-
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Instructions on how you can connect to the LIVE Internet
Broadcast on December 30th:
http://www.kirael.com/radio/broadcast.html
The Great Shift with Fred Sterling December 2002 Program Guests:
http://www.kirael.com/radio/index.html
Dec. 30: THE BILLION PERSON PEACE MEDITATION
------------------------------------
"The Ten Principles of Conscious Creation"
http://store.yahoo.com/inward-products/tenprinofcon1.html
Part 2 of 2.
John Winston john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Dec. 28, 2002.
As a child I was taught that the Earth is from 6,000 to 8,000
years old. I found out that it was really 4,700,000,000 years old.
That is billions as was said by Carl Sagan. Carl Sagan told people
that nothing could go faster than the speed of light even when the
Russians were sending energy through solid substances at 6 times
the speed of light. The space people from the Pleiades journey to
our planet in about 7 hours to go about 550 light years. I was
told that Gnostic people didn't know anything. I now believe they
know something. Here is some information that will make you think
of Hitler. I was told as a child that he was just a mad man.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: i
Subject: Hercolubus And The Seven R-ces
Dear Friends,
Interesting site.
http://home.earthlink.net/~gnosisla/March5.html
Love and Light.
D
The subject of Gnostic anthropology explores the history of our
planet Earth, and describes in detail the civilizations that have
inhabited the Earth in the past and that will inhabit it in the
future. Gnostic anthropology is radically different than what
present-day historical, anthropological, and archaeological texts
teach us, and is best studied with an open mind and with the help of
inner meditation. A study of Gnostic anthropology will enable us to
see more clearly where our present civilization stands, as well as
where we personally stand, with respect to the overall history of
the planet. "History repeats itself" is a profound statement, not
only because social and political incidents seem to recur, but
because larger cosmic cycles and events also repeat themselves.
These major cycles determine the final destiny of humanity, and by
understanding them we are able to grasp where our civilization is
headed.
Gnostic anthropology is primarily concerned with the major ra-es of
humanity that inhabit the Earth at different times. Every planet
must support seven major rac-s of humanity, called "root r-ces",
during the planet's existence.
After these seven ra-es have emerged, subsisted, and dissipated
from its surface, the planet becomes a lifeless moon. During the
previous cosmic day our moon was a planet full of life. Following
the course of every planet, however, it supported its seven root
rac-s and eventually became what it is today - a barren, lifeless
moon that now orbits the Earth.
Present-day humanity is part of the fifth root rac- of the Earth,
called the Ar-an r-ce. The first root ra-e was the Protoplasmatic
ra-e. These beings were fully awake, divine individuals, with
bodies that were semi-physical, semi-etheric. They were androgynous
beings, having neither male nor female s-xual organs. They lived
on the continent of Thule, which was located where the North Pole
is now found. The second root ra-e was the Hyperborean ra-e.
These beings lived on the continent of Hyperborea, in what in now
Northern Europe. They were also awake, divine, and androgynous
beings, and reproduced by fragmentation. The third root rac- was the
Lemurian civilization. The Lemurians hermaphrodite, whose bodies had
both sets of se-ual organs. The splitting of the -exes into male and
female occurred during the second half of the Lemurian civilization.
The fourth root rac- was the Atlantean race. These beings inhabited
the continent of Atlantis, located where the Atlantic Ocean now
stands. After the submersion of Atlantis, the fifth root -ace to
inhabit the Earth is our current Ar-an r-ce. The sixth and seventh
root ra-es are yet to come, following the end of our A-ian
civilization.
Each root ra-e exists on Earth for as long as it takes the solar
system to go around the entire zodiacal belt. This length of time
is called a "sidereal year", and is documented in modern astronomy.
Each sidereal year lasts 25,68- years, and, for the purposes of
Gnostic anthropology, begins and ends when the Earth is found in
the zodiacal constellation of Aquarius. The Earth stays within each
constellation for 2164 years before moving on to the next.
Following Aquarius it moves to Capricorn, then to Sagittarius, and
so on. At the end of the sidereal year the Earth completes the cycle
by moving from Pisces back to Aquarius. On February 4, 1962 the
Earth passed from the constellation of Pisces to that of Aquarius,
and we thus entered the Aquarian Age. ( JW We should now imagine
that we are at the football Super Bowl and the singing group called
"The Fifth Dimension" is singing the song called "Age Of Aqurius". )
During its life-span over the course of one sidereal year, a root
ra-e undergoes four seasons, or ages: a Golden, Silver, Copper, and
Iron Age. During the Golden Age, no member of the race possesses
the psychological ego. It is a true "Golden Age", and during this
period the esoteric mysteries are alive and flourish. The
psychological ego begins to take form in the Silver Age. It is still
a noble period, but the mysteries have begun to lose a bit of their
light. The light of the mysteries continues to diminish in the copper
age, as the ego expands, while this light is almost completely gone
in the Iron Age, when the ego is fully alive and present. This
relationship of the ego with the four ages began with the Lemurian
civilization, and recurred again during the Atlantean and A-ian
ra-es.
Atlantean and Ari-n ra-es.
A root r-ce begins at the start of a sidereal year. The Golden Age
begins while the Earth is in Aquarius, and, as the Earth moves
through the zodiacal belt, the ages also progress: from the Golden,
to the Silver, to the Copper, and finally to the Iron Age. By the
time the Earth enters Pisces and then returns to Aquarius, the Iron
Age of a civilization has begun.
During the Iron Age a civilization has degenerated from the time
of its Golden Age. The degree of degeneration, however, is particular
to each r-ce. The Protoplasmatic and Hyperborean ra-es had not
declined during their Iron Age because they were awake and divine
beings, not possessing the psychological ego. The Lemurians reached
a certain level of degeneration, while the Atlanteans declined even
further. Our current A-ian race, however, has reached a degree of
degeneration that has not been matched during the entire history of
the Earth. The amount of ego that we carry in our psyches is vastly
greater than the ego possessed by previous r-ces. Wa-s, hatred, envy,
violence, environmental destruction, ill-will, etc. are commonplace
in today's society.
Since the Iron Age of a civilization occurs near the end of the
sidereal year, every r-ce comes to an end during its Iron Age. It
can be considered as the Earth "purging" itself from the corrupt
humanity that is inhabiting it.
Although every root ra-e exists on the Earth for only one sidereal
year, the period of time between the end of one rac- and the
beginning of the next can be many thousands or millions of years. In
other words each root -ace lasts for only one sidereal year, but
many sidereal years may pass before the next root ra-e begins. But
why does each rac- end? What brings about its demise, thus preparing
the way for the next -ace? To properly answer these questions it is
necessary to understand certain cosmic cycles that have occurred
and that will continue to occur throughout the entire life-span of
the planet Earth.
A very important cosmic event takes place each time the Earth
enters the zodiacal constellation of Aquarius. This event causes
great natural disasters to occur, and has been responsible for the
end of every root r-ce that existed upon the Earth. At the end of
every sidereal year, after moving from Pisces to Aquarius, the
orbit of the Earth approaches the orbit of a planet found in the
Tyler Solar System. In Gnosis this planet is known as "Hercolubus".
In the Bi-le this planet is referred to as "Wormwood", while modern
astronomers have named it "Barnard I". Hercolubus is about 600
times the size of the Earth, and so as the orbits of the two
planets get closer their gravitational and magnetic fields exert
forces on one another.
Hercolubus never comes close enough to physically collide with
the Earth, but due to its size exerts very strong gravitational and
electromagnetic forces.
These forces cause great natural catastrophes to occur on the
Earth, such as volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, tidal waves,
hurricanes, etc. In addition, Hercolubus' gravitational fields
cause the Earth's axis of rotation to tilt.
Currently it is tilted about 23 degrees from its original
position, and as Hercolubus comes closer and closer the tilting will
accelerate. This will result in the poles becoming the equator and
vice versa. Currently we are in the 37th year of the Age of
Aquarius. Hercolubus and the Earth reach their closest distance
during the beginning of the Aquarian Age; the natural catastrophes
hat have resulted have been responsible for the end of the previous
four root rac-s, and will be responsible for the end of our present
civilization. We are already seeing more natural disasters
throughout the world than in the past. As Hercolubus approaches
these disasters will accelerate exponentially.
The encounter of the Earth with Hercolubus takes place every
sidereal year, and is thus a natural cosmic event. The first few
r-ces were not afraid of the disasters since they had not
degenerated. They still had extraordinary powers, and used them to
escape the catastrophes. The Protoplasmatic and Hyperborean r-ces,
for example, simply submerged themselves into the 4th dimension
when the catastrophes began multiplying. The portion of the
Lemurian civilization that had not degenerated did the same, while
the rest perished. The vast majority of the Atlanteans d-ed during
the submersion of Atlantis, but a small minority was able to escape.
Unfortunately, due to the extreme degeneration of the Ari-n r-ce,
there will be few who will survive the upcoming cataclysms.
Master Samael Aun Weor openly declares in his writings that we are
at the times of the end. He states that when the disasters begin
occurring, those who have eliminated 50% of their psychological ego
will be taken to a place where they will be safe from the
catastrophes. They will watch, in safety, the cataclysms that will
take placed on the rest of the planet, while continuing to work on
themselves in order to eliminate the rest of their ego. This group
of people will provide the seed for the sixth root ra-e, and no
one with ego will be allowed to inhabit the Earth during the Golden
Age of that r-ce. This is why the Gnostic teachings, which were
taught in secrecy only in authentic mystery schools, are now being
made freely available to the public - in order for whoever genuinely
works on himself or herself to be able to escape the upcoming
disasters.
In order to eliminate the psychological ego and to awaken
consciousness we must practice the Three Factors for the Revolution
of Consciousness. The Three Factors are the foundation and the
essence of the Gnostic Esoteric Work. By practicing the Three
Factors we will be able to study Gnostic anthropology in an
experiential manner, and to verify its validity through direct,
personal, and conscious experience. In this way we will not
naively believe or disbelieve, but rather we will know the truth
for ourselves.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
pookie
wrote:
>we are
>at the times of the end. He states that when the disasters begin
>occurring, those who have eliminated 50% of their psychological ego
>will be taken to a place where they will be safe from the
>catastrophes. They will watch, in safety, the cataclysms that will
>take placed on the rest of the planet, while continuing to work on
>themselves in order to eliminate the rest of their ego. This group
>of people will provide the seed for the sixth root ra-e, and no
>one with ego will be allowed to inhabit the Earth during the Golden
>Age of that r-ce.
Many experiencers who are now deceased were told something like this by the
space people.
John F. Winston
This part talks about a comet that is coming our way.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
"The craft allegedly crashed during the Gulf War (1990-1991) or
more recently (possibly December 1998). This will be Iraq's Roswell.
The U.S. is currently reverse-engineering the Roswell craft and
fears Saddam's scientists will catch up with or even go beyond the
U.S. in one or more areas. These areas of research include zero
point, over-ratio or gravimetric technology, which would allow for a
tremendous advance, allowing Iraq to become a leading power."
Another caller reportedly hinted at the presence of "Saucer
Nazis" in Iraq, assisting Saddam Hussein with his plans. Sarfatti
commented, "Of course, the Occult Nazi SS (proper name:
SS-Ahnenerbe--J.T.) has probably been in Iraq since World War II,
and, if Nick Cook is right, maybe. But I think this story is all
really silly disinformation and misinformation. But what do I know?
I'm just a warped macro-quantum mechanic."
However, in actuality, Nazi interest in Iraq goes back 80 years
to the early 1920s, to a time when the Nazionalsocialische Deutsches
Arbeiterspartei (NSDAP) was still brawling in the streets of Berlin.
In 1924, Detlef Schmude, one of the leading lights of the NSDAP's
forerunner, the Thule Gesellschaft, left Germany on an extended
pilgrimage in the Middle East. Schmude had been a Canon in a Thule-
related mystic group, the Order of the New Templars, and the editor
of the Thule group's magazine, Ostara. Schmude settled in Tabriz, in
Iran, and spent the next few years hunting for what he called "the
Hidden Masters."
Then, in early 1939, Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, Hitler's spymaster
and head of the Abwehr intelligence agency, sent Dr. Paul Leverkuehn
to the Middle East to cultivate Muslim allies for the Third Reich.
Strangely enough, Dr. Leverkuehn's headquarters was Detlef Schmude's
old stamping ground, Tabriz. And his most successful convert was
Rashid Ali, the pro-Nazi prime minister of Iraq, who was overthrown
during the British invasion of Iraq two years later, in 1941.
Admiral Canaris became involved in the Stauffenberg bomb plot
against Hitler in July 1944. He was arrested and thrown into the
Flossenburg concentration camp, where he was executed in April 1945.
Abwehr agents and operations in the Middle East were taken over by
the Reichsfuhrer-SS Heinrich Himmler and placed under the control of
Rudolf von Sebottendorff (nee Adam Glauer). By some strange
coincidence, Sebottendorff was a Thule lodge brother like Schmude
and, from 1916 on, a member of the New Templars.
Even stranger, Sebottendorff's dead body was found floating in the
Bosporus near the docks of Istanbul on May 9, 1945, the day after
World War II in Europe ended. What happened to the Thule/SS
organization in Iraq after 1945, no one in the West knows.
One who took a keen interest in Iraq was SS- Brigadefuhrer Karl
Maria Wiligut, alias Weisthor, who was called "Himmler's Rasputin."
In 1940, he called Himmler's attention to important archaeological
discoveries in Iraq's Irbil province. Scientists had dug up man-made
artifacts dating back to 10,000 B.C. Wiligut claimed to be the last
of a line of sorcerers called the Ueiskuinigs, which had originated
hundreds of thousands of years ago on the lost continent of
Atlantis.
With important Neolithic discoveries being made in Iraq, Wiligut
thought it was vital to have the SS-Ahnenerbe on the scene, and it
was probably he who advised Himmler to give control of the apparat
to Sebottendorff.
After the war, in 1947, the biggest cache of Neolithic items yet
was unearthed by Dorothy Garrod of Cambridge University, all dating
back to 10,000 B.C. The find was at Zarzi in the upper valley of the
as-Zab as- Saghir, about 100 kilometers (60 miles) southeast of
Irbil. Another important discovery was made by Prof. Braidwood of
the Chicago Oriental Institute in 1951, Neolithic artifacts dating
back to 6,000 B.C.
UFO Roundup correspondents in the Middle East came up with a mixed
bag of information about the valley. Ayesha al-Khatabi wrote,
"Zarzi? That's a remote region, Joe, even for Iraq. The upper valley
has a mixed population, Kurds mostly, with some Arabs and Yezidis.
There is a famous imam's tomb just south of Zarzi, in the village
of Shornakh. It's called the Ishkut-i-Kuhr-i- Kish, and it's sacred
to the Kurds.
"The interesting thing about Zarzi is that there is a giant
limestone cliff on the edge of town. An intriguing cave painting was
found there years ago, showing a Sumerian prince bowing before a
deity.
Behind the g-d's throne is an eleven-pointed star. A proof of
ancient astronauts, perhaps? This cliff is called Ishkut-i-Qizapan."
"I wonder if there might be an underground alien base at Qizapan, in
truth similar to Mount Moncayo in Spain. I have, however, heard
nothing of a UFO crash in Iraq. I have never heard of Thule, either.
But Tabriz is not far from Zarzi. It's only 250 kilometers (150
miles) away, with a good road from Tabriz to Mahabad, also in Iran.
It is possible for people to cross the border west of Mahabad and
enter Iraq and the valley that way."
Mohammed Daud al-Hayyat wrote, "There are rumors of aliens in Iraq
but no talk of a crash. The souk (market) gossip in Sulaimaniya says
the aliens are the guests of Saddam.
Where are they staying? Well, there is the usual talk of an
underground base. But Saddam does have a palace in the valley. The
old fortress of Qalaat-e-Julundi used to belong to the (Iraqi)
royal family. Here the king met with the Kurdish chieftains. After
the revolution, the go-ernment took possession, and now, like every
palace in Iraq, it is the 'summer mansion' of Saddam. The reason I
mention the Qalaat-e-Julundi is that it is nearly impregnable. The
citadel stands on a hill surrounded on three sides by precipices
that plunge vertically down to the (Little Zab) river. I think
Saddam is letting the aliens stay there."
Mohammed Hajj al-Amdar wrote, "There are some very strange stories
coming out of that valley. They say Saddam has given the aliens
sanctuary, so they won't be captured by the Americans. Nobody will
go near the citadel of Qalaat-e-Julundi at night. They say the
aliens have created 'watchdogs' for Saddam. The aliens take simple
desert scorpions and use their bio- engineering to grow them to
giant size. Scorpions as large as cows! They have implants to
control them.
"The scorpions are the perfect guards. They blend in with the
desert, move swiftly and silently and zero right in on their
warm-blo-ded prey. The luckless intruder hears a strange skittering
noise on the stones. Then a pincer cr-shes his neck, and another
(pincer) his l-gs, and he is slammed to the ground, and the barbed
tail s-rikes six or seven times. D-ath comes quickly... ( JW Let's
hope this story is not true. We have enough to give us problems
rather than dealing with scorpions as big as cows.)
"I hear that Saddam says the mission of these creatures is 'to
discourage guests who have not been invited.' He has a strange sense
of humor, that fellow."
It appears that something is going on in the Little Zab valley,
but it is unclear just what. Is Zarzi the site of Saddam's
"Area 51?" Or the location of some Neolithic "Temple of Doom?" We'll
have to sit back and wait and see what develops, if anything.
(Many thanks to Jack Sarfatti, Art Wagner, Ayesha al-Khatabi,
Mohammed Daud al-Hayyat and Mohammed Hajj al-Amdar for these
reports.
See also The Occult Roots of Nazism by Nicholas Goodrick-Clarke,
New York University Press, 1983, pages 112 through 117; and Canaris
by Heinz Hohne, Doubleday and Co., Garden City, N.Y., 1979, page
377)
Source: UFO ROUNDUP
=======================================================
- DIDN'T SEE THAT ONE COMING DEPARTMENT -
Surprise Comet Streaks Into Solar System
Astronomers have received a holiday bonanza in the form of the
arrival of a previously unknown comet that has entered our part of
the solar system. The comet was discovered by a Japanese amateur
astronomer, Tetuo Kudo, early on the morning of December 14, said
Clay Sherrod, an astronomer with the Arkansas Sky laboratory.
"In mid- to late-January the comet will be favorably placed for
early risers in the northern hemisphere and will probably be visible
to the naked eye, at least toward the end of that month," Sherrod
said.
"Certainly binoculars will aid in spotting the comet and exposing
any tail that it might show."
Named Kudo-Fujikawa (and officially designated C/2002 X5), the
comet is moving east-southeast through the constellation Hercules.
Halley's comet orbits the Earth every 76 years, and its next
scheduled visitation is in 2061. Astronomers hope that the newly
discovered comet, C/2002 X5 Kudo-Fujikawa, will provide an equally
impressive show for viewers here on Earth.
"The comet is a swift-moving object and currently is easily
visible in the northeastern skies during pre-dawn hours, showing a
pretty distinct tail and large coma (head or halo, caused by the
emanation of gases and other materials as the comet warms up on
its approach to the sun). The tail appears to be slightly less
than one-half degree and several spikes in this tail have been
recorded (on December 15) by imagers in New Mexico," Sherrod said.
The jury is still out regarding just what kind of show Kudo-Fujikawa
would provide Earth-based viewers when it is closest to the sun, but
there is a prospect that it would be a "textbook comet," Sherrod
said.
"However, the visibility during its greatest brilliance will be
greatly hampered because of the comet's angle of approach to the sun
and the Earth-sun-comet positioning during that period."
Towards the end of January, the comet will be approaching the sun
and swinging behind it from Earth's vantage point, thus getting
lower and lower each successive morning into early February.
"In February the comet will be more favorably placed for
observers in the southern hemisphere, and there are some estimates
that suggest that the comet could attain a brightness equal to the
bright planet Venus (a magnitude of less than 4)," Sherrod said.
Magnitude is a measure of brightness used by astronomers. The
lower the magnitude value of an object, the brighter that object
is.
===========================================================
John F. Winston
I was brought to be a hunter. This consisted of shooting
everything that moved. Now that I've become a vegetarian I don't
kill things anymore.
The following information makes me think about how things can get
out of control.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
Swamp Rats Turn Into Cash Cows For Some Hunters.
LULING, La. (AP) Cajun country's No. 1 nuisance - 10 pound swamp
rats with orange buckteeth and webbed feet - are Kyle Loupe's cash
cow.
Emerging from the bayous in an air boat splotched with blood and
Spanish moss, Loupe plunks down more than 1,200 tails that once
wagged from Louisiana reviled rodents know a nutria, and will
collect $4,6124 in return.
Lupe owes the windfall to Louisiana's three-week-old, $4-a-
tail-bounty program that aims to wipe out 400,000 nutria this
winter, and save an eroding coastline that's been disappearing
at a estimated rate of 30 square miles a year.
Nutria, a non-native species that has overrun Gulf of Mexico
wetlands since the value of their fur plummeted in the early
1980s, devour plants that keep the soil from washing away.
"The nutria run away, but they're not that quick," said Loupe, who
picks off the pest with his .22 rifle. "Sometimes you see two,
three, four on a hill, and you get all of them. There's none that
gets away."
Louisiana has tried just about everything to get rid of of the
rodents. Nutria cuisine didn't catch on, and nutria fur coats fell
out of favor, Sheriff's deputies still shoot them for target
practice, and recreational nutria hunting had its debut last year.
Now, it time for professionals.
About 400 hunters and trappers have signed up for the bounty
system-- known the Nutria Control Program. In the first week they
turned in 4,863 of the long, hairy tails.
"I expect us to be collecting 8,000 a week, maybe 10,000 if we
really get on a hot streak: said Jeff Marx, a state geologist.
Nutria were imported from Argentina in 1930s because state
officials believed they would enhance the fur trade. Among those
raising nutria were Tabasco hot sauce founder E.A. Mcilhenny.
But no one anticipated the animals' prodigous breeding prowness,
or their enormous appetite. Alligators are the only preditor that
commonly eats nutria, and as the gator population dropped, the
rodents have enjoyed free rein to chomp their way through the
marshes.
Most are in the marshy areas of south Louisiana, and they've
also crept into suburban New Orleans. State wildlife officials say
up to 100,00 acres of Louisiana marsh show signs of damage from
nutria.
So far, the bounty program is getting good reviews.
"I expected anything run by the state to be full of problems but
somebody put a lot of thought into this," said hunter Albert
Obverschmidt, who shot 23 nutria and is due a $92 check for the
tails.
Loupe, normally a commercial crab fisherman, is the top nutria
hunter so far. "The crab season is unprofitable in the winter, so
until nutria season is over March 31 he'll make his living switching
between fish for catfish and hunting for nutria.
"What I do is go shoot one day, then give the nutria day to
regroup. We give them a break in between," he said.
Loupe said he kills nutria in batches of 50, piling the carcasses
into his boat. He uses a machete to chop off the tails, and sets
them aside. He dumps half of the bodies in the water, and half get
buried. Then he goes back for more.
"On a good day, we get about 80 in five or six hours," he said.
But Loupe's success is the exception rather than the rule. Most
nutria hunters are just picking up a few extra dollars. The state
has set aside $1.6 million to pay hunters and trappers, and the $4
bounty isn't designed make anyone rich, said Kim Barton, a project
manager with Coastal Environments Inc. which the state hired to
run the program.
"The point is just to kill as may nutria as we can, because
they're pretty much killing off the state." Barton said.
.......
On the Net:
Coastal Environments:www.coastal-env.com
.........
Source of Information:
A newspaper put out in Sonora, Calif. called,
The Union Democrat, page 7b.
Tuesday, Dec. 24, 2002.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
ookie
wrote:
> Nutria were imported from Argentina in 1930s because state
>officials believed they would enhance the fur trade. <>
> But no one anticipated the animals' prodigous breeding prowness,
>or their enormous appetite. Alligators are the only preditor that
>commonly eats nutria, and as the gator population dropped, the
>rodents have enjoyed free rein to chomp their way through the
>marshes.
The answer is really simple. Birth control for nutria. Lay down
food laced with hormones for one generation's llife span, what 2-3 years?
Nutria population will drop to almost nil.
ookie
This method also applies to human beings who do not have the right to
procreate. Procreation if a gift and a life-long responsibility.
John F. Winston
I just got this information in about my friend called Bonnie
Coleen. She is a very pretty and smart lady who hosts a radio show
out of San Francisco. I had her on a comunity channel TV shows that
I hosted out of San Jose, Calif. called "Science Faction". I'm now
retired from that show. The show was also broadcast over a few more
cities. This also talks by a lady called Dove who usually gives the
people in our go-ernment a hard time. I'm on her mailing list and
I surely hope she doesn't get in trouble about all the information
she sends out to the Internet and on some radio stations.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: P
Subject: - NESARA on SF radio; 70+ year old granny points at
"Shrub" for 9/11 [doveofo] NESARA on San Francisco Radio; NPR:
Granny Points at B-sh for 9/11
December 30, 2002 9:02 p.m. PST
Hello Dear Friends and Wh-te Knights,
This morning I spoke with Bonnie Coleen, host of the "Seeing
Beyond" radio show (www.seeingbeyond.com) in San Francisco about the
true NESARA law.
Stephen from Cocoon Nutrition (www.cocoonnutrition) sponsored the
two-hour NESARA discussion and was co-host of this morning's
discussion. Bonnie began with a question about what the restoration
of Constitutional Law will do and we were off and running full
speed for the entire two hours.
Stephen also asked some insightful questions about how there are
really two factions in our go-ernment and mil-tary - the Wh-te
Knight faction and the dark agenda Bu-h gang faction. At Bonnie's
request, I fully covered how and why the Bus- gang ordered and
carried out the 9/11 attacks.
During the last 45 minutes of the show, listeners called in to ask
questions. Each caller asked some very good questions. All the
callers were very enthusiastic about the true NESARA law. One caller
told Bonnie he thought this was the best show she had ever had in
her 14 years of doing radio shows. Another caller said she had been
"intuitively" picking up that the improvements NESARA is bringing
were somehow in process.
We will be obtaining a copy of today's radio interview and putting
it on the Four Winds website as soon as we are able. In addition,
if you or someone you know would like to listen to the interview,
the radio station will be REPEATING this morning's interview tonight
between 11 p.m. and 1 a.m. PST. Anyone in the San Francisco area
can tune into KEST 1450 for the REPEAT of today's NESARA interview.
To subscribe to the Dove egroup, please send an email to my
address: dove...@fourwinds10.com with the "Subject: SUBSCRIBE"
and I will manually add you to the Dove egroup. If you miss
receiving the DAILY Dove Report, you may read it at the following
website:
http://www.fourwinds10.com/
(also has Dove Voice Reports and Dove radio interviews).
Please ALLOW 72 HOURS for processing "Subscribe" or "Unsubscribe"
requests.
If you are new to the Dove Reports, please listen to the October
25th radio interview for a quick way to understand the topics
about which I write in the Dove Reports. Also the Dove Reports
below contain overview information:
"NESARA History; Radio Tonight" dated October 25, 2002
"NESARA Confirming Info; Radio Show on NESARA" dated October 17,
2002.
A friend living in the Midwest was listening to National Public
Radio (NPR) early yesterday morning (12/29/2002) when he heard the
following news item.
A grandmother in her late 70's was at an airport on the west
coast. The grandmother was riding in a wheelchair and when the
airport security people used a metal detection wand to check her
out, there was a beep due to her belt buckle. The security people
asked her to take off her belt and she told them that if she took
off her belt, her pants would fall down. The security people then
began pulling her up forcefully and trying to take off the
grandmother's belt. The grandmother picked up her cane and hit
one of the security men who was frisking her; she started talking
loudly and saying, "none of this would be happening if your boss,
the Shrub, had not ordered the 9/11 attacks and ki-ed all those
people. I'm going to sue Continental Airlines and the airport and
I'm going to get billions and give it to the victims of 9/11!" A
crowd was gathering around to listen to the 70+ year old
grandmother's comments, and the security personnel backed off and
left her alone!
More and more people are learning the truth about 9/11 and I am
happy to hear that National Public Radio ran this news item. For
those of you who do not know, the term "the Shrub" is referring
to B-sh Jr.; "Shrub" is a code name some people use for the Bu-hs.
The current news story of some terr-rists coming in from Canada,
by the way, is just another C-A operation. Apparently the CI- has
sent some of their paid "ter-orists" into the U.S. and these
te-rorists were supposed to cause some problems, but the Wh-te
Knights and Forces have neutralized these plots. There really is
zero danger to Bu-h Jr. since the -IA is acting on his and Daddy
Bu-h's orders, but this is a nice cover story for why Bu-h Jr. is
keeping a low profile down on the ranch.
Bus- Jr. has been sent out of D.C. by the W-ite Knights as part
of the preparation for doing the true NESARA law announcement.
It's much more "smooth" to have Bus- Jr. already OUT of the Whi-e
House when the true NESARA law is announced rather than show
films of him being taken out of the Wh-te House under guard. The
holiday season is a good excuse for Bu-h Jr. to go down to his
ranch and when NESARA is announced, the Whi-e House is open for
the NESARA Presi-ent Designate to move into.
Blessings and Love,
Dove of Oneness
The Dove Report currently has 10,393 subscribers and is read by
over 260,000 people worldwide in forums on other websites and
published in magazines and journals nationally and internationally.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Date: Monday, December 30, 2002 4:17 PM
Subject: SEEING BEYOND INTERVIEW
Dear Dove,
WOW!! What a beautiful wake up call this morning to tune in to
Bonnie's show and find you ready to do 2 hours. GREAT!!! And a
big thanks to Steven Heurer. You were terrific!!!!! It was a huge
overwhelming blow for those who don't have any idea about this
material. I did try to call in but the tap on this phone didn't
allow that, I got a busy signal, a ring through with no answer on
the dual line they have set up. I am elated that you got out there
to so many!! This is a huge market and they were very receptive.
The audience here is quite sophisticated. They definitely are many
of the seekers. I wish you could have gone on for hours. I will
write to Bonnie and say we would like to have you back and be very
interested about the feedback. Blessings and love dear Dove on
this great day of 1 BILLION PEOPLE PRAYER DAY. Love - A
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
John Winston. john...@mlode.com
John F. Winston
Here is some information from an internet friend of mine with
some of his plans for Mt. Shasta.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................
From: J
Subject: Aliens Online!!!
Greetings everyone,
As 2002 was prophesied to be a year of open UFO contact and world
wide disclosure, the final prophecy did not happen as expected, as
predicted by a close friend of mine of whom I lost contact with a
number of years ago. As this friend of mine did have a high track
record for all of his prophecies at the time, perhaps his last world
wide open UFO contact prophecy was not all together a failure if we
only know where to look, or is it just that the media will not cover
it even at independence day proportions!
So far we saw in 2002:
-The perfect symmetry of 2002.
-Some UFOs over the Olympics photographed by my good friend
Victoria last February in Salt Lake city UTAH.
-Mass UFO sightings were also reported around February across
North America.
-UFOs sightings reported by many jet airliners from passengers
over Turkey.
-Great Britian about to make a public disclosure of UFOs and ET
contact a few months following the appearance of an alien face crop
formation on August 14 2002.
Around the beginning of December 2002, 2 things happened to me
which I will finally reveal here today. I was contacted by a TV film
producer who has invited me to meet up with him at Mt Shasta Ca, to
partake in the making of a TV series about the truth of Mt Shasta
and UFOs, thus for this I will be inviting along the best people
also for the program should they also be able to make it along with
myself.
UFOs, thus for this I will be inviting along the best people also
for the program should they also be able to make it along with
myself.
The task will also include a helicopter ride around the mountain.
The program may be funded and accompanied by some hollywood types
along with a very unique individual called "THE WIZARD"! And what
is so special about the wizard??? Simple! He has demonstrated an
ability now in front of TV crews for opening physical gateway
portals to anywhere in space-time!!!, and he's agreed to visit
Shasta for the film shooting with his portal opening to be a main
special feature to possibly go into the mountain, somewhere in time,
or to an off planet advanced civilization in deep space. However,
let it also be known that various rules will apply being the fact
that Earth human beings are not exactly desirable out there in deep
space of which peoples re-gions, beliefs, and ways of thinking
will threaten, the already existing harmony of many more advanced
and peaceful civilizations. Meaning there is a VERY BIG
responsibility involved despite just how much we may think we know
about ourselves! For those of you whom I've informed about some of
this already privately, please be patient, don't email the producer
just yet and I shall keep you informed as we go along. This is
so we don't get overwhelmed by emails at this time as every thing
is still in a beginning planning stage. My scientist friend John
Hutchison may perhaps have found a way of communicating to ETs
via cosmic ray signals although this still needs a lot of work.
The second thing which happened was a general Autonomism meeting
which took place on the first weekend of December 2002 of which
our entire group had an interesting "in person" visitor from
Kelowna who joined into the discussion. This person was very
different and after the meeting, I engaged into a discussion with
him about UFOs, feeling that "he could be" an ET human, he was
able to tell me something very personal about myself which
happened to me during my first contact experience I had at age 14.
This is something that I have and always will keep a secret
because of the personal nature of it. Following this, he began
telling me that yes there actually is a race of ETs living among
us and that Kelowna BC Canada is one such place where you can
meet them because there is a entrance to a UFO base under the
lake not far from where he lives. There he said he could actually
point out the UFOs when and where they enter and leave the water
and more. This aqua ra-e of ETs he calls the Aquillo. I then
introduced him via email to some more friends of mine in Kelowna
and they wrote back saying that they were not disappointed! As
much as I wanted to go to Kelowna in 2002, strange things would
happen to prevent me from doing so perhaps because according to
a personal prophecy, I will not return there until 2003, 20
years after my first contact and 10 years after I began my quest
for the truth. We shall see what happens. Stay tooned!
And now for my big New Years surprise!
Enjoy!
Read what the ETs(Plejarans) wish for earth Humanity at:
http://www.steelmarkonline.com/PlejaransWish.pdf
Aliens Online via internet:
http://www.mindspring.com/~mtift/aliens
=======================================
<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!
===========================================
Post message: Real...@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@yahoogroups.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@yahoogroups.com
John Winston. john...@mlode.com